As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2014

File No. 001-36218

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

Form 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

Time Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   13-3486363

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

  10020
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(212) 522-1212

 

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 Title of Each Class to be so Registered 

 

Name of Each Exchange on

 Which Each Class is to be Registered 

Common Stock, par value $0.01  

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,

a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,”

“accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      ¨    Accelerated filer      ¨
Non-accelerated filer      x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company      ¨

 

 

 


Time Inc.

Information Required in Registration Statement

Cross-Reference Sheet Between the Information Statement and Items of Form 10

This Registration Statement on Form 10 incorporates by reference information contained in our Information Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 10. For your convenience, we have provided below a cross-reference sheet identifying where the items required by Form 10 can be found in the Information Statement.

 

Item

No.

  Caption    Location in Information Statement
      1.   Business    See “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements,” “The Spin-Off,” “Capitalization,” “Business,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Where You Can Find More Information”
  1A.   Risk Factors    See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements”
      2.   Financial Information    See “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
      3.   Properties    See “Business—Properties”
      4.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management    See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”
      5.   Directors and Executive Officers    See “Management”
      6.   Executive Compensation    See “Management” and “Executive Compensation”
      7.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    See “Risk Factors,” “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”
      8.   Legal Proceedings    See “Business—Legal Proceedings”
      9.   Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    See “The Spin-Off,” “Dividend Policy,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Description of Our Capital Stock”
    10.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities    See “Description of Our Capital Stock”
    11.   Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered    See “Description of Our Capital Stock”
    12.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers    See “Description of Our Capital Stock” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement”


    13.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    See “Summary,” “Selected Historical Financial Data” and “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein
    14.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    None
    15.   Financial Statements and Exhibits   

(a) Financial Statements

 

See “Index to Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein

 

(b) Exhibits

 

See below

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit

Number

    

Exhibit Description

          2.1      Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
          3.1      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Time Inc.
          3.2      Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Time Inc.
        10.1      Form of Transition Services Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.2      Form of Tax Matters Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.3      Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.4      Employment Agreement, made and effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Joseph A. Ripp.
        10.5      Employment Agreement, made and effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Jeffrey J. Bairstow.
        10.6      Employment Agreement, dated November 5, 2013, effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Norman Pearlstine.
        10.7      Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2012, effective as of September 17, 2012, between Time Inc. and Todd Larsen.
        10.8      Employment Agreement, dated July 26, 2010, effective as of January 1, 2011, and related Letter Agreements dated and effective July 26, 2010 and November 6, 2013, respectively, between Time Inc. and Evelyn Webster.
        10.9      Employment Agreement, made December 2, 2011, effective as of January 9, 2012, between Time Inc. and Laura Lang.
      10.10      Separation Agreement, dated and effective October 8, 2013, between Time Inc. and Laura Lang.
      10.11      Employment Agreement, dated and effective July 20, 2010, amended as of October 17, 2011 and further amended as of December 6, 2013, between Time Inc. and Howard M. Averill.
      10.12      Letter regarding Transaction Bonus, dated and effective March 15, 2013, from Time Inc. to Howard M. Averill.


Exhibit

Number

    

Exhibit Description

      10.13      Employment Agreement, dated and effective July 21, 2010, between Time Inc. and Maurice F. Edelson.
      10.14      Letter regarding Transaction Bonus, dated and effective March 15, 2013, from Time Inc. to Maurice F. Edelson.
      10.15      Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, effective January 1, 2013, between Time Inc. and Martha Nelson.
      10.16      Separation Agreement, dated and effective January 9, 2014, between Time Inc. and Martha Nelson.
      10.17      Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, dated and effective January 1, 2011, restated January 1, 2014.
      10.18      Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated and effective November 18, 1998, restated January 1, 2014.
      10.19      Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated and effective November 18, 1998, restated January 1, 2014 and applicable to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005.
      10.20      Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement pursuant to Annex B of Employment Agreement, made as of September 25, 2000, effective as of January 1, 2000, by and between Time Inc. and Norman Pearlstine.
      10.21      Rabbi Trust Agreement relating to Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement, dated and effective April 1, 1998, between Time Inc. and Evercore Trust Company (as successor trustee to U.S. Trust Company of California, N.A.).
        21.1      List of subsidiaries of Time Inc.*
        99.1      Preliminary Information Statement of Time Inc., subject to completion, dated March 7, 2014.

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Time Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
Previously filed on January 31, 2014.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to its Registration Statement on Form 10 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

TIME INC.
By:          

/s/ Jeffrey J. Bairstow

 

 Name:

 Title:

 

  Jeffrey J. Bairstow

  Executive Vice President and

  Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 7, 2014


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

          2.1    Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
          3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Time Inc.
          3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Time Inc.
        10.1    Form of Transition Services Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.2    Form of Tax Matters Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.3    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between Time Warner Inc. and Time Inc.**
        10.4    Employment Agreement, made and effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Joseph A. Ripp.
        10.5    Employment Agreement, made and effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Jeffrey J. Bairstow.
        10.6    Employment Agreement, dated November 5, 2013, effective as of October 31, 2013, between Time Inc. and Norman Pearlstine.
        10.7    Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2012, effective as of September 17, 2012, between Time Inc. and Todd Larsen.
        10.8    Employment Agreement, dated July 26, 2010, effective as of January 1, 2011, and related Letter Agreements dated and effective July 26, 2010 and November 6, 2013, respectively, between Time Inc. and Evelyn Webster.
        10.9    Employment Agreement, made December 2, 2011, effective as of January 9, 2012, between Time Inc. and Laura Lang.
      10.10    Separation Agreement, dated and effective October 8, 2013, between Time Inc. and Laura Lang.
      10.11    Employment Agreement, dated and effective July 20, 2010, amended as of October 17, 2011 and further amended as of December 6, 2013, between Time Inc. and Howard M. Averill.
      10.12    Letter regarding Transaction Bonus, dated and effective March 15, 2013, from Time Inc. to Howard M. Averill.
      10.13    Employment Agreement, dated and effective July 21, 2010, between Time Inc. and Maurice F. Edelson.
      10.14    Letter regarding Transaction Bonus, dated and effective March 15, 2013, from Time Inc. to Maurice F. Edelson.
      10.15    Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, effective January 1, 2013, between Time Inc. and Martha Nelson.
      10.16    Separation Agreement, dated and effective January 9, 2014, between Time Inc. and Martha Nelson.
      10.17    Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, dated and effective January 1, 2011, restated January 1, 2014.
      10.18    Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated and effective November 18, 1998, restated January 1, 2014.


Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

      10.19    Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated and effective November 18, 1998, restated January 1, 2014 and applicable to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005.
      10.20    Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement pursuant to Annex B of Employment Agreement, made as of September 25, 2000, effective as of January 1, 2000, by and between Time Inc. and Norman Pearlstine.
      10.21    Rabbi Trust Agreement relating to Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement, dated and effective April 1, 1998, between Time Inc. and Evercore Trust Company (as successor trustee to U.S. Trust Company of California, N.A.).
        21.1    List of subsidiaries of Time Inc.*
        99.1    Preliminary Information Statement of Time Inc., subject to completion, dated March 7, 2014.

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Time Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
  Previously filed on January 31, 2014.

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

By and Between

TIME WARNER INC.

and

TIME INC.

Dated as of             , 2014

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

  

  

ARTICLE II

 

The Separation

  

  

SECTION 2.01.   

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

     13   
SECTION 2.02.   

Certain Matters Governed Exclusively by Ancillary Agreements

     15   
SECTION 2.03.   

Termination of Agreements

     15   
SECTION 2.04.   

Shared Contracts

     16   
SECTION 2.05.   

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

     16   

ARTICLE III

 

Credit Support

  

  

SECTION 3.01.   

Replacement of Credit Support

     17   

ARTICLE IV

 

Actions Pending the Distribution

  

  

SECTION 4.01.   

Actions Prior to the Distribution

     18   
SECTION 4.02.   

Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Distribution

     19   

ARTICLE V

 

The Distribution

  

  

SECTION 5.01.   

The Distribution

     20   
SECTION 5.02.   

Fractional Shares

     20   
SECTION 5.03.   

Sole Discretion of TWX

     21   

ARTICLE VI

 

Mutual Releases; Indemnification

  

  

SECTION 6.01.   

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

     21   

 

i


          Page  
SECTION 6.02.   

Indemnification by Time

     23   
SECTION 6.03.   

Indemnification by TWX

     24   
SECTION 6.04.   

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Third-Party Proceeds

     24   
SECTION 6.05.   

Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims

     24   
SECTION 6.06.   

Additional Matters

     26   
SECTION 6.07.   

Remedies Cumulative

     26   
SECTION 6.08.   

Survival of Indemnities

     26   
SECTION 6.09.   

Limitation on Liability

     27   

ARTICLE VII

 

Access to Information; Confidentiality

  

  

SECTION 7.01.   

Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives

     27   
SECTION 7.02.   

Ownership of Information

     28   
SECTION 7.03.   

Compensation for Providing Information

     28   
SECTION 7.04.   

Record Retention

     28   
SECTION 7.05.   

Accounting Information

     28   
SECTION 7.06.   

Limitations of Liability

     30   
SECTION 7.07.   

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

     30   
SECTION 7.08.   

Confidential Information

     31   

ARTICLE VIII

 

Insurance

  

  

SECTION 8.01.   

Insurance

     32   

ARTICLE IX

 

Intellectual Property

  

  

SECTION 9.01.   

Consent To Use Trademarks And Duty To Cooperate

     34   
SECTION 9.02.   

Domain Names

     36   
SECTION 9.03.   

Scope

     37   
SECTION 9.04.   

Licenses; Assignments

     37   

ARTICLE X

 

Further Assurances and Additional Covenants

  

  

SECTION 10.01.   

Further Assurances

     37   

 

ii


          Page  

ARTICLE XI

 

Termination

  

  

SECTION 11.01.   

Termination

     38   
SECTION 11.02.   

Effect of Termination

     38   

ARTICLE XII

 

Miscellaneous

  

  

SECTION 12.01.   

Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power

     38   
SECTION 12.02.   

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     39   
SECTION 12.03.   

Assignability

     39   
SECTION 12.04.   

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     39   
SECTION 12.05.   

Notices

     40   
SECTION 12.06.   

Severability

     40   
SECTION 12.07.   

Publicity

     41   
SECTION 12.08.   

Expenses

     41   
SECTION 12.09.   

Headings

     41   
SECTION 12.10.   

Survival of Covenants

     41   
SECTION 12.11.   

Waivers of Default

     41   
SECTION 12.12.   

Specific Performance

     42   
SECTION 12.13.   

Amendments

     42   
SECTION 12.14.   

Interpretation

     42   

 

Schedule I    -    Internal Reorganization
Schedule II    -    Payables Transactions
Schedule III    -    Time Equity Interests
Schedule IV    -    Time Assets
Schedule V    -    Time Liabilities
Schedule VI    -    TWX Retained Assets
Schedule VII    -    TWX Retained Liabilities
Schedule VIII    -    Surviving Intercompany Agreements and Accounts
Schedule IX    -    Surviving TWX Credit Support Instruments
Schedule X    -    Shared Contracts
Schedule XI    -    TWX Marks
Schedule XII    -    Time Marks
Schedule XIII    -    Time Domain Names Held by TWX to be Transferred to Time or its Affiliates or Agents
Schedule XIV    -    Domain Names Held by Time to be Transferred to TWX or its Affiliates or Agents
Schedule XV    -    Domain Names Held by Time to be Transferred to TWX Affiliates

 

iii


SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 2014, by and between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (“ TWX ”), and TIME INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Time ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I hereof.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS the board of directors of TWX has determined that it is in the best interests of TWX and its shareholders to distribute its entire interest in its wholly owned Subsidiary, Time, by way of a stock dividend to be made to holders of TWX Common Stock;

WHEREAS in furtherance of the foregoing, it is appropriate and desirable to effect the Spin-Off, as more fully described in this Agreement;

WHEREAS TWX and Time have prepared, and Time has filed with the Commission, the Form 10, which includes the Information Statement and sets forth appropriate disclosure concerning Time and the Distribution;

WHEREAS TWX and Time intend that each of the transactions included in the Internal Reorganization and Distribution qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment; and

WHEREAS it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Spin-Off and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Spin-Off and the relationship of TWX, Time and their respective Subsidiaries following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Action ” means any claim, demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any Federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Affiliate ” of any Person means a Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. As used herein, “control” of any entity means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that (i) Time and the other members of the Time Group shall not be considered Affiliates of TWX or any of the other members of the TWX Group and (ii) TWX and the other members of the TWX Group shall not be considered Affiliates of Time or any of the other members of the Time Group.


Agent ” means the distribution agent to be appointed by TWX to distribute to the Record Holders, pursuant to the Distribution, the shares of Time Common Stock held by TWX.

Agreement ” means this Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the Schedules hereto.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the TSA, TMA, EMA, Credit Support Agreement, Group Data Processing Agreement, IT Applications and Database Agreement and any other instruments, assignments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Assets ” means all assets, properties and rights (including goodwill), wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third parties or elsewhere), whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, or accrued or contingent, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person, including the following:

(a) all accounting and other books, records and files, whether in paper, microfilm, microfiche, computer tape or disc, magnetic tape or any other form;

(b) all apparatus, computers and other electronic data processing equipment, fixtures, machinery, furniture, office and other equipment, including hardware systems, circuits and other computer and telecommunication assets and equipment, automobiles, trucks, aircraft, rolling stock, vessels, motor vehicles and other transportation equipment, special and general tools, test devices, prototypes and models and other tangible personal property;

(c) all inventories of materials, parts, raw materials, supplies, work-in-process and finished goods and products;

(d) all interests in real property of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in real property, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise;

(e) all interests in any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary or any other Person; all bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any Subsidiary or any other Person; all loans, advances or other extensions of credit or capital contributions to any Subsidiary or any other Person; all other investments in securities of any Person; and all rights as a partner, joint venturer or participant;

(f) all license agreements, leases of personal property, open purchase orders for raw materials, supplies, parts or services, unfilled orders for the manufacture and sale of products and other contracts, agreements or commitments and all rights arising thereunder;

(g) all deposits, letters of credit, performance bonds and other surety bonds;

 

2


(h) all written technical information, data, specifications, research and development information, engineering drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and materials and analyses prepared by consultants and other third parties;

(i) all United States, state, multinational and foreign intellectual property, including patents, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, service marks, slogans, logos, trade dresses and other source indicators and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby; all registrations, applications, recordings, disclosures, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues, reexaminations, foreign counterparts and other legal protections and rights related to any of the foregoing; mask works, trade secrets, inventions and other proprietary information, including know-how, processes, formulae, techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals, discoveries, inventions, licenses from third parties granting the right to use any of the foregoing and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing in whatever form or medium;

(j) all computer applications, programs, software and other code (in object and source code form), including operating software, network software, firmware, middleware, design software, design tools, systems documentation, instructions, ASP, HTML, DHTML, SHTML and XML files, cgi and other scripts, APIs, web widgets, algorithms, models, methodologies, files, documentation related to any of the foregoing and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing in whatever form or medium now known or yet to be created;

(k) all Internet URLs, domain names, social media handles and Internet user names;

(l) all websites, databases, content, text, graphics, images, audio, video, data and other copyrightable works or other works of authorship including all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof;

(m) all cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, supplier records, customer and supplier lists, subscriber, customer and vendor data, correspondence and lists, product literature and other advertising and promotional materials, artwork, design, development and manufacturing files, vendor and customer drawings, formulations and specifications, server and traffic logs, quality records and reports and other books, records, studies, surveys, reports, plans, business records and documents;

(n) all prepaid expenses, trade accounts and other accounts and notes receivable (whether current or non-current);

(o) all claims or rights against any Person arising from the ownership of any other Asset, all rights in connection with any bids or offers, all claims, causes in action, lawsuits, judgments or similar rights, all rights under express or implied warranties, all rights of recovery and all rights of setoff of any kind and demands of any nature, in each case whether accrued or contingent, whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether arising by way of counterclaim or otherwise;

 

3


(p) all rights under insurance policies and all rights in the nature of insurance, indemnification or contribution;

(q) all licenses (including radio and similar licenses), permits, approvals and authorizations that have been issued by any Governmental Authority and all pending applications therefor;

(r) Cash, bank accounts, lock boxes and other deposit arrangements;

(s) interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements; and

(t) all goodwill as a going concern and other intangible properties.

Bank Debt Incurrence ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Bond Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Cash ” means cash, cash equivalents, bank deposits and marketable securities, whether denominated in United States dollars or otherwise.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consents ” means any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any Person other than a member of either Group.

Contributions ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Credit Support Agreement ” means the Credit Support Agreement to be entered into between TWX and Time prior to the Distribution Date.

Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

D&O Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(e).

Determination ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Distribution ” means the distribution, on a pro rata basis, by TWX to the Record Holders of all the outstanding shares of Time Common Stock owned by TWX on the Distribution Date.

Distribution Date ” means the date, determined by TWX in accordance with Section 5.03, on which the Distribution occurs.

Domain Names ” means the domain names owned by a member of the TWX Group or the Time Group, including those listed in Schedule XIII, Schedule XIV or Schedule XV.

 

4


EMA ” means the Employee Matters Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

First Post-Distribution Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.07.

Form 10 ” means the registration statement on Form 10 filed by Time with the Commission to effect the registration of Time Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the Distribution, as such registration statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Governmental Approvals ” means any notices, reports or other filings to be given to or made with, or any Consents, registrations or permits to be obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” means any Federal, state, local, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or governmental authority.

Group ” means either the TWX Group or the Time Group, as the context requires.

Group Data Processing Agreement ” means the Group Data Processing Agreement to be entered into between TWX and Time prior to the Distribution Date.

Historic TW ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Indemnity Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Information ” means information, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or protectable as a trade secret, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium now known or yet to be created, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product) and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data, documents, correspondence, materials and files.

 

5


Information Statement ” means the Information Statement to be sent to the holders of TWX Common Stock in connection with the Distribution, as such Information Statement may be amended from time to time.

Insurance Proceeds ” means those monies:

(a) received by an insured (or its successor-in-interest) from an insurance carrier;

(b) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured (or its successor-in-interest); or

(c) received (including by way of set-off) from any third party in the nature of insurance, contribution or indemnification in respect of any Liability;

in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments), net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof and net of any Taxes resulting from the receipt thereof.

Intended Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Intercompany Accounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Intercompany Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

Internal Reorganization ” means the WCI Conversion, the Time Atlantic Dividend, the WC Distribution, the Contributions, the Internal Splitoff, the IPC Restructuring, the Time UK Publishing Election, the IPC Settlement, the Time UK Publishing Dividend, the Time Atlantic Restructuring, the IPC Business Acquisition, the Bond Issuance, the Bank Debt Incurrence, the IPC Note Repayment, the Share Issuance and the Special Dividend, each as described on Schedule I.

Internal Splitoff ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IPC Business Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IPC Note ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IPC Note Repayment ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IPC Restructuring ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IPC Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

IT Applications and Database Agreement ” means the IT Applications, Databases and Infrastructure Agreement to be entered into between TWX and Time prior to the Distribution Date.

 

6


Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, rule of common law, order, decree, government approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, guideline, policy, requirement or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, whether now or hereinafter in effect and, in each case, as amended.

Liabilities ” means any and all claims, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, damages, obligations, accruals, accounts payable, reckonings, bonds, indemnities and similar obligations, agreements, promises, guarantees, make-whole agreements and similar obligations, and other liabilities and requirements, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, and including those arising under any Law, Action, threatened or contemplated Action or any award of any arbitrator or mediator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, including those arising under this Agreement, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person. For the avoidance of doubt, Liabilities shall include attorneys’ fees, the costs and expenses of all assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises, and any and all other costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in connection with anything contemplated by the preceding sentence (including costs and expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions).

Litigation Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b).

Party ” means either party hereto, and “ Parties ” means both parties hereto.

Payables Transactions ” means the intercompany payables transactions set forth on Schedule II to be settled as set forth on Schedule II.

Person ” means an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability company, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Pre-Separation Claims-Based Insurance Claim ” means any claim made against the Time Group or TWX Group and reported to the applicable insurer(s) on or prior to the Distribution Date in respect of a wrongful act or omission occurring on or prior to the Distribution Date that results in a Liability under a “claims-made-based” insurance policy of the TWX Group in effect on or prior to the Distribution Date or any extended reporting period thereof.

Pre-Separation Insurance Claim ” means a (i) Pre-Separation Claims-Based Insurance Claim or (ii) Action (whether made prior to, on or following the Distribution Date) in respect of a Liability occurring on or prior to the Distribution Date under an “occurrence-based” insurance policy of any member of the TWX Group in effect on or prior to the Distribution Date.

 

7


Publishing Business ” means the business and operations conducted by the “Time Inc.” segment of TWX and its Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution, including as described on pages 42 through 55 of the Information Statement.

Publishing Business Balance Sheet ” means the balance sheet of the Publishing Business, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2013, included in the Information Statement.

Record Date ” means the close of business on the date to be determined by the TWX board of directors as the record date for determining the shares of TWX Common Stock in respect of which shares of Time Common Stock will be distributed pursuant to the Distribution.

Record Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(b).

Regulations ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Retained Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

Security Interest ” means any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Separation ” means (a) the Internal Reorganization, (b) any actions to be taken pursuant to Article II and (c) any other transfers of Assets and assumptions of Liabilities, in each case, between a member of one Group and a member of the other Group, provided for in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement.

Share Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Shared Contract ” means any contract or agreement of any member of either Group that relates in any material respect to both the Publishing Business and the TWX Business, including the contracts and agreements set forth on Schedule X; provided that the Parties may, by mutual consent, elect to include in, or exclude from, this definition any contract or agreement.

Special Dividend ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Spin-Off ” means the Separation and the Distribution.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation or other organization whether incorporated or unincorporated of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Surviving TWX Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

8


Tax Opinion Representations ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

Third-Party Claim ” means any assertion by a Person (including any Governmental Authority) who is not a member of the TWX Group or the Time Group of any claim, or the commencement by any such Person of any Action, against any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group.

Third-Party Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

Time ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Time Assets ” means, without duplication, the following Assets:

(a) all Assets held by the Time Group;

(b) all interests in the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the members of the Time Group (other than Time) and all other equity, partnership, membership, joint venture and similar interests set forth on Schedule III under the caption “Joint Ventures and Minority Investments”;

(c) all Assets reflected on the Publishing Business Balance Sheet, and all Assets acquired after the date of the Publishing Business Balance Sheet that, had they been acquired on or before such date and owned as of such date, would have been reflected on the Publishing Business Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any dispositions of such Assets subsequent to the date of the Publishing Business Balance Sheet;

(d) the Assets listed or described on Schedule IV;

(e) the rights related to the Time Portion of any Shared Contract;

(f) all other Assets that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be assigned to or retained by, or allocated to, any member of the Time Group; and

(g) all Assets held by a member of the TWX Group that are determined by TWX, in good faith, to be primarily related to or used or held for use primarily in connection with the business or operations of the Publishing Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Time Assets shall not include (i) any TWX Retained Assets, (ii) any Assets governed by the TMA, (iii) the rights related to the TWX Portion of Shared Contracts, (iv) any Assets determined by TWX, in good faith, to arise primarily from the business or operations of the TWX Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) and (v) Assets required by TWX to perform its obligations under the TSA.

 

9


Time Atlantic ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Time Atlantic Dividend ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Time Atlantic Restructuring ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Time Common Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of Time.

Time Entities ” means the entities the equity, partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interests of which are set forth on Schedule III under the caption “Joint Ventures and Minority Investments”.

Time Group ” means (a) Time, (b) each Person that will be a Subsidiary of Time immediately prior to the Distribution, including the entities set forth on Schedule III under the caption “Subsidiaries” and (c) each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Time after the Distribution, including in each case any Person that is merged or consolidated with and into Time or any Subsidiary of Time.

Time Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.

Time Liabilities ” means, without duplication, the following Liabilities:

(a) all Liabilities of the Time Group and the Time Entities;

(b) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

(i) the operation or conduct of the Publishing Business as conducted at any time prior to the Distribution (including any Liability to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority), which act or failure to act relates to the Publishing Business);

(ii) the operation or conduct of the Publishing Business or any other business conducted by Time or any other member of the Time Group at any time after the Distribution (including any Liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any act or failure to act by any director, officer, employee, agent or representative (whether or not such act or failure to act is or was within such Person’s authority));

(iii) any terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations of the Publishing Business; or

(iv) the Time Assets;

(c) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations on the Publishing Business Balance Sheet, and all Liabilities arising or assumed after the date of the Publishing Business Balance Sheet that, had they arisen or been assumed on or before such date and been existing obligations as of such date, would have been reflected on the Publishing Business Balance Sheet if prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the Publishing Business Balance Sheet;

 

10


(d) the Liabilities listed or described on Schedule V;

(e) the obligations related to the Time Portion of any Shared Contract;

(f) all other Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Liabilities to be assumed or retained by, or allocated to, any member of the Time Group; and

(g) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, the Form 10 and any other documents filed with the Commission in connection with the Spin-Off or as contemplated by this Agreement, other than with respect to the TWX Disclosure Sections.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Time Liabilities shall not include (i) any TWX Retained Liabilities, (ii) any Liabilities governed by the TMA, (iii) any obligations related to the TWX Portion of any Shared Contract or (iv) any Liabilities determined by TWX, in good faith, to be primarily related to the business or operations of the TWX Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement).

Time Marks ” means the trademarks, trade names and service marks owned by a member of the Time Group and all goodwill relating thereto, including those listed in Schedule XII.

Time Portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Time UK Publishing ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Time UK Publishing Dividend ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

Time UK Publishing Election ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

TMA ” means the Tax Matters Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

TSA ” means the Transition Services Agreement dated as the date of this Agreement between TWX and Time.

TW Limited ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

TWX ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

TWX Assets ” means (i) all Assets of the TWX Group, (ii) the TWX Retained Assets, (iii) any Assets held by a member of the Time Group determined by TWX, in good faith,

 

11


to be primarily related to or used primarily in connection with the business or operations of the TWX Business, (iv) all interests in the capital stock, or other equity interests in, the members of the TWX Group (other than TWX) and (v) the rights related to the TWX Portion of any Shared Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the TWX Assets shall not include (a) any Assets governed by the TMA, (b) the Time Assets and (c) any Assets required by Time to perform its obligations under the TSA.

TWX Business ” means the business and operations conducted by TWX and its Subsidiaries other than the Publishing Business.

TWX Common Stock ” means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of TWX.

TWX Credit Support Instruments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

TWX Disclosure Sections ” means all information set forth in or omitted from the Form 10 or Information Statement to the extent relating to (a) the TWX Group, (b) the TWX Liabilities, (c) the TWX Assets or (d) the substantive disclosure set forth in the Form 10 relating to TWX’s board of directors’ consideration of the Spin-Off, including the section entitled “Reasons for the Spin-Off”.

TWX Group ” means TWX and each of its Subsidiaries, but excluding any member of the Time Group.

TWX Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

TWX Liabilities ” means (i) all Liabilities of the TWX Group, (ii) the TWX Retained Liabilities, (iii) any obligations related to the TWX Portion of any Shared Contract or (iv) any Liabilities determined by TWX, in good faith, to be primarily related to the business or operations of the TWX Business (unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the TWX Liabilities shall not include (a) any Liabilities governed by the TMA or (b) the Time Liabilities.

TWX Marks ” means the trademarks, trade names and service marks containing TIME WARNER or the abbreviations TW or TWX owned by a member of the TWX Group and all goodwill relating thereto, including those listed in Schedule XI.

TWX Portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

TWX Retained Assets ” means the Assets to be retained by the TWX Group set forth on Schedule VI.

TWX Retained Liabilities ” means the Liabilities to be retained by the TWX Group set forth on Schedule VII.

U.S. Intended Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in the TMA.

UK HoldCo ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

 

12


WC LLC ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

WCI Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

WC Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule I.

ARTICLE II

The Separation

SECTION 2.01. Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities. (a) Prior to the Distribution and subject to Section 2.01(e), the Parties shall cause the Internal Reorganization to be completed.

(b) Subject to Section 2.01(e), prior to the Distribution, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Group members to, execute such instruments of assignment and transfer and take such other corporate actions as are necessary to (i) transfer and convey to one or more members of the Time Group all of the right, title and interest of the TWX Group in, to and under all Time Assets not already owned by the Time Group, (ii) transfer and convey to one or more members of the TWX Group all of the right, title and interest of the Time Group in, to and under all TWX Assets not already owned by the TWX Group, (iii) cause one or more members of the Time Group to assume all of the Time Liabilities to the extent such Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the TWX Group and (iv) cause one or more members of the TWX Group to assume all of the TWX Liabilities to the extent such Liabilities would otherwise remain obligations of any member of the Time Group. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Party shall be required to transfer any Information except as required by Article VII.

(c) In the event that it is discovered after the Distribution that there was an omission of (i) the transfer or conveyance by Time (or a member of the Time Group) or the acceptance or assumption by TWX (or a member of the TWX Group) of any TWX Asset or TWX Liability, as the case may be, (ii) the transfer or conveyance by TWX (or a member of the TWX Group) or the acceptance or assumption by Time (or a member of the Time Group) of any Time Asset or Time Liability, as the case may be, or (iii) the transfer or conveyance by one Party (or any other member of its Group) to, or the acceptance or assumption by, the other Party (or any other member of its Group) of any Asset or Liability, as the case may be, that, had the Parties given specific consideration to such Asset or Liability prior to the Distribution, would have otherwise been so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed, as the case may be, pursuant to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption of such Asset or Liability. Any transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption made pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if it had occurred immediately prior to the Distribution, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(d) In the event that it is discovered after the Distribution that there was (i) a transfer or conveyance by Time (or a member of the Time Group) or the acceptance or

 

13


assumption by TWX (or a member of the TWX Group) of any Time Asset or Time Liability, as the case may be, or (ii) a transfer or conveyance by TWX (or a member of the TWX Group) or the acceptance or assumption by Time (or a member of the Time Group) of any TWX Asset or TWX Liability, as the case may be, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly transfer or convey such Asset back to the transferring or conveying Party or to rescind any acceptance or assumption of such Liability, as the case may be. Any transfer or conveyance made or acceptance or assumption rescinded pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if such Asset or Liability had never been originally transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed, as the case may be, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(e) To the extent that any transfer or conveyance of any Asset or acceptance or assumption of any Liability required by this Agreement to be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed shall not have been completed prior to the Distribution, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption as promptly following the Distribution as shall be practicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the transfer or conveyance of any Assets or the acceptance or assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or operation of law cannot be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed; provided , however , that the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain any necessary Consents for the transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable) of all Assets and Liabilities required by this Agreement to be so transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed. In the event that any such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable) has not been completed effective as of and after the Distribution, the Party retaining such Asset or Liability shall thereafter hold such Asset for the use and benefit of the Party entitled thereto (at the expense of the Party entitled thereto) and retain such Liability for the account, and at the expense, of the Party by whom such Liability should have been assumed or accepted pursuant to this Agreement, and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the Party to which such Asset should have been transferred or conveyed, or by whom such Liability should have been assumed or accepted, as the case may be, in order to place such Party, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as would have existed had such Asset or Liability been transferred, conveyed, accepted or assumed (as applicable) as contemplated by this Agreement, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain and control over such Asset or Liability. As and when any such Asset or Liability becomes transferable, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to promptly effect such transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption (as applicable). Any transfer, conveyance, acceptance or assumption made pursuant to this Section 2.01(e) shall be treated by the Parties for all purposes as if it had occurred immediately prior to the Distribution, except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

(f) The Party retaining any Asset or Liability due to the deferral of the transfer and conveyance of such Asset or the deferral of the acceptance and assumption of such Liability pursuant to this Section 2.01 or otherwise shall not be obligated by this Agreement, in connection with this Section 2.01, to expend any money or take any action that would require the expenditure of money unless and to the extent the Party entitled to such Asset or the Party intended to assume such Liability advances or agrees to reimburse it for the necessary funds.

 

14


SECTION 2.02. Certain Matters Governed Exclusively by Ancillary Agreements. Each of TWX and Time agrees on behalf of itself and the members of its Group that, except as explicitly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (i) the TMA shall exclusively govern all matters relating to Taxes between such parties, (ii) the EMA shall exclusively govern the allocation of Assets and Liabilities related to employee and employee benefits-related matters (except for those matters involving the Payables Transactions which are governed by Schedule II hereto), including the existing equity plans with respect to employees and former employees of members of both the TWX Group and the Time Group (it being understood that any such Assets and Liabilities, as allocated pursuant to the EMA, shall constitute Time Assets, Time Liabilities, TWX Assets or TWX Liabilities, as applicable, hereunder and shall be subject to Article VI hereof), and (iii) the TSA shall exclusively govern all matters relating to the provision of certain services identified therein to be provided by each Party to the other on a transitional basis following the Distribution.

SECTION 2.03. Termination of Agreements. (a) Except as set forth in Section 2.03(b) or as otherwise provided by the steps constituting the Internal Reorganization, in furtherance of the releases and other provisions of Section 6.01, effective as of the Distribution, Time and each other member of the Time Group, on the one hand, and TWX and each other member of the TWX Group, on the other hand, hereby terminate any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings, oral or written (“ Intercompany Agreements ”), including all intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable (“ Intercompany Accounts ”), between such parties and in effect or accrued as of the Distribution. No such terminated Intercompany Agreement or Intercompany Account (including any provision thereof that purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect after the Distribution Date. Each Party shall, at the reasonable request of the other Party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing. The Parties, on behalf of the members of their respective Groups, hereby waive any advance notice provision or other termination requirements with respect to any Intercompany Agreement.

(b) The provisions of Section 2.03(a) shall not apply to any of the following Intercompany Agreements or Intercompany Accounts (or to any of the provisions thereof): (i) the Intercompany Agreements and Intercompany Accounts set forth in Schedule VIII; (ii) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (and each other Intercompany Agreement or Intercompany Account expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by either Party or any other member of its Group); (iii) any existing written Intercompany Agreement to provide services between a member of the Time Group, on the one hand, and a member of the TWX Group, on the other hand, that has been entered into in the ordinary course of business on an arm’s-length basis, including outstanding operational intercompany trade receivables or payables incurred on such basis; (iv) any Intercompany Agreement to which any non-wholly owned Subsidiary of Time or TWX, as the case may be, is a party (it being understood that directors’ qualifying shares or similar interests will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned); (v) any other Intercompany Agreements or Intercompany Accounts that this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement expressly contemplates will survive the Distribution Date; and (vi) any other Intercompany Agreements or Intercompany Accounts that, had the Parties given specific consideration to such Intercompany Agreements or Intercompany Accounts prior to the Distribution, would have been set forth in Schedule VIII as not to terminate as of the Distribution.

 

15


SECTION 2.04. Shared Contracts. The Parties shall, and shall cause the members of their respective Groups to, use their respective reasonable best efforts to work together (and, if necessary and desirable, to work with the third party to such Shared Contract) in an effort to divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate (in whole or in part) the respective rights and obligations under and in respect of any Shared Contract, such that (a) a member of the Time Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to that portion of such Shared Contract relating to the Publishing Business (the “ Time Portion ”), which rights shall be a Time Asset and which obligations shall be a Time Liability and (b) a member of the TWX Group is the beneficiary of the rights and is responsible for the obligations related to such Shared Contract not relating to the Publishing Business (the “ TWX Portion ”), which rights shall be a TWX Asset and which obligations shall be a TWX Liability. If the Parties, or their respective Group members, as applicable, are not able to enter into an arrangement to formally divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate such Shared Contract prior to the Distribution as contemplated by the previous sentence, then the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Group members to, cooperate in any lawful arrangement to provide that, following the Distribution and until the earlier of five years after the Distribution Date and such time as the formal division, partial assignment, modification and/or replication of such Shared Contract as contemplated by the previous sentence is effected, a member of the Time Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the Time Portion under such Shared Contract and a member of the TWX Group shall receive the interest in the benefits and obligations of the TWX Portion under such Shared Contract.

SECTION 2.05. Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. Each of TWX (on behalf of itself and each other member of the TWX Group) and Time (on behalf of itself and each other member of the Time Group) understands and agrees that, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the Tax Opinion Representations, no party to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement is representing or warranting in any way as to any Assets or Liabilities transferred or assumed as contemplated hereby or thereby, as to the sufficiency of the Assets or Liabilities transferred or assumed hereby or thereby for the conduct and operations of the Publishing Business or the TWX Business, as applicable, as to any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required in connection therewith or in connection with any past transfers of the Assets or assumptions of the Liabilities, as to the value or freedom from any Security Interests of, or any other matter concerning, any Assets or Liabilities of such party, or as to the absence of any defenses or rights of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other Asset, including any accounts receivable, of any such Party, or as to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered hereunder to convey title to any Asset or thing of value upon the execution, delivery and filing hereof or thereof. Except as may expressly be set forth herein, any such Assets are being transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis and the respective transferees shall bear the economic and legal risks that (a) any conveyance shall prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of any Security Interest, and (b) any necessary Governmental Approvals or other Consents are not obtained or that any requirements of Laws or judgments are not complied with.

 

16


ARTICLE III

Credit Support

SECTION 3.01. Replacement of Credit Support. (a) Time shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange, at its sole cost and expense and effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, the replacement of all guarantees, covenants, indemnities, surety bonds, letters of credit or similar assurances or credit support (“ Credit Support Instruments ”) provided by or through TWX or any other member of the TWX Group for the benefit of Time or any other member of the Time Group (“ TWX Credit Support Instruments ”), other than any of the TWX Credit Support Instruments set forth on Schedule IX (the “ Surviving TWX Credit Support Instruments ”), with alternate arrangements that do not require any credit support from TWX or any other member of the TWX Group, and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain from the beneficiaries of such Credit Support Instruments written releases (which in the case of a letter of credit or bank guarantee would be effective upon surrender of the original TWX Credit Support Instrument to the originating bank and such bank’s confirmation to TWX of cancelation thereof) indicating that TWX or such other member of the TWX Group will, effective upon the consummation of the Distribution, have no liability with respect to such Credit Support Instruments, in each case reasonably satisfactory to TWX; provided , however , that (i) in the event that Time shall not have obtained all such releases on or prior to the Distribution Date, the terms of the Credit Support Agreement shall govern all such unreleased TWX Credit Support Instruments and (ii) the terms of the Credit Support Agreement shall also govern all Surviving TWX Credit Support Instruments.

(b) TWX shall use reasonable best efforts to arrange, at its sole cost and expense and effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, the replacement of all Credit Support Instruments provided by Time or any other member of the Time Group for the benefit of TWX or any other member of the TWX Group with alternate arrangements that do not require any credit support from Time or any other member of the Time Group, and shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain from the beneficiaries of such Credit Support Instruments written releases indicating that Time or such other member of the Time Group will, effective upon the consummation of the Distribution, have no liability with respect to such Credit Support Instruments, in each case reasonably satisfactory to Time; provided , however , that in the event that TWX shall not have obtained all such releases on or prior to the Distribution Date, TWX shall provide Time with letters of credit or guarantees, in each case issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to Time, against losses arising from all such Credit Support Instruments, or if Time agrees in writing, cash collateralize the full amount of any outstanding Credit Support Instrument with respect to which such release has not been obtained.

(c) TWX and Time shall provide each other with written notice of the existence of all Credit Support Instruments a reasonable period prior to the Distribution.

 

17


ARTICLE IV

Actions Pending the Distribution

SECTION 4.01. Actions Prior to the Distribution. (a) Subject to the conditions specified in Section 4.02 and subject to Section 5.03, TWX and Time shall use reasonable best efforts to consummate the Distribution. Such efforts shall include taking the actions specified in this Section 4.01.

(b) Prior to the Distribution, TWX shall mail the Information Statement to the Record Holders.

(c) Time shall prepare, file with the Commission and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective any registration statements or amendments thereto required to effect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(d) TWX and Time shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of the states or other political subdivisions of the United States or of other foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Distribution.

(e) Time shall prepare and file, and shall use reasonable best efforts to have approved prior to the Distribution, an application for the listing of the Time Common Stock to be distributed in the Distribution on                     , subject to official notice of distribution.

(f) Prior to the Distribution, TWX shall duly elect the individuals listed as members of the Time board of directors in the Information Statement, and such individuals shall be the members of the Time board of directors effective as of immediately after the Distribution; provided , however , that to the extent required by any Law or requirement of                     or any other national securities exchange, as applicable, one independent director shall be appointed by the existing board of directors of Time and begin his or her term prior to the Distribution and shall serve on Time’s audit and finance committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee.

(g) Prior to the Distribution, TWX shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Time resignations, effective as of immediately after the Distribution, of each individual who will be an employee of any member of the TWX Group after the Distribution and who is an officer or director of any member of the Time Group immediately prior to the Distribution.

(h) Immediately prior to the Distribution, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated By-laws of Time, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Form 10, shall be in effect.

(i) Prior to the Distribution, Time shall make capital and other expenditures and operate its cash management, accounts payable and receivables collection systems in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice except as required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Ancillary Agreements; provided , however , that Time may take such actions as Time deems appropriate to cause any excess Cash held by any non-U.S. Subsidiary of Time to be transferred to Time or any Subsidiary of Time.

 

18


(j) TWX and Time shall, subject to Section 5.03, take all reasonable steps necessary and appropriate to cause the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to be satisfied and to effect the Distribution on the Distribution Date.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Distribution. Subject to Section 5.03, as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement, the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to satisfy the following conditions prior to the consummation of the Distribution. The obligations of the Parties to consummate the Distribution shall be conditioned on the satisfaction, or waiver by TWX, of the following conditions:

(a) The board of directors of TWX shall have authorized and approved the Separation and Distribution and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of Time Common Stock to TWX shareholders.

(b) Each Ancillary Agreement shall have been executed by each party thereto.

(c) The Form 10 shall have been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Form 10 shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission.

(d) The Time Common Stock shall have been accepted for listing on                      or another national securities exchange approved by TWX, subject to official notice of distribution.

(e) TWX shall have received the written opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with the relevant Tax Opinion Representations, (i) the Distribution should qualify for its U.S. Intended Tax Treatment and (ii) no “excess loss account” (within the meaning of Section 1.1502 of the Regulations) with respect to the Time Common Stock should be taken into account as income or gain as a result of any step of the Internal Reorganization or the Distribution.

(f) The Internal Reorganization shall have been completed.

(g) No order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of TWX shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution.

(h) No other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution that, in the judgment of the board of directors of TWX, would result in the Distribution having a material adverse effect on TWX or the shareholders of TWX.

(i) The actions set forth in Sections 4.01(b), (f), (g) and (h) shall have been completed.

 

19


(j) Time shall have delivered to TWX a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Time, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying that Time has complied with Section 4.01(i).

The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of TWX and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of TWX or the TWX board of directors to waive or not waive such conditions or in any way limit the right of TWX to terminate this Agreement as set forth in Article XI or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in such Article. Any determination made by the TWX board of directors prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.02 shall be conclusive.

ARTICLE V

The Distribution

SECTION 5.01. The Distribution. (a) Time shall cooperate with TWX to accomplish the Distribution and shall, at the direction of TWX, use its reasonable best efforts to promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution. TWX shall select any investment bank or manager in connection with the Distribution, as well as any financial printer, distribution agent and financial, legal, accounting and other advisors for TWX. TWX or Time, as the case may be, will provide, or cause the applicable member of its Group to provide, to the Agent all share certificates and any information required in order to complete the Distribution.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (i) after completion of the Internal Reorganization and on or prior to the Distribution Date, for the benefit of and distribution to the holders of TWX Common Stock (other than shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to TWX equity plans) as of the Record Date (“ Record Holders ”), TWX will deliver to the Agent all of the issued and outstanding shares of Time Common Stock then owned by TWX or any other member of the TWX Group and book-entry authorizations for such shares and (ii) on the Distribution Date, TWX shall instruct the Agent to distribute, by means of a pro rata dividend, to each Record Holder (or such Record Holder’s bank or brokerage firm on such Record Holder’s behalf) electronically, by direct registration in book-entry form, the number of shares of Time Common Stock to which such Record Holder is entitled based on a distribution ratio to be determined by TWX in its sole discretion. The Distribution shall be effective at 11:59 p.m. New York City time on the Distribution Date. On or as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Agent will mail to each Record Holder an account statement indicating the number of shares of Time Common Stock that have been registered in book-entry form in the name of such Record Holder.

SECTION 5.02. Fractional Shares. The Agent and TWX shall, as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, (a) determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares of Time Common Stock allocable to each Record Holder, (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions at then prevailing trading prices on behalf of holders who would otherwise be entitled to fractional share interests and (c) distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each

 

20


beneficial owner, such holder’s or owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sale, based upon the average gross selling price per share of Time Common Stock after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld under applicable Tax Law and less any brokers’ charges, commissions or transfer Taxes. The Agent, in its sole discretion, will determine the timing and method of selling such fractional shares, the selling price of such fractional shares and the broker-dealer through which such fractional shares will be sold; provided , however , that the designated broker-dealer is not an Affiliate of TWX or Time. Neither TWX nor Time will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares.

SECTION 5.03. Sole Discretion of TWX. TWX shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and all terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect the Distribution and the timing of and conditions to the consummation thereof. In addition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth below, TWX may at any time and from time to time until the Distribution decide to abandon the Distribution or modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution.

ARTICLE VI

Mutual Releases; Indemnification

SECTION 6.01. Release of Pre-Distribution Claims. (a) Except as provided in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, effective as of the Distribution, Time does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Time Group, their respective Affiliates, to the extent it may legally do so, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Time Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge TWX and the other members of the TWX Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the TWX Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all Time Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution, including in connection with the Spin-Off and all other activities to implement the Spin-Off.

(b) Except as provided in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, effective as of the Distribution, TWX does hereby, for itself and each other member of the TWX Group, their respective Affiliates, to the extent it may legally do so, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the TWX Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge Time, the other members of the Time Group, their respective Affiliates, successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time on or prior to the Distribution have been shareholders, directors, officers, agents

 

21


or employees of any member of the Time Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any and all TWX Liabilities whatsoever, whether at law or in equity (including any right of contribution), whether arising under any contract or agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution, including in connection with the Spin-Off and all other activities to implement the Spin-Off.

(c) Nothing contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any Intercompany Agreement or Intercompany Account that is specified in Section 2.03(b) not to terminate as of the Distribution, in each case in accordance with its terms. Nothing contained in Section 6.01(a) or (b) shall release any Person from:

(i) any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any members of the TWX Group or the Time Group that is specified in Section 2.03(b) as not to terminate as of the Distribution, or any other Liability specified in such Section 2.03(b) as not to terminate as of the Distribution;

(ii) any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;

(iii) any Liability provided in or resulting from any other agreement or understanding that is entered into after the Distribution between one Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the one hand, and the other Party (and/or a member of such Party’s Group), on the other hand;

(iv) any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement for claims brought against the Parties, the members of their respective Groups or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article VI or, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the relevant Ancillary Agreement; or

(v) any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any Person not otherwise intended to be released pursuant to this Section 6.01.

(d) Time shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the Time Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against TWX or any other member of the TWX Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(a). TWX shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the TWX Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification against Time or any other member of the Time Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

 

22


(e) It is the intent of each of TWX and Time, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 6.01, to provide for a full and complete release and discharge of all Liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the Distribution Date, between or among Time or any other member of the Time Group, on the one hand, and TWX or any other member of the TWX Group, on the other hand (including any contractual agreements or arrangements existing or alleged to exist between or among any such members on or before the Distribution Date), except as set forth in Section 6.01(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement. At any time, at the request of the other Party, each Party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions hereof.

SECTION 6.02. Indemnification by Time. Subject to Section 6.04, Time shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless TWX, each other member of the TWX Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ TWX Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the TWX Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the Time Liabilities, including the failure of Time or any other member of the Time Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Time Liability in accordance with its terms;

(b) any breach by Time or any other member of the Time Group of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein (which shall be controlling); and

(c) any breach by Time of any of the representations and warranties made by Time on behalf of itself and the members of the Time Group in Section 12.01(c).

 

23


SECTION 6.03. Indemnification by TWX. Subject to Section 6.04, TWX shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Time, each other member of the Time Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Time Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Time Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

(a) the TWX Liabilities, including the failure of TWX or any other member of the TWX Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any TWX Liability in accordance with its terms;

(b) any breach by TWX or any other member of the TWX Group of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement unless such Ancillary Agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein (which shall be controlling); and

(c) any breach by TWX of any of the representations and warranties made by TWX on behalf of itself and the members of the TWX Group in Section 12.01(c).

SECTION 6.04. Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Third-Party Proceeds. (a) The Parties intend that any Liability subject to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement will be net of (i) Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of, or are paid to the applicable Indemnitee in respect of, such Liability or (ii) other amounts recovered from any third party that actually reduce the amount of, or are paid to the applicable Indemnitee in respect of, such Liability (“ Third-Party Proceeds ”). Accordingly, the amount that either Party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) is required to pay to any Person entitled to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Agreement (an “ Indemnitee ”) will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee from a third party in respect of the related Liability. If an Indemnitee receives a payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds in respect of such Liability, then the Indemnitee will pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if such Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.

(b) An insurer that would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or have any subrogation rights with respect thereto by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other third party shall be entitled to a “wind-fall” ( i.e. , a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof. Each member of the TWX Group and Time Group shall use reasonable best efforts to seek to collect or recover any Insurance Proceeds and any Third-Party Proceeds to which such Person is entitled in connection with any Liability for which such Person seeks indemnification pursuant to this Article VI; provided , however , that such Person’s inability to collect or recover any such Insurance Proceeds or Third-Party Proceeds shall not limit the Indemnifying Party’s obligations hereunder.

(c) The calculation of any Indemnity Payments required by this Agreement shall be subject to Section 5.04 of the TMA.

SECTION 6.05. Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims. (a) If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of a Third-Party Claim with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than 30 days after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim. Any such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any Indemnitee or other Person to give notice as provided in this Section 6.05(a) shall not relieve the related Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Article VI, except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.

 

24


(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Indemnitee within 30 calendar days after receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 6.05(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), to assume and conduct the defense of such Third-Party Claim in accordance with the limits set forth in this Agreement with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee; provided , however , that (i) the defense of such Third-Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnitee, affect the Indemnitee or any of its controlled Affiliates in a materially adverse manner and (ii) the Third-Party Claim solely seeks (and continues to seek) monetary damages (the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “ Litigation Conditions ”).

(c) If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with this Agreement, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in Section 6.05(b), such Indemnitee may defend such Third-Party Claim at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.

(d) If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitees shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, cooperate with the Indemnifying Party with respect to the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

(e) If the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any additional legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim; provided , however , that if (i) the Litigation Conditions cease to be met or (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitee may assume its own defense, and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for all reasonable costs or expenses paid or incurred in connection with such defense. The Indemnifying Party or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but, subject to the prior sentence, not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third-Party Claim that the other is defending as provided in this Agreement. In the event, however, that such Indemnitee reasonably determines that representation by counsel to the Indemnifying Party of both such Indemnifying Party and the Indemnitee could reasonably be expected to present such counsel with a conflict of interest, then the Indemnitee may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such action or proceeding and the Indemnifying Party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.

(f) No Indemnifying Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any Third-Party Claim without the consent of the applicable Indemnitee or Indemnitees; provided , however , that such Indemnitee(s) shall be required to consent to such entry of judgment or to such settlement that the Indemnifying Party may recommend if the judgment or settlement (i) contains no finding or admission of any violation of Law or any violation of the rights of any Person, (ii) involves only monetary relief which the Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay and (iii) includes a full and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Indemnitee be required to consent to any entry of judgment or settlement if the effect thereof is to permit any injunction, declaratory judgment, other order or other nonmonetary relief to be entered, directly or indirectly, against any Indemnitee.

 

25


(g) Whether or not the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third-Party Claim, no Indemnitee shall admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third-Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

SECTION 6.06. Additional Matters. (a) Any claim on account of a Liability that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such Party as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) In the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

(c) In the event of an Action relating to a Liability that has been allocated to an Indemnifying Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if the Indemnifying Party shall so request, the Parties shall endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant or add the Indemnifying Party as an additional named defendant, if at all practicable. If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the named defendant shall allow the Indemnifying Party to manage the Action as set forth in this Section, the Indemnifying Party shall fully indemnify the named defendant against all reasonable costs of defending the Action (including court costs, sanctions imposed by a court, attorneys’ fees, experts, fees and all other external expenses), the costs of any judgment or settlement and the cost of any interest or penalties relating to any judgment or settlement.

SECTION 6.07. Remedies Cumulative. The remedies provided in this Article VI shall be cumulative and, subject to the provisions of Article X, shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

SECTION 6.08. Survival of Indemnities. The rights and obligations of each of TWX and Time and their respective Indemnitees under this Article VI shall survive the sale or other transfer by any Party or its Affiliates of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities.

 

26


SECTION 6.09. Limitation on Liability. Except as may expressly be set forth in this Agreement, none of TWX, Time or any other member of either Group shall in any event have any Liability to the other or to any other member of the other’s Group, or to any other TWX Indemnitee or Time Indemnitee, as applicable, under this Agreement (i) with respect to any matter to the extent that such Party seeking indemnification has engaged in any knowing violation of Law or fraud in connection therewith or (ii) for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages, whether or not caused by or resulting from negligence or breach of obligations hereunder and whether or not informed of the possibility of the existence of such damages; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 6.09(ii) shall not limit an Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to any Liability any Indemnitee may have to any third party not affiliated with any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.

ARTICLE VII

Access to Information; Confidentiality

SECTION 7.01. Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives. (a) Except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by either TWX or Time or a Person or Persons in its Group against the other Party or a Person or Persons in its Group, and subject to Section 7.01(b), each of TWX and Time, on behalf of its respective Group, shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the other Party, at any time after the Distribution, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any Information relating to time periods on or prior to the Distribution Date in the possession or under the control of such respective Group, which TWX or Time, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable, reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on TWX or Time, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable (including under applicable securities Laws), by any national securities exchange or any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over TWX or Time, or any member of its respective Group, as applicable, (ii) for use in any other judicial, regulatory, administrative or other proceeding or in order to satisfy audit, accounting, regulatory, litigation or other similar requirements or (iii) to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. The receiving Party shall use any Information received pursuant to this Section 7.01(a) solely to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy the applicable obligations or requirements described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) In the event that either TWX or Time determines that the exchange of any Information pursuant to Section 7.01(a) could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement or waive or jeopardize any attorney-client privilege or attorney work product protection, such Party shall not be required to provide access to or furnish such Information to the other Party; provided , however , that both TWX and Time shall take all commercially reasonable measures to permit the compliance with Section 7.01(a) in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence. Both TWX and Time intend that any provision of access to or the furnishing of Information pursuant to this Section 7.01 that would otherwise be within the ambit of any legal privilege shall not operate as waiver of such privilege.

 

27


(c) Each of Time and TWX agrees, on behalf of itself and each member of the Group of which it is a member, not to disclose or otherwise waive any privilege or protection attaching to any privileged Information relating to a member of the other Group or relating to or arising in connection with the relationship between the Groups prior to the Distribution, without providing prompt written notice to and obtaining the prior written consent of the other (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) TWX and Time each agree that it will only process personal data (as defined by EU Directive 95/46/EC of 24 October 1995) provided to it by the other Group in accordance with all applicable privacy and data protection Law obligations and will implement and maintain at all times appropriate technical and organizational measures to protect such personal data against unauthorized or unlawful processing and accidental loss, destruction, damage, alteration and disclosure. In addition, each Party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the other Party in respect of any obligations under privacy and data protection legislation affecting the disclosure of such personal data to the other Party and will not knowingly process such personal data in such a way to cause the other Party to violate any of its obligations under any applicable privacy and data protection legislation.

SECTION 7.02. Ownership of Information. Any Information owned by one Group that is provided to the requesting Party hereunder shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing Party. Except as specifically set forth herein, nothing herein shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.

SECTION 7.03. Compensation for Providing Information. TWX and Time shall reimburse each other for the reasonable costs, if any, in complying with a request for Information pursuant to this Article VII. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, such costs shall be computed in accordance with Time’s or TWX’s, as applicable, standard methodology and procedures.

SECTION 7.04. Record Retention. To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article VII and other provisions of this Agreement, each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to retain all Information in such Party’s possession relating to the other Party or its businesses, Assets or Liabilities, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (the “ Retained Information ”) in accordance with its respective record retention policy as in effect on the date hereof or such longer or shorter period as required by Law, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

SECTION 7.05. Accounting Information. Without limiting the generality of Section 7.01 but subject to Section 7.01(b):

(a) Until the end of the first full fiscal year occurring after the Distribution Date (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards as required by Law for TWX to prepare consolidated financial statements or complete a financial statement audit for any period during which the financial results of the Time Group were consolidated with those of TWX), Time shall

 

28


use its reasonable best efforts to enable TWX to meet its timetable for dissemination of its financial statements and to enable TWX’s auditors to timely complete their annual audit and quarterly reviews of financial statements. As part of such efforts, to the extent reasonably necessary for the preparation of financial statements or completing an audit or review of financial statements or an audit of internal control over financial reporting, (i) Time shall authorize and direct its auditors to make available to TWX’s auditors, within a reasonable time prior to the date of TWX’s auditors’ opinion or review report, both (x) the personnel who performed or will perform the annual audits and quarterly reviews of Time and (y) work papers related to such annual audits and quarterly reviews, to enable TWX’s auditors to perform any procedures they consider reasonably necessary to take responsibility for the work of Time’s auditors as it relates to TWX’s auditors’ opinion or report and (ii) until all governmental audits are complete, Time shall provide reasonable access during normal business hours for TWX’s internal auditors, counsel and other designated representatives to (x) the premises of Time and its Subsidiaries and all Information (and duplicating rights) within the knowledge, possession or control of Time and its Subsidiaries and (y) the officers and employees of Time and its Subsidiaries, so that TWX may conduct reasonable audits relating to the financial statements provided by Time and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such access shall not be unreasonably disruptive to the business and affairs of the Time Group.

(b) Until the end of the first full fiscal year occurring after the Distribution Date (and for a reasonable period of time afterwards or as required by Law), TWX shall use its reasonable best efforts to enable Time to meet its timetable for dissemination of its financial statements and to enable Time’s auditors to timely complete their annual audit and quarterly reviews of financial statements. As part of such efforts, to the extent reasonably necessary for the preparation of financial statements or completing an audit or review of financial statements or an audit of internal control over financial reporting, (i) TWX shall authorize and direct its auditors to make available to Time’s auditors, within a reasonable time prior to the date of Time’s auditors’ opinion or review report, both (x) the personnel who performed or will perform the annual audits and quarterly reviews of TWX and (y) work papers related to such annual audits and quarterly reviews, to enable Time’s auditors to perform any procedures they consider reasonably necessary to take responsibility for the work of TWX’s auditors as it relates to Time’s auditors’ opinion or report and (ii) until all governmental audits are complete, TWX shall provide reasonable access during normal business hours for Time’s internal auditors, counsel and other designated representatives to (x) the premises of TWX and its Subsidiaries and all Information (and duplicating rights) within the knowledge, possession or control of TWX and its Subsidiaries and (y) the officers and employees of TWX and its Subsidiaries, so that Time may conduct reasonable audits relating to the financial statements provided by TWX and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such access shall not be unreasonably disruptive to the business and affairs of the TWX Group.

(c) In order to enable the principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations of the Commission) of TWX to make any certifications required of them under Section 302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Time shall, within a reasonable period of time following a request from TWX in anticipation of filing such reports, cause its principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) to provide TWX with certifications of such officers in support of the certifications of TWX’s principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s) required under Section

 

29


302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to TWX’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with respect to the fiscal quarter during which the Distribution Date occurs (unless such quarter is the fourth fiscal quarter), each subsequent fiscal quarter through the third fiscal quarter of the year in which the Distribution Date occurs and TWX’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with respect to the fiscal year during which the Distribution Date occurs. Such certifications shall be provided in substantially the same form and manner as such Time officers provided prior to the Distribution (reflecting any changes in certifications necessitated by the Spin-Off or any other transactions related thereto) or as otherwise agreed upon between TWX and Time.

SECTION 7.06. Limitations of Liability. Neither TWX nor Time shall have any Liability to the other Party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement that is an estimate or forecast, or that is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate in the absence of wilful misconduct by the providing Person. Neither TWX nor Time shall have any Liability to the other Party if any Information is destroyed after reasonable best efforts by Time or TWX, as applicable, to comply with the provisions of Section 7.04.

SECTION 7.07. Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation. (a) After the Distribution Date and until the third anniversary thereof, except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by either TWX or Time or a Person or Persons in its Group against the other Party or a Person or Persons in its Group, each of TWX and Time shall take all reasonable steps to make available, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the Persons in its respective Group (whether as witnesses or otherwise) and any books, records or other documents within its control or that it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action or threatened or contemplated Action (including preparation for such Action) in which TWX or Time, as applicable, may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting Party shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, TWX and Time shall use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions, other than an adversarial Action against the other Group.

(c) The obligation of TWX and Time to make available former, current and future directors, officers, employees and other personnel and agents or provide witnesses and experts pursuant to this Section 7.07 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to make available employees and other officers without regard to whether such individual or the employer of such individual could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 7.07(a)). Without limiting the foregoing, each of TWX and Time agrees that neither it nor any Person or Persons in its respective Group will take any adverse action against any employee of its Group based on such employee’s provision of assistance or information to each other pursuant to this Section 7.07.

 

30


(d) Upon the reasonable request of TWX or Time, in connection with any Action contemplated by this Article VII, TWX and Time will enter into a mutually acceptable common interest agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege or work product immunity of any member of either Group.

SECTION 7.08. Confidential Information. (a) Each of TWX and Time, on behalf of itself and each Person in its respective Group, shall hold, and cause its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives to hold, in strict confidence and not release or disclose, with at least the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, that it applies to its own confidential and proprietary information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution Date, all Information concerning the other Group or its business that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to the Distribution) or furnished by the other Group or its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement, and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group, as applicable, or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by any of TWX, Time or its respective Group, employees, directors or agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, as applicable, which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation to the knowledge of any of TWX, Time or Persons in its respective Group, as applicable, (iii) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the TWX Group or the Time Group, as applicable, or (iv) required to be disclosed by Law; provided , however , that the Person required to disclose such Information gives the applicable Person prompt, and to the extent reasonably practicable, prior notice of such disclosure and an opportunity to contest such disclosure and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate, at the expense of the requesting Person, in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such Person. In the event that such appropriate protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Person that is required to disclose such Information shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, only that portion of such Information that is legally required to be disclosed and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of TWX and Time may release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information concerning the other Group (x) to their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of the obligations hereunder with respect to such Information), and (y) to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization as it reasonably deems necessary, solely for the purpose of obtaining a rating of securities or other debt instruments upon normal terms and conditions; provided , however , that the Party whose Information is being disclosed or released to such rating organization is promptly notified thereof.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information concerning the other Group or its business is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each of TWX and Time will, promptly after request of the other Party, either return all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts

 

31


or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other Party, as applicable, that it has destroyed such Information (and used commercially reasonable efforts to destroy all such Information electronically preserved or recorded within any computerized data storage device or component (including any hard-drive or database)).

ARTICLE VIII

Insurance

SECTION 8.01. Insurance. (a) Until and including the Distribution Date, TWX shall (i) cause the members of the Time Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to continue to be covered as insured parties under TWX’s policies of insurance in a manner which is no less favorable than the coverage provided for the TWX Group and (ii) permit the members of the Time Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to submit claims arising from or relating to facts, circumstances, events or matters that occurred on or prior to the Distribution Date to the extent permitted under such policies. With respect to policies currently procured by Time for the sole benefit of the Time Group, Time shall continue to maintain such insurance coverage through the Distribution Date in a manner no less favorable than currently provided. Without limiting any of the rights or obligations of the parties pursuant to Section 8.01(b), TWX and Time acknowledge that, as of immediately after the Distribution Date, and upon confirmation that Time has secured replacement coverage, TWX intends to take such action as it may deem necessary or desirable to remove the members of the Time Group and their respective employees, officers and directors as insured parties under any policy of insurance issued to any member of the TWX Group by any insurance carrier effective immediately following the Distribution Date. The Time Group will not be entitled following the Distribution Date, absent mutual agreement otherwise, to make any claims for insurance thereunder to the extent such claims are based upon facts, circumstances, events or matters occurring after the Distribution Date or to the extent any claims are made pursuant to any TWX claims-made policies after the Distribution Date. No member of the TWX Group shall be deemed to have made any representation or warranty as to the availability of any coverage under any such insurance policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TWX shall, and shall cause the other members of the TWX Group to, use reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary to cause all insurance policies of the TWX Group that immediately prior to the Distribution provide coverage to or with respect to the members of the Time Group and their respective employees, officers and directors to continue to provide such coverage with respect to acts, omissions or events occurring prior to the Distribution or claims made prior to the Distribution in accordance with their terms as if the Distribution had not occurred and TWX shall provide, and shall cause other members of the TWX Group to provide, such cooperation as is reasonably requested by Time in order for Time to have in effect after the Distribution Date such new claims-made policies as Time deems appropriate with respect to claims made after the Distribution Date. In no event shall TWX be required, at its own expense or with any detriment to TWX, to extend or maintain coverage under claims-made policies with respect to any claims first made against a member of the Time Group or first reported to the insurer after the Distribution Date.

(b) After the Distribution Date, the members of Time Group shall have the right to participate with TWX to resolve Pre-Separation Insurance Claims under the applicable TWX insurance policies up to the full extent of the applicable and available limits of Liability of such

 

32


policy. TWX or Time, as the case may be, shall have primary control over those Pre-Separation Insurance Claims for which the TWX Group or the Time Group, respectively, bears the underlying loss, subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant policy of insurance governing such control. If a member of the Time Group is unable to assert a Pre-Separation Insurance Claim because it is no longer an “insured” under a TWX insurance policy, then TWX shall assert such claim in its own name and deliver the Insurance Proceeds to Time. Any Insurance Proceeds received by the TWX Group for members of the Time Group shall be for the benefit of the Time Group. Any Insurance Proceeds received for the benefit of both the TWX Group and the Time Group shall be distributed pro rata based on the respective share of the underlying loss.

(c) With respect to Pre-Separation Insurance Claims, whether or not known or reported on or prior to the Distribution Date, Time shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Time Group to, report as soon as practicable such claims arising from the Publishing Business directly to the applicable insurer(s) and to TWX, and Time shall, or shall cause the applicable member of Time Group to, individually, and not jointly, assume and be responsible for the reimbursement Liability ( i.e. , deductible or retention) related to its portion of the Liability and/or any retrospective premium charges associated with the workers compensation, automobile and general liability claims so submitted by it to the extent such amounts payable by TWX after the Distribution Date are greater than they otherwise would have been if such amounts had been based on the most recent actuarial projections established for such claims immediately prior to the Distribution, unless otherwise agreed in writing by TWX. TWX shall, and shall cause each member of the TWX Group to, cooperate and assist the applicable member of the Time Group with respect to such claims and shall arrange for the applicable member of the Time Group to post any such collateral in respect of the reimbursement obligations as may reasonably be requested by the insurers. In addition, TWX shall provide information to Time on claims history including quarterly loss reports and annual actuarial claims reports for the previous five policy terms. TWX agrees that Pre-Separation Insurance Claims of members of the Time Group shall receive the same priority as Pre-Separation Insurance Claims of members of the TWX Group and be treated equitably in all respects, including in connection with deductibles, retentions, coinsurance and retrospective premium charges.

(d) TWX shall not be liable to Time for claims, or portions of claims, not reimbursed by insurers under any policy for any reason, including coinsurance provisions, deductibles, quota share deductibles, self-insured retentions, bankruptcy or insolvency of any insurance carrier(s), policy limitations or restrictions (including exhaustion of limits), any coverage disputes, any failure to timely file a claim by any member of the TWX Group or any member of the Time Group or any defect in such claim or its processing. In the event that insurable claims of both TWX and Time (or the members of their respective Groups) exist relating to the same occurrence, the Parties shall jointly defend and waive any conflict of interest necessary to the conduct of the joint defense and shall not settle or compromise any such claim without the consent of the other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy). Nothing in this Section 8.01 shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the obligations of the Parties, including those created by this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise.

(e) After the Distribution Date, to the extent that any claims have been duly reported on or before the Distribution Date under the directors and officers liability insurance

 

33


policies or fiduciary liability insurance policies (collectively, “ D&O Policies ”) maintained by members of the TWX Group, TWX shall not, and shall cause the members of the TWX Group not to, take any action that would limit the coverage of the individuals who acted as directors or officers of Time (or members of the Time Group) on or prior to the Distribution Date under any D&O Policies maintained by the members of the TWX Group. TWX shall, and shall cause members of the TWX Group to, reasonably cooperate with the individuals who acted as directors and officers of Time (or members of the Time Group) on or prior to the Distribution Date in their pursuit of any coverage claims under such D&O Policies which could inure to the benefit of such individuals. TWX shall, and shall cause members of the TWX Group to, allow Time and its agents and representatives, upon reasonable prior notice and during regular business hours, to examine and make copies of the relevant D&O Policies maintained by TWX and members of the TWX Group pursuant to this Section 8.01(e). TWX shall provide, and shall cause other members of the TWX Group to provide, such cooperation as is reasonably requested by Time in order for Time to have in effect after the Distribution Date such new D&O Policies as Time deems appropriate with respect to claims reported after the Distribution Date. Except as provided in this Section 8.01(e), the TWX Group may, at any time, without liability or obligation to the Time Group, amend, commute, terminate, buy-out, extinguish liability under or otherwise modify any “occurrence-based” insurance policy or “claims-made-based” insurance policy (and such claims will be subject to any such amendments, commutations, terminations, buy-outs, extinguishments and modifications); provided, however, that TWX will immediately notify Time of any termination of any insurance policy.

(f) The parties shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with respect to the various insurance matters contemplated by this Section 8.01.

ARTICLE IX

Intellectual Property

SECTION 9.01. Consent To Use Trademarks And Duty To Cooperate. (a) Time consents (on behalf of itself and each other member of the Time Group) to the use and registration of the TWX Marks in the TWX Business by TWX and its Affiliates and their respective licensees. The consent in this Section 9.01(a) includes consent to the TWX Group’s and such licensees’ use and registration of names, trademarks and domain names that include, in whole or in part, “TIME WARNER” or the abbreviations “TW” and “TWX”.

(b) TWX consents (on behalf of itself and each other member of the TWX Group) to the use and registration of the Time Marks in the Publishing Business by Time and its Affiliates and their respective licensees. The consent in this Section 9.01(b) includes consent to the Time Group’s and such licensees’ use and registration of names, trademarks and domain names that include, in whole or in part, “TIME” (when not juxtaposed to or including the word “WARNER”).

(c) Time agrees that it will not, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries not to, oppose or petition to cancel, or assist another party in opposing or petitioning to cancel, an application or registration by TWX or its Affiliates or their respective licensees for a TWX Mark that is consistent with the use to which Time has consented under this Agreement. TWX agrees that it

 

34


will not, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries not to, oppose or petition to cancel, or assist another party in opposing or petitioning to cancel, an application or registration by Time or its Affiliates or their respective licensees for a Time Mark that is consistent with the use to which TWX has consented under this Agreement.

(d) Time hereby acknowledges (on behalf of itself and each other member of the Time Group) TWX’s right, title and interest in and to the TWX Marks, and will not in any way, directly or indirectly, do or cause to be done any act or thing contesting or in any way impairing or tending to impair any part of such right, title and interest within the TWX Business or with respect to goods or services provided in connection with the TWX Business. Time agrees not to use, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries not to use, the TWX Marks, or any names, trademarks or domain names that incorporate the TWX Marks for any purpose.

In the event that TWX Marks prominently appear on any business or promotional materials used by Time or its Affiliates within the Publishing Business, Time shall remove and cease using such prominently appearing marks as soon as reasonably practical following the Distribution Date but in any event within 90 days of the Distribution Date or, with respect to products for sale produced or published prior to the Distribution Date on which any TWX Mark prominently appears, within six months of the Distribution Date; provided that Time shall promptly arrange for the destruction of any such products for sale produced or published prior to the Distribution Date that remain unsold following such six-month period and on which any TWX Mark prominently appears.

(e) TWX hereby acknowledges (on behalf of itself and each other member of the TWX Group) Time’s right, title and interest in and to the Time Marks, and will not in any way, directly or indirectly, do or cause to be done any act or thing contesting or in any way impairing or tending to impair any part of such right, title and interest within the Publishing Business or with respect to goods or services provided in connection with the Publishing Business. TWX agrees not to use, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries not to use, the Time Marks, except where the use is a use, otherwise than as a mark, of the party’s individual name in its own business, or of the individual name of anyone in privity with such party, or of a term or device which is descriptive of and used fairly and in good faith only to describe the goods or services of such party, or their geographic origin. Without limiting the foregoing, neither TWX nor its Affiliates shall use the name or mark TIME for any brand, mark, title or any source identifiers, unless it is immediately followed by the word WARNER or is used in combination with other non-generic, distinctive wording, e.g., TIME SQUAD or BULLET TIME, that effectively distinguishes such name or mark from, and is unlikely to cause consumer confusion with, any Time Marks.

In the event that Time Marks prominently appear on any business or promotional materials used by TWX or its Affiliates within the TWX Business, TWX shall remove and cease using such prominently appearing marks as soon as reasonably practical following the Distribution Date but in any event within 90 days of the Distribution Date or, with respect to products for sale produced or published prior to the Distribution Date on which any Time Mark prominently appears, within six months of the Distribution Date; provided that TWX shall promptly arrange for the destruction of any such products for sale produced or published prior to the Distribution Date that remain unsold following such six-month period and on which any Time Mark prominently appears.

 

35


(f) Each of TWX and Time believes its respective marks are sufficiently distinctive and different to ensure consumers will not be confused as to source or sponsorship, and each agrees to employ its reasonable best efforts to use its respective marks in a manner that does not cause actual confusion or a likelihood of confusion as to source or sponsorship of its respective goods or services in its respective channels of trade. If, despite TWX’s and Time’s reasonable best efforts, such actual confusion shall be brought to the attention of either such party, such parties agree to consult regarding steps to be taken to mitigate or correct such actual confusion.

(g) Each of TWX and Time shall be responsible for policing, protecting and enforcing its own trademarks, trade names and service marks. Notwithstanding the forgoing, each of TWX and Time will promptly give notice to the other of any known, actual or threatened, use or infringement that may cause consumers to be confused as to source or sponsorship between such parties.

(h) If a trademark office cites TWX’s prior TIME WARNER formative trademark against Time’s trademark application for a TIME formative mark, or Time’s prior TIME formative trademark against TWX’s TIME WARNER trademark application, the owner of the prior trademark will cooperate with the applicant and provide consent to the registration of the applied-for trademark, provided the applied-for trademark application is not contrary to the terms of this Article IX.

SECTION 9.02. Domain Names. (a) At the expense of Time, each of TWX and Time will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure the Domain Names in Schedule XIII are: (i) listed with Time or, on behalf of Time, appropriate local counsel or other designated agent of Time as the owner/registrant; (ii) managed by Time in a Time-controlled registrar account; and (iii) placed on Time domain name servers, in each case within six months following the Distribution Date.

(b) At the expense of Time, Time will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify and disable all uses of the Domain Names identified in Schedule XIV within six months following the Distribution Date, and will notify TWX that use has ceased. Until the earlier of (x) the receipt of such notice from Time and (y) the date that is six months following the Distribution Date, TWX will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Domain Names in Schedule XIV are: (i) listed with TWX or, on behalf of TWX, appropriate local counsel or other designated agent of TWX as the owner/registrant; (ii) managed by TWX in a TWX-controlled registrar account; (iii) maintained as active registrations ( i.e. , not allowed to expire); and (iv) not changed in any aspect from current usage.

(c) Upon the earlier of (x) the receipt of the notice from Time required under Section 9.02(b) and (y) the date that is six months following the Distribution Date, TWX will: (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Domain Names identified in Schedule XIV are no longer publicly-facing by removing them from active domain name servers; and (ii) allow the Domain Names identified in Schedule XIV to lapse; provided that, rather than allowing such Domain Names to lapse or following such lapse, TWX may, in its sole discretion, repurpose non-publishing-focused Domain Names identified in Schedule XIV (e.g., twgiftshop.com) for TWX’s and its Affiliates’ own use.

 

36


(d) At its own expense, Time will cooperate with Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., Home Box Office, Inc., and Time Warner Limited to ensure the Domain Names in Schedule XV are listed with, managed by and hosted by the appropriate parties as set forth in Schedule XV.

SECTION 9.03. Scope. The geographic scope of this Article IX shall be worldwide.

SECTION 9.04. Licenses; Assignments. Any license, assignments or other transfer of rights in the TWX Marks, the Time Marks or the Domain Names to a third party shall be accompanied by the restrictions provided in this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

Further Assurances and Additional Covenants

SECTION 10.01. Further Assurances. (a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall, subject to Section 5.03, use reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party, without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, (i) to execute and deliver, or use reasonable best efforts to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including any instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer as such Party may reasonably be requested to execute and deliver by the other Party, (ii) to make, or cause to be made, all filings with, and to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument, (iii) to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required to effect the Spin-Off and (iv) to take, or cause to be taken, all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and any transfers of Assets or assignments and assumptions of Liabilities hereunder and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, TWX and Time, in their respective capacities as direct and indirect shareholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions that are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by Time or any other Subsidiary of TWX, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Prior to the Distribution, if either Party identifies any commercial or other service that is needed to ensure a smooth and orderly transition of its business in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the Parties will cooperate in determining whether there is a mutually acceptable arm’s-length basis on which the other Party will provide such service.

 

37


(e) TWX and Time shall settle the Payables Transactions in accordance with Schedule II. As soon as reasonably possible following the Distribution Date, the Parties agree to determine and settle the final amounts of the Payables Transactions to the extent such amounts have not previously been settled.

ARTICLE XI

Termination

SECTION 11.01. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by TWX at any time, in its sole discretion, prior to the Distribution.

SECTION 11.02. Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Distribution, neither Party (nor any of its directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to the other Party under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.01. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power. (a) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which counterparts shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF signature and a facsimile or PDF signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Appendices, Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

(c) TWX represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the TWX Group, and Time represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Time Group, as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

38


(ii) this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been (or, in the case of any Ancillary Agreement, will be on or prior to the Distribution Date) duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

SECTION 12.02. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue of the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York over any and all claims, disputes, controversies or disagreements between the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns under or related to this Agreement or any document executed pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

SECTION 12.03. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement without consent in connection with (a) a merger transaction in which such Party is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity acquires or assumes all or substantially all of such Party’s Assets, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s Assets; provided , however , that the assignee expressly assumes in writing all of the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, and the assigning Party provides written notice and evidence of such assignment and assumption to the non-assigning Party. No assignment permitted by this Section 12.03 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 12.04. Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any TWX Indemnitee or Time Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any third person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

 

39


SECTION 12.05. Notices. All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person, (b) on the date received, if sent by a nationally recognized delivery or courier service or (c) upon the earlier of confirmed receipt or the fifth business day following the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to TWX, to:

Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, NY 10019

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Eric Schiele

If to Time, to:

Time Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

666 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attn: David Lagasse

Either Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

SECTION 12.06. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination, any such provision, to the extent determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be deemed replaced by a provision that such court determines is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, void or unenforceable provision.

 

40


SECTION 12.07. Publicity. Each of TWX and Time shall consult with the other prior to issuing, and shall, subject to the requirements of Section 7.08, provide the other Party the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press releases or other public statements in connection with the Spin-Off or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby and prior to making any filings with any Governmental Authority or national securities exchange with respect thereto (including the Information Statement, the Parties’ respective Current Reports on Form 8-K to be filed on the Distribution Date, the Parties’ respective Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with respect to the fiscal quarter during which the Distribution Date occurs, or if such quarter is the fourth fiscal quarter, the Parties’ respective Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with respect to the fiscal year during which the Distribution Date occurs (each such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, a “ First Post-Distribution Report ”)). Each Party’s obligations pursuant to this Section 12.07 shall terminate on the date on which such Party’s First Post-Distribution Report is filed with the Commission.

SECTION 12.08. Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, all third-party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the Spin-Off will be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not the Distribution is consummated, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, TWX shall bear the costs and expenses directly related to the mailing of the Information Statement to TWX shareholders, the fees and expenses of the Agent in connection with the Distribution and the fees and expenses of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP in connection with the Spin-Off, and Time shall bear the fees and expenses of RR Donnelley in connection with the Spin-Off, the fees and expenses of any accounting or legal advisors retained by Time, the fees of                      in connection with the application and listing of the Time Common Stock and the fees of the Commission in connection with any filing by Time.

SECTION 12.09. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 12.10. Survival of Covenants. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the covenants in this Agreement and the liabilities for the breach of any obligations in this Agreement shall survive the Spin-Off and shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 12.11. Waivers of Default. No failure or delay of any Party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default.

 

41


SECTION 12.12. Specific Performance. Subject to Section 5.03 and notwithstanding the procedures set forth in Article X, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the affected Party shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The other Party shall not oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that money damages are an adequate remedy. The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived.

SECTION 12.13. Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

SECTION 12.14. Interpretation. Words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires. The terms “hereof,” “herein” “and “herewith” and words of similar import, unless otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, Section or Schedule references are to the articles, sections and schedules of or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule to this Agreement or to any Ancillary Agreement but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreement to which such Schedule is attached, as applicable. Any reference herein to this Agreement, unless otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, as permitted by Section 12.13. The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specified. The word “or” shall not be exclusive.

 

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Separation and Distribution Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

TIME WARNER INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

TIME INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TIME INC.

TIME INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:

1. The name of the corporation is TIME INC. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 28, 1988 (as amended and in effect immediately prior to the adoption and effectiveness hereof, the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”), and the name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is The Time Inc. Magazine Company.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and shall be effective as of                      on             , 2014.

3. The Original Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation” ) is Time Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

SECTION 1. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is                  shares, consisting of (1)                  shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”) and (2)                  shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of either the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of


the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

SECTION 3. (a) Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted to such holders by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to such series).

(c) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

(d) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

 

2


ARTICLE V

SECTION 1. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the number of the directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to the By-laws of the Corporation. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, shall be elected by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at each annual meeting of stockholders and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until each of their successors shall have been elected and qualified. The election of directors need not be by written ballot. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 2. Advance notice of nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

SECTION 3. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by the Board of Directors, or as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall only be filled by the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, or as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 3 shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or

 

3


winding up, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or as otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, alter or amend the By-laws of the Corporation by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or such greater vote as shall be specified in the By-laws of the Corporation. In addition to any requirements of law and any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to Section 2 of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provision of the By-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other law of the State of Delaware as it exists or as it may hereafter be amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this Article IX shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

4

Exhibit 3.2

TIME INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

Effective as of             , 2014

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of TIME INC. (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent shall be The Corporation Trust Company, or such other office or agent as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) shall from time to time select.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices, and keep the books and records of the Corporation, except as may otherwise be required by law, at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 1. Place of Meeting. All meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation (the “ stockholders ”) shall be at a place to be determined by the Board.

SECTION 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on such date and at such hour as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board. Any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board taken prior to the time previously scheduled for such annual meeting of the stockholders.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. (a)  General . Except as otherwise required by law or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”), and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the entire Board. Only such business as is specified in the Corporation’s notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall come before such meeting. A special meeting shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as shall be fixed by the Board.


(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3(b), a special meeting of stockholders shall be called by a majority of the entire Board, or a Committee delegated such authority by the Board, in accordance with this paragraph, following receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”) of a written request for a special meeting (a “ Special Meeting Request ”) from the record holders of shares representing at least twenty-five percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting as a single class (the “ Requisite Holders ”), if such Special Meeting Request complies with the requirements of this Section 3(b) and all other applicable sections of these By-laws. The Board shall determine whether all requirements set forth in these By-laws have been satisfied and such determination shall be binding on the Corporation and its stockholders. If a Special Meeting Request is made that complies with this Section 3(b) and all other applicable sections of these By-laws, the Board may (in lieu of calling the special meeting requested in such Special Meeting Request) present an identical or substantially similar item (a “ Similar Item ”) for stockholder approval at any other meeting of stockholders that is held within 120 days after the Corporation receives such Special Meeting Request.

A Special Meeting Request must be delivered by hand or by mail by registered U.S. mail or courier service, postage prepaid, to the attention of the Secretary during regular business hours. A Special Meeting Request shall only be valid if it is signed and dated by each of the Requisite Holders or its duly authorized agent and includes: (i) a statement of the specific purpose(s) of the special meeting, the matter(s) proposed to be acted on at the special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the special meeting; (ii) the text of any proposed amendment to the By-laws to be considered at the special meeting; (iii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder of record signing such request, the date of each such stockholder’s signature and the name and address of any beneficial owner on whose behalf such request is made; (iv) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by each such stockholder and any such beneficial owner and any of their respective affiliates or associates or other parties with whom they are acting in concert, as well as any derivative instrument or similar contract or agreement the value of or return on which is based on or linked to the value of or return of any of the Corporation’s securities, and documentary evidence of such record or beneficial ownership; (v) any material interest of each stockholder or any such beneficial owner in the business proposed to be conducted at the special meeting; (vi) a representation that the stockholders and such beneficial owners submitting the Special Meeting Request intend to appear in person or by proxy at the special meeting to present the proposal(s) or business to be brought before the special meeting; (vii) if any stockholder submitting the Special Meeting Request intends to solicit proxies with respect to the stockholders’ proposal(s) or business to be presented at the special meeting, a representation to that effect; (viii) all information relating to each stockholder signing the Special Meeting Request that must be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (ix) if the purpose of the special

 

2


meeting includes the election of one or more directors, all the information such stockholder or stockholders would be required to include in a notice delivered to the Corporation pursuant to the fourth sentence of the first paragraph of Section 3 of Article III.

In addition, a Special Meeting Request shall not be valid if (i) the Special Meeting Request relates to an item of business that is not a proper subject for stockholder action under applicable law; (ii) the Special Meeting Request is received by the Corporation during the period commencing 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting and ending on the date of the next annual meeting; (iii) a Similar Item was presented at any meeting of stockholders held within 120 days prior to receipt by the Corporation of such Special Meeting Request (and, for purposes of this clause (iii), the election of directors shall be deemed a “Similar Item” with respect to all items of business involving the election or removal of directors); (iv) a Similar Item is included in the Corporation’s notice as an item of business to be brought before a stockholder meeting that has been called but not yet held; or (v) such Special Meeting Request was made in a manner that involved a violation of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable law.

A Special Meeting Request may be revoked by written revocation delivered to the Corporation at any time prior to the special meeting by one or more of the stockholders who originally executed such Special Meeting Request so long as those stockholders who originally executed the Special Meeting Request but who do not execute such written revocation (if any) do not collectively constitute Requisite Holders; provided , however , the Board shall have the discretion to determine whether or not to proceed with the special meeting.

If none of the stockholders who submitted the Special Meeting Request for a special meeting of stockholders appears or sends a qualified representative to present the proposal(s) or business submitted by the stockholders for consideration at the special meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal(s) or business for a vote at such meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given by the Corporation not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting and shall be called by the Corporation. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of the stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice to such stockholder, or who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article X of these By-laws. Notice of adjournment of a meeting of the stockholders need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are announced at such meeting, unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or, after adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.

 

3


SECTION 5. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote generally, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders; provided , however , that in the case of any vote to be taken by classes or series, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of a particular class or series, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such class or series.

SECTION 6. Adjournments. The chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time whether or not a quorum is present. In the event that a quorum does not exist with respect to any vote to be taken by a particular class or series, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of such class or series who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting with respect to the vote(s) to be taken by such class or series. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum may be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 7. Order of Business. At each meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if the position is held by an individual other than the Chairman of the Board) or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, such person as shall be selected by the Board shall act as chairman of the meeting. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof and the opening and closing of the voting polls.

At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the annual meeting (i) by or at the direction of the chairman of the meeting or (ii) by any stockholder who is a holder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 7, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 7.

For business properly to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of

 

4


the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; provided , further , that for the purpose of calculating the timeliness of stockholder notices for the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders, the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting shall be deemed to be                     , 2014. To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the business is proposed, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or other parties with whom they are acting in concert, as well as any derivative instrument or similar contract or agreement the value of or return on which is based on or linked to the value of or return of any of the Corporation’s securities; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (v) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal, a representation to that effect. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by management of the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting; provided , however , that if such stockholder does not appear or send a qualified representative to present such proposal at such annual meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation; and provided , further , that the foregoing shall not imply any obligation beyond that required by applicable law to include a stockholder’s proposal in a proxy statement prepared by management of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. The chairman of an annual meeting may refuse to permit any business to be brought before an annual meeting which fails to comply with the foregoing procedures or, in the case of a stockholder proposal, if the stockholder solicits proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal without having made the representation required by clause (v) of the third preceding sentence.

SECTION 8. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer who has charge of the stock ledger to prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in such stockholder’s name. Such list shall be produced and kept available at the times and places required by law.

 

5


SECTION 9. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, each stockholder of record of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of the stockholders to such number of votes, if any, for each share of such stock as may be fixed in the Certificate or in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such stock, and each stockholder of record of Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of the stockholders to one vote for each share of such stock, in each case, registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation:

(1) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6 of Article VII of these By-laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(2) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize not in excess of three persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of such meeting at or prior to the time designated for holding such meeting, but in any event not later than the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Except as otherwise required by law and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or these By-laws, at each meeting of the stockholders, all corporate actions to be taken by vote of the stockholders shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon who are present in person or represented by proxy, and where a separate vote by class or series is required, a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of such class or series who are present in person or represented by proxy shall be the act of such class or series.

Unless required by law or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any matter, including the election of directors, need not be by written ballot.

SECTION 10. Inspectors. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at any meeting of the stockholders. Such inspectors shall perform such duties as shall be required by law or specified by the chairman of the meeting. Inspectors need not be stockholders. No director or nominee for the office of director shall be appointed such inspector.

SECTION 11. Public Announcements. For the purpose of Section 7 of this Article II and Section 3 of Article III, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Reuters Information Service or any similar or successor news wire service or (ii) in a communication

 

6


distributed generally to stockholders and in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provisions thereto.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Number, Qualification and Election. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies or unfilled previously authorized directorships.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up pursuant to the terms of Article IV of the Certificate or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such stock adopted by the Board, shall be elected by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at each annual meeting of the stockholders, and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until each of their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Each director shall be at least 21 years of age. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. No person shall qualify for service as a director of the Corporation if he or she is a party to any compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation, or has received any such compensation or other payment from any person or entity other than the Corporation, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation; provided that agreements providing only for indemnification and/or reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses in connection with candidacy as director (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with service as a director) and any pre-existing employment agreement a candidate has with his or her employer (not entered into in contemplation of the employer’s investment in the Corporation or such employee’s candidacy as a director) shall not be disqualifying under this Section 2; and provided , further , that agreements, arrangements, understandings, compensation or other payments in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Corporation shall not be disqualifying under this Section 2 if the Board in its discretion makes an affirmative determination that the director satisfies applicable

 

7


regulatory and stock exchange listing requirements to be an independent director of the Corporation and that the director is free of any other relationship (with the Company (as hereinafter defined in this Section 2) or any stockholder or otherwise) that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by such director.

In any uncontested election of directors, each person receiving a majority of the votes cast shall be deemed elected. For purposes of this paragraph, a ‘majority of the votes cast’ shall mean that the number of votes cast ‘for’ a director must exceed the number of votes cast ‘against’ that director (with ‘abstentions’ and ‘broker non-votes’ not counted as a vote cast with respect to that director). In any contested election of directors, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast, up to the number of directors to be elected in such election, shall be deemed elected. Any incumbent director who fails to receive a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election shall submit an offer to resign from the Board no later than two weeks after the certification by the Corporation of the voting results. An uncontested election is one in which the number of individuals who have been nominated for election as a director is equal to, or less than, the number of directors constituting the Whole Board. A contested election is one in which the number of persons nominated exceeds the number of directors to be elected as of the date that is ten days prior to the date that the Corporation first mails its notice of meeting for such meeting to the stockholders.

The Board shall consider the resignation offer and may either (i) accept the offer of resignation or (ii) reject the offer and seek to address the underlying cause(s) of the majority-withheld vote. While the Board may delegate to a committee the authority to assist the Board in its review of the matter, the Board shall decide whether to accept or reject the resignation offer within 90 days following the certification of the stockholder vote. Once the Board makes this decision, the Corporation will promptly make a public announcement of the Board’s decision in the manner described in Section 11 of Article II. If the Board rejects the offer of resignation, the public announcement will include a statement regarding the reasons for its decision.

The chairman of the nominating and governance committee described in Section 1 of Article IV will have the authority to manage the Board’s review of the resignation offer. In the event it is the chairman of the nominating and governance committee who received a majority-withheld vote, the independent directors who did not receive majority-withheld votes shall select a director to manage the process, and that director shall have the authority otherwise delegated to the chairman of the nominating and governance committee by this Section 2 of Article III. Any director who tenders his or her offer of resignation as a result of a majority-withheld vote shall not participate in the committee’s or the Board’s deliberations or vote on whether to accept or reject the resignation offer.

A majority of the members of the Board shall be persons determined by the Board to be independent directors. In order to determine that a director is independent pursuant to this Section 2, the Board shall make an affirmative determination that the director satisfies applicable regulatory and stock exchange listing requirements to be an independent director of the Corporation and that the director is free of any other

 

8


relationship (with the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” ) or otherwise) that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by such director. In making this determination, the Board shall consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including commercial, charitable, and familial relationships that exist between the director and the Company, or between entities with which the director is affiliated and the Company. The Board may, from time to time, adopt categorical standards to guide its determinations regarding the materiality of any relationship.

SECTION 3. Notification of Nominations. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board or by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice of nomination provided for in this Section 3 and who is entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any stockholder of record entitled to vote for the election of directors at a meeting may nominate persons for election as directors only if timely written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination is given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of the stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; provided , further , that for the purpose of calculating the timeliness of stockholder notices for the 2015 annual meeting of stockholders, the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting shall be deemed to be             , 2014 and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors, not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees to be elected at such meeting. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and the name and address of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by the stockholder and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, and any of their respective affiliates or associates or other parties with whom they are acting in concert, as well as any derivative instrument or similar contract or agreement the value of or return on which is based on or linked to the value of or return of any of the Corporation’s securities; (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the

 

9


notice; (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (e) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board; (f) the executed written consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected; and (g) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee(s), a representation to that effect. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure or if the stockholder solicits proxies in favor of such stockholder’s nominee(s) without having made the representations required by the immediately preceding sentence. If such stockholder does not appear or send a qualified representative to present such proposal at such meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 shall be eligible to serve as directors of the Corporation.

Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding paragraph of this Section 3 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting of the stockholders is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for directors or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-laws, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and, except as so provided, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time and place whether or not a quorum is present. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 5. Place of Meeting. Subject to Sections 6 and 7 of this Article III, the Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine, or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

 

10


SECTION 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as the Board shall from time to time determine, at such locations as the Board may determine. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday under the laws of the place where the meeting is to be held, the meeting which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day. No fewer than four meetings of the Board shall be held per year.

SECTION 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the non-employee directors, and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as he or they, as applicable, shall fix.

SECTION 8. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given by overnight delivery service or mailed to each director, in either case addressed to such director at such director’s residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such director at such place by telecopy or by electronic transmission or shall be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Unless otherwise required by these By-laws, every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

SECTION 9. Rules and Regulations. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate or these By-laws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board may deem proper.

SECTION 10. Participation in Meeting by Means of Communications Equipment. Any one or more members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in any meeting of the Board or of any such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or as otherwise permitted by law, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 11. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board or of any such committee consent thereto in writing or as otherwise permitted by law and, if required by law, the writing or writings are filed with the minutes or proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

SECTION 12. Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified therein, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

11


SECTION 13. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall only be filled by the Board, and not by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall only be filled by the Board, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 3 of Article II of these By-laws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 13 shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

SECTION 14. Compensation. Each director, in consideration of such person serving as a director, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum and such fees (payable in cash or stock-based compensation) for attendance at meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board, or both, as the Board or a committee thereof shall from time to time determine. In addition, each director shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection with the performance of such person’s duties as a director. Nothing contained in this Section 14 shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

Committees of the Board of Directors

SECTION 1. Committees of the Board. The Board shall designate such committees as may be required by the rules of                                                   (or any other principal United States exchange upon which the shares of the Corporation may be listed) and may from time to time designate other committees of the Board (including an executive committee), with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

SECTION 2. Conduct of Business. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee or the charter of such committee, shall have and may exercise all the duly delegated powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Board shall have the power to prescribe the manner in which proceedings of any

 

12


such committee shall be conducted. In the absence of any such prescription, any such committee shall have the power to prescribe the manner in which its proceedings shall be conducted. Unless the Board or such committee shall otherwise provide, regular and special meetings and other actions of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of ARTICLE III applicable to meetings and actions of the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report on its actions to the Board.

ARTICLE V

Officers

SECTION 1. Number; Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board and may consist of: a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including, without limitation, Assistant, Executive, Senior and Group Vice Presidents) and a Treasurer, Secretary and Controller and such other officers and agents with such titles and such duties as the Board may from time to time determine, each to have such authority, functions or duties as in these By-laws provided or as the Board may from time to time determine, and each to hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board and until such person’s successor shall have been chosen and shall qualify, or until such person’s death or resignation, or until such person’s removal in the manner hereinafter provided. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said officers; provided , however , that no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Certificate or these By-laws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers. The Board may require any officer or agent to give security for the faithful performance of such person’s duties.

SECTION 2. Removal. Subject to Section 14 of this Article V, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any meeting thereof called for the purpose, by the Chief Executive Officer, or by any other superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board.

SECTION 3. Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 4. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board may be an officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board, and shall report directly to the Board.

SECTION 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board, and shall report directly to the Board.

 

13


SECTION 6. President. The President shall perform such senior duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer (if the position is held by an individual other than the Chief Executive Officer) or as the Board shall from time to time determine.

SECTION 7. Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such senior duties in connection with the operations of the Corporation as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board shall from time to time determine.

SECTION 8. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all the powers and duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine. The Chief Financial Officer shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 9. Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his superior officer or the Board. A Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine. A Vice President need not be an officer of the Corporation and shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

SECTION 10. Treasurer. The Treasurer, if one shall have been elected, shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation; the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation; borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party; the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 11. Controller. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 12. Secretary. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to act as secretary at all meetings of the Board, of the committees of the Board and of the stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be

 

14


kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; the Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and when deemed necessary shall affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of stock, if any, of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws; the Secretary shall have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary. The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 13. Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries. Any Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board or by the Treasurer, Controller or Secretary, respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer. An Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary need not be an officer of the Corporation and shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

SECTION 14. Additional Matters. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation to have the title of Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary. Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation. The persons upon whom such titles are conferred shall not be deemed officers of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL or other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action, suit or proceedings by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that such person

 

15


is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (a “Covered Entity” ) against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to a Proceeding that was commenced by such director or officer unless the proceeding was commenced after a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI). Any director or officer of the Corporation entitled to indemnification as provided in this Section 1 is hereinafter called an “Indemnitee” . Any right of an Indemnitee to indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive, prior to the conclusion of any Proceeding, payment of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of the DGCL or other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader rights to payment of expenses than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and the other provisions of this Article VI.

SECTION 2. Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as specified in Section 1 of this Article VI or incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in connection with any Proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article VI, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The Corporation may enter into contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity in furtherance of the provisions of this Article VI and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided or authorized in this Article VI.

SECTION 3. Indemnification Not Exclusive Right. The right of indemnification provided in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may otherwise be entitled, and the provisions of this Article VI shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any Indemnitee under this Article VI and shall be applicable to Proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of this Article VI, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption.

 

16


SECTION 4. Advancement of Expenses; Procedures; Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings; Remedies. In furtherance, but not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures, presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this Article VI:

(a) Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced to the Indemnitee by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and, if required by law at the time of such advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if ultimately it should be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

(b) Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . (i) To obtain indemnification under this Article VI, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the “ Supporting Documentation ”). The determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 180 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation. The Secretary shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(ii) The Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Article VI shall be determined in one of the following ways: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI), whether or not they constitute a quorum of the Board, or by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors; (B) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI) if (x) a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee so requests or (y) there are no Disinterested Directors or a majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs; (C) by the stockholders of the Corporation; or (D) as provided in Section 4(c) of this Article VI.

(iii) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) of this Article VI, a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which the Indemnitee does not reasonably object; provided , however , that if a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall select such Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which a majority of the Disinterested Directors does not reasonably object.

(c) Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article VI, if a Change in Control shall have

 

17


occurred, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article VI (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control) upon submission of a request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) of this Article VI, and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons empowered under Section 4(b) of this Article VI to determine entitlement to indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall not have made a determination within 180 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, together with the Supporting Documentation, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be, and shall be, entitled to indemnification unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. The termination of any Proceeding described in Section 1 of this Article VI, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(d) Remedies of Indemnitee . (i) In the event that a determination is made pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Article VI that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article VI, (A) the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of entitlement to such indemnification either, at the Indemnitee’s sole option, in (x) an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction or (y) an arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; (B) any such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such adverse determination; and (C) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article VI (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control).

(ii) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made, pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article VI, that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be obligated to pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within 45 days after such determination has been made or deemed to have been made and shall be conclusively bound by such determination unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. In the event that (X) advancement of expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Article VI or (Y) payment of

 

18


indemnification is not made within 45 days after a determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article VI, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the Corporation’s obligation to pay to the Indemnitee such advancement of expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting the right of the Indemnitee to receive indemnification hereunder due to the occurrence of an event described in sub-clause (A) or (B) of this clause (ii) (a “Disqualifying Event” ); provided , however , that in any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving the occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

(iii) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(d) that the procedures and presumptions of this Article VI are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article VI.

(iv) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 4(d), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Article VI, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated accordingly.

(e) Definitions . For purposes of this Article VI:

(i) “ Authorized Officer ” means any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation.

(ii) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (w) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Corporation in which the holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, (x) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or

 

19


(y) individuals who would constitute a majority of the members of the Board elected at any meeting of stockholders or by written consent (without regard to any members of the Board elected pursuant to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) shall be elected to the Board and the election or the nomination for election by the stockholders of such directors was not approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors in office immediately prior to such election.

(iii) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(iv) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (x) the Corporation or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (y) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article VI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing under the law of the State of Delaware, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Article VI.

SECTION 5. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article VI shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or enforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 6. Indemnification of Employees Serving as Directors. The Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, shall indemnify any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such employee is or was serving (a) as a director of a corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a 50% or greater equity interest (a “ Subsidiary Director ”) or (b) at the written request of an Authorized Officer, as a director of another corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a less than 50% equity interest (or no equity interest at all) or in a capacity equivalent to that of a director for any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) in which the

 

20


Corporation has an interest (a “ Requested Employee ”), against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation, shall also advance expenses incurred by any such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. Notwithstanding any other provision or provisions of this Article VI, the Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, may indemnify any person other than a director or officer of the Corporation, a Subsidiary Director or a Requested Employee, who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of a Covered Entity against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation may also advance expenses incurred by such employee or agent in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares and Uncertificated Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock, or shall be represented by certificates, or a combination of both. To the extent that shares are represented by certificates, such certificates whenever authorized by the Board, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by any Vice President, and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and sealed with the seal of the Corporation, which may be a facsimile thereof. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

 

21


The stock ledger and blank share certificates, if any, shall be kept by the Secretary or by a transfer agent or by a registrar or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board.

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of stock of each class of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation upon authorization by the registered holder thereof, or by such holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent for such stock, if any, and if such shares are represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power (or by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer) and the payment of any taxes thereon; provided , however , that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. The person in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation; provided , however , that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such transfer agent, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent provided by law, until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

SECTION 3. Registered Stockholders and Addresses of Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be given to such person, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be given to such person by mail directed to such person at such person’s post office address, if any, as the same appears on the stock record books of the Corporation or at such person’s last known post office address.

SECTION 4. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . The holder of any certificate representing any shares of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such certificate; the Corporation may issue to such holder a new certificate or certificates for shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction; the Board, or a committee designated thereby, or the transfer agents and registrars for the stock, may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such

 

22


person’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation and said transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

SECTION 5. Regulations. The Board may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of stock of each class and series of the Corporation and may make such rules and take such action as it may deem expedient concerning the issue of certificates in lieu of certificates claimed to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated.

SECTION 6. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 7. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

ARTICLE VIII

Seal

The Board shall approve a suitable corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation and shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

ARTICLE IX

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December in each year.

 

23


ARTICLE X

Waiver of Notice

Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by these By-laws, by the Certificate or by law, the person entitled thereto may, either before or after the meeting or other matter in respect of which such notice is to be given, waive such notice in writing or as otherwise permitted by law, which shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the meeting or the records kept with respect to such other matter, as the case may be, and in such event such notice need not be given to such person and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

ARTICLE XI

Amendments

These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board at any meeting thereof; provided , however , that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws is contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or in the notice of such meeting of the Board and, in the latter case, such notice is given not less than twenty-four hours prior to the meeting. Unless a higher percentage is required by the Certificate, all such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting as a single class, or by a majority of the Board.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 1. Execution of Documents. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, notes, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation and may authorize (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such delegation may be by resolution or otherwise and the authority granted shall be general or confined to specific matters, all as the Board or any such committee may determine. In the absence of such designation referred to in the first sentence of this Section, the officers of the Corporation shall have such power so referred to, to the extent incident to the normal performance of their duties.

SECTION 2. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or any committee thereof or any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee or in these By-laws shall select.

 

24


SECTION 3. Checks. All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board or of any committee thereof or by any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee thereof or as set forth in these By-laws.

SECTION 4. Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, and to vote or consent in respect of such stock or securities; such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights; and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its said powers and rights.

SECTION 5. Subject to Law and Certificate of Incorporation. All powers, duties and responsibilities provided for in these By-laws, whether or not explicitly so qualified, are qualified by the provisions of the Certificate and applicable laws.

SECTION 6. Forum Selection. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 6.

 

25

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

between

TIME WARNER INC.

and

TIME INC.

 

 

Dated as of            , 2014

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

  

  

SECTION 1.01.   

Definitions

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

Services

  

  

SECTION 2.01.   

Provision of Services

     4   
SECTION 2.02.   

Service Amendments and Additions

     6   
SECTION 2.03.   

No Management Authority

     7   

ARTICLE III

 

Compensation

  

  

SECTION 3.01.   

Compensation for Services

     7   
SECTION 3.02.   

Adjustments to Cost of Services

     7   
SECTION 3.03.   

Payment Terms

     7   
SECTION 3.04.   

Disclaimer of Warranties

     8   
SECTION 3.05.   

Books and Records

     8   

ARTICLE IV

 

Term

  

  

SECTION 4.01.   

Commencement

     8   
SECTION 4.02.   

Termination

     9   
SECTION 4.03.   

Return of Books, Records and Files

     9   

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnification; Limitation of Liability

  

  

SECTION 5.01.   

Indemnification

     10   
SECTION 5.02.   

Limitation on Liability

     10   

ARTICLE VI

 

Other Covenants

  

  

SECTION 6.01.   

Attorney-in-Fact

     11   

 

i


ARTICLE VII

 

Breach, Notice and Cure

  

  

SECTION 7.01.   

Breach, Notice and Cure

     12   

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

  

  

SECTION 8.01.   

Title to Data

     12   
SECTION 8.02.   

Force Majeure

     12   
SECTION 8.03.   

Separation Agreement

     12   
SECTION 8.04.   

Relationship of Parties

     12   
SECTION 8.05.   

Confidentiality and Data Processing

     13   
SECTION 8.06.   

Counterparts; Entire Agreement

     13   
SECTION 8.07.   

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     13   
SECTION 8.08.   

Assignability

     14   
SECTION 8.09.   

Third-Party Beneficiaries

     14   
SECTION 8.10.   

Notices

     14   
SECTION 8.11.   

Severability

     14   
SECTION 8.12.   

Headings

     15   
SECTION 8.13.   

Waivers of Default

     15   
SECTION 8.14.   

Amendments

     15   
SECTION 8.15.   

Interpretation

     15   

 

ii


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of                     , 2014, by and between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (“ TWX ”), and TIME INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Time ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, in connection with the contemplated Spin-Off of Time and concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, TWX and Time are entering into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, each of TWX and Time will provide to the other certain services, as more particularly described in this Agreement, for a limited period of time following the Spin-Off; and

WHEREAS, each of TWX and Time desires to reflect the terms of their agreement with respect to such services.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by this Agreement, TWX and Time, for themselves, their successors and assigns, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Affected Party ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.02.

Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

Ancillary Agreements ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Applicable Termination Date ” means, with respect to each Service or Service Category, the date that is 24 months from the Distribution Date, or such earlier termination date specified with respect to such Service or Service Category, as applicable, in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable.

Consents ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Cost of Services ” means, with respect to each Service or Service Category, the cost of services specified with respect to such Service or Service Category, as applicable, in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable, to be paid by a Service Recipient in respect of such Service or Service Category to the Service Provider of such Service or Service Category.


Distribution ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Distribution Date ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.02.

Governmental Authority ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Group ” means either the TWX Group or the Time Group, as the context requires.

Group Data Processing Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Indemnitee ” means a TWX Indemnitee or a Time Indemnitee, as the context requires.

Information ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Insurance Proceeds ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Law ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Liabilities ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Party ” means either party hereto, and “ Parties ” means both parties hereto.

Performing Party ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.02.

Person ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Publishing Business ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Separation Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals.

Service Categories ” means the categories of Services identified in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable.

Service Manager ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(c).

 

2


Service Provider ” means any member of the Time Group or the TWX Group, as applicable, in its capacity as the provider of any Services to any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group, respectively.

Service Recipient ” means any member of the Time Group or the TWX Group, as applicable, in its capacity as the recipient of any Services from any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group, respectively.

Services ” means the individual services included within the various Service Categories identified in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable.

Spin-Off ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Sub-Contractor ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.01(e).

Subsidiary ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Taxes ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.01(b).

Third-Party Claim ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Time ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

Time Business ” means the Publishing Business and any other business conducted by Time or any other member of the Time Group at any time after the Distribution.

Time Group ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

Time Indemnitees ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

TWX ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble.

TWX Business ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

TWX Group ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

TWX Indemnitees ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

 

3


ARTICLE II

Services

SECTION 2.01. Provision of Services. (a) Commencing immediately after the Distribution, TWX shall, and shall cause the applicable members of the TWX Group to, (i) provide to Time and the applicable members of the Time Group the Services set forth in Schedule A and (ii) pay, perform, discharge and satisfy, as and when due, its and their respective obligations as Service Recipients under this Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Commencing immediately after the Distribution, Time shall, and shall cause the other members of the Time Group to, (i) provide to TWX and the applicable members of the TWX Group the Services set forth in Schedule B and (ii) pay, perform, discharge and satisfy, as and when due, its and their respective obligations as Service Recipients under this Agreement, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Each Service Recipient and its respective Service Provider shall cooperate in good faith with each other in connection with the performance of the Services hereunder. Each of TWX and Time, in its capacity as a Service Provider, agrees to appoint one of its respective employees (each such employee, a “ Service Manager ”) who will have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the delivery of Services, including making available the services of appropriately qualified employees and resources to enable the provision of the Services. The Service Managers will consult and coordinate with each other regarding the provision of Services.

(d) The Service Provider shall determine the personnel who shall perform the Services to be provided by it. The Service Provider shall pay for all personnel and other related expenses, including salary or wages and benefits of its employees performing the Services, as required by this Agreement. No Person providing Services to a Service Recipient shall be deemed to be, or have any rights as, an employee of such Service Recipient. All overhead and personnel necessary to the Services to be provided by each Service Provider hereunder shall be such Service Provider’s sole responsibility and shall be at such Service Provider’s sole cost and expense. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01, no Service Provider shall have the authority to bind the Service Recipient by contract or otherwise.

(e) The Service Provider may, at its option, from time to time, delegate any or all of its obligations to perform Services under this Agreement to any one or more of its Affiliates; provided , however , that such Affiliate(s) are capable of performing such Services without a material diminution in quality. In addition, the Service Provider may, as it deems necessary or desirable, engage the services of other professionals, consultants or other third parties (each, a “ Sub-Contractor ”), in connection with the performance of the Services; provided , however , that (i) the Service Provider shall remain ultimately responsible for ensuring that its obligations with respect to the nature, scope and quality of the Services described in this Section 2.01 are satisfied with respect to any Services

 

4


provided by any such Sub-Contractor and (ii) such Sub-Contractor agrees in writing to be bound by confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive to it as the terms of Section 8.05 of this Agreement. Except as agreed by the Parties in Schedule A or Schedule B or otherwise in writing, any costs associated with engaging the services of an Affiliate of the Service Provider or a Sub-Contractor shall not affect the Cost of Services payable by the Service Recipient under this Agreement, and the Service Provider shall remain solely responsible with respect to payment for such Affiliate’s or Sub-Contractor’s costs, fees and expenses.

(f) Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the Services shall be (i) performed by the Service Provider in a reasonably prompt and professional manner that is substantially the same manner, scope, nature and quality in which the Service Provider provided the Services (or substantially similar services) prior to the Distribution for the Service Recipient, unless the Services are being provided by a Sub-Contractor who is also providing the same services to the Service Provider or a member of such Service Provider’s Group, in which case the Services shall be performed for the Service Recipient in the same manner, scope, nature and quality as they are being performed for the Service Provider or such member of such Service Provider’s Group, as applicable, and (ii) used by the Service Recipient for substantially the same purpose, in substantially the same manner as, and at no higher level than, the Service Recipient used the Services (or substantially similar services) from the Service Provider prior to the Distribution.

(g) The Parties acknowledge that the Service Provider may make changes from time to time in the manner of performing Services if the Service Provider is making similar changes in performing the same or substantially similar Services for itself or other members of its Group; provided , however , that, unless expressly contemplated in Schedule A or Schedule B, such changes shall not affect the Cost of Services for such Service or materially decrease the quality or level of the Services provided to the Service Recipient, except upon prior written approval of the Service Recipient.

(h) Except to the extent a Party determines it to be necessary for the provision of Services or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement or Schedule A or Schedule B, in the context of the provision of the Services hereunder, neither Party shall grant to the other Party, and neither Party shall have, access to any competitively sensitive information or confidential information (including personal data).

(i) Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the provision of any Service by any Service Provider to any Service Recipient if the provision of such Service requires the Consent of any Person (including any Governmental Authority), whether under applicable Law, by the terms of any contract to which such Service Provider or any other member of its Group is a party or otherwise, unless and until, subject to the third-to-last sentence of this Section 2.01(i), such Consent has been obtained. The Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as promptly as possible any Consent of any Person that may be necessary for the performance of the Service Provider’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Any fees, expenses or extra costs incurred in connection with obtaining any such Consents shall be paid by the Service Recipient, and the Service Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide assistance as

 

5


necessary in obtaining such Consents. In the event that the Consent of any Person, if required in order for the Service Provider to provide Services, is not obtained reasonably promptly after the Distribution, the Service Provider shall notify the Service Recipient and the Parties shall cooperate in devising an alternative manner for the provision of the Services affected by such failure to obtain such Consent and the Cost of Services associated therewith, such alternative manner and Cost of Services to be reasonably satisfactory to both Parties and agreed to in writing. If the Parties elect such an alternative plan, the Service Provider shall provide the Services in such alternative manner and the Service Recipient shall pay for such Services based on the alternative Cost of Services. The Services shall not include, and no Service Provider shall be obligated to provide, any service the provision of which to a Service Recipient following the Distribution would constitute a violation of any Law. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Service Provider will not be required to perform or to cause to be performed any of the Services for the benefit of any third party or any other Person other than the applicable Service Recipient.

(j) The Service Recipient hereby grants to the Service Provider performing Services under this Agreement a limited, nontransferable license, without the right to sublicense (except to an Affiliate or a Sub-Contractor who is providing Services on the Service Provider’s behalf, solely to the extent necessary for such Affiliate or Sub-Contractor to provide the Services), for the term of this Agreement, to use the intellectual property owned by the Service Recipient solely to the extent necessary for the Service Provider to perform its obligations hereunder. Subject to the terms of the Separation Agreement, (i) each Service Provider acknowledges and agrees that it will acquire no right, title or interest (including any license rights or rights of use) to any work product resulting from the provision of Services hereunder for the Service Recipient’s exclusive use and such work product shall remain the exclusive property of the Service Recipient and (ii) each Service Recipient acknowledges and agrees that it will acquire no right, title or interest (other than a non-exclusive, perpetual worldwide right of use) to any work product resulting from the provision of Services hereunder that is not for the Service Recipient’s exclusive use and such work product shall remain the exclusive property of the Service Provider. The parties shall mutually agree upon and designate, in writing, work product created for a Service Recipient’s exclusive use and work product created for a Service Recipient’s non-exclusive use.

(k) Subject to Sections 2.02 and 3.02, the Parties agree that the Services set forth in Schedule A and Schedule B constitute all of the Services to be provided by members of the TWX Group and members of the Time Group, respectively, as of the Distribution Date.

SECTION 2.02. Service Amendments and Additions.

(a) From time to time during the term, each of TWX and Time may request the other Party (i) to provide additional (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) or different services which the other Party is not expressly obligated to provide under this Agreement if such services are of the type and scope provided within the TWX Group or the Time Group, or between the TWX Group and the

 

6


Time Group, in each case during fiscal year 2013 or (ii) expand the scope of any Service (such additional or expanded services, the “ Additional Services ”). The Party receiving such request for Additional Services shall consider such request in good faith and shall notify the requesting Party as promptly as practicable as to whether it will or will not provide the Additional Services.

(b) If a Party agrees to provide Additional Services pursuant to Section 2.02(a), then a representative of each Party shall in good faith negotiate an amendment to Schedule A and/or Schedule B, as applicable, which will describe in detail the service or service category, as applicable, project scope, term, price and payment terms to be charged for such Additional Services. Once agreed to in writing, the amendment to Schedule A and/or Schedule B, as applicable, shall be deemed part of this Agreement as of such date and the Additional Services shall be deemed “Services” or “Service Categories”, as applicable, provided hereunder, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.03. No Management Authority. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Service Provider shall be authorized by, or shall have responsibility under, this Agreement to manage the affairs of the business of any Service Recipient.

ARTICLE III

Compensation

SECTION 3.01. Compensation for Services. (a) As compensation for each Service rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Service Recipient shall be required to pay to the Service Provider the Cost of Services specified for such Service in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable.

(b) The amount of any actual and documented sales tax, value-added tax, goods and services tax or similar tax that is required to be assessed and remitted by the Service Provider in connection with the Services provided hereunder (“ Taxes ”) will be promptly paid to the Service Provider by the Service Recipient in accordance with Section 3.03. Such payment shall be in addition to the Cost of Services set forth in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable (unless such Tax is expressly already accounted for in the applicable Cost of Services).

SECTION 3.02. Adjustments to Cost of Services. If at any time following the date of this Agreement, the Parties mutually agree to add any Additional Services pursuant to Section 2.02, then concurrently with the addition of such Additional Services, the Parties shall work in good faith to amend Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable, to reflect such Additional Services and the related Cost of Services.

SECTION 3.03. Payment Terms. (a) The Service Provider shall bill the Service Recipient monthly, within twenty (20) business days after the end of each month, or at such other interval specified with respect to a particular Service in Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable, an amount equal to the aggregate Cost of Services due for all

 

7


Services provided in such month or other specified interval, as applicable, plus any Taxes. Invoices shall be directed to the Service Manager appointed by TWX or Time, as applicable, or to such other Person designated in writing from time to time by such Service Manager. The Service Recipient shall pay such amount in full within sixty (60) days after receipt of each invoice by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Service Provider for this purpose. Each invoice shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the charges and amounts and applicable Taxes, for each Service during the month or other specified interval to which such invoice relates.

(b) If a Service Recipient has any objection to the amount of any invoice, the Service Recipient shall notify the Service Provider in writing and the Parties shall endeavor in good faith to promptly resolve such objection and, pending resolution thereof, the Service Recipient can withhold amounts that are being so disputed in good faith. Following resolution of the objection, the Service Provider will be entitled to prompt payment of any amounts so determined by the Parties to be due to the Service Provider.

SECTION 3.04. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. THE SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED WITHOUT REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO MEMBER OF THE TWX GROUP OR OF THE TIME GROUP, AS SERVICE PROVIDER, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT ANY SERVICE COMPLIES WITH ANY LAW, DOMESTIC OR FOREIGN.

SECTION 3.05. Books and Records. TWX and Time shall each maintain complete and accurate books of account as necessary to support calculations of the Cost of Services for Services rendered by it or the other members of its Group as Service Providers and shall make such books available to the other, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours; provided , however , that to the extent TWX’s or Time’s books contain Information relating to any other aspect of the TWX Business or the Time Business, as applicable, TWX and Time shall negotiate a procedure to provide the other Party with necessary access while preserving the confidentiality of such other records.

ARTICLE IV

Term

SECTION 4.01. Commencement. This Agreement is effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect with respect to a particular Service or Service Category until the occurrence of the Applicable Termination Date applicable to such Service or Service Category, unless earlier terminated (i) in its entirety or with respect to a particular Service or Service Category, in each case in accordance with Section 4.02, or (ii) by mutual consent of the Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Separation Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, this Agreement shall be automatically terminated and void ab initio with no further action by the Parties and shall be of no force and effect.

 

8


SECTION 4.02. Termination. (a) If a Service Provider or Service Recipient materially breaches any of its respective obligations under this Agreement (and the applicable cure period set forth in Section 7.01 has expired), the non-breaching Service Recipient or Service Provider, as applicable, may terminate this Agreement with respect to the Service to which such obligations apply, effective upon not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination to the breaching Party, if the breaching Party does not cure such default within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice thereof from the non-breaching Party. The termination of this Agreement with respect to any Service pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall not affect the Parties’ rights or obligations under this Agreement with respect to any other Service.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or Schedule A or Schedule B, upon not less than (i) ninety (90) days’ prior written notice a Service Provider may terminate this Agreement with respect to any Service Category or Service if such Service Provider or its Affiliates cease to provide such Service Category or Service to members of such Service Provider’s Group and (ii) thirty (30) days’ prior written notice a Service Recipient shall be entitled to terminate one or more Services being provided by any Service Provider for any reason or no reason at all.

(c) In the event of any termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to any Service Category or Service, each Party, Service Provider and Service Recipient shall remain liable for all of their respective obligations that accrued hereunder prior to the date of such termination, including all obligations of each Service Recipient to pay any amounts due to any Service Provider hereunder.

SECTION 4.03. Return of Books, Records and Files. Upon the request of the Service Recipient after the termination of a Service with respect to which the Service Provider holds books, records or files, including current and archived copies of computer files, (i) owned solely by the Service Recipient or its Affiliates and used by the Service Provider in connection with the provision of a Service pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) created by the Service Provider and in the Service Provider’s possession as a function of and relating solely to the provision of Services pursuant to this Agreement, such books, records and files shall either be returned to the Service Recipient or destroyed by the Service Provider, with certification of such destruction provided to the Service Recipient. The Service Provider shall return or destroy, as applicable, all of such books, records or files as soon as reasonably practicable following a request by the Service Recipient; provided , however , that in the event that certain of such books, records or files stored in electronic form cannot reasonably or practicably be returned or destroyed, as applicable, the Service Provider agrees to maintain copies of the applicable books, records or files for the minimum amount of time permitted by the systems storing such data and not to use such data for any other purposes. The Service Recipient shall bear the Service Provider’s reasonable, necessary and actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the return or destruction of such books, records or files. At its expense, the Service Provider may make one copy of such books, records or files for its legal files.

 

9


ARTICLE V

Indemnification; Limitation of Liability

SECTION 5.01. Indemnification. (a) Time in its capacity as a Service Recipient and on behalf of each member of its Group in their capacity as a Service Recipient, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless TWX and the other TWX Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities incurred by such TWX Indemnitee and arising out of, in connection with or by reason of this Agreement or any Services provided by any member of the TWX Group hereunder, except to the extent such Liabilities arise out of a TWX Group member’s (i) breach of this Agreement, (ii) violation of Laws in providing the Services, (iii) violation of third-party rights (including such third-party rights embodied in patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets) in providing the Services or (iv) gross negligence or wilful misconduct in providing the Services.

(b) TWX in its capacity as a Service Recipient and on behalf of each member of its Group in their capacity as a Service Recipient, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Time and the other Time Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities incurred by such Time Indemnitee and arising out of, in connection with or by reason of this Agreement or any Services provided by any member of the Time Group hereunder, except to the extent such Liabilities arise out of a Time Group member’s (i) breach of this Agreement, (ii) violation of Laws in providing the Services, (iii) violation of third-party rights (including such third-party rights embodied in patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets) in providing the Services or (iv) gross negligence or wilful misconduct in providing the Services.

SECTION 5.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) No Service Provider, in its capacity as such, nor any member of its Group acting in the capacity of a Service Provider, nor any Indemnitee thereof, shall be liable (whether such liability is direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the other Party (or any of such other Party’s Indemnitees) for any Liabilities arising out of, related to, or in connection with the Services or this Agreement, except to the extent that such Liabilities arise out of such Service Provider’s (or a member of its Group’s) (i) breach of this Agreement, (ii) violation of Laws in providing the Services, (iii) violation of third-party rights (including such third-party rights embodied in patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets) in providing the Services or (iv) gross negligence or wilful misconduct in providing the Services; provided that nothing in this Section 5.02(a) shall be deemed to limit a Service Recipient’s rights under Section 5.02(d) regarding Insurance Proceeds in respect of Third-Party Claims.

(b) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY SERVICE PROVIDER, IN ITS CAPACITY AS SUCH, NOR ANY MEMBER OF ITS GROUP ACTING IN THE CAPACITY OF A SERVICE PROVIDER, NOR ANY INDEMNITEE THEREOF, BE LIABLE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE TO THE SERVICE RECIPIENT (OR ANY OF ITS INDEMNITEES) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR

 

10


PUNITIVE DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS) AS A RESULT OF ANY BREACH, PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE BY SUCH SERVICE PROVIDER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EXCEPT AS MAY BE PAYABLE TO A CLAIMANT IN A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM.

(c) EACH GROUP’S TOTAL LIABILITY, IN ITS CAPACITY AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, TO THE OTHER GROUP ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICES OR THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY CLAIM SHALL NOT EXCEED IN THE AGGREGATE AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAID TO IT FOR SERVICES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IN THE CASE OF ANY LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF A THIRD-PARTY CLAIM, EACH GROUP’S TOTAL LIABILITY IN ITS CAPACITY AS A SERVICE PROVIDER TO THE OTHER GROUP SHALL BE INCREASED BY AN AMOUNT EQUAL THE AMOUNT, IF ANY, OF ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS THAT ARE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY SUCH SERVICE PROVIDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 5.02(d).

(d) If a Service Provider, in its capacity as such, or any member of its Group acting in the capacity of a Service Provider, or any Indemnitee thereof, shall be liable to the other Party for any Liability arising out of a Third-Party Claim, such Service Provider, at the request of the Indemnitee, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue and recover any available Insurance Proceeds under applicable insurance policies. Promptly upon the actual receipt of any such Insurance Proceeds, such Service Provider shall pay such Insurance Proceeds to the applicable Indemnitee to the extent of the Liability arising out of the applicable Third-Party Claim. The Indemnitee shall, upon the request of such Service Provider and to the extent permitted under such Service Provider’s applicable insurance policies, promptly pay directly to such Service Provider or to such Service Provider’s insurer any reasonable costs or expenses incurred in the collection of such Indemnitee’s portion of such Insurance Proceeds (including such Indemnitee’s portion of applicable retentions or deductibles); provided , however , that in no event shall an Indemnitee’s portion of such collection costs and expenses, applicable retentions and deductibles exceed the amount of Insurance Proceeds actually received by such Indemnitee.

(e) The provisions of this Article V shall survive indefinitely, notwithstanding any termination of all or any portion of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Other Covenants

SECTION 6.01. Attorney-in-Fact. On a case-by-case basis, the Service Recipient shall execute documents necessary to appoint the Service Provider as its attorney-in-fact for the sole purpose of executing any and all documents and instruments reasonably required to be executed in connection with the performance by the Service Provider of any Service under this Agreement.

 

11


ARTICLE VII

Breach, Notice and Cure

SECTION 7.01. Breach, Notice and Cure. No breach of this Agreement by a Party shall be deemed to have occurred unless the non-breaching Party serves written notice on the breaching Party specifying the nature thereof and the breaching Party fails to cure such breach, if any, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or ten (10) days in the case of a failure by the breaching Party to pay a sum certain).

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01. Title to Data. Each of Time and TWX acknowledges that it will acquire no right, title or interest (including any license rights or rights of use) in any firmware or software, or the licenses therefor that are owned by the other Party or its Affiliates, Subsidiaries or divisions, by reason of the provision of the Services hereunder, except as expressly provided in Section 2.01(j) and Section 4.03.

SECTION 8.02. Force Majeure. In case performance of any terms or provisions hereof shall be delayed or prevented, in whole or in part, because of or related to compliance with any Law or requirement of any national securities exchange, or because of riot, war, public disturbance, strike, labor dispute, fire, explosion, storm, flood, act of God or act of terrorism that is not within the control of the Party, Service Provider or Service Recipient whose performance is interfered with (each, a “ Performing Party ”) and which by the exercise of reasonable diligence such Performing Party is unable to prevent, or for any other reason which is not within the control of such Performing Party whose performance is interfered with and which by the exercise of reasonable diligence such Performing Party is unable to prevent (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”), then upon prompt written notice stating the date and extent of such interference and the cause thereof by the Performing Party to the other Party, Service Recipient or Service Provider (each, an “ Affected Party ”), as applicable, the Performing Party shall be excused from its obligations hereunder during the period such Force Majeure Event or its effects continue, and no liability shall attach against either the Performing Party or the Affected Party on account thereof; provided , however , that the Performing Party promptly resumes the required performance upon the cessation of the Force Majeure Event or its effects. No Performing Party shall be excused from performance if such Performing Party fails to use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy the situation and remove the cause and effects of the Force Majeure Event.

SECTION 8.03. Separation Agreement. The Parties agree that, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Separation Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

SECTION 8.04. Relationship of Parties. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or

 

12


any third party as creating a relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the Parties, between Service Providers and Service Recipients or with any individual providing Services, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of any Party or members of their respective Groups, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties or members of their respective Groups other than the relationship set forth herein. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01, each Party and each Service Provider shall act under this Agreement solely as an independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of any other Party or any of such Party’s Affiliates.

SECTION 8.05. Confidentiality and Data Processing. (a) Each Party hereby acknowledges that confidential Information of such Party or members of its Group may be exposed to employees and agents of the other Party or its Group as a result of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and the members of its Group, that such Party’s obligation to use and keep confidential such Information of the other Party or its Group shall be governed by Sections 7.01(c) and 7.08 of the Separation Agreement.

(b) Each Party agrees that it will only process personal data (as defined by EU Directive 95/46/EC of 24 October 1995) provided to it by the other Party or its Group in accordance with Section 7.01(d) of the Separation Agreement and the terms of the Group Data Processing Agreement.

SECTION 8.06. Counterparts; Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which counterparts shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party hereto and delivered to the other Party. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF signature and a facsimile or PDF signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) This Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

SECTION 8.07. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue of the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York over any and all claims, disputes, controversies or disagreements between the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns under or related to this Agreement or any document executed pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

13


SECTION 8.08. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement without consent in connection with (a) a merger transaction in which such Party is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity acquires or assumes all or substantially all of such Party’s assets or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets; provided , however , that the assignee expressly assumes in writing all of the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, and the assigning Party provides written notice and evidence of such assignment and assumption to the non-assigning Party. No assignment permitted by this Section 8.08 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 8.08 shall affect or impair a Service Provider’s ability to delegate any or all of its obligations under this Agreement to one or more members of its Group or Sub-Contractors pursuant to Section 2.01(e).

SECTION 8.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any TWX Indemnitee or Time Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any third Person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 8.10. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be provided in the manner set forth in the Separation Agreement.

SECTION 8.11. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination, any such provision, to the extent determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be deemed replaced by a provision that such court determines is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, void or unenforceable provision.

 

14


SECTION 8.12. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.13. Waivers of Default. No failure or delay of any Party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. Waiver by any Party hereto of any default by the other Party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default.

SECTION 8.14. Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any Party hereto, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

SECTION 8.15. Interpretation. The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 12.14 of the Separation Agreement are incorporated by reference into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis .

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TIME WARNER INC.
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

TIME INC.
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of             , 2014, by and between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (“TWX”), and TIME INC., a Delaware corporation (“Time” and, together with TWX, the “Parties”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS Time is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TWX and a member of its consolidated group;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, TWX and Time have effected or agreed to effect (i) the Internal Reorganization (the steps of which are described in Appendix A) and (ii) the Distribution (together, the “Transactions”); and

WHEREAS the Parties intend that each step of the Transactions qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definition of Terms. The following terms shall have the following meanings. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Separation Agreement.

10% Acquisition Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.06.

2014 UK Returns ” means the corporation Tax return and statutory accounts and any related or supporting documentation or computations of each Group Member (other than any Group Member that is not U.K. resident for U.K. Tax purposes) for the period commencing on January 1, 2014.

Active Trade or Business ” means the active conduct (determined in accordance with Section 355(b) of the Code) of the trade or business described in the Tax Opinion Representations for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 355(b) of the Code as it applies to the Distribution with respect to Time.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Determination ” means (i) any final determination of liability in respect of a Tax that, under applicable Law, is not subject to further appeal, review or modification through proceedings or otherwise (including the expiration of a statute of limitations or


period for the filing of claims for refunds, amended Tax Returns or appeals from adverse determinations), including a “determination” as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code or execution of an IRS Form 870AD, or (ii) the payment of Tax by a Party (or its Subsidiary) that is responsible for payment of that Tax under applicable Law, with respect to any item disallowed or adjusted by a Taxing Authority, as long as the responsible Party determines that no action should be taken to recoup that payment and the other Party agrees.

EMA ” means the Employee Matters Agreement dated as of             , 2014, by and between TWX and Time, including the Schedules thereto.

GPA ” means the group payment arrangement made pursuant to Section 59F of the Taxes Management Act 1970 under reference number 900 6306715390 A 07.

GPA Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

Group Member ” means each member of the IPC Tax Group, each member of the TAEHL Tax Group and UK HoldCo.

Group Relief ” means any (i) relief surrendered, obtained or claimed pursuant to Part V of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, (ii) refund of Taxes surrendered or claimed pursuant to Section 963 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, (iii) allocation or reallocation of profits, losses or gains for capital gains Tax purposes pursuant to an election under Section 171A or Section 179A of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 (and references to a “surrender” of such relief will be construed accordingly), (iv) notional reallocation of a gain pursuant to an election under Section 792 of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 or (v) eligible unrelieved foreign Tax surrendered or claimed pursuant to the Double Taxation Relief (Surrender of Relievable Tax Within a Group) Regulations 2001.

Indemnifying Party ” means a Party that has an obligation to make an Indemnity Payment.

Indemnitee ” means a Party that is entitled to receive an Indemnity Payment.

Indemnity Payment ” means an indemnity payment contemplated by the Separation Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement.

Intended Tax Treatment ” means the U.S. Intended Tax Treatment and the U.K. Intended Tax Treatment.

IPC Tax Group ” means Time UK Publishing Holdings Limited, a U.K. private limited company, and any Person that is or was a Subsidiary of Time UK Publishing Holdings Limited as of the Distribution or at any time prior to the Distribution.

 

2


IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Nominated Company ” means Time Warner Limited, a U.K. private limited company.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means an action taken by a Person only if such action is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person.

Ordinary Taxes ” means Taxes other than (i) Transaction Taxes and (ii) Transfer Taxes described in Section 2.04.

Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Pre-Distribution Tax Period ” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) that ends on or before the Distribution Date.

Proposed Acquisition Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).

Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

Refund Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.

Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code.

Repayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(c).

Restricted Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

Ruling ” means a private letter ruling (including any supplemental ruling) issued by the IRS in connection with the Transactions, whether granted prior to, on or after the date hereof.

Satisfactory Guidance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

Separation Agreement ” means the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of             , 2014, by and between TWX and Time, including the Schedules thereto.

SSE ” has the meaning set forth in Appendix A.

Straddle Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(b).

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors (or others performing similar functions with respect to such

 

3


corporation or other organization) is directly or indirectly owned by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

TAEHL Tax Group ” means Time Atlantic Europe Holdings Limited, a U.K. private limited company, and any Person that is or was a Subsidiary of Time Atlantic Europe Holdings Limited as of the Distribution or at any time prior to the Distribution.

Tax Advisor ” means (i) for purposes of Section 5.06, a local Tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing in the relevant jurisdiction and (ii) for all other purposes of this Agreement, a U.S. Tax counsel of recognized national standing.

Tax Attribute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).

Tax Contest ” means an audit, review, examination or other administrative or judicial proceeding, in each case by any Taxing Authority.

Tax Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06.

Tax Opinion Representations ” means reasonable and customary representations regarding certain facts in existence at the applicable time made by TWX and Time that serve as a basis for the Tax Opinions.

Tax Opinions ” means the written opinions of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP and Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, in each case issued to TWX and Time, to the effect that each step of the Transactions should qualify for its U.S. Intended Tax Treatment and U.K. Intended Tax Treatment, respectively.

Tax Opinions/Rulings ” means (i) any Ruling and (ii) any opinion of a Tax Advisor relating to the Transactions, including those issued on the Distribution Date or to allow a party to take actions otherwise prohibited under Section 4.03(a) of this Agreement.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, statement, report, form, estimate or information return relating to Taxes, including any amendments thereto and any related or supporting information, required or permitted to be filed with any Taxing Authority.

Tax Return Preparer ” means (i) with respect to any Tax Return that TWX is responsible for preparing under Section 3.01(a), TWX, and (ii) with respect to any Tax Return that Time is responsible for preparing under Section 3.01(b), Time.

Taxes ” means all forms of taxation or duties imposed by any Governmental Authority, or required by any Governmental Authority to be collected or withheld, including charges, together with any related interest, penalties and other additional amounts.

 

4


Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Authority charged with the determination, collection or imposition of Taxes.

TCGA ” has the meaning set forth in Appendix A.

Time ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Time Capital Stock ” means (i) all classes or series of capital stock of Time, (ii) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire interests described in clause (i) and (iii) all other instruments properly treated as equity of Time for U.S. Federal income Tax purposes.

Time Tax Group ” means (i) Time, (ii) any Person that is or was a Subsidiary of Time as of the Distribution or at any time prior to the Distribution and (iii) any Person that was a Subsidiary of one or more Persons described in clause (ii) at any time prior to the Distribution.

Transaction Tax Contest ” means a Tax Contest with the purpose or effect of determining or redetermining Transaction Taxes.

Transaction Taxes ” means all (i) Taxes imposed on TWX, Time or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from the failure of any step of the Transactions to qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment, (ii) Taxes imposed on any third party resulting from the failure of any step of the Transactions to qualify for its Intended Tax Treatment for which TWX, Time or any of their respective Subsidiaries is or becomes liable for any reason and (iii) reasonable, out-of-pocket legal, accounting and other advisory or court fees incurred in connection with liability for Taxes described in clause (i) or (ii).

Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Transfer Taxes ” means all transfer, sales, use, excise, stock, stamp, stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, stamp duty land, documentary, filing, recording, registration, value-added and other similar Taxes (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, gains, profit or similar Taxes, however assessed).

TWX ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

TWX Consolidated Group ” means any consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group of which (i) any member of the TWX Tax Group is or was a member and (ii) any member of the Time Tax Group is or was a member. For the avoidance of doubt, “TWX Consolidated Group” shall not include any group for U.K. Tax purposes of which any member of the IPC Tax Group or the TAEHL Tax Group is or was a member.

TWX Tax Group ” means TWX and any Person that is or was a Subsidiary of TWX as of the Distribution or at any time prior to the Distribution, excluding each member of the Time Tax Group.

 

5


U.K. Intended Tax Treatment ” means, with respect to each step of the Transactions, the U.K. corporation Tax consequences (if any) set forth for such step in Appendix A.

U.S. Intended Tax Treatment ” means, with respect to each step of the Transactions, the U.S. Federal income Tax consequences (if any) set forth for such step in Appendix A.

Unqualified Tax Opinion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c).

ARTICLE II

Allocation of Tax Liabilities and Tax Benefits

SECTION 2.01. TWX Indemnification of Time. After the Distribution, TWX shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold Time harmless from, the following Taxes, whether incurred directly by Time or indirectly through one of its Subsidiaries:

(a) Ordinary Taxes of TWX and its Subsidiaries for any taxable period;

(b) Transfer Taxes for which TWX is responsible under Section 2.04; and

(c) Transaction Taxes;

in each case, other than Taxes for which Time is liable under Section 2.02.

SECTION 2.02. Time Indemnification of TWX. After the Distribution, Time shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold TWX harmless from, the following Taxes, whether incurred directly by TWX or indirectly through one of its Subsidiaries (but without duplication of any such Taxes that Time has already paid (or caused to be paid) pursuant to Article VI):

(a) Ordinary Taxes (i) of TWX and its Subsidiaries for any Pre-Distribution Tax Period to the extent attributable to the Time Tax Group, (ii) of Time and its Subsidiaries for any taxable period other than a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or (iii) of TWX and its Subsidiaries imposed under Section 1.1503(d)-6 of the Regulations relating to the recapture of any “dual consolidated loss” (within the meaning of Section 1503(d)(2) of the Code) incurred by any member of the Time Tax Group;

(b) Transfer Taxes for which Time is responsible under Section 2.04; and

(c) Transaction Taxes attributable to:

(i) the failure to be true when made or deemed made of (A) any Tax Opinion Representation made by Time or (B) any representation made by Time, any Subsidiary of Time, any counterparty to any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or any of such counterparty’s Affiliates for purposes of obtaining a Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion intended to be Satisfactory Guidance;

 

6


(ii) any action or omission by Time or any Subsidiary of Time in breach of the covenants set forth herein (including those in Section 4.03), in any other Ancillary Agreement or in the Separation Agreement;

(iii) the application of Section 355(e) or 355(f) of the Code to the Internal Splitoff or the Distribution by virtue of any acquisition of stock or assets of Time or any Subsidiary of Time; or

(iv) any other action or omission by Time or any Subsidiary of Time that Time knows or reasonably should expect, after consultation with a Tax Advisor, could give rise to Transaction Taxes, except to the extent such action or omission is otherwise expressly required or permitted by this Agreement (other than under Section 4.04), any other Ancillary Agreement or the Separation Agreement;

provided , that for purposes of calculating any amount due under Section 2.02(a), Time shall be deemed to have paid the Time Tax Group’s share of any Taxes paid by TWX or any of its Subsidiaries before the Distribution (whether in connection with a final period Tax Return or an estimated Tax Return). For the avoidance of doubt, any Transaction Taxes resulting from the application of Section 355(e) or 355(f) of the Code to the Internal Splitoff or the Distribution by virtue of one or more persons acquiring directly or indirectly stock representing a “50% or greater interest” (as such term is defined in Section 355(e)(4)(A) of the Code) in TWX are described in Section 2.01(c) and not in Section 2.02(c).

SECTION 2.03. Allocation of Ordinary Taxes. (a) For purposes of Section 2.02(a)(i), in the case of any TWX Consolidated Group:

(i) If any Ordinary Taxes arise as a result of any adjustments made after the Distribution to the portion of the relevant Tax Return for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period that relates to a member of the Time Tax Group, the amount of Ordinary Taxes attributable to the Time Tax Group shall equal the excess, if any, of

(A) the amount of Ordinary Taxes actually payable by the TWX Consolidated Group as a result of the adjustments for the relevant period over

(B) the amount of Ordinary Taxes that would have been so payable had no adjustments been made to the portions of the relevant Tax Returns relating to a member of the Time Tax Group; and

(ii) The amount of Ordinary Taxes shown as due on any Tax Return filed after the Distribution that are attributable to the Time Tax Group shall equal the excess, if any, of

(A) the amount of Ordinary Taxes actually shown as due on that Tax Return over

 

7


(B) the amount of Ordinary Taxes that would have been shown as due on that Tax Return had the relevant members of the Time Tax Group not been included in the TWX Consolidated Group.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, Time shall be liable for Taxes of any TWX Consolidated Group under Section 2.02(a)(i) only to the extent any adjustment (as described in Section 2.03(a)(i)) or the inclusion of any relevant member of the Time Tax Group in the relevant TWX Consolidated Group (as described in Section 2.03(a)(ii)) results in an actual increase in the aggregate Tax liability of the TWX Consolidated Group in any period. To the extent that any such adjustment or inclusion in one taxable period increases the amount of Ordinary Taxes actually payable by the TWX Consolidated Group in another taxable period, principles consistent with those in Section 2.03(a) shall apply to determine the amount of Ordinary Taxes attributable to the Time Tax Group.

SECTION 2.04. Allocation of Transfer Taxes. TWX and Time each shall be responsible for any Transfer Taxes incurred by the TWX Tax Group and the Time Tax Group, respectively, as a result of the Transactions. If, under applicable Law, both parties or neither party to a transfer are liable for Transfer Taxes (such as stamp duties imposed by Taxing Authorities in the United Kingdom) resulting from such transfer, then TWX and Time shall be equally responsible for such Transfer Taxes.

SECTION 2.05. Refunds, Credits and Offsets. (a) Subject to Section 2.06, if TWX, Time or any of their respective Subsidiaries receives any refund of any Taxes for which the other Party is liable under this Article II (or, in the case of any Group Member, in respect of which payment has been made by or on behalf of such company to the Nominated Company under the GPA or under Article VI) (a “Refund Recipient”), such Refund Recipient shall pay to the other Party the entire amount of the refund (including interest, but net of any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund) within 10 business days of receipt or accrual; provided , however , that the other Party, upon the request of such Refund Recipient, shall repay the amount paid to the other Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Taxing Authority) in the event such Refund Recipient is required to repay such refund. In the event a Party would be a Refund Recipient but for the fact it elected to apply a refund to which it would otherwise have been entitled against a Tax liability arising in a subsequent taxable period, then such Party shall be treated as a Refund Recipient and the economic benefit of so applying the refund shall be treated as a refund, and shall be paid within 10 business days of the due date of the Tax Return to which such refund is applied to reduce the subsequent Tax liability.

(b) For purposes of Section 2.05(a), in the case of any TWX Consolidated Group, the Time Tax Group shall be entitled to any refund of Taxes only to the extent of the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of any refund (or reduction in subsequent Taxes) that the TWX Consolidated Group actually receives over (ii) the amount of any refund (or reduction in subsequent Taxes) that the TWX Consolidated Group would have received had any adjustments made after the Distribution to the portions of any Tax Return relating to a member of the Time Tax Group not been made.

 

8


SECTION 2.06. Carrybacks. (a) If a Tax Return of Time or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Group Member) for any taxable period ending after the Distribution Date reflects any net operating loss, net capital loss, excess Tax credit or other Tax attribute (a “Tax Attribute”), then Time or its applicable Subsidiary shall waive the right to carry back any such Tax Attribute to a Pre-Distribution Tax Period to the extent permissible under applicable Law. In the event that Time or any of its Subsidiaries does carry back a Tax Attribute to a Pre-Distribution Tax Period, then (i) subject to Section 2.06(b), no payment with respect to such carryback shall be due to Time or any of its Subsidiaries from TWX and (ii) if Time or any of its Subsidiaries receives any refund, credit or offset of any Taxes in connection with such carryback, Time shall promptly pay to TWX the full amount of such refund or the economic benefit of the credit or offset (including interest, but net of any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund).

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2.06(a), if TWX determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received, either from Time under Section 2.06(a) or directly from a Taxing Authority, a refund of Taxes that Time has actually paid to TWX or to any Taxing Authority pursuant to this Agreement in connection with a carryback by Time or any of its Subsidiaries of a Tax Attribute to a Pre-Distribution Tax Period, TWX shall pay (or repay) to Time the amount of such refund (net of any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund); provided , however , that Time agrees, upon TWX’s request, to repay such amount (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Taxing Authority) in the event TWX is required to repay such refund.

SECTION 2.07. Straddle Periods. (a) For U.S. Federal income Tax purposes, the taxable year of each member of the Time Tax Group that was a member of the TWX Consolidated Group will close as of the end of the Distribution Date. TWX and Time shall take all commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to close the taxable year of each member of the Time Tax Group for all other U.S. Tax purposes as of the end of the Distribution Date to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

(b) For any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Distribution Date (a “Straddle Period”), Taxes for the Pre-Distribution Tax Period shall be computed (i) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis (such as real, personal and intangible property Taxes), on a daily pro rata basis and (ii) in the case of other Taxes generally, as if the taxable period ended as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and, in the case of any such other Taxes that are attributable to the ownership of any equity interest in a partnership, other “flowthrough” entity or “controlled foreign corporation” (within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code or any comparable U.S. state or local or foreign Law), as if the taxable period of that entity ended as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (whether or not such Taxes arise in a Straddle Period of the applicable owner).

 

9


ARTICLE III

Tax Returns, Tax Contests and Other Administrative Matters

SECTION 3.01. Responsibility for Preparing Tax Returns. (a) Except as described in Section 3.01(b), TWX shall timely prepare any Tax Returns of the TWX Tax Group and the Time Tax Group that are required or permitted to be filed for any taxable period beginning before the Distribution Date. If Time is responsible for filing any such Tax Return under Section 3.03(a), TWX shall, subject to Section 3.01(c), promptly deliver such prepared Tax Return to Time reasonably in advance of the applicable filing deadline.

(b) Time shall timely prepare (i) all 2014 UK Returns and (ii) any Tax Returns of the Time Tax Group that are required or permitted to be filed for any taxable period beginning before the Distribution Date if such Tax Returns are of a type that a member of the Time Tax Group has historically been responsible for preparing, including Tax Returns set forth on Schedule 3.01(b). If TWX is responsible for filing any such Tax Return under Section 3.03(a), Time shall, subject to Section 3.01(c), promptly deliver such prepared Tax Return to TWX reasonably in advance of the applicable filing deadline.

(c) Except as otherwise described on Schedule 3.01(c), to the extent that any Tax Return described in Section 3.01(a) or (b) directly relates to matters for which another Party may have an indemnification obligation to the Tax Return Preparer, or that may give rise to a refund to which that other Party would be entitled, under this Agreement, the Tax Return Preparer shall (i) prepare the relevant portions of the Tax Return on a basis consistent with past practice, except (A) as required by applicable Law or to correct any clear error, (B) as a result of changes or elections made on any Tax Return of a TWX Consolidated Group that do not relate primarily to the Time Tax Group or (C) as mutually agreed by the Parties; (ii) notify the other Party of any such portions not prepared on a basis consistent with past practice; (iii) provide the other Party a reasonable opportunity to review the relevant portions of the Tax Return; (iv) consider in good faith any reasonable comments made by the other Party; and (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to incorporate, in the portion of such Tax Return related to the other Party’s potential indemnification obligation (or refund entitlement), any reasonable comments made by the other Party relating to the Tax Return Preparer’s compliance with clause (i). The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any issues arising out of the review of any such Tax Return.

SECTION 3.02. Information Packages. Each Party (i) shall provide to the other Party (in the format reasonably determined by the other Party) all information and assistance requested by the other Party as reasonably necessary to prepare any Tax Return described in Section 3.01(a) or (b) on a timely basis consistent with the current practices of TWX and its Subsidiaries in preparing Tax Returns and (ii) in so providing such information and assistance, shall use any systems and third party service providers as are consistent with the current practices of TWX and its Subsidiaries in preparing Tax Returns.

 

10


SECTION 3.03. Filing of Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes. (a) Each Party shall execute and timely file each Tax Return that it is responsible for filing under applicable Law and shall timely pay to the relevant Taxing Authority any amount shown as due on each such Tax Return; provided , that (i) no Group Member shall file, amend, withdraw, revoke or otherwise alter any Tax Return that relates to any event occurring on or before the Distribution Date and (ii) neither Time nor any of its Subsidiaries shall file, amend, withdraw, revoke or otherwise alter any Tax Return of any TWX Consolidated Group, in each case, without the prior written consent of TWX, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that TWX’s consent shall not be required for the filing of any Tax Return (without amendment) prepared by TWX pursuant to Section 3.01(a). The obligation to make payments pursuant to this Section 3.03(a) shall not affect a Party’s right, if any, to receive payments under Section 3.03(b) or otherwise be indemnified with respect to that Tax liability.

(b) In addition to its obligations under Section 3.01(c), the relevant Tax Return Preparer shall, no later than 5 business days before the due date (including extensions) of any Tax Return described in Section 3.01(a) or (b), notify the other Party of any amount (or any portion of any such amount) shown as due on that Tax Return for which the other Party must indemnify the Tax Return Preparer under this Agreement. The other Party shall pay such amount to the Tax Return Preparer no later than the due date (including extensions) of the relevant Tax Return. A failure by an Indemnitee to give notice as provided in this Section 3.03(b) shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually prejudiced by such failure.

SECTION 3.04. Tax Contests. (a) TWX or Time, as applicable, shall, within 10 business days of becoming aware of any Tax Contest (including a Transaction Tax Contest) that could reasonably be expected to cause the other Party to have an indemnification obligation under this Agreement, notify the other Party of such Tax Contest and thereafter promptly forward or make available to the Indemnifying Party copies of notices and communications relating to the relevant portions of such Tax Contest. A failure by an Indemnitee to give notice as provided in this Section 3.04(a) (or to promptly forward any such notices or communications) shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually prejudiced by such failure.

(b) TWX and Time each shall have the exclusive right to control the conduct and settlement of any Tax Contest, other than a Transaction Tax Contest, relating to any Tax Return that it is responsible for preparing pursuant to Section 3.01. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the conduct or settlement of any portion or aspect of any such Tax Contest could reasonably be expected to cause a Party to have an indemnification obligation under this Agreement, then (i) the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to share joint control over the conduct and settlement of that portion or aspect and (ii) whether or not the Indemnifying Party exercises that right, the Indemnitee shall not accept or enter into any settlement without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , that Time agrees to, and shall not dispute or contest, any affirmative adjustments that are described on Schedule 3.04(b).

 

11


(c) TWX and Time shall have the right to control jointly the conduct and settlement of any Transaction Tax Contest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TWX shall be entitled to control exclusively the conduct and settlement of any Transaction Tax Contest if TWX notifies Time that (notwithstanding the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement) TWX agrees to pay (and indemnify Time against) any Transaction Taxes resulting from such Transaction Tax Contest.

(d) In any case where the Parties control jointly the conduct and settlement of any Tax Contest (or portion or aspect thereof): (i) neither Party shall accept or enter into any settlement of such Tax Contest (or the relevant portion or aspect thereof) without the consent of the other Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (ii) both Parties shall have a right to review and consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to any correspondence or filings to be submitted to any Taxing Authority with respect to such Tax Contest (or the relevant portion or aspect thereof) and (iii) both Parties shall have the right to attend any formally scheduled meetings with any Taxing Authority or hearings or proceedings before any judicial authority, in each case with respect to such Tax Contest (or the relevant portion or aspect thereof).

SECTION 3.05. Expenses and Applicability. (a) Each Party shall bear its own expenses in the course of any Tax Contest, other than expenses included in the definition of Transaction Taxes, which shall be governed by Article II.

(b) This Article III shall not apply before the Distribution.

ARTICLE IV

Tax Matters Relating to the Transactions

SECTION 4.01. Mutual Representations. Each Party represents that it knows of no fact, and has no plan or intention to take any action, that it knows or reasonably should expect, after consultation with a Tax Advisor, is inconsistent with the qualification of any step of the Transactions for its Intended Tax Treatment.

SECTION 4.02. Mutual Covenants. (a) Each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Tax Opinions to be issued, including by executing the Tax Opinion Representations requested by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP or Herbert Smith Freehills LLP, in each case that are true and correct.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly required or permitted by the Separation Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, after the Distribution neither Party shall take or fail to take, or cause or permit its respective Subsidiaries to take or fail to take, any action, if such action or omission would be inconsistent with its Tax Opinion Representations.

 

12


SECTION 4.03. Restricted Actions. (a) Subject to Section 4.04, during the period beginning on the Distribution Date and ending on, and including, the last day of the two-year period following the Distribution Date (the “Restricted Period”), Time shall not (and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to), in a single transaction or a series of transactions:

(i) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction;

(ii) take any affirmative action that permits a Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur by means of an agreement to which neither Time nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party (including by (A) redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan, (B) making a determination that a tender offer is a “permitted offer” under any such plan or otherwise causing any such plan to be inapplicable or neutralized with respect to any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or (C) approving any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, whether for purposes of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law or any similar corporate statute, any “fair price” or other provision of Time’s charter or bylaws or otherwise);

(iii) liquidate or partially liquidate Time, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise ( provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a merger of another entity into Time or any of its Subsidiaries shall not constitute an action described in this Section 4.03(a)(iii));

(iv) cause or permit Time to cease to engage in the Active Trade or Business;

(v) sell or transfer 50% or more of the gross assets of the Active Trade or Business or 50% or more of the consolidated gross assets that Time held immediately before the Distribution ( provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) sales, transfers or dispositions of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business, (B) payments of cash to acquire assets from an unrelated Person in an arm’s length transaction, (C) sales, transfers or dispositions of assets to a Person that is disregarded as an entity separate from the transferor for U.S. Federal income Tax purposes or (D) any mandatory or optional repayments (or prepayments) of any indebtedness of Time or any of its Subsidiaries); or

(vi) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or indirectly) any Time Capital Stock, except to the extent such redemptions or repurchases satisfy Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to its amendment by Revenue Procedure 2003-48).

(b) (i) For purposes of this Agreement, “Proposed Acquisition Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement to enter into a transaction or series of transactions) as determined for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code, in connection with which one or more Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, from any

 

13


other Person or Persons, an interest in Time Capital Stock that, when combined with any other acquisitions of Time Capital Stock that occur after the Distribution (but excluding any other acquisition described in clause (ii)) comprises 30% or more of the value or the total combined voting power of all interests that are treated as outstanding equity in Time for U.S. Federal income Tax purposes immediately after such transaction or, in the case of a series of related transactions, immediately after any transaction in such series. For this purpose, any recapitalization, repurchase or redemption of Time Capital Stock and any amendment to the certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents) of Time shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of Time Capital Stock by any shareholder to the extent such shareholder’s percentage interest in interests that are treated as outstanding equity in Time for U.S. Federal income Tax purposes increases by vote or value.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (x) the adoption by Time of a shareholder rights plan that meets the requirements of IRS Revenue Ruling 90-11, (y) transfers on an established market of Time Capital Stock that are described in Safe Harbor VII of Section 1.355-7(d) of the Regulations or (z) issuances of Time Capital Stock that satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a Person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Section 1.355-7(d) of the Regulations.

(c) If Time merges or consolidates with another entity to form a new entity, references in this Agreement to Time shall be to that new entity and Time Capital Stock shall refer to the capital stock or other relevant instruments or rights of that new entity.

(d) The provisions of this Section 4.03, including the definition of “Proposed Acquisition Transaction”, are intended to monitor compliance with Section 355 of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, Section 355 of the Code or the Regulations thereunder shall be incorporated into this Section 4.03 and its interpretation.

SECTION 4.04. Consent to Take Certain Restricted Actions. (a) Time may (and may cause or permit its Subsidiaries to) take an action otherwise prohibited under Section 4.03(a) if TWX consents. TWX may not withhold its consent if Time has provided it with Satisfactory Guidance.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Satisfactory Guidance” means either a Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion, at the election of Time, in either case satisfactory to TWX in both form and substance, including with respect to any underlying assumptions or representations and any legal analysis contained therein, and concluding that the proposed action will not cause any step of the Transactions to fail to qualify for its U.S. Intended Tax Treatment.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Unqualified Tax Opinion” means an unqualified “will” opinion of a Tax Advisor that permits reliance by TWX. The Tax

 

14


Advisor, in issuing its opinion, shall be permitted to rely on the validity and correctness, as of the date given, of any previously issued Tax Opinions/Rulings, unless such reliance would be unreasonable under the circumstances, and shall assume that each step of the Transactions would have qualified for its U.S. Intended Tax Treatment if the action in question did not occur.

SECTION 4.05. Procedures Regarding Opinions and Rulings. (a) If Time notifies TWX that it desires to take a restricted action described in Section 4.03(a) and seeks Satisfactory Guidance for purposes of Section 4.04, TWX, at the request of Time, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to expeditiously obtain, or assist Time in obtaining, such Satisfactory Guidance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TWX shall not be required to take any action pursuant to this Section 4.05(a) if, upon request, Time fails to certify that all information and representations relating to Time or any Subsidiary of Time in the relevant documents are true, correct and complete or fails to obtain certification from any counterparty to any Proposed Acquisition Transaction that all information and representations relating to such counterparty in the relevant documents are true, correct and complete. Time shall reimburse TWX for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by TWX or any Subsidiary of TWX in obtaining Satisfactory Guidance within 10 business days after receiving an invoice from TWX therefor.

(b) TWX shall have the right to obtain a Ruling, any other guidance from any Taxing Authority or an opinion of Tax counsel or an accounting firm relating to the Transactions at any time in TWX’s sole discretion. Time, at the request of TWX, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to expeditiously obtain, or assist TWX in obtaining, any such Ruling, other guidance or opinion; provided , however , that Time shall not be required to make any representation or covenant that it does not reasonably believe is (and will continue to be) true, accurate and consistent with historical facts. TWX shall reimburse Time for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Time or any Subsidiary of Time in obtaining a Ruling, other guidance or opinion requested by TWX within 10 business days after receiving an invoice from Time therefor.

(c) TWX shall have exclusive control over the process of obtaining any Ruling or other guidance from any Taxing Authority concerning the Transactions, and Time shall not independently seek any Ruling or other guidance concerning the Transactions at any time. In connection with any Ruling requested by Time pursuant to Section 4.05(a) or that can reasonably be expected to affect Time’s liabilities under this Agreement, TWX shall (i) keep Time informed of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by TWX, (ii) reasonably in advance of the submission of any ruling request provide Time with a draft thereof, consider Time’s comments on such draft and provide Time with a final copy thereof and (iii) provide Time with notice reasonably in advance of, and (subject to the approval of the IRS) permit Time to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with the IRS that relate to such Ruling.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Time shall not seek a ruling with respect to a Pre-Distribution Tax Period (whether or not relating to the Transactions) if TWX determines that there is a reasonable possibility that such action could have a significant adverse impact on TWX or any Subsidiary of TWX.

 

15


SECTION 4.06. Notification and Certification Regarding Certain Acquisition Transactions. If Time proposes to enter into any 10% Acquisition Transaction or take any affirmative action to permit any 10% Acquisition Transaction to occur at any time during the 30-month period following the Distribution Date, Time shall undertake in good faith to provide TWX, no later than 10 business days following the signing of any written agreement with respect to such 10% Acquisition Transaction or obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any such 10% Acquisition Transaction that takes place without written agreement, with a written description of such transaction (including the type and amount of Time Capital Stock to be acquired) and a brief explanation as to why Time believes that such transaction does not result in the application of Section 355(e) or 355(f) of the Code to the Transactions. For purposes of this Section 4.06, “10% Acquisition Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that would be a Proposed Acquisition Transaction if the percentage specified in the definition of Proposed Acquisition Transaction were 10% instead of 30%.

SECTION 4.07. Reporting. TWX and Time shall (i) timely file any appropriate information and statements (including as required by Section 6045B of the Code and Section 1.355-5 and, to the extent applicable, Section 1.368-3 of the Regulations) to report each step of the Transactions as qualifying for its U.S. Intended Tax Treatment and (ii) absent a change of Law or an applicable Determination otherwise, not take any position on any Tax Return that is inconsistent with such qualification.

SECTION 4.08. Tax Treatment of Certain Amounts Paid Pursuant to the EMA. (a) All capitalized terms used in this Section 4.08 but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the EMA.

(b) Any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of (i) the exercise, vesting or settlement of any TWX Equity Compensation Awards held by Post-Separation Time Employees and Former Time Employees and (ii) the payment of the TWX Dividend Equivalent Reimbursement Amounts pursuant to Section 18.02 of the EMA shall, in each case, be claimed (if and when permitted by applicable Law) by TWX or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable; provided , however , that if a deduction claimed by TWX or one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 4.08(b) is disallowed by a Taxing Authority for any reason, Time or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall amend its applicable Tax Return to claim such deduction and pay to TWX an amount equal to the Tax benefit actually realized by Time or any of its Subsidiaries resulting from such deduction; provided , however , that TWX, upon the request of Time, shall repay any amount paid to TWX under this Section 4.08(b) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Taxing Authority) in the event Time is required to surrender such Tax benefit.

(c) Each Party shall timely provide the other Party with all information reasonably necessary for such other Party to exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under Section 4.08(b).

SECTION 4.09. Agreement Regarding Dual Consolidated Losses. Time shall enter into such agreements (including new domestic use agreements under

 

16


Section 1.1503(d)-6(f)(2) of the Regulations), make such elections and take such other actions, in each case as reasonably requested by TWX or as otherwise required in order to avoid causing the Distribution to be a “triggering event” requiring recapture of any “dual consolidated loss” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 1503(d) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder) for which a TWX Consolidated Group has made a “domestic use election” under Section 1.1503(d)-6(d) of the Regulations and that was incurred by a member of the Time Tax Group during a Pre-Distribution Period. The Parties shall cooperate in implementing this Section 4.09.

ARTICLE V

Procedural Matters

SECTION 5.01. Cooperation. Each Party shall cooperate with reasonable requests from the other Party in matters covered by this Agreement, including in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, the calculation of Taxes, the determination of the proper financial accounting treatment of Tax items and the conduct and settlement of Tax Contests. Such cooperation shall include:

(i) retaining until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations (including extensions) records, documents, accounting data, computer data and other information (“Records”) necessary for the preparation, filing, review, audit or defense of all Tax Returns relevant to an obligation, right or liability of either Party under this Agreement;

(ii) providing the other Party reasonable access to Records and to its personnel (ensuring their cooperation) and premises during normal business hours to the extent relevant to an obligation, right or liability of the other Party under this Agreement or otherwise reasonably required by the other Party to complete Tax Returns or to compute the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement; and

(iii) notifying the other Party prior to disposing of any relevant Records and affording the other Party the opportunity to take possession or make copies of such Records at its discretion.

SECTION 5.02. Interest. Any payments required pursuant to this Agreement that are not made within the time period specified in this Agreement shall bear interest from the end of that period. Interest required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement shall, unless otherwise specified, be computed at the rate and in the manner provided in the Code for interest on underpayments and overpayments, as applicable, for the relevant period.

SECTION 5.03. Indemnification Claims and Payments. (a) An Indemnitee shall be entitled to make a claim for payment with respect to Taxes under this Agreement when the Indemnitee determines that it is entitled to such payment and is able to calculate with reasonably accuracy the amount of such payment. Except as otherwise

 

17


provided in Section 3.03(b), the Indemnitee shall provide to the Indemnifying Party notice of such claim within 60 business days of the first date on which it so becomes entitled to make such claim. Such notice shall include a description of such claim and a detailed calculation of the amount claimed.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.03(b), the Indemnifying Party shall make the claimed payment to the Indemnitee within 30 business days after receiving such notice, unless the Indemnifying Party reasonably disputes its liability for, or the amount of, such payment.

(c) A failure by an Indemnitee to give notice as provided in Section 3.03(b) or 5.03(a) shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party shall have been actually prejudiced by such failure.

(d) Nothing in this Section 5.03 shall prejudice a Party’s right to receive payments pursuant to Section 3.03(b).

SECTION 5.04. Amount of Indemnity Payments. The amount of any Indemnity Payment shall be (i) reduced to take into account any Tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnitee resulting from the incurrence of the liability in respect of which the Indemnity Payment is made and (ii) increased to take into account any Tax cost actually realized by the Indemnitee resulting from the receipt of the Indemnity Payment (including any Tax cost arising from such Indemnity Payment having resulted in income or gain to either Party, for example, under Section 1.1502-19 of the Regulations, and any Taxes imposed on additional amounts payable pursuant to this clause (ii)).

SECTION 5.05. Treatment of Indemnity Payments. Any Indemnity Payment (other than any portion of a payment that represents interest accruing after the Distribution Date) shall be treated by TWX and Time for all Tax purposes as a distribution from Time to TWX immediately prior to the Distribution (if made by Time to TWX) or as a contribution from TWX to Time immediately prior to the Distribution (if made by TWX to Time), except as otherwise required by applicable Law or a Determination.

SECTION 5.06. Tax Disputes. Notwithstanding Section 7.06, this Section 5.06 shall govern the resolution of any dispute arising between the Parties in connection with this Agreement, other than a dispute (i) relating to liability for Transaction Taxes or (ii) in which the amount of liability in dispute exceeds $20 million (a “Tax Dispute”). The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Tax Dispute for 45 calendar days (unless earlier resolved). Upon notice of either Party after 45 calendar days, the matter will be referred to a Tax Advisor acceptable to both Parties. The Tax Advisor may, in its discretion, obtain the services of any third party necessary to assist it in resolving the Tax Dispute. The Parties shall instruct the Tax Advisor to furnish notice to each Party of its resolution of the Tax Dispute as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than 60 calendar days after its acceptance of the matter for resolution. Any such resolution by the Tax Advisor will be binding on the Parties and the

 

18


Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, any action necessary to implement the resolution. All fees and expenses of the Tax Advisor shall be shared equally by the Parties. If, having determined that a Tax Dispute must be referred to a Tax Advisor, after 45 calendar days the Parties are unable to find a Tax Advisor willing to adjudicate the Tax Dispute in question and that the Parties in good faith find acceptable, then this Section 5.06 shall cease to apply to that Tax Dispute.

ARTICLE VI

U.K. Tax Matters

SECTION 6.01. Corporation Tax Group Payment Arrangements. (a) Within 10 business days of receiving notice from TWX or the Nominated Company of the discharge described in this Section 6.01(a), Time shall pay, or cause the Group Members that are party to the GPA (each a “GPA Member”) to pay, to the Nominated Company (to the extent not previously actually paid by Time or one of its Subsidiaries to TWX or one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to Article II, the GPA or otherwise) an amount equal to the amount of corporation Tax that has been discharged by the Nominated Company on behalf of any GPA Member pursuant to the GPA.

(b) TWX shall, as soon as practicable after the Distribution (if not done before the Distribution), cause each GPA Member to be removed, (i) effective from the beginning of the accounting period commencing on January 1, 2013, from the GPA and (ii) effective as of the Distribution Date, from any simplified arrangements for Group Relief under the Corporation Tax (Simplified Arrangements for Group Relief) Regulations 1999.

(c) TWX shall ensure, so far as possible, that no GPA payment apportioned to a GPA Member is reapportioned to any other company without the prior written consent of Time, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(d) At the written request of Time, TWX shall provide Time with such details as it may reasonably request as to the GPA payments made by the GPA Members prior to the Distribution and the apportionments of those GPA payments under the GPA.

(e) For purposes of Section 2.02(a)(i), the Time Tax Group’s share of any Taxes attributable to any GPA Member for any taxable period during which such GPA Member was a member of the GPA shall be the amount finally allocated to that member by the Nominated Company pursuant to the GPA.

SECTION 6.02. Group Relief Payment Provisions. (a) Time shall cause the IPC Tax Group and the TAEHL Tax Group to make any Group Relief claims (including provisional or final claims for set-off) and elections and to give any consents in respect of Group Relief (including accepting the surrender of Group Relief) in each case to the extent lawfully possible in respect of any taxable period beginning before the Distribution Date of or with respect to any Group Member that TWX may direct in writing; provided , that this Section 6.02(a) shall not require any Group Member to surrender any Group Relief to any entity other than any other Group Member.

 

19


(b) If, pursuant to Section 6.02(a), Group Relief is surrendered to a Group Member, Time shall, or shall cause the relevant Group Member to, at the direction of TWX, pay to the surrendering company an amount to be determined by TWX in its sole discretion (but not exceeding the Taxes saved, plus any interest or repayment supplement received, by the relevant Group Member as a result of the surrender). Time shall make any such payment, or cause any such payment to be made, on or before the due date of the Taxes saved as a result of the surrender (or, if such due date has already passed, within 10 business days of receipt of notice from TWX or, where the Tax in question has been paid to the relevant Taxing Authority, within 10 business days of receiving a repayment of (or obtaining credit or reduction in subsequent Taxes for) the same from such Taxing Authority); provided , that Time shall make the portion of any such payment representing interest or a repayment supplement within 2 business days of receipt of the interest or repayment supplement by the relevant Group Member.

(c) If, after the Distribution, TWX or any of its Subsidiaries pays any amount to any member of the Time Tax Group in respect of a reduction of any surrender pursuant to the provisions at paragraph 75 of Schedule 18 Finance Act 1998 (a “Repayment”), any Indemnity Payment otherwise payable by TWX to Time or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any resulting Tax shall be reduced to the extent of such Repayment.

(d) If, after the Distribution, TWX or any of its Subsidiaries makes any Repayment, Time shall repay, or cause to be repaid, to TWX any Indemnity Payment already paid by TWX to Time or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any resulting Tax to the extent of such Repayment.

SECTION 6.03. This Article VI shall not apply before the Distribution.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 7.01. Termination. This Agreement will terminate without further action at any time before the Distribution upon termination of the Separation Agreement. If terminated, no Party will have any Liability of any kind to the other Party or any other Person on account of this Agreement, except as provided in the Separation Agreement.

SECTION 7.02. Survival. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the covenants and indemnification obligations in this Agreement shall survive the Spin-Off and shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 7.03. Separation Agreement. The Parties agree that, in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Separation Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

 

20


SECTION 7.04. Confidentiality. Each Party hereby acknowledges that confidential Information of such Party or its Subsidiaries may be exposed to employees and agents of the other Party or its Subsidiaries as a result of the activities contemplated by this Agreement. Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, that such Party’s obligations with respect to Information and data of the other Party or its Subsidiaries shall be governed by Sections 7.01(c) and (d) and 7.08 of the Separation Agreement.

SECTION 7.05. Counterparts; Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which counterparts shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF signature and a facsimile or PDF signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) This Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Appendices, Exhibits and Schedules hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

SECTION 7.06. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Subject to Section 5.06, each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue of the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York over any and all claims, disputes, controversies or disagreements between the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns under or related to this Agreement or any document executed pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

SECTION 7.07. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY

 

21


MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.07.

SECTION 7.08. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement without consent in connection with (a) a merger transaction in which such Party is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity acquires or assumes all or substantially all of such Party’s assets, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets; provided , however , that the assignee expressly assumes in writing all of the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, and the assigning Party provides written notice and evidence of such assignment and assumption to the non-assigning Party. No assignment permitted by this Section 7.08 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 7.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries. (a) The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement shall not provide any third Person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 7.10. Notices. All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be provided in the manner set forth in Section 12.05 of the Separation Agreement. In addition, copies of all documents mentioned in the preceding sentence shall also be sent to the address set forth below:

 

If to TWX, to:
  Time Warner Inc.
  One Time Warner Center
  New York, NY 10019
  Attn:    Annaliese Kambour
     Senior Vice President—Tax
with a copy to:
  Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
  Worldwide Plaza
  825 Eighth Avenue
  New York, NY 10019
  Attn:    Stephen L. Gordon, Esq.
     Lauren Angelilli, Esq.

 

22


If to Time, to:
  Time Inc.
  1271 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, NY 10020
  Attn:    Bill DeFazio
     Vice President—Tax
with a copy to:
  Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.
  Chrysler Center
  666 Third Avenue
  New York, NY 10017
  Attn:    Jonathan R. Talansky, Esq.
     Kenneth Koch, Esq.

Either Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address to which such copies of documents are to be given.

SECTION 7.11. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination, any such provision, to the extent determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be deemed replaced by a provision that such court determines is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, void or unenforceable provision.

SECTION 7.12. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 7.13. Waivers of Default. No failure or delay of either Party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. Waiver by either Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default.

 

23


SECTION 7.14. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, TWX shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. Time shall not oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that money damages are an adequate remedy. The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of this Agreement and without that right, neither TWX nor Time would have entered into this Agreement.

SECTION 7.15. Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by either Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

SECTION 7.16. Interpretation. The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 12.14 of the Separation Agreement shall be incorporated by reference to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis . NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE PURPOSE OF ARTICLE IV IS TO ENSURE THAT EACH STEP OF THE TRANSACTIONS QUALIFY FOR ITS INTENDED TAX TREATMENT AND, ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE LANGUAGE THEREOF SHALL BE INTERPRETED IN A MANNER THAT SERVES THIS PURPOSE TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE.

SECTION 7.17. Compliance by Subsidiaries. The Parties shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to comply with this Agreement.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TIME WARNER INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TIME INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

25

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

By and Between

TIME WARNER INC.

and

TIME INC.

Dated as of             , 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   
SECTION 1.01.  

Definitions

     1   
ARTICLE II   
General Principles; Transfer of Certain U.S. Employees; Service Providers   
SECTION 2.01.  

Transfer of Transferred To Time Employees

     11   
SECTION 2.02.  

Transfer of Transferred To TWX Employees

     11   
SECTION 2.03.  

Collectively Bargained Employees

     11   
SECTION 2.04.  

Noncovered Former Time Employees; Noncovered Former TWX Employees; Time Service Providers; Former Time Service Providers

     11   
SECTION 2.05.  

Benefit Plans

     12   
SECTION 2.06.  

Allocation of Employment Liabilities for Transferred To Time Employees and Transferred To TWX Employees

     12   
ARTICLE III   
Annual Bonuses for Year of Distribution   
SECTION 3.01.  

Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses

     13   
SECTION 3.02.  

Transferred To TWX Employee Bonuses

     13   
SECTION 3.03.  

Time Annual Incentive Plan; Time Annual Sales Incentive Plan

     13   
SECTION 3.04.  

Time Long-Term Incentive Plan

     13   
SECTION 3.05.  

Time Transaction Bonuses

     14   
ARTICLE IV   
Service Credit   
SECTION 4.01.  

TWX Benefit Plans

     14   
SECTION 4.02.  

Time Benefit Plans

     14   
ARTICLE V   
Severance   
SECTION 5.01.  

Transferred To Time Employees

     14   
SECTION 5.02.  

Transferred To TWX Employees

     15   
SECTION 5.03.  

Post-Distribution Severance

     15   


ARTICLE VI   
Certain U.S. Welfare Benefit Plan Matters   
SECTION 6.01.  

Time Welfare Plans

     15   
SECTION 6.02.  

Allocation of Welfare Benefit Claims

     15   
SECTION 6.03.  

Workers’ Compensation Claims

     16   
SECTION 6.04.  

COBRA

     17   
SECTION 6.05.  

New York State Unemployment Contributions

     17   
ARTICLE VII   
U.S. Retiree Medical Benefits   
SECTION 7.01.  

Subsidized Retiree Medical Benefits

     17   
SECTION 7.02.  

Unsubsidized Retiree Medical Benefits

     18   
ARTICLE VIII   
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans   
SECTION 8.01.  

TWX U.S. Pension Plan

     18   
SECTION 8.02.  

TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan

     19   
ARTICLE IX   
U.S. Defined Contribution Plans   
SECTION 9.01.  

Time 401(k) Plan

     19   
SECTION 9.02.  

Trust-to-Trust Transfer

     20   
SECTION 9.03.  

401(k) Rollover

     20   
SECTION 9.04.  

Employer 401(k) Plan Contributions

     21   
SECTION 9.05.  

Limitation of Liability

     21   
ARTICLE X   
U.S. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation   
SECTION 10.01.  

TWX Nonqualified Plans

     22   
SECTION 10.02.  

Split Dollar Life Insurance Contracts

     22   
SECTION 10.03.  

Individual Deferred Compensation Arrangement

     22   
SECTION 10.04.  

No Distributions

     23   
SECTION 10.05.  

Section 409A

     23   

 

ii


ARTICLE XI   

U.S. Dependent Care and Medical Flexible Spending Arrangements;

Medical Insurance Premiums

  

  

SECTION 11.01.  

Dependent Care and Medical Flexible Spending Arrangements

     23   
SECTION 11.02.  

Medical Insurance Premiums

     25   
ARTICLE XII   
U.S. Transportation Benefit Programs   
SECTION 12.01.  

Transportation Benefit Programs

     25   
ARTICLE XIII   
U.S. Vacation and Sabbatical Program   
SECTION 13.01.  

Vacation

     26   
SECTION 13.02.  

Sabbatical Program

     27   
ARTICLE XIV   
Non-U.S. Employees   
SECTION 14.01.  

General

     27   
SECTION 14.02.  

Certain Laws

     27   
SECTION 14.03.  

Employee Transfers

     27   
SECTION 14.04.  

U.K. Employees

     27   
SECTION 14.05.  

Canadian Defined Contribution Plans

     29   
SECTION 14.06.  

Payroll Services in Certain Jurisdictions

     30   
SECTION 14.07.  

Certain Expatriate Benefit Plans

     30   
ARTICLE XV   
TWX Equity Compensation Awards   
SECTION 15.01.  

General Treatment of Outstanding TWX Equity Compensation Awards

     30   
SECTION 15.02.  

Treatment of Outstanding TWX Equity Compensation Awards Held by Joseph A. Ripp and Jeffrey J. Bairstow

     31   
SECTION 15.03.  

Replacement Time Equity Compensation Awards

     32   
SECTION 15.04.  

Tax Withholding and Reporting

     32   
SECTION 15.05.  

Reports

     34   
SECTION 15.06.  

Recharge Agreements

     34   

 

iii


ARTICLE XVI   
Administrative Costs and Benefit Plan Reimbursements   
SECTION 16.01.  

Time Reimbursement of TWX for Post-Separation Administrative Services

     34   
SECTION 16.02.  

Pre-Separation Benefit Plan Matters

     35   
SECTION 16.03.  

Benefit Plan Indemnification

     35   
ARTICLE XVII   
Cooperation; Production of Witnesses; Works Councils   
SECTION 17.01.  

Cooperation

     36   
SECTION 17.02.  

Production of Witnesses; Records; Further Cooperation

     36   
SECTION 17.03.  

Works Councils; Employee and Service Provider Notices

     37   
ARTICLE XVIII   
Reimbursements   
SECTION 18.01.  

Reimbursements by the Time Group

     38   
SECTION 18.02.  

Reimbursements by the TWX Group

     38   
SECTION 18.03.  

Invoices

     39   
ARTICLE XIX   
Termination   
SECTION 19.01.  

Termination

     39   
SECTION 19.02.  

Effect of Termination

     39   
ARTICLE XX   
Indemnification   
SECTION 20.01.  

Incorporation of Indemnification Provisions of Separation Agreement

     39   
ARTICLE XXI   
Further Assurances and Additional Covenants   
SECTION 21.01.  

Further Assurances

     39   

 

iv


ARTICLE XXII   
Miscellaneous   
SECTION 22.01.  

Administration

     40   
SECTION 22.02.  

Employment Tax Reporting Responsibility

     40   
SECTION 22.03.  

Data Privacy

     41   
SECTION 22.04.  

Confidentiality

     41   
SECTION 22.05.  

Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power

     42   
SECTION 22.06.  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     43   
SECTION 22.07.  

Assignability

     43   
SECTION 22.08.  

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     43   
SECTION 22.09.  

Notices

     43   
SECTION 22.10.  

Severability

     44   
SECTION 22.11.  

Headings

     45   
SECTION 22.12.  

Survival of Covenants

     45   
SECTION 22.13.  

Waivers of Default

     45   
SECTION 22.14.  

Specific Performance

     45   
SECTION 22.15.  

Amendments

     45   
SECTION 22.16.  

Interpretation

     45   

 

v


EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 2014, by and between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (“ TWX ”), and TIME INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Time ”, and together with TWX, the “ Parties ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS the Parties are entering into the Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”) concurrently herewith, pursuant to which TWX intends to distribute to its shareholders its entire interest in Time by way of a stock dividend to be made to holders of TWX Common Stock (as defined below) (the “ Distribution ”);

WHEREAS, in preparation for the Distribution, certain members of the Time Group (as defined below) established certain U.S. welfare and benefit plans and programs effective as of early January 2014 and certain U.K. welfare and benefit plans effective as of early April 2014, with respect to which TWX will provide certain administrative support through the Distribution Date; and

WHEREAS the Parties wish to set forth their agreements as to certain matters regarding employment, compensation, employee benefits and arrangements with non-employee service providers.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

401(k) Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

401(k) Transfer Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02 .

Action ” shall mean any claim, demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any Federal, state, local, foreign or international arbitration or mediation tribunal.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the TSA, TMA, Credit Support Agreement, Group Data Processing Agreement, IT Applications and Database Agreement and any other instruments, assignments, documents and agreements executed in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.


Applicable Recharge Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.06 .

Bairstow ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Bairstow Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Benefit Plan ” shall mean any plan, program, policy, agreement, arrangement or understanding that is an employment, consulting, deferred compensation, executive compensation, incentive bonus or other bonus, employee pension, profit sharing, savings, retirement, supplemental retirement, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock unit, deferred stock unit, other equity-based compensation, severance pay, retention, change in control, salary continuation, life, death benefit, health, hospitalization, workers’ compensation, sick leave, vacation pay, disability or accident insurance or other employee benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, including any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) (whether or not subject to ERISA) sponsored or maintained by such entity or to which such entity is a party.

COBRA ” shall mean the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

Code ” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Converted Time Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Converted Time RSU ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Credit Support Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Support Agreement dated as of the date of the Separation Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Distribution Date ” means the date on which the Distribution occurs.

Employee ” shall mean any individual employed by another Person.

Employment Taxes ” shall mean all fees, Taxes, social insurance payments or similar contributions to a fund of a Governmental Authority with respect to wages or other compensation of an Employee or Service Provider.

 

2


ERISA ” shall mean the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Established U.K. Time Welfare Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(d) .

Established U.S. Time Welfare Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 .

Establishment Date ” shall mean the date on which the applicable Time Benefit Plan was or will be established.

Fair Market Value ” of a share of TWX Common Stock or Time Common Stock shall mean, with respect to any given date, (a) if there should be a public market for such stock on such date, the closing sale price of such stock on the NYSE Composite Tape, or, if such stock is not listed or admitted on any national securities exchange, the average of the per share closing bid price and per share closing asked price on such date for such stock as quoted on the NASDAQ (or such market in which such prices are regularly quoted), or, if no sale of shares of such stock shall have been reported on the NYSE Composite Tape or quoted on the NASDAQ on such date, then the immediately preceding date on which sales of shares of such stock have been so reported or quoted shall be used and (b) if there should not be a public market for such stock on such date, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by TWX or Time in good faith.

Forfeited TWX Equity Compensation Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.03 .

Former Time Employee ” shall mean, as of an applicable date, each individual who is a former Employee of a member of the Time Group (including each Noncovered Former TWX Employee who was employed by the Time Group at the time that employment with both Groups terminated and each former Employee of the Time Group whose employment with the Time Group terminated due to long-term disability) but excluding any Transferred To TWX Employee and any Noncovered Former Time Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, references to a “Former Time Employee” shall not be deemed to refer to a Salary Continuation Former Employee, who shall be addressed specifically where applicable.

Former Time Service Provider ” shall mean each individual or entity that is a former Service Provider of a member of the Time Group.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any Federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or governmental authority.

Group ” shall mean either the TWX Group or the Time Group, as the context requires.

 

3


Group Data Processing Agreement ” shall mean the Group Data Processing Agreement dated as of the date of the Separation Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

Information ” shall mean information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product) and other technical, financial, Employee, Service Provider or business information or data.

IPC ” shall mean IPC Media Ltd.

IPC Pension Scheme ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(b) .

IT Applications and Database Agreement ” shall mean the IT Applications and Database Agreement dated as of the date of the Separation Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

Liabilities ” shall mean any and all claims, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, damages, obligations, accruals, accounts payable, reckonings, bonds, indemnities and similar obligations, agreements, promises, guarantees, make whole agreements and similar obligations and other liabilities and requirements, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising and including those arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action, threatened or contemplated Action, order or consent decree of any Governmental Authority or any award of any arbitrator or mediator of any kind and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, including those arising under this Agreement, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person. For the avoidance of doubt, Liabilities (a) shall include attorneys’ fees, the costs and expenses of all assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises and any and all other costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in connection with anything contemplated by the preceding sentence and (b) shall not include liabilities or requirements related to Taxes.

Noncovered Former Time Employee ” shall mean any former Employee of a member of the Time Group who became an employee of a member of the TWX Group prior to January 1, 2014.

 

4


Noncovered Former TWX Employee ” shall mean any former Employee of a member of the TWX Group who became an employee of a member of the Time Group prior to January 1, 2014.

Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Person ” shall mean an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability company, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

Post-Separation Time Employee ” shall mean each Employee who is employed by a member of the Time Group immediately following the Distribution, including each Transferred To Time Employee.

Ripp ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Ripp Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02 .

Salary Continuation Former Employee ” shall mean any former Time Employee who was employed by Time or a U.S. Subsidiary of Time immediately prior to termination of his or her employment, is receiving salary continuation severance payments or separation payments and, during such period of continued payments, continues to be treated like an active Employee for purposes of participation in certain health and welfare plans.

Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02 .

Separation Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Service Provider ” shall mean any individual or entity providing services for another Person, whether as an independent contractor or other similar role (other than as an Employee).

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other organization whether incorporated or unincorporated of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that (a) no Person that is not directly or indirectly wholly owned by any other Person shall be a Subsidiary of such other Person unless such other Person controls, or has the right, power or ability to control, that Person and (b) solely for purposes of this Agreement, Time and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Subsidiaries of TWX prior to the Distribution.

 

5


Taxes ” shall mean all forms of taxation or duties imposed, or required to be collected or withheld, including (but not limited to) all forms of income taxes, social insurance charges, payroll tax payments or other tax-related amounts, together with any related interest, penalties or other additional amounts.

Time ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Time 401(k) Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

Time Atlantic ” shall mean Time Atlantic Europe Holdings Limited.

Time Benefit Plan ” shall mean any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by any member of the Time Group.

Time Canada ” shall mean Time Canada Ltd.

Time Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of Time.

Time Employee ” shall mean, as of an applicable date, each Employee employed by a member of the Time Group, including any individual who is on a leave of absence (including short-term disability but excluding long-term disability) from which such Employee is permitted to return to active employment in accordance with the Time Group’s personnel policies and including any Noncovered Former TWX Employee who is not a Former Time Employee, but excluding (i) any Former Time Employee, (ii) any Noncovered Former Time Employee and (iii) as of the applicable Transfer Time, any Transferred To TWX Employee.

Time Excess Benefit Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02 .

Time Excess Pension Participants ” shall mean each individual who is or was a participant in the TWX Excess Pension Benefit Plan and (i) at any time on or following January 1, 2014, was or became a Time Employee (including any Transferred To Time Employee but excluding any Transferred To TWX Employee) or (ii) at any time on or following December 31, 2013, was or became a Salary Continuation Former Employee.

Time Flexible Spending Account Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 .

Time Group ” shall mean Time and each of its Subsidiaries. For all purposes of this Agreement, IPC, Time Atlantic and Time Canada and their respective Subsidiaries shall be considered Subsidiaries of Time and members of the Time Group.

Time Indemnitees ” shall mean Time, each other member of the Time Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and Employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.

 

6


Time Nonqualified Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 .

Time Service Provider ” shall mean, as of an applicable date, each Service Provider providing services to a member of the Time Group.

Time Transaction Bonuses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 .

Time Transportation Benefit Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01 .

Time U.K. Group Personal Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(c) .

Time U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03 .

TMA ” shall mean the Tax Matters Agreement dated as of the date of the Separation Agreement by and between TWX and Time.

TMEL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(a) .

Transfer Time ” shall mean the time at which (i) a Transferred To TWX Employee commences employment with a member of the TWX Group or (ii) a Transferred To Time Employee commences employment with a member of the Time Group, as applicable.

Transferred To Time Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

Transferred To Time Employee Bonus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (i) each Transferred to Time Employee Bonus paid pursuant to Section 3.01 , in each case multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the performance period prior to the relevant Transferred To Time Employee’s Transfer Time and the denominator of which is the number of days in the performance period (or, if applicable, such Transferred To Time Employee’s shorter period of combined employment with the TWX Group and the Time Group during the year in which the relevant Transfer Time occurred); provided , however , that for purposes of this clause (i), the amount of the Transferred To Time Employee Bonus shall be deemed to have been calculated based on the applicable ratings determined by the Time Group but based on such Transferred To Time Employee’s target bonus as in effect as of the relevant Transfer Time and (ii) the employer-paid portion of any Employment Taxes due with respect to the amount determined pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

7


Transferred To TWX Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 .

Transferred To TWX Employee Bonus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 .

Transferred To TWX Employee Bonuses Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (i) each Transferred To TWX Employee Bonus paid pursuant to Section 3.02 , in each case multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the performance period prior to the relevant Transferred To TWX Employee’s Transfer Time and the denominator of which is the number of days in the performance period (or, if applicable, such Transferred To TWX Employee’s shorter period of combined employment with the TWX Group and the Time Group during the year in which the relevant Transfer Time occurred); provided , however , that for purposes of this clause (i), the amount of the Transferred To TWX Employee Bonus shall be deemed to have been calculated based on the applicable ratings determined by the TWX Group but based on such Transferred To TWX Employee’s target bonus as in effect as of the relevant Transfer Time and (ii) the employer-paid portion of any Employment Taxes due with respect to the amount determined pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (i).

TSA ” means the Transition Services Agreement dated as of the date of this Agreement between TWX and Time.

TWMPPP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(c) .

TWUKPP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(a) .

TWUKPP Exit Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.04(a) .

TWX ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

TWX 401(k) Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

TWX Benefit Plan ” shall mean any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by any member of the TWX Group.

TWX Benefit Plan Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.02 .

TWX Benefit Plan Costs Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar quarter ending at or after the Distribution Date, the amount, if any, by which the TWX Benefit Costs incurred by the members of the TWX Group during such calendar quarter exceed the TWX Benefit Plan Rebates received by the members of the TWX Group during such calendar quarter (in each case, as set forth in Section 16.02 ), which amount shall be paid pursuant to Section 18.01 .

TWX Benefit Plan Rebates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.02 .

 

8


TWX Benefit Plan Rebate Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar quarter ending at or after the Distribution Date, the amount, if any, by which the TWX Benefit Plan Rebates received by the members of the TWX Group during such calendar quarter exceed the TWX Benefit Plan Costs incurred by the members of the TWX Group during such calendar quarter, which amount shall be paid pursuant to Section 18.02 .

TWX Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of TWX.

TWX Dividend Equivalents ” shall mean cash dividend equivalents based on cash dividends declared and paid by TWX on the TWX Common Stock that are paid with respect to TWX RSUs held by Post-Separation Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees or Former Time Employees.

TWX Dividend Equivalent Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to the TWX Dividend Equivalent payments made by a member of the Time Group to Post-Separation Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees or Former Time Employees pursuant to Section 15.01 . For the avoidance of doubt, such amount shall not include the employer-paid portion of any Employment Taxes due with respect to such amount.

TWX Equity Compensation Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01 .

TWX Equity Compensation Award Withholding Reimbursement Amount ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of TWX Common Stock (if any) withheld by a member of the TWX Group (determined as of the date that such shares are withheld) and (ii) the cash paid over to a member of the TWX Group, in each case, pursuant to Section 15.04 in connection with the exercise of a TWX Option or the vesting or settlement of a TWX RSU held by a Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee. For the avoidance of doubt, such amount shall not include the employer-paid portion of any Employment Taxes due with respect to such amount.

TWX Equity Reimbursement Amounts ” shall mean amounts payable to TWX with respect to each exercise, vesting or settlement, as applicable, of TWX Equity Compensation Awards as determined pursuant to the Applicable Recharge Agreements.

TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02 .

TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 .

TWX Group ” shall mean TWX and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

9


TWX Indemnitee ” shall mean TWX, each other member of the TWX Group and each of their respective former and current directors, officers and Employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

TWX Nonqualified Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 .

TWX Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01 .

TWX RSU ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01 .

TWX Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.01 .

TWX Services Reimbursement Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.01 .

TWX Transportation Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01 .

TWX U.S. Pension Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 .

TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03 .

TWX Welfare Plan ” shall mean each Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the TWX Group.

Welfare Plan ” shall mean each Benefit Plan that provides life insurance, health care, dental care, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, disability, severance, vacation or other group welfare or fringe benefits.

U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03 .

U.S. Workers’ Compensation Event ” shall mean the event, injury, illness or condition giving rise to a workers’ compensation claim with respect to a Time Employee who is employed primarily in the U.S.

U.S. Workers’ Compensation Reimbursement Amounts ” shall mean the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount actually payable by the members of the TWX Group in respect of the participation of Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees in the TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Plan for any period prior to the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date exceeds (ii) the amount that the TWX Group charged the members of the Time Group in respect of such period of participation.

Withholding Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.04 .

 

10


ARTICLE II

General Principles; Transfer of Certain U.S. Employees; Service Providers

Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article II (other than Sections 2.03 , 2.04 and 2.05 ) apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 2.01. Transfer of Transferred To Time Employees. Prior to the Distribution, TWX shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer to a member of the Time Group the employment of each Employee set forth on Schedule 2.01, such that these individuals are not Employees of the TWX Group at the time of the Distribution. Schedule 2.01 may be updated by mutual agreement of TWX and Time from time to time prior to the Distribution. Each Employee who is transferred to the Time Group pursuant to this Section 2.01 is referred to herein as a “ Transferred To Time Employee ”.

SECTION 2.02. Transfer of Transferred To TWX Employees. Prior to the Distribution, Time shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer or cause to be transferred to a member of the TWX Group the employment of each Employee set forth on Schedule 2.02, such that these individuals are not Employees of the Time Group at the time of the Distribution. Schedule 2.02 may be updated by mutual agreement of TWX and Time from time to time prior to the Distribution. Each Employee who is transferred to the TWX Group pursuant to this Section 2.02 is referred to herein as a “ Transferred To TWX Employee ”.

SECTION 2.03. Collectively Bargained Employees. All provisions contained in this Agreement shall apply equally to any Employee who is covered by a collective bargaining, works council or other labor union agreement (including any such Employee who is employed primarily outside the U.S.), except to the extent that any such agreement specifically provides for the benefit contemplated by such provision and, in each such case, the agreement shall apply rather than the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.04. Noncovered Former Time Employees; Noncovered Former TWX Employees; Time Service Providers; Former Time Service Providers. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the members of the TWX Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment Liabilities relating to periods during which Noncovered Former TWX Employees were employed by the TWX Group (including any such Employees who were employed outside the U.S.), and members of the Time Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment Liabilities relating to periods during which Noncovered Former Time Employees were employed by the Time Group (including any such Employees who were employed outside the U.S.). Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement do not apply to Time Service Providers and Former Time Service Providers and the members of the Time Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential Liabilities relating to periods during which Time Service Providers and Former Time Service Providers provided services to members of the Time Group (including any such Service Providers who provided services outside the U.S.), including (a) Liabilities

 

11


relating to the misclassification of any Person as a Service Provider and not as an Employee of a member of the Time Group, (b) Liabilities for Taxes (including any Employment Taxes) with respect to such Time Service Provider or Former Time Service Provider, (c) accounts payable owed to any Time Service Provider or Former Time Service Provider and (d) any claims made by any Time Service Provider or Former Time Service Provider with respect to benefits under any Benefit Plan.

SECTION 2.05. Benefit Plans. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, (a) each Time Employee and Salary Continuation Former Employee (and each of their respective dependents and beneficiaries) ceased active participation in, and the members of the Time Group ceased to be participating employers in, all TWX Benefit Plans listed on Schedule 2.05(a) and, effective as of the applicable Establishment Dates set forth in such schedule, Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees began participating in the corresponding Time Benefit Plans listed on such schedule, and (b) as of the Distribution Date, each Time Employee and Salary Continuation Former Employee (and each of their respective dependents and beneficiaries) shall cease active participation in, and the members of the Time Group shall cease to be participating employers in, all TWX Benefit Plans listed on Schedule 2.05(b) and, as of the applicable time, Time or one or more of its Subsidiaries had in effect or Time shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, have in effect, such corresponding Time Benefit Plans as are necessary to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, including Sections 6.01 , 6.03 , 6.04 , 7.02 , 8.02 , 9.01 , 9.02 , 9.03 , 10.01 , 11.01 , 12.01 , 15.02 and 15.03 . TWX acknowledges that as of the execution of this Agreement, Time has, or has caused its Subsidiaries to, have in effect the Time Benefit Plans listed on Schedule 2.05(a). As of the Distribution Date, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement and subject to Section 16.03 , (i) TWX shall, or shall cause one or more members of the TWX Group to, retain, pay, perform, fulfill and discharge all Liabilities arising out of or relating to all TWX Benefit Plans, and (ii) Time shall, or shall cause one or more members of the Time Group to, retain, pay, perform, fulfill and discharge all Liabilities arising out of or relating to all Time Benefit Plans. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, the Time Group shall be solely responsible for providing payroll services to the Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees.

SECTION 2.06. Allocation of Employment Liabilities for Transferred To Time Employees and Transferred To TWX Employees. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, (a) the members of the TWX Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment and employee benefits-related Liabilities incurred prior to the Transfer Time that relate to the Transferred To Time Employees (or any dependent or beneficiary of any Transferred To Time Employee) and (b) the members of the Time Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment and employee benefits-related Liabilities incurred at or after the Transfer Time that relate to the Transferred To Time Employees (or any dependent or beneficiary of any Transferred To Time Employee). Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, (i) the members of the Time Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment and employee benefits-related Liabilities incurred prior to the

 

12


Transfer Time that relate to the Transferred To TWX Employees (or any dependent or beneficiary of any Transferred To TWX Employee) and (ii) the members of the TWX Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment and employee benefits-related Liabilities incurred at or after the Transfer Time that relate to the Transferred To TWX Employees (or any dependent or beneficiary of any Transferred To TWX Employee).

ARTICLE III

Annual Bonuses for Year of Distribution

Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article III (other than Sections 3.03 , 3.04 and 3.05 ) apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 3.01. Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses. Following the end of the year that includes the Distribution, Time shall inform TWX in writing of the bonus (if any) payable to each Transferred To Time Employee under the applicable annual incentive plan or arrangement of a member of the Time Group (each, a “ Transferred To Time Employee Bonus ”), which bonus (if any) shall be paid by a member of the Time Group. The obligations of the members of the TWX Group to reimburse the members of the Time Group with respect to the Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses are set forth in Section 18.02 .

SECTION 3.02. Transferred To TWX Employee Bonuses. Following the end of the year that includes the Distribution, TWX shall inform Time in writing of the bonus (if any) payable to each Transferred To TWX Employee under the applicable annual incentive plan or arrangement of a member of the TWX Group (each, a “ Transferred To TWX Employee Bonus ”), which bonus (if any) shall be paid by a member of the TWX Group. The obligations of the members of the Time Group to reimburse the members of the TWX Group with respect to the Transferred To TWX Employee Bonuses are set forth in Section 18.01 .

SECTION 3.03. Time Annual Incentive Plan; Time Annual Sales Incentive Plan. The Time Group shall retain all Liabilities with respect to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees (including Time Employees or Former Time Employees who are employed primarily outside the U.S.) under each applicable annual cash incentive plan or arrangement of a member of the Time Group, including the Time Annual Incentive Plan and the Time Advertising Sales Incentive Plan, in each case, that relate to the year that includes the Distribution.

SECTION 3.04. Time Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Time Group shall retain all Liabilities with respect to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees, Former Time Employees or any other Employees (including Time Employees, Former Time Employees, Noncovered Former Time Employees or any other Employees employed primarily outside the U.S.) under the Time Inc. 2012-2014 Cash Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

13


SECTION 3.05. Time Transaction Bonuses. The Parties acknowledge that certain Time Employees (including any such Time Employees employed outside the U.S.) may be entitled to receive a cash bonus payment on account of the occurrence of the Distribution (the “ Time Transaction Bonuses ”). The Time Group shall retain Liability with respect to the Time Transaction Bonuses.

ARTICLE IV

Service Credit

SECTION 4.01. TWX Benefit Plans. As of the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the date that the applicable Time Benefit Plan is established), service of Time Employees or Salary Continuation Former Employees with any member of the Time Group or any other employer, as applicable, other than any member of the TWX Group, shall not be taken into account for any purpose under the corresponding TWX Benefit Plan, except for purposes of determining the timing of the payment of compensation or the provision of benefits under such TWX Benefit Plan, to the extent that the timing of such payment or provision is triggered under such TWX Benefit Plan by the Time Employee’s or Salary Continuation Former Employee’s separation from service from the Time Group.

SECTION 4.02. Time Benefit Plans. Unless prohibited by applicable law, Time shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, credit service accrued by each Post-Separation Time Employee with, or otherwise recognized for benefit plan purposes by, any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group at the time of or prior to the Distribution for purposes of (a) eligibility and vesting under each Time Benefit Plan under which service is relevant in determining eligibility or vesting, (b) determining the amount of severance payments and benefits (if any) payable under each Time Benefit Plan that provides severance payments or benefits and (c) determining the number of vacation days to which each such Employee will be entitled following the Distribution, in the case of clauses (a), (b) and (c), (i) to the same extent recognized by the relevant members of the TWX Group or Time Group or the corresponding TWX Benefit Plan or Time Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Distribution Date and (ii) except to the extent such credit would result in a duplication of benefits for the same period of service.

ARTICLE V

Severance

Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article V apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 5.01. Transferred To Time Employees. Unless required by applicable law or by the terms of any individual agreement, none of the Transferred To Time Employees shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of

 

14


determining eligibility for severance or other separation payments and benefits as a result of the transfers contemplated by Section 2.01 of this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event such transfers result in severance or other separation payments to any Transferred To Time Employee, the TWX Group shall be solely responsible for all such Liabilities.

SECTION 5.02. Transferred To TWX Employees. Unless required by applicable law or by the terms of any individual agreement, none of the Transferred To TWX Employees shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance or other separation payments and benefits as a result of the transfers contemplated by Section 2.02 of this Agreement; and provided , however , that in the event such transfers result in severance or other separation payments to any Transferred To TWX Employee, the Time Group shall be solely responsible for all such Liabilities; provided further that TWX will be responsible for any severance Liabilities set forth on Schedule 5.02 (the “ Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts ”). The Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts shall, with respect to Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts that become due and payable in whole or in part prior to the Distribution Date, be treated in accordance with the applicable provisions governing intercompany payables and receivables in the Separation Agreement, and, with respect to Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts that first become due and payable on or following the Distribution Date, be reimbursed by Time in accordance with Section 18.01 .

SECTION 5.03. Post-Distribution Severance. The Time Group shall be solely responsible for all severance or other separation payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any Post-Separation Time Employee’s employment that occurs at the time of or following the Distribution.

ARTICLE VI

Certain U.S. Welfare Benefit Plan Matters

Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article VI apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 6.01. Time Welfare Plans. Effective as of the applicable Establishment Date specified on Schedule 6.01, Time established the Welfare Plans listed on Schedule 6.01 (collectively, the “ Established U.S. Time Welfare Plans ”) that were substantially similar to the TWX Welfare Plans in which Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees participated prior to the Establishment Date for the purpose of providing welfare benefit coverage to the Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries). As of the applicable Establishment Date, each Time Employee and Salary Continuation Former Employee ceased participation with respect to themselves and their respective eligible dependents and beneficiaries in the corresponding TWX Welfare Plan.

SECTION 6.02. Allocation of Welfare Benefit Claims. Notwithstanding Section 2.05 , (a) the members of the TWX Group shall retain Liability

 

15


and responsibility in accordance with the applicable TWX Welfare Plan for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred by (i) Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries) under such plans prior to the Establishment Date of the corresponding Time Welfare Plan and (ii) Transferred To Time Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries) under such plans prior to the Transfer Time or, if later, the Establishment Date and (b) the members of the Time Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the Time Welfare Plans for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred by (i) Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries) on or following such Establishment Date and (ii) Transferred To TWX Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries) on or following the Establishment Date and prior to the Transfer Time. For purposes of this Section 6.02 , a benefit claim shall be deemed to be incurred as follows: (A) when the event giving rise to the benefit under the applicable plan has occurred as set forth in the governing plan documents, if it is clear based on the governing documents of both the TWX Welfare Plan and Time Welfare Plans which plan should be responsible for the claim or if not, as follows: (B) (1) health, dental, vision, employee assistance program and prescription drug benefits (including in respect of any hospital confinement), upon provision of such services, materials or supplies; and (2) life, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits, upon the death, or other event giving rise to such benefits. The members of the TWX Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the applicable TWX Welfare Plan for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) for individuals who, immediately prior to the applicable Establishment Date, are Former Time Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries), including any such Employee on long-term disability on the applicable Establishment Date.

SECTION 6.03. Workers’ Compensation Claims. In the case of any workers’ compensation claim of any Time Employee who participates in a workers’ compensation program of a member of the TWX Group (each, a “ TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program ”), such claim shall be covered (a) under such TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program if the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Event occurred prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or June 1, 2014 (such date, as applicable, the “ U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date ”), and (b) under a workers’ compensation program of the Time Group (each, a “ Time U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program ”) if the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Event occurs on or after the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date. If the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Event occurs over a period both preceding and following the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date, the claim shall be covered jointly under the TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program and the Time U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program and shall be equitably apportioned between them based upon the relative periods of time that the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Event transpired preceding and following the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date. The members of the TWX Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the TWX U.S. Workers’ Compensation Program for all covered workers’ compensation

 

16


claims incurred by individuals who, immediately prior to the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date, are Former Time Employees or Salary Continuation Former Employees, including any such Employee on long-term disability on the U.S. Workers’ Compensation Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 6.03 , Time shall be obligated to reimburse TWX for the U.S. Worker’s Compensation Reimbursement Amounts in accordance with Section 18.01 .

SECTION 6.04. COBRA. Where a Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee (or any of their respective dependents or beneficiaries) was continuing health coverage pursuant to COBRA or an applicable similar state law prior to January 1, 2014 or is eligible for COBRA continuation coverage because of the occurrence of a “qualifying event” (within the meaning of COBRA) (or similar event under applicable similar state law) that occurred prior to January 1, 2014, TWX and the TWX Welfare Plans shall, subject to Section 16.03 , be responsible for all Liabilities to such Employee (or his or her eligible dependents) in respect of COBRA and any applicable similar state laws. Where a Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee (or any of their respective dependents or beneficiaries) begins continuing health coverage pursuant to COBRA or an applicable similar state law on or after January 1, 2014 or is eligible for COBRA continuation coverage because of the occurrence of a “qualifying event” (or similar event under applicable similar state law) occurring on or after January 1, 2014, Time and the Time Welfare Plans shall be responsible for all Liabilities to such Employee (or his or her eligible dependents) in respect of COBRA and any applicable similar state laws. Time shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the TWX Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from COBRA provided by Time, or the failure of Time to meet its COBRA obligations, to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees, Former Time Employees and their respective eligible dependents.

SECTION 6.05. New York State Unemployment Contributions. Until December 31, 2014, members of the Time Group shall be responsible for making any required New York State unemployment contributions with respect to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees to the joint accounts maintained together with members of the TWX Group. The Parties acknowledge that TWX will apply to dissolve such accounts effective as of December 31, 2014, and the Time Group shall establish new accounts as necessary to comply with such obligations for periods beginning on January 1, 2015.

ARTICLE VII

U.S. Retiree Medical Benefits

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article VII apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 7.01. Subsidized Retiree Medical Benefits. The TWX Group shall retain all Liabilities with respect to subsidized retiree medical benefits relating

 

17


to (a) any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employees who, immediately prior to the Distribution Date, have satisfied the age and service requirements as eligible for retiree medical benefits under the applicable retiree medical plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the TWX Group or (b) any Time Employees who were employed as of December 31, 2013 and who would have satisfied such eligibility criteria if they had remained employed by a member of the TWX Group through December 31, 2015; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any member of the TWX Group from amending, modifying or terminating the applicable plan providing such benefits, or prevent the application of any such amendment, modification or termination to any such Employee; provided further that the TWX Group shall not make any such amendment, modification or termination that adversely affects the benefits of any such Employee unless such amendment, modification or termination applies to such Employee on the same basis as applicable to similarly situated participants who, as of the Distribution Date, are former Employees of the TWX Group.

SECTION 7.02. Unsubsidized Retiree Medical Benefits. Effective as of January 1, 2014, Time established an unsubsidized retiree medical benefit program under the Time Inc. Group Health Plan to provide retiree medical benefits to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees who terminated employment with the Time Group on or following such date and who met the eligibility criteria thereunder on the relevant termination date. With respect to such Employees who have terminated, or will terminate, employment with the Time Group on or following January 1, 2014, the Time Group shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities with respect to this program.

ARTICLE VIII

U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article VIII apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 8.01. TWX U.S. Pension Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, each Post-Separation Time Employee who is a participant, as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date, in the Time Warner Pension Plan (the “ TWX U.S. Pension Plan ”) shall cease active participation in the TWX U.S. Pension Plan and, without limiting the generality of Section 4.01 , service with any member of the Time Group or any other employer other than any member of the TWX Group from and after the Distribution shall not be taken into account for any purpose under the TWX U.S. Pension Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, following the Distribution, the TWX Group shall retain sponsorship of the TWX U.S. Pension Plan and all assets and Liabilities arising out of or relating to the TWX U.S. Pension Plan, and the TWX U.S. Pension Plan shall make payments to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees with vested rights thereunder in accordance with the terms of the TWX U.S. Pension Plan as in effect from time to time and their applicable beneficiaries. The obligations of the members of the

 

18


Time Group to provide information to the members of the TWX Group in connection with Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees participating in the TWX U.S. Pension Plan are set forth in Section 17.01 .

SECTION 8.02. TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, the Time Group shall establish the Time Inc. Excess Benefit Pension Plan (the “ Time Excess Benefit Pension Plan ”) as a continuation of the Time Warner Excess Benefit Pension Plan (the “ TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan ”). Pursuant to the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan, at all times prior to the Distribution Date, Time and its Subsidiaries have been responsible for all Liabilities with respect to the Time Excess Pension Participants under the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan, and pursuant to the Time Excess Benefit Pension Plan, Time and its Subsidiaries shall continue to be responsible for such Liabilities. Time and its Subsidiaries shall make payments to Time Excess Pension Participants who previously had rights under the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan in accordance with the terms of the Time Excess Benefit Pension Plan, as in effect from time to time. Effective as of the Distribution Date, TWX and its Subsidiaries shall be responsible for all Liabilities with respect to the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan relating to Former Time Employees (other than any Former Time Employee who is a Time Excess Pension Participant), and, from and after the Distribution Date, TWX and its Subsidiaries shall be solely liable for all payments to any such Former Time Employee pursuant to the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan. TWX and its Subsidiaries shall make payments to such Former Time Employees with rights under the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan in accordance with the terms of such plan, as in effect from time to time. TWX and its Subsidiaries shall be solely responsible for all obligations relating to reporting of Taxes to the appropriate Governmental Authority and remitting the amounts of any such Taxes required to be withheld (including any Employment Taxes) to the appropriate Governmental Authority in connection with payments to Former Time Employees (other than any Former Time Employee who is a Time Excess Pension Participant) with rights under the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan. The Time Group shall be solely responsible for all obligations relating to reporting of Taxes to the appropriate Governmental Authority and remitting the amounts of any such Taxes required to be withheld (including any Employment Taxes) to the appropriate Governmental Authority in connection with payments to Time Excess Pension Participants.

ARTICLE IX

U.S. Defined Contribution Plans

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article IX apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 9.01. Time 401(k) Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2014 (the “ 401(k) Effective Date ”), Time established the Time Inc. Savings Plan, a defined contribution plan that includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of Section 401(k) of the Code (the “ Time 401(k) Plan ”) for the purpose of providing the opportunity to save for retirement to eligible Time Employees and Salary

 

19


Continuation Former Employees participating in any tax-qualified defined contribution plan sponsored by any member of the TWX Group (the “ TWX 401(k) Plan ”) as of the 401(k) Effective Date and any Time Employees hired prior to the 401(k) Effective Date who are eligible to participate in the TWX 401(k) Plan but who had not yet begun participating in such plan. Time and its Subsidiaries ceased to be “employing companies” under, and such Employees ceased to be eligible to participate in, the TWX 401(k) Plan, as of the 401(k) Effective Date.

SECTION 9.02. Trust-to-Trust Transfer. As of January 3, 2014 (the “ 401(k) Transfer Date ”), TWX caused to be transferred from the TWX 401(k) Plan to the Time 401(k) Plan the assets and Liabilities relating to the account balances of the participants who were, as of such date, Time Employees or Salary Continuation Former Employees (whether vested or unvested as of the 401(k) Transfer Date), in accordance with the requirements of all applicable laws, including ERISA and the Code. From and after the 401(k) Transfer Date, the accounts of the Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees in the Time 401(k) Plan and the accounts of any Employee who becomes a participant in the Time 401(k) Plan after the 401(k) Transfer Date, in each case, shall be administered in accordance with all applicable laws, including ERISA and the Code; provided that, from and after the 401(k) Transfer Date until the Distribution Date, the TWX Group has provided, and shall continue to provide, assistance as is reasonably necessary for such administration. Such transfer of assets consisted of cash, cash equivalents, property or participant loan receivables equal to all the accrued benefit Liabilities relating to all account balances referred to in the first sentence of this Section 9.02 , including such Liabilities for the beneficiaries of such Employees and including such accrued benefit Liabilities arising under any applicable qualified domestic relations order. From and after the 401(k) Transfer Date, subject to Section 9.04 , the TWX Group and the TWX 401(k) Plan has had no Liabilities, and shall continue to have no Liabilities, respecting benefits under the TWX 401(k) Plan for those participants (or any of their beneficiaries) whose balances were transferred to the Time 401(k) Plan.

SECTION 9.03. 401(k) Rollover. As of the Distribution, (a) the TWX Group shall permit each Transferred To Time Employee who becomes a Time Employee following January 1, 2014 to effect, and the Time Group shall cause the Time 401(k) Plan to accept, and (b) the Time Group shall permit each Transferred To TWX Employee to effect, and the TWX Group shall cause the TWX 401(k) Plan to accept, in each case, in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the TWX 401(k) Plan and the Time 401(k) Plan, a rollover of the account balances (including earnings through the date of transfer and promissory notes evidencing all outstanding loans) of such Transferred To Time Employee or Transferred To TWX Employee under the TWX 401(k) Plan and the Time 401(k) plan, as applicable, if such rollover is elected in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the TWX 401(k) Plan and the Time 401(k) Plan by such Employee, as applicable. Upon completion of a transfer of the account balances of any Transferred To Time Employee or Transferred To TWX Employee, as described in this Section 9.03 , except as specifically set forth in Section 9.04 , (i) Time and/or the Time 401(k) Plan will be responsible for all Liabilities of the TWX Group under the TWX 401(k) Plan with respect to any Transferred To Time Employee whose account balance was transferred to the Time 401(k) Plan (and his or her respective beneficiaries), and the

 

20


TWX Group and the TWX 401(k) Plan shall have no Liabilities to provide such participants (or any of their beneficiaries) with benefits under the TWX 401(k) Plan, and (ii) TWX and/or the TWX 401(k) Plan will be responsible for all Liabilities of the Time Group under the Time 401(k) Plan with respect to any Transferred To TWX Employee whose account balance was transferred to the TWX 401(k) Plan (and his or her respective beneficiaries), and the Time Group and the Time 401(k) Plan shall have no Liabilities to provide such participants (or any of their beneficiaries) with benefits under the Time 401(k) Plan.

SECTION 9.04. Employer 401(k) Plan Contributions. (a) The TWX Group shall remain responsible for employer contributions with respect to any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees or Former Time Employees who participated in the TWX 401(k) Plan in 2013 in accordance with its policies and procedures for such year. With respect to each Time Employee or Salary Continuation Former Employee who is entitled to an additional employer contribution for 2013 pursuant to the terms of the TWX 401(k) Plan following the 401(k) Transfer Date, TWX shall be responsible for such employer contribution, which shall be contributed to a new account in the TWX 401(k) Plan created to accept such contribution, and TWX shall use reasonable efforts to cause the TWX 401(k) Plan to transfer the balance in such account to the accounts of such Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees in the Time 401(k) Plan.

(b) TWX shall also remain responsible for employer contributions with respect to any Transferred To Time Employees for the period from January 1, 2014 up to the applicable Transfer Time. Such additional employer contributions shall be contributed to the account of the applicable Transferred To Time Employees in the TWX 401(k) Plan or, if such account has been transferred to the Time 401(k) Plan, to a new account in the TWX 401(k) Plan created to accept such contributions. The Time Group shall be responsible for employer contributions with respect to any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees or Former Time Employees who participate in the Time 401(k) Plan in accordance with its policies and procedures for the relevant year. Time shall also remain responsible for employer contributions with respect to any Transferred To TWX Employee for the period from January 1, 2014 up to the applicable Transfer Time. Such additional employer contributions shall be contributed to the account of the Transferred To TWX Employee in the Time 401(k) Plan or, if such account has been transferred to the TWX 401(k) Plan, to a new account in the Time 401(k) Plan created to accept such contributions. Any such new account may be transferred to the TWX 401(k) Plan or the Time 401(k) Plan, as applicable, in accordance with Section 9.03 .

SECTION 9.05. Limitation of Liability. For the avoidance of doubt, TWX shall have no responsibility for any failure of Time to properly administer the Time 401(k) Plan in accordance with its terms and applicable law, including any failure to properly administer the accounts of Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and their respective beneficiaries in such Time 401(k) Plan.

 

21


ARTICLE X

U.S. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article X apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 10.01. TWX Nonqualified Plans. Effective as of January 1, 2014, the Time Group established the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan and the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ Time Nonqualified Plans ”) as a continuation of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan and the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ TWX Nonqualified Plans ”), respectively, for Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees. Pursuant to the TWX Nonqualified Plans, at all times prior to January 1, 2014, Time and its Subsidiaries have been responsible for all Liabilities with respect to such Employees under the TWX Nonqualified Plans, and pursuant to the Time Nonqualified Plans, Time and its Subsidiaries continue to be responsible for such Liabilities. As of the applicable Transfer Time, Time and its Subsidiaries shall be responsible for all Liabilities with respect to the TWX Nonqualified Plans relating to the Transferred To Time Employees and the TWX Group shall be responsible for all Liabilities with respect to the Time Nonqualified Plans relating to Transferred To TWX Employees. From and after January 1, 2014, the Time Group has been solely liable for all payments to any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees, and, following the applicable Transfer Time, Transferred To Time Employees pursuant to the Time Nonqualified Plans. Time shall make payments to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees, and, following the applicable Transfer Date, Transferred To Time Employees with rights under the Time Nonqualified Plans in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans as in effect from time to time. Following the applicable Transfer Time, TWX shall make payments to Transferred To TWX Employees with rights under the TWX Nonqualified Plans in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans, as in effect from time to time.

SECTION 10.02. Split Dollar Life Insurance Contracts. Time shall be responsible for all obligations with respect to the split dollar life insurance policies covering the individuals listed on Schedule 10.02, and shall be entitled to all rights and benefits with respect to such policies (including the right to recover premiums previously paid with respect to such policies by either the TWX Group or the Time Group). In addition, Time shall assume the employment contract with the Former Time Employee listed on Schedule 10.02 and execute any other instruments necessary to effectuate the foregoing.

SECTION 10.03. Individual Deferred Compensation Arrangement. Time shall remain responsible for all obligations with respect to the individual deferred compensation arrangement listed on Schedule 10.03. In addition, Time shall assume any investment management contracts or other contracts relating to the administration of such deferred compensation arrangement and shall execute any other instruments necessary to effectuate the foregoing.

 

22


SECTION 10.04. No Distributions. The Parties acknowledge that none of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Separation Agreement are intended to trigger a payment or distribution of compensation under the Time Nonqualified Plans or any other deferred compensation account for any Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee and, consequently, that the payment or distribution of any compensation to which any such current or former Employee is entitled under the Time Nonqualified Plans will occur upon such Employee’s separation from service from Time or its Subsidiaries or at such other time as provided pursuant to the Time Nonqualified Plans or by such Employee’s deferral election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parties reasonably determine that any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the Separation Agreement will trigger a payment or distribution of compensation under the Time Nonqualified Plans or any other deferred compensation account for any Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith so that none of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Separation Agreement will trigger any such payment or distribution; provided , however , that none of the Parties shall be required to take any action to the extent that such action would cause the Time Nonqualified Plans or any other deferred compensation account or payment thereunder that is subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

SECTION 10.05. Section 409A. TWX and Time shall cooperate in good faith so that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement will not result in adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code to any Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee (or any of their respective beneficiaries), in respect of their respective benefits under any Benefit Plan.

ARTICLE XI

U.S. Dependent Care and Medical Flexible Spending Arrangements; Medical Insurance Premiums

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article XI apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 11.01. Dependent Care and Medical Flexible Spending Arrangements. (a) Effective as of December 31, 2013, Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees ceased participation in the dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements under each cafeteria plan qualifying under Section 125 or Section 129 of the Code sponsored by any member of the TWX Group (the “ TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan ”). Effective as of January 1, 2014, Time or its Subsidiaries established the Time Inc. Flexible Spending Account Plan (the “ Time Flexible Spending Account Plan ”) for the purpose of providing eligible Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and their respective dependents with a means of obtaining reimbursement of dependent care assistance expenses and uninsured or noncovered medical expenses, and ceased to be “employing companies” under, and Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees ceased to be eligible to participate

 

23


in, the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan. From and after January 1, 2014, the Time Group is solely responsible for all dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangement claims by participants in the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan, other than claims for expenses incurred relating to amounts contributed to the dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan prior to January 1, 2014. The TWX Group shall be solely responsible for all dependent care and flexible spending arrangement claims by Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees participating in the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan prior to January 1, 2014, relating to amounts contributed to the dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan prior to January 1, 2014.

(b) Promptly following the Transfer Time, with respect to each Transferred To Time Employee who has a dependent care or medical flexible spending arrangement under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan, TWX shall transfer to Time all relevant records relating to such arrangements of such Transferred To Time Employee under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan and any other information necessary for the administration of the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan with respect to such arrangements. Time shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan to accept, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, a spin-off of the dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements of each individual who is a Transferred To Time Employee and who has any such arrangements under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan from the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan except for any balances relating to contributions to the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan prior to January 1, 2014 (which shall be retained by the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan to satisfy claims for which the TWX Group is responsible for pursuant to Section 11.01(a) ), and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Transfer Time occurs, the elections made by such Employee with respect to a dependent care or medical flexible spending arrangement under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan for such plan year. The Time Group shall be solely responsible for all dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangement claims by all individuals whose dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements transfer pursuant to this Section 11.01(b) under the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan that were incurred in the year in which the Transfer Time occurs, whether incurred prior to, at or after the Transfer Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Transfer Time.

(c) Promptly following the Transfer Time, with respect to each Transferred To TWX Employee who has a dependent care or medical flexible spending arrangement under the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan, Time shall transfer to TWX all relevant records relating to such arrangements of such Transferred To TWX Employee under the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan and any other information necessary for the administration of the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan with respect to such arrangements. TWX shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the TWX Flexible Spending Account Plan to accept, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, a spin-off of the dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangements of each individual who is a Transferred To TWX Employee and who has any such

 

24


arrangement under the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan from the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan, and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Transfer Time occurs, the elections made by such Employee with respect to such arrangements under the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan for such plan year. The TWX Group shall be solely responsible for all dependent care and medical flexible spending arrangement claims by all individuals whose dependent care or medical flexible spending arrangements transfer pursuant to this Section 11.01(c) under the Time Flexible Spending Account Plan that were incurred in the year in which the Transfer Time occurs, whether incurred prior to, at or after the Transfer Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Transfer Time.

SECTION 11.02. Medical Insurance Premiums. From and after the applicable Transfer Time, (a) the members of the TWX Group shall honor and continue the payroll deductions in respect of medical insurance premiums required for each Transferred To TWX Employee’s participation in the applicable TWX Benefit Plans and (b) the members of the Time Group shall honor and continue the payroll deductions in respect of medical insurance premiums required for each Transferred To Time Employee’s participation in the applicable Time Benefit Plans.

ARTICLE XII

U.S. Transportation Benefit Programs

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article XII apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 12.01. Transportation Benefit Programs. (a) Effective as of December 31, 2013, Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries) ceased participation in the transportation benefit programs sponsored by any member of the TWX Group (the “ TWX Transportation Benefit Program ”). Effective as of January 1, 2014, Time or its Subsidiaries established a transportation benefit program (the “ Time Transportation Benefit Program ”) that was substantially similar to the TWX Transportation Benefit Program as in effect as of immediately prior to the Establishment Date for the purpose of providing continued transportation benefits to Time Employees and Salary Continuation Former Employees, and, from and after such date, the Time Group is solely responsible for all transportation benefit claims by participants in the Time Transportation Benefit Program, other than claims for expenses incurred relating to amounts contributed to the TWX Transportation Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2014. The TWX Group is solely responsible for all transportation benefit claims by Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees participating in the TWX Transportation Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2014, relating to amounts contributed to the TWX Transportation Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2014.

(b) Promptly following the Transfer Time, with respect to each Transferred To Time Employee who has any benefits under the TWX Transportation Benefit Program, TWX shall transfer to Time all relevant records relating to the benefits

 

25


of such Transferred To Time Employee under the TWX Transportation Benefit Program and any other information necessary for the administration of the Time Transportation Benefit Program with respect to such Employee. Time shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the Time Transportation Benefit Program to accept, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, a spin-off of the benefits of each individual who is a Transferred To Time Employee and who has any benefits under the TWX Transportation Benefit Program from the TWX Transportation Benefit Program except for any benefits relating to contributions to the TWX Transportation Benefit Program prior to January 1, 2014 (which shall be retained by the TWX Transportation Benefit Program to satisfy claims for which the TWX Group is responsible pursuant to Section 12.01(a) ), and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Transfer Time occurs, the elections made by such employee with respect to the benefits under the TWX Transportation Benefit Program for such plan year. The Time Group shall be solely responsible for all claims by all individuals whose benefits transfer pursuant to this Section 12.01(b) under the TWX Transportation Benefit Program that were incurred in the year in which the Transfer Time occurs, whether incurred prior to, at or after the Transfer Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Transfer Time.

(c) Promptly following the Transfer Time, with respect to each Transferred To TWX Employee who has any benefits under the Time Transportation Benefit Program, Time shall transfer to TWX all relevant records relating to the benefits of such Transferred To TWX Employee under the Time Transportation Benefit Program and any other information necessary for the administration of the TWX Transportation Benefit Program with respect to such account. TWX shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the TWX Transportation Benefit Program to accept, effective as of the relevant Transfer Time, a spin-off of the benefits of each individual who is a Transferred To TWX Employee and who has any benefits under the Time Transportation Benefit Program from the Time Transportation Benefit Program, and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Transfer Time occurs, the elections made by such employee with respect to the benefits under the Time Transportation Benefit Program for such plan year. The TWX Group shall be solely responsible for all claims by all individuals whose benefits transfer pursuant to this Section 12.01(c) under the Time Transportation Benefit Program that were incurred in the year in which the Transfer Time occurs, whether incurred prior to, at or after the Transfer Time, that have not been paid in full as of the Transfer Time.

ARTICLE XIII

U.S. Vacation and Sabbatical Program

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the terms of this Article XIII apply solely to Employees who work primarily in the U.S.

SECTION 13.01. Vacation. With respect to each Transferred To Time Employee, (a) for purposes of determining the number of vacation days to which such Employee shall be entitled following the relevant Transfer Time, Time and its Subsidiaries shall assume and honor all vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken

 

26


by such Employee, if any, as of the relevant Transfer Time, and (b) to the extent such Employee is entitled under any applicable law or any policy of his or her respective employer that is a member of the TWX Group, as the case may be, to be paid for any vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken by such Employee as of the relevant Transfer Time, Time shall discharge the Liability for such vacation days. With respect to each Transferred To TWX Employee, (i) for purposes of determining the number of vacation days to which such Employee shall be entitled following the Distribution, TWX and its Subsidiaries shall honor all vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken by such Employee as of the relevant Transfer Time, and (ii) to the extent such Employee is entitled under any applicable law or any policy of his or her respective employer that is a member of the Time Group, as the case may be, to be paid for any vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken by such Employee as of the relevant Transfer Time, TWX shall discharge the Liability for such vacation days. The Time Group shall retain all Liability for vacation with respect to each Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee and Former Time Employee who is not a Transferred To Time Employee.

SECTION 13.02. Sabbatical Program. The Time Group shall retain all Liabilities with respect to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees under the Time Sabbatical Program.

ARTICLE XIV

Non-U.S. Employees

The terms of this Article XIV apply solely to Employees who work primarily outside the U.S.

SECTION 14.01. General. Except as specifically set forth in this Article XIV or Section 16.03 , prior to, upon and after the Distribution, the Time Group shall be solely responsible for (a) all Liabilities with respect to Time Employees, Former Time Employees and Time Benefit Plans, and (b) providing payroll services to the Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees.

SECTION 14.02. Certain Laws. Time shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all applicable laws with respect to Time Employees, Time Service Providers, Former Time Employees and Former Time Service Providers located in jurisdictions outside the U.S., including all applicable laws relating to Tax reporting.

SECTION 14.03. Employee Transfers . None of the Transferred To Time Employees or Transferred To TWX Employees is expected to be an Employee that is primarily employed outside the U.S. In the event any Employee primarily employed outside the U.S. becomes a Transferred To Time Employee, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to determine the treatment of such Employee.

SECTION 14.04. U.K. Employees. (a)  Time Warner U.K. Pension Scheme. Effective as of the end of the day before the Distribution Date (the “ TWUKPP

 

27


Exit Time ”), Time Magazine Europe Limited (“ TMEL ”) shall cease to be a participating employer with respect to the Time Warner UK Pension Plan (currently governed by a fourth definitive trust deed and rules dated May 12, 2000, as amended) (the “ TWUKPP ”). Effective as of the TWUKPP Exit Time, each Time Employee who, immediately prior to the TWUKPP Exit Time, is eligible for special terms in the TWUKPP over and above those ordinarily applicable to deferred members of the TWUKPP, shall cease to have such special terms going forward, and service with any member of the Time Group or any other employer from and after the TWUKPP Exit Time shall not be taken into account for any purpose under the TWUKPP. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, following the TWUKPP Exit Time, TWX or its applicable Subsidiaries shall retain sponsorship of the TWUKPP and TMEL shall, pursuant to a deed dated on or around the date of this Agreement, cease to be an “employer” in respect of the TWUKPP and so cease to have employer funding obligations (whether ongoing or triggered on exit) in respect of the TWUKPP, and the Parties acknowledge that the Time Employees and Former Time Employees who are deferred members or pensioners of the TWUKPP (and their applicable beneficiaries) shall be entitled to payments from the TWUKPP in accordance with the terms of the TWUKPP as in effect from time to time. The obligations of the members of the Time Group to provide information to the members of the TWX Group in connection with the benefits accrued in, and payment of such benefits to the Time Employees and Former Time Employees pursuant to, the TWUKPP are set forth in Section 17.01 .

(b) IPC Media Pension Scheme. Time shall cause IPC to retain sponsorship of the IPC Media Pension Scheme (currently governed by a trust deed and rules dated September 12, 2003, as amended) (the “ IPC Pension Scheme ”) and all assets and Liabilities arising out of or relating to the IPC Pension Scheme and the IPC Pension Scheme. The Parties acknowledge that the Time Employees and Former Time Employees who are deferred members or pensioners of the IPC Pension Scheme (and their applicable beneficiaries) shall be entitled to payments from the IPC Pension Scheme in accordance with the terms of the IPC Pension Scheme as in effect from time to time.

(c) U.K. Defined Contribution Plans. Effective as of April 1, 2014, the members of the Time Group ceased to be participating employers in the Time Warner Money Purchase Pension Plan (currently governed by a trust deed and rules dated September 22, 2009, as amended) (the “ TWMPPP ”), and the Time Employees ceased to be active members of such plan. As of April 1, 2014, the TWMPPP retained all assets and Liabilities relating to the Time Employees and Former Time Employees who are deferred members or pensioners of the TWMPPP, and the TWX Group acknowledges that each Time Employee and Former Time Employee shall be entitled, in accordance with applicable law and the governing documents of the TWMPPP and subject to the agreement of the trustee of the TWMPPP, as required, to a transfer of that Employee’s benefits under the TWMPPP to a defined contribution plan of any other employer (including, if applicable, a member of the Time Group) if such transfer is elected by such Employee in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the TWMPPP and the defined contribution plan of the relevant employer. From and after April 1, 2014, Time Employees who participated in the TWMPPP on March 31, 2014 are eligible to participate in a group personal pension plan sponsored by a member of the Time Group

 

28


(the “ Time U.K. Group Personal Pension Plan ”), and prior to, on and after the Distribution Date the Time Group will be solely responsible for all Liabilities under such group personal pension plan in accordance with the governing documents of such group personal pension plan as in effect from time to time.

(d) U.K. Welfare Benefit Plans. Effective as of the applicable Establishment Date specified on Schedule 14.04(d), Time and its Subsidiaries established the Welfare Plans listed on Schedule 14.04(d) (collectively, the “ Established U.K. Time Welfare Plans ”) to provide welfare benefits to the Time Employees and Former Time Employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries), and as of the applicable Establishment Date, each Time Employee and Former Time Employee (and their respective dependants and beneficiaries) ceased active participation in the corresponding TWX Welfare Plan. Notwithstanding Section 14.01 , (i) the members of the TWX Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the applicable TWX Welfare Plans for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred under such plans by Time Employees and Former Time Employees prior to the applicable Establishment Date of the corresponding Time Welfare Plan, and (ii) the members of the Time Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the Time Welfare Plans for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred, by Time Employees and Former Time Employees on or following such Establishment Date. For purposes of this Section 14.04(d) , a benefit claim shall be deemed to be incurred as follows: (A) when the event giving rise to the benefit under the applicable plan has occurred as set forth in the governing plan documents, if it is clear based on the governing documents of both the TWX Welfare Plan and Time Welfare Plans which plan should be responsible for the claim or, if not, as follows: (B) (1) health, dental, vision, employee assistance program and prescription drug benefits (including in respect of any hospital confinement), upon provision of such services, materials or supplies; and (2) life, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits, upon death or other event giving rise to such benefits.

(e) Disability Benefits. The members of the TWX Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the applicable TWX Welfare Benefit Plans for any Time Employee or Former Time Employee who commenced receiving disability benefits prior to April 1, 2014. The members of the Time Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the applicable Time Welfare Plans for any Time Employee or Former Time Employee who commenced receiving disability benefits on or following April 1, 2014.

SECTION 14.05. Canadian Defined Contribution Plans. Prior to, on and after the Distribution, the Time Group shall retain sponsorship of the Time Warner (Canada) Employees’ Pension Plan and all assets and Liabilities arising out of or relating to the Time Warner (Canada) Employees’ Pension Plan and the Time Warner (Canada) Employees’ Pension Plan shall make payments to Time Employees and Former Time Employees with vested rights thereunder (and their applicable beneficiaries) in accordance with the terms of the Time Warner (Canada) Employees’ Pension Plan as in effect from time to time.

 

29


SECTION 14.06. Payroll Services in Certain Jurisdictions. (a) Prior to March 1, 2014, the TWX Group was responsible for providing payroll services to Time Employees and Former Time Employees employed primarily in Hong Kong. Effective as of March 1, 2014, the Time Group is solely responsible for providing such payroll services.

(b) Prior to April 1, 2014, the TWX Group was responsible for providing payroll services to Time Employees and Former Time Employees employed by TMEL. Effective as of April 1, 2014, the Time Group is solely responsible for providing such payroll services.

(c) Prior to June 1, 2014, the TWX Group shall be responsible for providing payroll services to Time Employees and Former Time Employees employed primarily in France. Effective as of June 1, 2014, the Time Group shall be solely responsible for providing such payroll services.

SECTION 14.07. Certain Expatriate Benefit Plans. Until December 31, 2014, Time shall be an additional insured party under the Cigna International insurance policy maintained by the TWX Group with respect to U.S. expatriate employees and shall be responsible for paying all premiums with respect to its participation in such policy. Effective January 1, 2015, Time intends to adopt a replacement policy to provide benefits to Time Employees who currently receive benefits under such Cigna International insurance policy, and, if such replacement policy is not adopted as of such date, Time shall make alternative arrangements to provide such Employees with replacement benefits. In any event, from and after January 1, 2015, the Time Group shall have full responsibility for providing all such benefits to any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees receiving benefits under such Cigna International insurance policy as of December 31, 2014.

ARTICLE XV

TWX Equity Compensation Awards

SECTION 15.01. General Treatment of Outstanding TWX Equity Compensation Awards. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or the Separation Agreement to the contrary, at the time of the Distribution, each outstanding option to purchase TWX Common Stock (each a “ TWX Option ”) and each restricted stock unit payable in shares of TWX Common Stock or the value of which is determined by reference to the value of shares of TWX Common Stock (each a “ TWX RSU ”), in each case, that was granted under or pursuant to any equity compensation plan of TWX (each such TWX Option or TWX RSU, a “ TWX Equity Compensation Award ”), and that, at the time of the Distribution, is held by any Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee, shall be treated as provided in the equity

 

30


compensation plan under which such TWX Equity Compensation Award was granted, the award agreement governing such TWX Equity Compensation Award and any employment agreement to which such Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee is a party, as in effect at the time of the Distribution, and any such TWX Equity Compensation Award that is not forfeited by its holder as a result of the Distribution shall be adjusted to reflect the Distribution in the same manner, if any, as similar TWX Equity Compensation Awards held by Employees of the TWX Group immediately prior to the Distribution are adjusted, as determined by TWX in accordance with the equity compensation plan of TWX under which such TWX Equity Compensation Award was granted; provided , however , that TWX may amend any such TWX Equity Compensation Award in any manner that TWX determines is necessary in order to avoid additional Taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code. TWX hereby acknowledges that, except as provided in Section 15.02 , each Time Employee (but no Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee) who, as of the Distribution, meets the eligibility requirements for retirement treatment in the event of a voluntary termination of employment with respect to any TWX Equity Compensation Award held by such Time Employee at the time of the Distribution, as determined under the applicable equity compensation plan or award agreement, will, in connection with the Distribution, receive the benefit of any provisions of such equity compensation plan or award agreement that provide for accelerated vesting of such TWX Equity Compensation Award or an extended time period to exercise any such TWX Equity Compensation Award that is a vested TWX Option in connection with a termination of employment due to retirement. As soon as practicable following the payment by TWX of a cash dividend with respect to TWX Common Stock that is paid on or after the Distribution, Time shall pay each Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee and Former Time Employee holding an outstanding TWX RSU any TWX Dividend Equivalents payable pursuant to such TWX RSU (less any Taxes that are required to be withheld) and TWX shall not be obligated to pay such Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee such TWX Dividend Equivalent, but shall be obligated to reimburse the Time Group for such TWX Dividend Equivalent in accordance with Section 18.02 .

SECTION 15.02. Treatment of Outstanding TWX Equity Compensation Awards Held by Joseph A. Ripp and Jeffrey J. Bairstow. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 15.01 , subject to any required action by the compensation committee of the Time board of directors, in accordance with the Employment Agreement, dated October 31, 2013, by and between Time and Joseph A. Ripp (“ Ripp ”) (the “ Ripp Employment Agreement ”) and the Employment Agreement, dated October 31, 2013, by and between Time and Jeffrey J. Bairstow (“ Bairstow ”) (the “ Bairstow Employment Agreement ”), if any, effective immediately upon the Distribution, each outstanding TWX Option, whether vested or unvested, that is held, immediately prior to the Distribution, by Ripp or Bairstow, as applicable, shall be converted into an option (each, a “ Converted Time Option ”) to acquire shares of Time Common Stock, on substantially the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such TWX Option (other than with respect to exercise price and the number and type of shares covered thereby). The adjustments provided in this Section 15.02 with respect to any TWX Options are intended to be effected in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A of the Code. Furthermore, subject to any required action by the compensation committee of the Time board of directors in accordance with the Ripp Employment Agreement or the Bairstow Employment Agreement, if any, effective immediately upon the Distribution, each outstanding TWX RSU, whether vested or unvested, that is held, immediately prior to the Distribution, by Ripp or Bairstow, as applicable, shall be converted into a restricted stock unit with respect to shares of Time Common Stock (such restricted stock units, the “ Converted Time RSUs ”), on substantially the same terms and conditions as were applicable under such TWX RSU (other than with respect to the number and type of shares covered thereby). Effective immediately upon the Distribution, Time shall be responsible for all Liabilities related to the TWX Options and TWX RSUs held by Ripp and Bairstow (as Converted Time Options and Converted Time RSUs) and, from and after the Distribution, no member of the TWX Group shall have any Liabilities with respect thereto.

 

 

31


SECTION 15.03. Replacement Time Equity Compensation Awards. Except as provided in Section 15.02 , as a result of the Distribution, Time Employees who do not meet the eligibility requirements for retirement treatment in the event of a voluntary termination of employment with respect to any TWX Equity Compensation Award held as of the Distribution, will forfeit certain TWX Equity Compensation Awards upon the Distribution (any such forfeited award, a “ Forfeited TWX Equity Compensation Award ”). As soon as practicable following the Distribution, subject to approval by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Time, Time shall take all actions necessary to award, and shall award, to each Post-Separation Time Employee (other than a Post-Separation Time Employee who is an Employee in a jurisdiction listed on Schedule 15.03 hereof and other than Ripp and Bairstow), restricted stock units with respect to shares of Time Common Stock with (a) a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate intrinsic value of such Forfeited TWX Equity Compensation Awards (determined based on Fair Market Value of a share of TWX Common Stock as of the Distribution Date) and (b) vesting terms substantially identical to the vesting terms of the applicable Forfeited TWX Equity Compensation Awards, including with respect to retirement eligibility but excluding any terms relating to vesting upon or following a “change in control” of Time, which terms shall be determined by the board of directors of Time (or a duly authorized committee thereof).

SECTION 15.04. Tax Withholding and Reporting. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 15.04 , (a) in the case of any TWX RSUs that are subject to Tax withholding upon vesting, upon the vesting of any such TWX RSUs held by Post-

 

32


Separation Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees that are not forfeited upon the Distribution, TWX shall reduce the number of TWX RSUs held by each such Employee by a number of TWX RSUs having a Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Amount attributable to such vesting, (b) upon the settlement of any TWX RSUs, a member of the TWX Group shall withhold from the number of shares of TWX Common Stock otherwise issuable to the relevant Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Amount attributable to such settlement, unless such Employee elects to make a cash payment to such member of the TWX Group in accordance with and to the extent permitted under applicable TWX policy in an amount equal to the Withholding Amount in lieu of such withholding of shares, and (c) upon exercise of any TWX Option, the relevant Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee shall either (i) pay to a member of the TWX Group an amount in cash in accordance with applicable TWX policy equal to the Withholding Amount attributable to such exercise or (ii) in accordance with and to the extent permitted under applicable TWX policy, deliver to TWX a number of shares of TWX Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the Withholding Amount attributable to such exercise. For purposes of this Section 15.04 , the “ Withholding Amount ” shall mean the employee-paid portion of any Taxes (including any Employment Taxes) required to be withheld upon the applicable event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any of the procedures described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the first sentence of this Section 15.04 are prohibited by applicable law, TWX and Time shall cooperate in good faith to determine alternative procedures with respect to such awards in order to fulfill all required withholding and reporting obligations in compliance with applicable law. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, without limiting the generality of Section 22.02 and notwithstanding any provision of this Section 15.04 , the members of the Time Group shall be solely responsible for all obligations relating to reporting of Taxes to the appropriate Governmental Authority and remitting the amounts of any such Taxes required to be withheld (including any Employment Taxes) to the appropriate Governmental Authority in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of any TWX Equity Compensation Awards and the payment of any TWX Dividend Equivalents and no member of the TWX Group shall have any responsibility or Liability with respect thereto, other than (A) the obligations of the members of the TWX Group to notify the members of the Time Group about amounts withheld by members of the TWX Group in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of any TWX Equity Compensation Awards and the amounts paid by TWX in respect of any cash dividend on TWX Common Stock that would entitle any Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee to a TWX Dividend Equivalent (in each case, as set forth in Section 15.01 ) and (B) the obligations of the members of the TWX Group to make payments to the members of the Time Group in respect of the TWX Dividend Equivalent Reimbursement Amounts and the TWX Equity Compensation Award Withholding Reimbursement Amounts (as set forth in Section 18.02 ). The obligations of the members of the Time Group and the TWX Group to provide Information to the other party in order to allow the administration of the TWX Equity Compensation Awards pursuant to this Article XV are set forth in Section 15.05 and Section 17.01 . The rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to U.S. Tax deductions relating to the TWX Equity Compensation Awards shall be governed by Section 4.08 of the TMA.

 

33


SECTION 15.05. Reports. For so long as any TWX Equity Compensation Award is outstanding and held by a Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee, (a) TWX shall provide Time with the reports listed on Schedule 15.05(a) hereto at the times specified therein and (b) Time shall provide TWX with the reports listed on Schedule 15.05(b) hereto at the times specified therein.

SECTION 15.06. Recharge Agreements. On or prior to the Distribution Date, the TWX Group and the Time Group shall terminate each agreement set forth on Schedule 15.06 (the “ Applicable Recharge Agreements ”). Notwithstanding the termination of such agreements, (a) any Subsidiary of Time that is a party to an Applicable Recharge Agreement shall remain responsible for making payments to Time for costs relating to TWX Equity Compensation Awards held by its current or former Employees pursuant to the surviving terms and conditions of the Applicable Recharge Agreements and (b) Time shall remain responsible for making payments to TWX for TWX Equity Reimbursement Amounts in accordance with Section 18.01 .

ARTICLE XVI

Administrative Costs and Benefit Plan Reimbursements

SECTION 16.01. Time Reimbursement of TWX for Post-Separation Administrative Services. From and after the Distribution, TWX shall continue to provide to the members of the Time Group services relating to (a) the administration of the TWX Equity Compensation Awards outstanding at the Distribution, (b) those services described in the TSA and (c) maintenance and administration of data relating to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees as is necessary to provide the administrative services described in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) (such services, the “ TWX Services ”). Without limiting the generality of Section 22.01 , except as set forth in the TSA, TWX Services shall not include any services that relate to the employment of any applicable Employee with any member of the Time Group following the Distribution. As payment for the TWX Services, Time shall, or shall cause one of its Subsidiaries to, make payments to TWX in amounts that TWX and Time reasonably determine to be the costs incurred by the TWX Group in connection with such services (the “ TWX Services Reimbursement Amounts ”); provided , however , that to the extent that the costs of any TWX Services are billed directly to a member of the Time Group by the relevant third-party vendor, the members of the Time Group shall not be required to reimburse the members of the TWX Group for such TWX Services; provided further that the Time Group shall not be required to make payments for TWX Services pursuant to this Agreement to the extent payment for the relevant TWX Services are made pursuant to the TSA. The TWX Services Reimbursement Amounts shall also include amounts that relate to services for which a member of the Time Group has previously reimbursed a member of the TWX Group (including services provided to the Time Group prior to the Distribution Date and any TWX Services) but with respect to which a member of the

 

34


TWX Group incurs additional costs following the time of the initial reimbursement, which additional costs may include, but are not limited to, additional Taxes payable by a member of the TWX Group with respect to such services and additional payments required to be made to third-party vendors for previously rendered services. The obligations of Time to reimburse TWX with respect to the TWX Services are set forth in Section 18.01 .

SECTION 16.02. Pre-Separation Benefit Plan Matters. Schedule 16.02 sets forth a list of the types of compensation and benefits provided to the Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees as a result of participation in the TWX Benefit Plans prior to the Distribution Date for which a member of the TWX Group has incurred costs that are not charged directly to the members of the Time Group (such costs, the “ TWX Benefit Plan Costs ”). Following the Distribution, the members of the Time Group shall remain responsible for reimbursing the members of the TWX Group for all TWX Benefit Plan Costs; provided , however , that, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, in no event shall any member of the Time Group be required to reimburse any member of the TWX Group for the cost of (a) any compensation or benefits provided to a Transferred To Time Employee that relates to a period prior to the applicable Transfer Time or (b) any Benefit Plan related Liabilities for which the TWX Group remains responsible pursuant to this Agreement. Furthermore, following the Distribution, the members of the TWX Group shall reimburse the members of the Time Group for any rebates or reimbursements received by a member of the TWX Group from any third party (whether from a vendor, a Governmental Authority or any other third party) that relate to amounts paid by a member of the Time Group pursuant to this Agreement or the TSA in connection with participation by Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees in any TWX Benefit Plan (such refunds and rebates, the “ TWX Benefit Plan Rebates ”), which amounts shall be paid quarterly pursuant to Section 18.02 to the extent the TWX Benefit Plan Rebates exceed the TWX Benefit Costs for that quarter.

SECTION 16.03. Benefit Plan Indemnification. With respect to each TWX Benefit Plan or Time Benefit Plan, Time shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the TWX Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from participation in any such plan by any Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee, regardless of whether such participation relates to a period that was prior to, on or after the Distribution; provided , however , that the foregoing obligations shall not apply to any participation by a Transferred To Time Employee in any TWX Benefit Plan prior to the applicable Transfer Time; provided further that the foregoing obligations shall not apply in the event of any Liabilities arising out of wilful or intentional misconduct by any member of the TWX Group or any Employee of any member of the TWX Group. With respect to each TWX Benefit Plan or Time Benefit Plan, TWX shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the Time Group from and against any and all Liabilities arising out of wilful or intentional misconduct by any member of the TWX Group or any Employee of any member of the TWX Group; provided , however , that in no event shall any member of the TWX Group be responsible for the cost of any compensation or benefits that the relevant member of the Time Group would have incurred in the absence of any wilful or intentional misconduct by the relevant member of the TWX Group or the relevant Employee of any member of the TWX Group.

 

35


ARTICLE XVII

Cooperation; Production of Witnesses; Works Councils

SECTION 17.01. Cooperation. Following the date of this Agreement, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with respect to any Employee compensation or benefits matters that either Party reasonably determines require the cooperation of the other Party in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, (a) TWX and Time shall cooperate in connection with any audits of any Benefit Plan with respect to which such Party may have Information, (b) TWX and Time shall cooperate in coordinating each of their respective payroll systems in connection with the transfers contemplated by Sections 2.01 and 2.02 , (c) TWX and Time shall cooperate in connection with any audits of their respective payroll services (whether by a Governmental Authority in the U.S. or otherwise) in connection with the services provided by one Party to the other Party, (d) TWX and Time shall cooperate in administering the TWX U.S. Pension Plan, the TWX Excess Benefit Pension Plan, the Time Inc. Excess Benefit Pension Plan, the TWMPPP, the Time U.K. Group Personal Pension Plan and the TWUKPP and (e) TWX and Time shall cooperate in good faith in connection with the notification and consultation with works councils, labor unions and other employee representatives of Employees of the TWX Group and the Time Group. The obligations of the TWX Group and the Time Group to cooperate pursuant to this Section 17.01 shall remain in effect until the later of (i) the date all audits of all Benefit Plans with respect to which a Party may have Information have been completed or (ii) the date the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such audits has expired.

SECTION 17.02. Production of Witnesses; Records; Further Cooperation . (a) For the time period described in Section 17.01 , except in the case of an adversarial Action or threatened adversarial Action by either TWX or Time or a Person or Persons in its Group against the other Party or a Person or Persons in its Group, each of TWX and Time shall take all reasonable steps to make available, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, Employees, other personnel and agents of the Persons in its respective Group (whether as witnesses or otherwise) and shall retain and make available any books, records or other documents within its control or that it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, Employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action or threatened or contemplated Action (including preparation for such Action) in which TWX or Time, as applicable, may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting Party shall bear all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith. The obligations of the TWX Group and the Time Group pursuant to this Section 17.02 shall remain in effect until the later of (i) the date all audits of all Benefit Plans with respect to which a Party may have Information have been completed or (ii) the date the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such audits has expired.

 

36


(b) Without limiting the foregoing, TWX and Time shall use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions, other than an adversarial Action against the other Group.

(c) The obligation of TWX and Time to make available former, current and future directors, officers, Employees and other personnel and agents or provide witnesses and experts pursuant to this Section 17.02 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to make available Employees and other officers without regard to whether such individual or the employer of such individual could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 17.02(a) ). Without limiting the foregoing, each of TWX and Time agrees that neither it nor any Person or Persons in its respective Group will take any adverse action against any Employee of its Group based on such Employee’s provision of assistance or information to each other pursuant to this Section 17.02 .

(d) Upon the reasonable request of TWX or Time, in connection with any Action contemplated by this Section 17.02 , TWX and Time will enter into a mutually acceptable common interest agreement so as to maintain, to the extent practicable, any applicable attorney-client privilege or work product immunity of any member of either Group.

SECTION 17.03. Works Councils; Employee and Service Provider Notices. Prior to the Distribution, (a) Time shall, and shall cause the other members of the Time Group, to satisfy all legally required obligations of the Time Group (if any) and (b) TWX shall, and shall cause the other members of the TWX Group, to satisfy all legally required obligations of the TWX Group (if any), in each case, relating to (i) notification and consultation with works councils, labor unions and other employee representatives, (ii) completion of all regulatory filings relating to Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees, (iii) notification of Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees, (iv) obtaining any required consents from any Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees and (iv) taking such other actions with respect to the Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees as may be required by applicable law, in each case, as may be necessary in order to complete the Transactions. The Time Group shall be responsible for determining whether any such actions are required with respect to Time Service Providers and Former Time Service Providers, and shall be responsible for complying with all such requirements. Time shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the TWX Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the failure of any member of the Time Group to satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 17.03 and TWX shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the Time Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the failure of any member of the TWX Group to satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 17.03 .

 

37


ARTICLE XVIII

Reimbursements

SECTION 18.01. Reimbursements by the Time Group. Promptly following the end of each calendar quarter that ends following the Distribution, TWX shall provide Time with one or more invoices that set forth the aggregate (a) Transferred To TWX Employee Bonuses Reimbursement Amounts, (b) Schedule 5.02 Severance Amounts (as applicable in accordance with Section 5.02 ), (c) U.S. Workers’ Compensation Reimbursement Amounts, (d) TWX Services Reimbursement Amounts, (e) TWX Equity Reimbursement Amounts and (f) TWX Benefit Plan Costs Reimbursement Amounts incurred by a member of the TWX Group during such calendar quarter. Within 20 days following Time’s receipt of such invoice, Time shall notify TWX in writing if Time disagrees with any of the amounts set forth on such invoice and the reason for any such disagreement. If Time does not timely notify TWX of any such disagreement, TWX’s determination as set forth on such invoice shall be conclusive, final and binding. If Time timely notifies TWX of any such disagreement, a Vice President of each Party shall meet during the 30-day period following Time’s notification of disagreement and shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute during such period, and the resolution of such disagreement reached by such Vice Presidents shall be conclusive, final and binding. Within 60 days following the date such invoice becomes conclusive, final and binding, Time shall pay TWX an amount in cash equal to the aggregate amounts set forth on such invoice.

SECTION 18.02. Reimbursements by the TWX Group. Promptly following the end of each calendar quarter that ends following the Distribution in which the Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses are paid to Transferred To Time Employees or TWX Dividend Equivalents are paid to Post-Separation Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees and Former Time Employees, Time shall provide TWX with one or more invoices that set forth the aggregate Transferred To Time Employee Bonuses Reimbursement Amounts and TWX Dividend Equivalent Reimbursement Amounts incurred by a member of the Time Group during such calendar quarter. Within 20 days following TWX’s receipt of such invoice, TWX shall notify Time in writing if TWX disagrees with any of the amounts set forth on such invoice and the reason for any such disagreement. If TWX does not timely notify Time of any such disagreement, Time’s determination as set forth on such invoice shall be conclusive, final and binding. If TWX timely notifies Time of any such disagreement, a Vice President of each Party shall meet during the 30-day period following TWX’s notification of disagreement and shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute during such period, and the resolution of such disagreement reached by such Vice Presidents shall be conclusive, final and binding. Within 60 days following the date each such invoice becomes conclusive, final and binding, a member of the TWX Group shall pay a member of the Time Group an amount in cash equal to the sum of the aggregate amounts set forth on such invoice plus the TWX Benefit Plan Rebate Reimbursement Amount (if any) for such calendar quarter.

 

38


Furthermore, not later than the last business day of the month following each month in which an amount is withheld by a member of the TWX Group pursuant to Section 15.04 in connection with the exercise of a TWX Option by a Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee or the vesting or settlement of a TWX RSU held by a Post-Separation Time Employee, Salary Continuation Former Employee or Former Time Employee, a member of the TWX Group shall pay a member of the Time Group an amount in cash equal to the aggregate TWX Equity Compensation Award Withholding Reimbursement Amount (if any) withheld by members of the TWX Group during such month.

SECTION 18.03. Invoices. All invoices provided pursuant to this Article XVIII shall be denominated in U.S. dollars.

ARTICLE XIX

Termination

SECTION 19.01. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by TWX at any time, in its sole discretion, prior to the Distribution; provided , however , that this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Separation Agreement in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 19.02. Effect of Termination . In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Distribution, none of the Parties (or any of its directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to any other Party under this Agreement.

ARTICLE XX

Indemnification

SECTION 20.01. Incorporation of Indemnification Provisions of Separation Agreement. In addition to the specific indemnification provisions in this Agreement, Sections 6.02 through 6.09 of the Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandi .

ARTICLE XXI

Further Assurances and Additional Covenants

SECTION 21.01. Further Assurances. (a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

39


(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party, without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, (i) to execute and deliver, or use reasonable best efforts to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including any instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer as such Party may reasonably be requested to execute and deliver by the other Party, (ii) to make, or cause to be made, all filings with, and to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument, (iii) to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any Governmental Approvals or other Consents required to effect the Spin-Off and (iv) to take, or cause to be taken, all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Separation Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and any transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, TWX and Time, in their respective capacities as direct and indirect shareholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each ratify any actions that are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by Time or any other Subsidiary of TWX, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Prior to the Distribution, if either Party identifies any commercial or other service that is needed to ensure a smooth and orderly transition of its business in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Parties will cooperate in determining whether there is a mutually acceptable arm’s-length basis on which the other Party will provide such service.

ARTICLE XXII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 22.01. Administration. Time hereby acknowledges that TWX has provided administration services for certain Time Benefit Plans and Time agrees to assume responsibility for the administration and administration costs of such plans and each other Time Benefit Plan, except as otherwise set forth in the TSA. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to complete such transfer of responsibility on commercially reasonable terms and conditions effective no later than the Distribution.

SECTION 22.02. Employment Tax Reporting Responsibility. The Parties hereby agree to follow the alternate procedure for U.S. employment tax withholding as provided in Section 5 of Rev. Proc. 2004-53, I.R.B. 2004-35. Accordingly, (i) the members of the TWX Group shall not have any U.S. employment tax reporting responsibilities, and the members of the Time Group shall have full U.S. employment tax reporting responsibilities, for Transferred To Time Employees from and after the applicable Transfer Time, and (ii) the members of the Time Group shall not have any U.S. employment tax reporting responsibilities, and the members of the TWX Group shall have full U.S. employment tax reporting responsibilities, for Transferred To TWX Employees from and after the applicable Transfer Time.

 

40


SECTION 22.03. Data Privacy. The Parties agree that any applicable data privacy laws and any other obligations of the Time Group and the TWX Group to maintain the confidentiality of any Employee Information in accordance with applicable law shall govern the disclosure of Employee Information among the Parties under this Agreement. TWX and Time shall ensure that they each have in place appropriate technical and organizational security measures to protect the personal data of the Time Employees, Salary Continuation Former Employees, Former Time Employees, Transferred To TWX Employees and Transferred To Time Employees. Time shall be responsible for ensuring that it has in place appropriate technical and organizational security measures to protect the personal data of Time Service Providers and Former Time Service Providers. Additionally, each Party shall sign such additional documentation as may be required to comply with applicable data privacy laws.

SECTION 22.04. Confidentiality. (a) Without limiting the scope of Section 22.03 , each of TWX and Time, on behalf of itself and each Person in its respective Group, shall, and shall cause its respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives to, hold, in strict confidence and not release or disclose, with at least the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, that it applies to its own confidential and proprietary Information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution, all Information concerning the other Group or its business that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to the Distribution) or furnished by the other Group or its respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of any member of the TWX Group or the Time Group, as applicable, or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by any of TWX, Time or its respective Group, Employees, directors or agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, as applicable, which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation to the knowledge of any of TWX, Time or Persons in its respective Group, as applicable, (iii) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the TWX Group or the Time Group, as applicable, or (iv) required to be disclosed by law; provided , however , that the Person required to disclose such Information gives the applicable Person prompt, and to the extent reasonably practicable, prior notice of such disclosure and an opportunity to contest such disclosure and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate, at the expense of the requesting Person, in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such Person. In the event that such appropriate protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Person that is required to disclose such Information shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, only that portion of such Information that is legally required to be disclosed and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of TWX and Time may

 

41


release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information concerning the other Group (A) to their respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of the obligations hereunder with respect to such Information) and (B) to any nationally recognized statistical rating agency as it reasonably deems necessary, solely for the purpose of obtaining a rating of securities upon normal terms and conditions; provided , however , that the Party whose Information is being disclosed or released to such rating agency is promptly notified thereof.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information concerning the other Group or its business is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement, each of TWX and Time will, promptly after request of the other Party, either return all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other Party, as applicable, that it has destroyed such Information (and used commercially reasonable efforts to destroy all such Information electronically preserved or recorded within any computerized data storage device or component (including any hard drive or database)).

SECTION 22.05. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power. (a) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which counterparts shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party hereto and delivered to the other Party. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or PDF signature and a facsimile or PDF signature shall constitute an original for all purposes.

(b) This Agreement and the schedules hereto, together with the Separation Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the schedules thereto, contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those set forth or referred to herein.

(c) TWX represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the TWX Group, and Time represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Time Group, as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(ii) this Agreement, the Separation Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been (or, in the case of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, will be on or prior to the Distribution Date) duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes, or will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

42


SECTION 22.06. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Each Party irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction, forum and venue of the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York over any and all claims, disputes, controversies or disagreements between the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns under or related to this Agreement or any document executed pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

SECTION 22.07. Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement without consent in connection with (a) a merger transaction in which such Party is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity acquires or assumes all or substantially all of such Party’s assets, or (b) upon the sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s Assets; provided , however , that the assignee expressly assumes in writing all of the obligations of the assigning Party under this Agreement, and the assigning Party provides written notice and evidence of such assignment and assumption to the non-assigning Party. No assignment permitted by this Section 22.07 shall release the assigning Party from liability for the full performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 22.08. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any TWX Indemnitee or Time Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and no current or former director, officer, Employee or Service Provider of any member of the TWX Group or any member of the Time Group or any other individual associated therewith (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof), or any trustee of any Benefit Plan of a Party or their respective Subsidiaries shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and no provision of this Agreement shall create such rights in any such persons in respect of any benefits that may be provided, directly or indirectly, under any TWX Benefit Plan or any Time Benefit Plan. Furthermore, no provision of this Agreement shall constitute a limitation on the rights to amend, modify or terminate any TWX Benefit Plan or any Time Benefit Plan and nothing herein shall be construed as an amendment to any such Benefit Plan. No provision of this Agreement shall require any member of the TWX Group or any member of the Time Group to continue the employment of any Employee or the services of any Service Provider of any member of either Group for any specific period of time following the Distribution.

SECTION 22.09. Notices. All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when (a) delivered in person, (b) on the date received, if sent by a nationally recognized delivery or

 

43


courier service or (c) upon the earlier of confirmed receipt or the fifth business day following the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to TWX, to:

Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, NY 10019

Attn:  General Counsel

with a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

Worldwide Plaza

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn:  Eric Schiele

If to Time, to:

Time Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attn:  General Counsel

with a copy to:

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

666 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attn:  David Lagasse

Any Party may, by notice to the other Parties, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

SECTION 22.10. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon any such determination, any such provision, to the extent determined to be invalid, void or unenforceable, shall be deemed replaced by a provision that such court determines is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, void or unenforceable provision.

 

44


SECTION 22.11. Headings. The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 22.12. Survival of Covenants. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the covenants in this Agreement and the Liabilities for the breach of any obligations in this Agreement shall survive the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 22.13. Waivers of Default. No failure or delay of any Party (or the applicable member of its Group) in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. Waiver by any Party hereto of any default by the other Party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default.

SECTION 22.14. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the affected Party shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The other Party shall not oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that money damages are an adequate remedy. The Parties to this Agreement agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived.

SECTION 22.15. Amendments. No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any Party hereto, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of each Party.

SECTION 22.16. Interpretation. Words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires. The terms “hereof,” “herein”, “herewith” and words of similar import, unless otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the schedules hereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, Section or Schedule references are to the articles, sections and schedules of or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule to this Agreement but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any reference herein to this Agreement, unless

 

45


otherwise stated, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, as permitted by Section 22.15 . The word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specified. The word “or” shall not be exclusive.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

TIME WARNER INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TIME INC.,
by  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.17

Time Inc.

Supplemental Savings Plan

(Originally Effective January 1, 2011 and

Restated Herein Effective as of January 1, 2014)


Time Inc.

Supplemental Savings Plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE      1   

1.1

  

E STABLISHMENT OF THE P LAN

     1   

1.2

  

D ESCRIPTION AND P URPOSE OF THE P LAN

     1   

1.3

  

E FFECTIVE D ATE

     1   
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS      1   

2.1

  

D EFINITIONS

     1   

2.2

  

G ENDER AND N UMBER

     5   
ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION      5   

3.1

  

P ARTICIPATION

     5   

3.2

  

C ONTINUED P ARTICIPATION

     6   
ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS      6   

4.1

  

P ARTICIPANT D EFERRAL E LECTION

     6   

4.2

  

C REDITING OF C OMPANY D EFERRALS

     8   

4.3

  

C ANCELLATION OF D EFERRAL E LECTION

     8   

4.4

  

F ORM OF P AYMENT OF D EFERRED A MOUNTS

     9   

4.5

  

V ESTING

     9   
ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS      10   

5.1

  

S UPPLEMENTAL S AVINGS A CCOUNT

     10   

5.2

  

H YPOTHETICAL I NVESTMENT

     10   

5.3

  

I NVESTMENT D IRECTION

     11   

5.4

  

C HANGES IN I NVESTMENT D IRECTION

     11   

5.5

  

M ANNER OF H YPOTHETICAL I NVESTMENT

     11   

5.6

  

P ARTICIPANT A SSUMES R ISK OF L OSS

     11   

5.7

  

S TATEMENT OF A CCOUNT

     11   
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS      12   

6.1

  

P AYMENT OF D EFERRED A MOUNTS

     12   

6.2

  

P AYMENT TO B ENEFICIARY OR E STATE IN THE E VENT OF D EATH

     12   

6.3

  

U NFORESEEABLE E MERGENCY

     13   

6.4

  

I NCAPACITY

     14   

6.5

  

R EHIRE OF I NACTIVE P ARTICIPANT

     14   
ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION      14   

7.1

  

T HE A DMINISTRATIVE C OMMITTEE

     14   

7.2

  

I NVESTMENT C OMMITTEE

     15   

7.3

  

B ENEFITS O FFICER

     16   

7.4

  

I NDEMNIFICATION

     16   

7.5

  

E XPENSES OF A DMINISTRATION

     16   

7.6

  

R ELIANCE ON I NFORMATION

     16   

7.7

  

N O L IABILITY FOR A CTS OF O THERS

     16   

 

- i -


ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE      16   

8.1

  

P ARTICIPANT OR B ENEFICIARY R EQUEST FOR C LAIM

     16   

8.2

  

I NSUFFICIENCY OF I NFORMATION

     17   

8.3

  

R EQUEST N OTIFICATION

     17   

8.4

  

E XTENSIONS

     17   

8.5

  

C LAIM R EVIEW

     17   

8.6

  

T IME L IMITATION ON R EVIEW

     18   

8.7

  

S PECIAL C IRCUMSTANCES

     18   

8.8

  

L EGAL A CTIONS

     18   
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION      18   

9.1

  

A MENDMENTS

     18   

9.2

  

T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION

     18   

9.3

  

P ARTICIPANTS ’ R IGHTS TO P AYMENT

     19   
ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES      19   

10.1

  

A DOPTION BY O THER E NTITIES

     19   
ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS      19   

11.1

  

P ARTICIPANTS ’ R IGHTS U NSECURED

     19   

11.2

  

N ON -A SSIGNABILITY

     19   

11.3

  

N O R IGHTS A GAINST THE C OMPANY

     19   

11.4

  

W ITHHOLDING

     20   

11.5

  

N O G UARANTEE OF T AX C ONSEQUENCES

     20   

11.6

  

S EVERABILITY

     20   

11.7

  

N O I NDIVIDUAL L IABILITY

     20   

11.8

  

A PPLICABLE L AW

     21   

11.9

  

C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION 409A OF THE C ODE

     21   

 

- ii -


Time Inc.

Supplemental Savings Plan

ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1.1 Establishment of the Plan . Time Inc. hereby adopts this Plan, which shall be known as the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan. This Plan was previously incorporated as part of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan prior to January 1, 2014 and is established as a separate plan as of January 1, 2014 for Employees who are Eligible Employees as of January 1, 2014.

1.2 Description and Purpose of the Plan . This Plan is intended to constitute a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that, in accordance with ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), is unfunded and established primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who earn compensation in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limits on compensation eligible for deferral under a qualified retirement plan.

1.3 Effective Date . This Plan was originally effective as of January 1, 2011. The Plan is restated herein effective as of January 1, 2014.

ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS

2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as provided for herein, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized:

(a) “ Administrative Committee ” means the Administrative Committee as provided for herein.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity affiliated with the Company within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), with respect to controlled groups of corporations, Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Company, and Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

(c) “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated from time to time by a Participant or Inactive Participant, by notice to the Administrative Committee, to receive any benefits payable under the Plan after his or her death, which designation has not been revoked by notice to the Administrative Committee at the date of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death. Such notice shall be in a form as required by the Administrative Committee or acceptable to the Administrative Committee, which is properly completed and delivered to the Administrative Committee or the Administrative Committee’s designee. Notice to the Administrative Committee shall be deemed to have been given when it is actually received by or on behalf of such officer.


(d) “ Benefits Officer ” means the most senior officer of the Company who is responsible for the Company’s human resources function.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof authorized to act in the name of the Board.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means there is a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant Company as defined under, and as determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Plan, in order for a Change in Control to have occurred with respect to a Participant, the relevant Company is determined for each Participant under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A.

(g) “ Claims Administrator ” means the person or persons designated by the Administrative Committee to be responsible for ministerial functions related to day to day administration of the Plan. If no Claims Administrator has been so designated, then the Administrative Committee shall be the Claims Administrator.

(h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) “ Company ” means Time Inc. or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Company Discretionary Deferral ” means the deferrals, if any, credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(b).

(k) “ Company Matching Deferral ” means the deferrals credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(a).

(l) “ Compensation ” means the Participant’s “Compensation,” paid by an Employing Company, as defined in the Qualified Plan, paid in cash and determined without regard to the Compensation Limit, and without regard to any deferrals or the foregoing of compensation under this or any other plan of deferred compensation maintained by the Employing Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Benefits Officer may amend the definition of “Compensation” to include additional items of compensation; provided, however, that any such amendment must be adopted by the Benefits Officer prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which the compensation is otherwise to be earned or at such other time(s) permitted under Code Section 409A (such as prior to the time of the Eligible Employee’s initial eligibility) so as to allow for a deferral of such compensation in accordance with Code Section 409A.

(m) “ Compensation Limit ” means the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code for increases in the cost of living.

 

- 2 -


(n) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability as determined by the Social Security Administration or any disability for which a Participant is receiving monthly benefits under the provisions of the Time Inc. Long-Term Disability Plan or, in the case of an employee covered by a long term disability plan of an Affiliate, under the provisions of such plan, whichever shall occur first.

(o) “ Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who is eligible to participate in the Qualified Plan, is expected to earn Compensation during the Plan Year in excess of the Compensation Limit, including an Employee who is not employed at a U.S. location of an Employing Company if the Employee is compensated solely through a U.S. payroll. Solely for clarification and the avoidance of doubt, an Employee who is not employed at a U.S. location of an Employing Company is not eligible for this Plan if such Employee is compensated in whole or in part through a non-U.S. payroll. For purposes of Section 4.1(f), an “Eligible Employee” includes an Employee eligible for additional Compensation payments for which a deferral election may be made thereunder, without regard to whether such Employee is eligible for participation in the Qualified Plan.

(p) “ Employee ” means an “Employee” as defined in the Qualified Plan.

(q) “ Employing Company ” means the Company and each Affiliate that has been authorized by the Benefits Officer to participate in the Plan and has adopted the Plan. When the term “Company” is used with respect to an individual Participant, it shall refer to the specific Employing Company at which the Participant is employed, unless otherwise required by the context.

(r) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(s) “ Excess Compensation ” means the Compensation otherwise payable to an Eligible Employee in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for any Plan Year).

(t) “ Inactive Participant ” means a Participant who had previously deferred amounts credited to a Supplemental Savings Account and such Participant is no longer eligible to participate hereunder, including due to a Benefits Officer designation of his or her ineligibility for a future Plan Year or a Separation From Service with the Company and any Affiliate, in either case where the individual’s Supplemental Savings Account has not been fully distributed. Inactive Participants shall also mean those inactive participants in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan whose supplemental savings accounts in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan were allocated to this Plan effective January 1, 2014 because of their former service with the Company or an Affiliate.

(u) “ Investment Committee ” means the Investment Committee as provided for herein.

 

- 3 -


(v) “ Investment Direction ” means a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s direction to the recordkeeper of the Plan, in the form and manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, in accordance with directions made by telephone, through the intranet of the applicable Employing Company or through the Internet, directing which Investment Funds will be credited with his or her deferrals and transfers of all or part of the deferred amounts and any earnings thereon from other Investment Funds and certain employment agreements, as provided for herein.

(w) “ Investment Funds ” means those hypothetical investment options selected from time to time by the Investment Committee as measurements of the rate of return to be credited to (or charged against) Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts.

(x) “ Matched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals of Excess Compensation made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(a).

(y) “ Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III. Except for those provisions related to deferral opportunities, references herein to a Participant shall be deemed to include references to Inactive Participants, unless otherwise required by the context.

(z) “ Period of Service ” means a period of employment measured in years commencing on the date an individual first becomes an Employee and ending on an Employee’s Separation from Service but excluding (i) if Employee’s Separation from Service occurs on or before March 31 of any calendar year, the employment period in the calendar year in which Employee’s Separation from Service occurs; (ii) if Employee’s employment commences on or after October 1 of any calendar year, the employment period in the calendar year in which Employee’s employment commences, (iii) any period when Employee is on a leave of absence, but only to the extent such service is excluded under the Time Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (or if the Employee did not participate in the Annual Incentive Plan on the last day of the Plan Year but does participate in another annual incentive compensation program of an Employing Company, then only to the extent such service is excluded under such other program).

(aa) “ Plan ” means this Plan, the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, as provided for herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

(bb) “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

(cc) “ Qualified Plan ” means the Time Inc. Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.

(dd) “ Separation From Service ” means termination of employment with the Employing Company or an Affiliate that also constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the controlled group of entities in connection with a Separation From Service, under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(3), the determination shall be made using a

 

- 4 -


common control ownership threshold of “at least 50%” ownership, rather than “at least 80%” ownership. For purposes of this Plan, a “Separation From Service” occurs on the first day of the seventh month following the date a Participant first begins a disability leave of absence. For this purpose, a disability leave of absence refers to a leave due to the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

(ee) “ Supplemental Savings Account ” means the separate account established under Article V of the Plan for each Participant and Inactive Participant representing amounts deferred by or for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to Article IV, together with credited earnings (or losses) that reflect the Investment Funds applicable with respect to each Participant’s deferred amounts.

(ff) “ Unmatched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

(gg) “ Valuation Date ” means, with respect to the Investment Funds, each business day when the New York Stock Exchange is open or any other date designated from time to time by the Administrative Committee for determining the value of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account for any specified purpose under the Plan, including the determination of amounts available for unforeseeable emergency withdrawals or other distributions on account of Separation From Service, death, or any reason otherwise allowed under the Plan.

2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology used herein also shall include the feminine and the feminine shall include the masculine, and the use of any term herein in the singular may also include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Participation . Subject to Section 3.2, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan if, with respect to any Plan Year, the Eligible Employee earns Compensation during the Plan Year in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for that Plan Year before the beginning of such Plan Year), and the Eligible Employee elects to defer a portion of such Excess Compensation at such time and in such manner as determined by the Administrative Committee pursuant to Article IV. In addition, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan if, with respect to a Plan Year, the Eligible Employee elects a deferral of special Compensation payments under Section 4.1(f) or has a Company discretionary deferral amount credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account under Section 4.2(b). In addition, a participant in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan whose supplemental savings accounts in that plan is allocated to this Plan while Time Warner Inc. is an Affiliate of the Company in connection with such participant’s becoming an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the date such accounts are so allocated. To become a Participant in this Plan, each Eligible Employee must also complete such other forms or applications as required by the Administrative Committee.

 

- 5 -


3.2 Continued Participation . Once an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, he or she shall continue to be eligible to participate for all future years until his or her Separation From Service or death or unless and until the Benefits Officer shall designate that individual or the individual’s Employing Company as ineligible to participate for a future Plan Year or the Employing Company elects not to continue to participate in the Plan with respect to its employees for a future Plan Year. If a Participant becomes ineligible to participate for future deferrals under this Plan, he or she shall become an Inactive Participant and retain all the rights described under this Plan with respect to deferrals previously made while an active Participant.

ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS

4.1 Participant Deferral Election . Subject to the conditions as provided for in this Plan, a Participant may elect to defer amounts hereunder as follows:

(a) Matched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Matched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to six percent (6%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation that does not exceed an amount equal to $500,000 less the then applicable Compensation Limit.

(b) Unmatched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Unmatched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to: (i) fifty percent (50%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation referred to in Section 4.1(a), which deferrals are reduced by the amount of his or her Matched Deferrals and (ii) ninety percent (90%) of that portion of his or her Compensation that exceeds $500,000.

(c) Deferral Procedures for Participant Deferrals . Except as provided in Section 4.1(d), all Participant elective deferral elections under this Article IV must be made at such time and in such manner, and shall become irrevocable, as specified by the Administrative Committee prior to the beginning of each Plan Year in which such Excess Compensation is otherwise earned. For this purpose, Excess Compensation is considered earned in the Plan Year in which the service period relating to the applicable Compensation commences. Once a Matched Deferral or an Unmatched Deferral election is made (or deemed to be made) for a Plan Year, it shall remain in effect for all future Excess Compensation otherwise payable in all future pay periods that otherwise begin during that Plan Year. In accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee, elections under Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) may apply to Excess Compensation earned in any subsequent Plan Year(s) after the Plan Year in which such election is made. Participant Matched Deferrals and Unmatched Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as determined by the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

- 6 -


(d) Deferral Procedures for Newly Eligible Employees . The following procedures apply for deferral elections with respect to newly Eligible Employees:

 

  (i) In the case of an Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year (and is not eligible for any other plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A), deferral elections under this Article IV for such Plan Year must be made no later than a date within 30 days of the date the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, and shall apply only to amounts paid for services to be performed after the effective date of such election (including a pro-rated bonus amount as allowed under Code Section 409A).

 

  (ii) If an Eligible Employee was previously eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A, and as of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility date, the Employee was not eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A for at least 24 months preceding the Employee’s subsequent eligibility date, then (in accordance with Code Section 409A and the applicable guidance thereunder) a deferral election under this Article IV may be made no later than a date within 30 days of the effective date of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility.

 

  (iii) If an Eligible Employee was previously eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 409A, and the Employee has been paid all amounts deferred under this Plan (and such aggregated plans), and on and before the date of the last payment was not eligible to continue (or to elect to continue) to participate in this Plan (or any such aggregated plans), the Participant may be treated as initially eligible to participate in the Plan as of the first date following such payment that the Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (in accordance with Code Section 409A and the applicable guidance thereunder). A deferral election under this Article IV may be made no later than a date within 30 days of the effective date of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility.

 

  (iv) If an Eligible Employee chooses not to submit an initial deferral election within the applicable 30-day period under this Section 4.1(d) or such an Eligible Employee is not permitted to make such an election, the Eligible Employee may submit a deferral election during the next following annual deferral election period (in accordance with Section 4.1(c)) for the applicable subsequent Plan Year(s).

(e) Payroll Periods Subject to Deferral Elections . If a Company’s normal payroll practice is such that the last payroll beginning in a Plan Year covers services performed at the end of that Plan Year and into the beginning of the next Plan Year, then any Participant deferral elections made under Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(b), and Section 4.1(f) for a Plan Year will apply to all payroll periods ending in that Plan Year.

 

- 7 -


(f) Deferral of Special Compensation Payments . To the extent permitted in accordance with written procedures established by the Administrative Committee, which shall be written in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer amounts attributable to additional items of Compensation not otherwise subject to Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(b) and without regard to whether such Compensation is Excess Compensation. Amounts deferred under this Section 4.1(f) must be made at the time(s) otherwise permitted for deferrals under this Article IV and will not be eligible for Company Matching Deferrals and shall be treated hereunder as Unmatched Deferrals. Participant deferrals under this Section 4.1(f) shall be credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as determined by the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion.

4.2 Crediting of Company Deferrals . The Company shall credit each Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account with the additional deferrals described in this Section 4.2.

(a) Company Matching Deferrals . Any Participant who has elected to make a deferral under Section 4.1(a) for a Plan Year will be credited with a Company Matching Deferral equivalent to the rate of matching contributions under the Qualified Plan in effect (without retroactive application) on the January 1 of Plan Year with respect to which the Matched Deferral is credited. Such Company Matching Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion determines.

(b) Company Discretionary Deferrals . The Company may, in its sole discretion, provide for additional credits to all or some Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts at any time. Such amounts shall be distributed in the form of distribution otherwise in effect for each affected Participant with respect to any deferrals made for the Plan Year under Section 4.4. In the absence of any deferrals for such Plan Year for a Participant, the additional credits shall be paid in the form of a single sum payment.

4.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election .

(a) Hardship Distribution Under the Plan . Upon a distribution under Section 6.3 due to an unforeseeable emergency, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled effective as of the payroll period following the distribution under Section 6.3(d). Such cancellation shall be effective for the remainder of the Plan Year and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1.

(b) Hardship Distribution Under Qualified Plan . Upon a hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) under the Qualified Plan or under any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled for the Plan Year in which the hardship distribution occurred and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1 but will not be effective for such subsequent Plan Year until such time as the Code Section 401(k) required cancellation period for deferrals has ended.

 

- 8 -


4.4 Form of Payment of Deferred Amounts . At the same time as the election made pursuant to Section 4.1, and subject to the death benefit provisions of Section 6, each Participant must also elect the manner in which his or her deferred amounts for each Plan Year will be paid.

(a) Normal Form of Distribution - Single Sum Payments . Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in the form of a single sum payment.

(b) Optional Form of Distribution . In lieu of a single sum payment, a Participant may elect to have all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder paid in the form of (i) effective for elections that have become irrevocable prior to December 1, 2013, one hundred twenty (120) monthly installment payments, and (ii) effective for elections that have become irrevocable on or after December 1, 2013, ten (10) annual installment payments. Unless specifically elected otherwise for a Plan Year, payments of all deferred amounts will be made in a single sum payment.

(c) Mandatory Distribution – Single Sum Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, if the value of the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account is less than $100,000 as of the Valuation Date following the Participant’s Separation From Service, payment of all amounts payable to the Participant hereunder shall be made in a single sum payment.

4.5 Vesting . Participants shall become vested in the deferrals credited to their Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with this Section 4.5.

(a) A Participant shall be vested at all times in his or her Matched Deferrals under Section 4.1(a), Unmatched Deferrals under Section 4.1(b), and deferrals of special Compensation payments under Section 4.1(f).

(b) A Participant shall become vested in Company Matching Deferrals after completing “Periods of Service” of at least two years or two “Years of Service” (as defined under the Qualified Plan); provided, however, that Company Matching Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of: (i) the Participant’s death; (ii) the Participant’s Disability; (iii) the date the Participant attains age 65; or (iv) a Change in Control.

(c) Subject to approval of the Benefits Officer, special vesting provisions under the terms of a severance plan or program under which a Participant qualifies may apply to vesting of the Participant’s Company Matching Deferrals and any earnings or losses attributable thereto.

 

- 9 -


(d) A Participant shall become vested in Company Discretionary Deferrals pursuant to the vesting schedule established by the Company at the time such amounts are credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the provisions of any such vesting schedule, amounts credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

(e) Subject to subsections (a), (b) and (c) herein, a forfeiture of a Participant’s unvested Company Matching Contributions and unvested Company Discretionary Deferrals shall occur on the date distributions are made or commence to be paid on account of the Participant’s Separation From Service if he or she is not otherwise vested in any such amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account. In addition, a Participant who is re-employed by an Employing Company shall not be entitled to restore to his or her Supplemental Savings Account any amounts previously forfeited under the Plan or otherwise distributed or scheduled to be distributed from the Plan.

ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS

5.1 Supplemental Savings Account .

(a) A Supplemental Savings Account shall be established for each Participant who is credited with deferred amounts under Article IV. A Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall consist of all such deferred amounts, increased or decreased by any gains or losses thereon.

(b) The Company (either directly or indirectly through a third-party recordkeeper or a combination thereof) shall maintain the records of Supplemental Savings Accounts for all Participants and Inactive Participants.

(c) All payments made under the Plan shall be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors and no deferred compensation under the Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust. The Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to all obligations owed to them under the Plan. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have any interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of any amount credited to a Supplemental Savings Account, nor shall any such person have any right to receive any distribution under the Plan except as explicitly stated herein. The Company shall not designate any funds or assets to specifically provide for the distribution of the value of a Supplemental Savings Account or issue any notes or security for the payment thereof. Any asset or reserve that the Company may purchase or establish shall not serve as security to Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries for the performance of the Company under the Plan.

5.2 Hypothetical Investment .

(a) For crediting rate purposes, amounts credited to a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be deemed to be invested according to his or

 

- 10 -


her Investment Direction in one or more of all of the similarly named funds offered under the Qualified Plan trust agreement; provided, however, that any brokerage investment alternative available under such master trust, if any, shall not be an available investment alternative under this Plan. For any period, the deemed return on each of these Investment Funds shall be the same as the return for such period on each similarly named fund offered under the Qualified Plan trust agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, by action of the Investment Committee or the Board, may add to, decrease or change the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, at any time and for any reason. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have the right to continue any particular Investment Fund option.

(c) The Company shall be under no obligation to invest amounts corresponding to any Investment Direction chosen by Participants or Inactive Participants. Any such allocation to any Supplemental Savings Account shall be made solely for the purpose of determining the value of such account under the Plan.

5.3 Investment Direction . Deferrals shall be credited to the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Investment Directions. A Participant or an Inactive Participant shall direct that his or her deferrals be applied, in multiples of one percent, to deemed investments in any or all of the Investment Funds.

5.4 Changes in Investment Direction . A Participant or an Inactive Participant may change an Investment Direction once each calendar month with respect to existing Supplemental Savings Account balances; provided, however, that one additional Investment Direction may be made in each calendar month in which any Investment Fund is made available, or ceases to be available with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon. A Participant may make Investment Directions with respect to future deferrals as frequently as permitted pursuant to administrative rules adopted by the Administrative Committee.

5.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment .

(a) For purposes of the hypothetical investment under Section 5.2, deferred compensation shall be considered to be invested on the date the recordkeeper of the Plan records the deferral amount.

(b) As of each Valuation Date, the recordkeeper of the Plan shall determine the value of each Participant’s, Inactive Participant’s, or Beneficiary’s Supplemental Savings Account.

5.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss . Each Participant, Inactive Participant, and Beneficiary assumes the risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account deemed invested in the Investment Funds.

5.7 Statement of Account . A statement of account shall be made available through the recordkeeper’s website and may be viewed and printed by a Participant or an Inactive Participant at any time. Upon request, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, a statement of account shall be sent to each Participant and Inactive Participant with respect to the value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the end of such quarter.

 

- 11 -


ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS

6.1 Payment of Deferred Amounts .

(a) Payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account, including accumulated hypothetical earnings (or losses), shall be paid (or, in the case of installment distributions, commence to be paid) on the fifteenth day of the calendar month following six months after the Participant’s Separation From Service (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter), and any subsequent monthly installment payments shall be paid on the fifteenth day of each subsequent month thereafter (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter), and any subsequent annual installment payments shall be paid on the annual anniversary of the fifteenth day of the calendar month following six months after the Participant’s Separation From Service (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter). Subject to Section 4.4(c), the payment(s) shall be made in the manner otherwise elected by the Participant under Section 4.4.

(b) The amount of any single sum payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date.

(c) The amount of any installment payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of installment payments remaining to be paid.

6.2 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death . Notwithstanding the provisions for payment described in Section 6.1 above, if a Participant or an Inactive Participant dies before payment of his or her Supplemental Savings Account under the Plan or after commencement of installment payments and prior to the payment of all amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account, the value of such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately prior to the date that the Administrative Committee commences the processing of the distribution, after both a written notice of his or her death and a death certificate have been received by the Administrative Committee. In all events, such account shall be distributed in a single sum payment as soon as practicable to the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no person has been designated or if no person so designated survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, to such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s estate or if such Beneficiary survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, but dies prior to payment, to such Beneficiary’s estate) prior to the end of the Plan Year of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death (or within 90 days after the date of death, if later, provided, however, that the Beneficiary (or estate) shall have no right to designate the taxable year of payment). In case any Participant or Inactive Participant and his or her Beneficiary die in or as a result of a common accident or disaster and under such circumstances as to make it impossible to determine which of them was the last to die, the Participant or Inactive

 

- 12 -


Participant shall be deemed to have survived his or her Beneficiary. Distributions hereunder shall be subject to such administrative and procedural requirements and forms as the Administrative Committee in its discretion may require.

6.3 Unforeseeable Emergency . At any time before the time an amount is otherwise payable hereunder, a Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) may request, pursuant to such procedures prescribed by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, a single sum payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account due to the Participant’s (or the Beneficiary’s) severe financial hardship, subject to the following requirements as provided for in this Section 6.3.

(a) Such distribution shall be made, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee, in the case of an unforeseeable emergency, which shall be limited to a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or of a Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a natural disaster); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. Examples of events that may constitute an unforeseeable emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)).

(b) Whether a Participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency will be determined based on the relevant facts and circumstances of each case, but, in any case, a distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved:

 

  (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,

 

  (ii) by liquidation of the individual’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or

 

  (iii) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

Examples of circumstances that are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send an individual’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.

(c) In all events, the amount available for distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution),

 

- 13 -


and shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. The Administrative Committee may require such evidence of the individual’s severe financial hardship as it deems appropriate. The Administrative Committee shall consider any requests for payment under this Section 6.3 in accordance with the standards of interpretation described in Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(d) All distributions under this Section 6.3 shall be made from the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account as soon as practicable after the Administrative Committee has approved the distribution and the amounts credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be reduced on a pro rata basis among his or her elected Investment Options to reflect the accelerated distribution.

6.4 Incapacity . The Administrative Committee may direct that any amounts distributable under the Plan to a person under a legal disability be made to (and be withheld until the appointment of) a representative qualified pursuant to law to receive such payment on such person’s behalf.

6.5 Rehire of Inactive Participant . Upon a Separation from Service, a Participant’s existing deferral election shall become null and void. If an Inactive Participant returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, distribution of his or her remaining Supplemental Savings Account with respect to amounts deferred prior to the date of the Separation From Service shall continue to be made as if the Inactive Participant has not returned to work. The Participant shall only be eligible to defer future amounts hereunder in accordance with a new deferral election under Article IV.

ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION

7.1 The Administrative Committee .

(a) Appointment of Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall be responsible for administering the Plan. The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Administrative Committee. No member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation for his or her services as such. Participants may be members of the Administrative Committee but may not participate in any decision affecting their own account in any case where the Administrative Committee may take discretionary action in the administration of the Plan.

(b) Quorum and Actions of Administrative Committee . A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such Administrative Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

- 14 -


(c) Responsibilities . The Administrative Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan except to the extent that any such powers are vested in any other individual or committee are duly authorized under the Plan. The Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties to others as it shall determine (including a Claims Administrator) and may retain counsel, agents and such clerical, accounting, actuarial, recordkeeping or other services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

(e) Committee Records . The Administrative Committee shall keep a record of all Plan proceedings and of all payments directed by it to be made to or on behalf of Participants, Inactive Participants, or Beneficiaries or payments made by it for expenses or otherwise.

7.2 Investment Committee .

(a) Appointment . The Investment Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall take all prudent action necessary or desirable for the purpose of carrying out the overall investment policy for the Plan (with respect to Investment Funds made available as targeted hypothetical investments). The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Investment Committee.

(b) Quorum and Actions of Investment Committee . A majority of the members of the Investment Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Investment Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of such Investment Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

(c) Investment Committee Chair; Delegation by Investment Committee . The members of the Investment Committee shall designate one of their number as chair and may designate a secretary who may, but need not, be one of their number. The Investment Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties among its members or to others as it shall determine. It may authorize one or more of its members to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in its behalf. It may employ such counsel, agents and clerical, accounting, actuarial and recordkeeping services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

 

- 15 -


7.3 Benefits Officer .

(a) Responsibilities . The Benefits Officer shall be responsible for effecting settlor and ministerial functions on behalf of the Company as provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, amending and modifying the terms of the Plan and performing ministerial functions with respect to the Plan.

(b) Delegation of Duties . The Benefits Officer may authorize others to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in his or her behalf and may delegate any of his or her powers or duties to others as he or she shall determine. The Benefits Officer may retain such counsel, agents and clerical, medical, accounting and actuarial services as they may require in carrying out his or her functions.

7.4 Indemnification . The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee and Benefits Officer against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving any employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity at the request of such company.

7.5 Expenses of Administration . Any expense incurred by the Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee or the Benefits Officer relative to the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company and any of its participating Affiliates in such proportions as the Company may direct.

7.6 Reliance on Information . The Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, and Benefits Officer may rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person who is employed or engaged for any purpose in connection with the administration of the Plan.

7.7 No Liability for Acts of Others . Neither the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, or Benefits Officer nor any member of the Board or the board of directors (or governing body) of an Affiliate and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan.

ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

8.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim . Any request for a benefit payable under the Plan shall be made in writing by a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary (or an authorized representative of any of them), as the case may be, and shall be paid in accordance with the otherwise applicable Plan terms.

 

- 16 -


8.2 Insufficiency of Information . In the event a request for a benefit that is not otherwise paid contains insufficient information otherwise required by the Plan, the Claims Administrator shall, within a reasonable period after receipt of such request, send a written notification to the claimant setting forth a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary. The claimant’s request shall be deemed filed with the Claims Administrator on the date the Claims Administrator or Administrative Committee receives in writing such additional information.

8.3 Request Notification . The Claims Administrator shall make a determination with respect to a request for benefits that was previously denied within ninety (90) days after such request is filed (or within such extended period prescribed below). The Claims Administrator shall notify the claimant whether his or her claim has been granted or whether it has been denied in whole or in part. Such notification shall be in writing and shall be delivered, by mail or otherwise, to the claimant within the time period described above. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the written notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

 

  (i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii) Specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; and

 

  (iii) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

Failure by the Claims Administrator to give notification pursuant to this Section within the time prescribed shall be deemed a denial of the request for the purpose of proceeding to the review stage.

8.4 Extensions . If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Claims Administrator shall furnish the claimant with written notice of such extension. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Claims Administrator expects to render its decision. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial ninety (90)-day period.

8.5 Claim Review . A claimant whose request for benefits has been denied by the Claims Administrator in whole or in part, or his or her duly authorized representative, may, within sixty (60) days after written notification of such denial, file with a reviewer appointed for such purpose by the Administrative Committee (or, if none has been appointed, with the Administrative Committee itself), with a copy to the Administrative Committee, a written request for a review of his or her claim. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt of same by the reviewer.

 

- 17 -


8.6 Time Limitation on Review . A claimant who timely files a request for review of his or her claim for benefits, or his or her duly authorized representative, may review pertinent documents (upon reasonable notice to the reviewer) and may submit the issues and his or her comments to the reviewer in writing. The reviewer shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request for review (or within such extended period prescribed below), communicate its decision in writing to the claimant and/or his or her duly authorized representative setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for its decision and the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision is not communicated within the time prescribed, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

8.7 Special Circumstances . If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the sixty (60)-day period described above for the reviewer to render his or her decision, the reviewer shall furnish the claimant with written notice of the extension required. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of such initial sixty (60)-day period.

8.8 Legal Actions . In the event a claimant’s request for benefits is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6, such claimant may bring legal action. Evidence presented in such action shall be limited to the administrative record reviewed by the Claims Administrator and Administrative Committee in connection with its determination of the claimant’s request under this Article VIII. The administrative record shall include evidence timely presented to the Claims Administrator and Administrative Committee by the claimant, or his duly authorized representative, pursuant to this Article VIII. No legal action at law or equity to recover benefits under the Plan may be filed unless the claimant has complied with and exhausted the administrative procedures under this Article VIII, nor may such legal action be filed more than six (6) months after the date on which the claim is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6.

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.1 Amendments . The Company (by action of the Board) or the Benefits Officer (for the Company and the other Employing Companies) may at any time amend the Plan.

9.2 Termination or Suspension . The continuance of the Plan and the ability of an Eligible Employee to make a deferral for any Plan Year are not assumed as contractual obligations of the Company or any other Employing Company. The Company reserves the right (for itself and the other Employing Companies) by action of the Board or the Benefits Officer, to terminate or suspend the Plan, or to terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself or an Employing Company, to the extent permitted without adverse tax consequences under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and such other applicable guidance under Code Section 409A. Any Employing Company may terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself (in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences) by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable.

 

- 18 -


9.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment . No termination of the Plan or amendment thereto shall deprive a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary of the right to payment of amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment; provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, or termination of the Plan with respect to the Company or one or more other Employing Companies, the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the payment of all such credited deferred compensation on a uniform basis for all Participants and Inactive Participants or, in the case of termination of the Plan with respect to one or more other Employing Companies, for all Participants and Inactive Participants of such other Employing Companies only, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) to avoid adverse tax consequences.

ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

10.1 Adoption by Other Entities . Upon the approval of the Company or the Benefits Officer, the Plan may be adopted by any Affiliate by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable. The provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to such entity except as may otherwise be agreed to by such adopting company and the Company or Benefits Officer.

ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be a general unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employing Company employing the Participant at the time that his or her compensation is deferred. The Company, and any other Employing Company or former Employing Company shall not guarantee or be liable for payment of benefits to the employees of any other Employing Company or former Employing Company under the Plan.

11.2 Non-Assignability . The right of any person to receive any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, lien or charge, and any such benefit shall not, except to such extent as may be required by law, in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person who shall be entitled to such benefits, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

11.3 No Rights Against the Company . The establishment of the Plan, any amendment or other modification thereof, or any payments hereunder, shall not be construed as giving to any Employee, Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary any legal or equitable rights against the Company its shareholders, directors, officers or other employees, except as may be contemplated by or under the Plan including, without limitation, the right of any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to be paid as provided under the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not give rise to any actual or implied contract of employment. A Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary may be terminated at any time for any reason in accordance with the procedures of the Company.

 

- 19 -


11.4 Withholding . The Employing Company or former Employing Company or paying agent shall withhold any federal, state, local or foreign income or employment tax (including F.I.C.A. obligations for both social security and Medicare) which by any present or future law it is, or may be, required to withhold with respect to any payment pursuant to the Plan, with respect to any of its former or present Employees. In addition, a Participant or Beneficiary may request an acceleration of a payment from the Plan to reflect payment of state, local, or foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan and that applies to an amount deferred under the Plan before the amount is paid or made available to the Participant or Beneficiary (the state, local, or foreign tax amount). This amount may include an amount necessary to pay the income tax at source on wages imposed under Code Section 3401 or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of any such amounts, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding taxes attributable to such amounts. Such payment may not exceed the amount of such taxes due as a result of participation in the Plan, as permitted by Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. Such payment may be made by distributions to the Participant or Beneficiary in the form of withholding by the Employing Company or former Employing Company pursuant to provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign law or by distribution directly to the Participant. The Administrative Committee shall provide or direct the provision of information necessary or appropriate to enable such distributions to be made or to enable each such company to so withhold.

11.5 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . The Benefits Officer, the Investment Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Company and any Employing Company or any former Employing Company do not make any commitment or guarantee that any amounts deferred for the benefit of a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary will be excludible from the gross income of the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary in the year deferred or paid for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment tax purposes, or that any other federal, state, local or foreign tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary. It shall be the obligation of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to determine whether any deferral or payment under the Plan is excludible from his or her gross income for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment tax purposes, and to take appropriate action if he or she has reason to believe that any such deferral or payment is not so excludible.

11.6 Severability . If any particular provision of the Plan shall be found to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason, the illegality or lack of enforceability of such provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

11.7 No Individual Liability . It is declared to be the express purpose and intention of the Plan that no liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the shareholders, officers, or directors of the Board or the Benefits Officer, or any member of the Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee, under or by reason of any of the terms or conditions of the Plan.

 

- 20 -


11.8 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except to the extent governed by applicable federal law (including the requirements of Code Section 409A).

11.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance thereof, no payments may be accelerated under the Plan other than to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A of the Code such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment or would otherwise subject a Participant to a penalty tax under Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any other payments due to a Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Benefits Officer or the Administrative Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Administrative Committee shall implement the provisions of this Section 11.9 in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Benefits Officer, the Administrative Committee, any Claims Administrator nor any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 11.9.

 

- 21 -

Exhibit 10.18

TIME INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Originally Effective November 18, 1998 and

Restated Herein Effective as of January 1, 2014)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

     1   

1.1

 

Establishment of Plan

     1   

1.2

 

Purpose of Plan

     1   

1.3

 

Applicability of Plan

     1   

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.1

 

Administrative Committee

     1   

2.2

 

Affiliate

     1   

2.3

 

Beneficiary

     2   

2.4

 

Benefits Officer

     2   

2.5

 

Board

     2   

2.6

 

Claims Administrator

     2   

2.7

 

Code

     2   

2.8

 

Company

     2   

2.9

 

Compensation Limit

     2   

2.10

 

Deferred Compensation Account

     2   

2.11

 

Disability

     2   

2.12

 

Eligible Employee

     2   

2.13

 

Employee

     2   

2.14

 

Employing Company

     2   

2.15

 

ERISA

     3   

2.16

 

Inactive Participant

     3   

2.17

 

Investment Committee

     3   

2.18

 

Investment Direction

     3   

2.19

 

Investment Funds

     3   

 

i


2.20

 

Participant

     3   

2.21

 

Plan

     3   

2.22

 

Separation From Service

     3   

2.23

 

Time Warner Benefits Officer

     3   

2.24

 

Valuation Date

     3   

2.25

 

Year

     3   

ARTICLE III PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

     4   

3.1

 

Eligibility

     4   

3.2

 

Compensation Eligible for Deferral

     4   

3.3

 

Deferral Elections

     5   

3.4

 

Effective Date of Election

     6   

3.5

 

Certain Incentive Plans

     6   

3.6

 

Transfers

     6   

ARTICLE IV DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

     7   

4.1

 

Deferred Compensation Account

     7   

4.2

 

Hypothetical Investment

     7   

4.3

 

Investment Direction

     8   

4.4

 

Changes in Investment Direction

     8   

4.5

 

Manner of Hypothetical Investment

     8   

4.6

 

Participant Assumes Risk of Loss

     8   

4.7

 

Statement of Account

     8   

ARTICLE V PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

     8   

5.1

 

Payment on Account of Separation From Service for Reasons other than Death or Disability

     8   

5.2

 

Payment on Account of Disability

     9   

5.3

 

In-Service Payments; Re-deferral Elections

     9   

 

ii


5.4

 

Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death

     10   

5.5

 

Severe Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Payments

     10   

5.6

 

Incapacity

     11   

5.7

 

Method of Paying Installments

     11   

5.8

 

Payments Only in Cash

     11   

5.9

 

Rehire of Inactive Participant

     11   

5.10

 

Election Changes Pursuant to Transition Relief Rules Under Code Section 409A

     11   

ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION

     11   

6.1

 

Administrative Committee

     11   

6.2

 

Investment Committee

     12   

6.3

 

Benefits Officer

     13   

6.4

 

Indemnification

     13   

6.5

 

Expenses of Administration

     13   

6.6

 

Reliance on Information

     13   

6.7

 

No Liability for Acts of Others

     13   

ARTICLE VII CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     14   

7.1

 

Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim

     14   

7.2

 

Insufficiency of Information

     14   

7.3

 

Request Notification

     14   

7.4

 

Extensions

     14   

7.5

 

Claim Review

     15   

7.6

 

Time Limitation on Review

     15   

7.7

 

Special Circumstances

     15   

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     15   

8.1

 

Amendments

     15   

 

iii


8.2

 

Termination or Suspension

     15   

8.3

 

Participants’ Rights to Payment

     15   

ARTICLE IX PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

     16   

9.1

 

Adoption by Other Entities

     16   

ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS

     16   

10.1

 

Participants’ Rights Unsecured

     16   

10.2

 

Non-Assignability

     16   

10.3

 

Affiliate Ceasing to be Such

     16   

10.4

 

No Rights Against the Company

     17   

10.5

 

Withholding

     17   

10.6

 

No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

     17   

10.7

 

Severability

     17   

10.8

 

Governing Law

     17   

10.9

 

Compliance with Section 409A of the Code

     17   

 

iv


TIME INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Originally Effective November 18, 1998 and

Restated Herein as of January 1, 2014)

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

1.1 Establishment of Plan. Time Inc. hereby adopts this Plan, which shall be known as the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. This Plan was previously incorporated as part of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan prior to January 1, 2014 and is established as a separate plan as of January 1, 2014. No new deferral elections have been offered under the Plan since December 31, 2010.

1.2 Purpose of Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan maintained to provide deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, by providing Eligible Employees a means of irrevocably deferring to a future Year the receipt of certain compensation from Employing Companies in excess of the Compensation Limit.

1.3 Applicability of Plan. The provisions of the Plan as currently amended and restated are applicable only to amounts deferred under the Plan on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to January 1, 2010. All amounts deferred under the Plan on or prior to December 31, 2004 shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan as in effect on October 3, 2004, except that any such amount with respect to which there has been a material modification as determined under Section 885(d)(2) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-6(a)(4) shall instead be subject to the provisions of this January 1, 2005 restatement of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized.

2.1 Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee as provided for herein.

2.2 Affiliate. An Employing Company and any entity affiliated with the Employing Company within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), with respect to controlled groups of corporations, Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Employing Company, and Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with an Employing Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

 

1


2.3 Beneficiary. The person or persons designated from time to time by a Participant or Inactive Participant, by notice to the Administrative Committee, to receive any benefits payable under the Plan after his or her death, which designation has not been revoked by notice to the Administrative Committee at the date of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death. Such notice shall be in a form as required by the Administrative Committee or acceptable to such officer which is properly completed and delivered to the Administrative Committee or such officer’s designee. Notice to the Administrative Committee shall be deemed to have been given when it is actually received by or on behalf of such committee.

2.4 Benefits Officer. The senior officer of the Company who is responsible for the Company’s human resources function.

2.5 Board. The Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof authorized to act in the name of the Board.

2.6 Claims Administrator. A person or person(s) designated by the Administrative Committee to be responsible for ministerial functions related to day-to-day administration of the Plan. If no Claims Administrator has been so designated, then the Administrative Committee shall be the Claims Administrator.

2.7 Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.8 Company. Time Inc. or any successor thereto.

2.9 Compensation Limit. The compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code for increases in the cost of living.

2.10 Deferred Compensation Account. The separate account established under Article V of the Plan for each Participant and Inactive Participant representing amounts deferred by a Participant pursuant to Article III.

2.11 Disability. Permanent and total disability as determined by the Social Security Administration or any disability for which a Participant is receiving monthly benefits under the provisions of the Time Inc. Long Term Disability Plan or, in the case of an employee covered by a long term disability plan of an Affiliate, under the provisions of such plan, whichever shall occur first, to the extent that such definition also constitutes such Participant being considered “disabled” under Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

2.12 Eligible Employee. An individual who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1.

2.13 Employee. An individual employed by an Employing Company.

2.14 Employing Company. The Company and each Affiliate who as of January 1, 2014 employs a Participant (or previously employed an Inactive Participant) and has been authorized by the Benefits Officer to participate in the Plan. For periods prior to January 1, 2014, an Employing Company under the terms of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

2


2.15 ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.16 Inactive Participant. A Participant who has had a Separation From Service with the Company and any Affiliate on or after January 1, 2014 and whose Deferred Compensation Account has not been fully distributed. Inactive Participants shall also mean those inactive participants of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan whose post-409A deferred compensation accounts in that plan were allocated to this Plan effective January 1, 2014 because of their former service with the Company or an Affiliate.

2.17 Investment Committee. The Investment Committee as provided for herein.

2.18 Investment Direction. A Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s direction to the recordkeeper of the Plan, in the form and manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, in accordance with directions made by telephone, through the intranet of the applicable Employing Company or through the Internet, directing which Investment Funds will be credited with his or her deferrals and transfers of all or part of the deferred amounts and any earnings thereon from other Investment Funds and certain employment agreements, as provided for herein.

2.19 Investment Funds. The hypothetical investment funds, as determined from time to time by the Board or the Investment Committee.

2.20 Participant. Each Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.21 Plan. This Plan, the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

2.22 Separation From Service. The term used to indicate a termination of employment with an Employing Company that also constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes for determining the controlled group of entities comprising the Participant’s employer under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h)(3), the determination shall be made pursuant to the test for controlled groups under Section 414(b) and (c) of the Code, using a common control ownership threshold of “at least 80%” ownership, rather than “at least 50%” ownership.

2.23 Time Warner Benefits Officer. The Benefits Officer or Assistant Benefits Officer of Time Warner Inc. prior to January 1, 2014.

2.24 Valuation Date. With respect to the Investment Funds, each business day when the New York Stock Exchange is open.

2.25 Year. A calendar year.

 

3


ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

3.1 Eligibility. Eligibility is limited to those Employees who were Participants or Inactive Participants in the Plan on December 31, 2010 and Employees of an Employing Company on January 1, 2014. In addition, a participant of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan whose post-409A deferred compensation accounts in that plan are allocated to this Plan while Time Warner Inc. is an Affiliate of the Company in connection with his or her becoming employed by the Company or an Affiliate shall become a Participant on the date such accounts are so allocated. Prior to December 31, 2010, Employees were eligible to make deferral elections under the Plan if they were salaried officers or other key employees of an Employing Company who at the time of a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.3 below:

(i) were on a regular periodic U.S. payroll of the Employing Company; and

(ii) had a current base salary plus bonus in excess of, or projected to be in excess of, the Compensation Limit or were otherwise designated as eligible by the Time Warner Benefits Officer. For purposes of this subsection 3.1(ii), “bonus” meant any annual bonus (paid or deferred) pursuant to a regular program (but excluding long-term cash incentive plan payments other than those specified in Section 3.5 and commission, spot and similar bonuses) for the Year preceding the current Year, except that, in the case of a deferral election to be made by a newly hired Employee (which election shall be made available at the sole discretion of the Employing Company), with respect to a bonus to be earned in (A) the current Year, “bonus” means the target or otherwise estimated bonus for that portion of the current Year after the date of his or her hire, and (B) the Year following hire, “bonus” means the target or otherwise estimated bonus for the current Year.

The Benefits Officer may, from time to time, modify the above eligibility requirements and make such additional or other requirements for eligibility as such officer may determine.

3.2 Compensation Eligible for Deferral.

(a) Prior to January 1, 2010, an Eligible Employee could have elected to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of any bonus, but only to the extent the receipt thereof would have caused the Eligible Employee’s compensation to exceed the Compensation Limit. Each such deferral must have been expressed as a percentage, in 10% increments only, but in no event could any election have resulted in a deferral of less than $5,000. The Eligible Employee could have elected to have the designated percentage apply only to that portion of the bonus in excess of a certain dollar amount that he or she specified when making the election. For purposes of this Section 3.2, “bonus” meant any annual bonus earned by such Eligible Employee in respect of services performed in a Year payable pursuant to a regular program and signing bonuses (but excluding long-term cash incentive plan payments other than those specified in Section 3.5 and commission, spot and similar

 

4


bonuses) and which would otherwise be payable in cash to an Eligible Employee for services as an Employee. In lieu of designating a percentage, the Eligible Employee could have elected to have a specific dollar amount of the bonus deferred or could have made such other deferral election as was approved from time to time by the Time Warner Benefits Officer.

(b) Prior to January 1, 2010, an Eligible Employee whose compensation was payable under an employment agreement with an Employing Company which provided for deferred compensation could have elected to defer such deferred compensation under the Plan, subject to the terms of such agreement. Any such deferral so elected must have been made in the same manner as provided for in subsection (a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation previously deferred under an employment agreement was subject to deferral under the Plan only as provided for in Section 3.6. An Eligible Employee’s employment agreement with the Company or another Employing Company might also have provided for a mandatory deferral of certain compensation under the Plan.

(c) An Employing Company could have designated a special bonus to be paid to an Eligible Employee under an agreement with such employee as eligible for deferral, subject to the terms of such agreement. Any such deferral so elected shall have been made in the same manner as provided for in subsection (a).

(d) Whenever any compensation eligible for deferral under the Plan was also eligible for deferral, in whole or part, under any other deferred compensation plan (such as an excess 401(k) plan), the amount of such compensation eligible for deferral under the Plan was net of any amount elected for deferral under the other plan.

3.3 Deferral Elections.

(a) Effective December 31, 2010, no new deferral elections may be made under the Plan. Prior to January 1, 2011, an Eligible Employee with the consent of the Time Warner Benefits Officer could annually make an irrevocable election to defer under the Plan certain compensation described in Section 3.2 and participate in the Plan by timely delivering a properly executed election to the Time Warner Benefits Officer or such officer’s designee on a form prescribed by the Time Warner Benefits Officer. The election form was required to specify with respect to the compensation to be deferred under the Plan for the Year, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 and Article V

(i) the percentage of the bonus or compensation specified in Section 3.2 (b) to be deferred or the specific dollar amount to be deferred (provided, however, that if such specific dollar amount exceeds the amount eligible for deferral, no deferral shall be made); and

(ii) the time for the commencement of payment of the deferred compensation, which must be either on account of a Separation From Service or at an in-service Year to be specified by the Eligible Employee. Compensation which is to be deferred to an in-service payment date must be deferred for no fewer than three Years following the Year in which it was earned.

 

5


(b) A deferral election applies only with respect to the Year for which it is made and does not continue in effect for any subsequent Year.

3.4 Effective Date of Election.

(a) An election to defer compensation under the Plan must have been received by or on behalf of the Time Warner Benefits Officer on or prior to December 31 of the Year preceding that in which the services related to the compensation will be performed, at which time it shall become irrevocable (subject to any re-deferral elections made pursuant to Section 5.3); provided, however, that in the case of any compensation that constitutes “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(e), the Benefits Officer may permit a Participant to make a deferral election with respect to such compensation until the date that is six months prior to the end of the applicable performance period, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(8).

(b) Notwithstanding the deferral election deadlines specified in subsection (a) above, the Time Warner Benefits Officer had the authority to prescribe an earlier or later date by which time an Eligible Employee must elect to defer such compensation to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other guidance promulgated thereunder from time to time.

(c) Under no circumstances may an Eligible Employee at any time defer compensation to which he or she has attained a legally enforceable right to receive currently.

3.5 Certain Incentive Plans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the term “bonus” wherever used in this Article III included any amounts payable to Eligible Employees under a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) of the Company or an Affiliate, which provided under the terms of the LTIP for an election to defer payments thereunder into the Plan. Any such elections pursuant to this Section must have been made in accordance with Section 3.4.

3.6 Transfers. Prior to January 1, 2010 (but on or after January 1, 2005), an Eligible Employee, whose compensation was payable under an employment agreement with an Employing Company which provided for deferred compensation, could have elected to have transferred to and deferred under his or her Deferred Compensation Account in the Plan the balance, in whole or in part, of the compensation previously deferred under such agreement, subject to the terms of such agreement. Such an election could have been made at any time, but only once in the Eligible Employee’s lifetime. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is an Employee who has made an election to defer compensation under an employment agreement, could have made, prior to the date that such compensation would have been payable but for such election prior to January 1, 2010 (and on and after January 1, 2005), a subsequent election directing that the deferral be made under the Plan instead of under the employment agreement.

 

6


ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

4.1 Deferred Compensation Account.

(a) A Deferred Compensation Account has been established for each Participant who made a deferral election pursuant to Article III. A Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account consists of the compensation deferred by a Participant in any Year under the Plan, increased or decreased by any gains or losses thereon.

(b) The Company shall maintain the Deferred Compensation Accounts of all Participants and Inactive Participants.

(c) All payments made under the Plan shall be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors and no deferred compensation under the Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust. The Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to all obligations owed to them under the Plan. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall not have any interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of any amount credited to a Deferred Compensation Account, nor shall any such person have any right to receive any distribution under the Plan except as explicitly stated herein. The Company shall not designate any funds or assets to specifically provide for the distribution of the value of a Deferred Compensation Account or issue any notes or security for the payment thereof. Any asset or reserve that the Company may purchase or establish shall not serve as security to Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries for the performance of the Company under the Plan.

4.2 Hypothetical Investment.

(a) For crediting rate purposes, amounts credited to a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested according to his or her Investment Direction in one or more of all of the similarly named funds (both core funds and mutual funds in the mutual funds option) offered under the Time Inc. Savings Plan. For any period, the deemed return on each of these Investment Funds shall be the same as the return for such period on each similarly named fund offered under such plan.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, by action of the Investment Committee, may add to, decrease or change the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, at any time and for any reason. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall not have the right to continue any particular deferral option.

(c) The Company shall be under no obligation to invest amounts corresponding to any deferral options chosen by Participants or Inactive Participants. Any such allocation to any Deferred Compensation Account shall be made solely for the purpose of determining the value of such account under the Plan.

 

7


4.3 Investment Direction. Deferrals shall be credited to the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Investment Direction. A Participant or Inactive Participant shall direct that his or her deferrals be applied, in multiples of one percent, to deemed investments in any or all of the Investment Funds.

4.4 Changes in Investment Direction. A Participant or Inactive Participant may make one Investment Direction in each calendar quarter, with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon; provided, however, that one additional Investment Direction may be made in each calendar quarter in which any Investment Fund is made available, or ceases to be available, as provided for in Section 2.19, with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon.

4.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment.

(a) For purposes of the hypothetical investment under Section 4.2, deferred compensation shall be considered to be invested on the date the recordkeeper of the Plan records the deferral amount.

(b) As of each Valuation Date, the recordkeeper of the Plan shall determine the value of each Participant’s, Inactive Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Deferred Compensation Account.

(c) For purposes of distribution pursuant to Article V, the balance of each Deferred Compensation Account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date that the Committee commences the processing of the distribution of the balance of such account, or the particular installment thereof.

4.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss. Each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary assumes the risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Deferred Compensation Account deemed invested in the Investment Funds.

4.7 Statement of Account. A statement of account shall be made available through the recordkeeper’s website and may be viewed and printed by a Participant or Inactive Participant at any time. Upon request, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, a statement of account shall be sent to each Participant and Inactive Participant with respect to the value of his or her Deferred Compensation Account as of the end of such quarter.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

5.1 Payment on Account of Separation From Service for Reasons other than Death or Disability.

(a) In the event of the Participant’s Separation From Service for reasons other than death or Disability, the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to him or her in ten annual installment payments, unless otherwise elected pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election(s) made hereunder.

 

8


(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, if the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account together with amounts deferred under any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c)(2) are less than or equal to the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code (determined as of December 31 of the Year in which he or she has the Separation From Service), payment shall be made in a lump sum.

(c) The first installment, or lump sum, as the case may be, shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after April 1 (and in any event, no later than December 31) of the Year following the Year in which the Participant has a Separation From Service. Subsequent annual installment payments shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after each following April 1 (and in any event, no later than each following December 31).

5.2 Payment on Account of Disability.

(a) In the event a Participant meets the definition of Disability, the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to him or her in five annual installment payments.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, if the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account together with amounts deferred under any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c)(2) are less than the applicable dollar amount under Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to the date the definition of Disability is met, payment shall be made in a lump sum.

(c) The first installment, or lump sum, as the case may be, shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after April 1 (and in any event, no later than December 31) of the Year following the Year during which the Participant has met the definition of Disability. Subsequent annual installment payments shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after each following April 1 (and in any event, no later than each following December 31).

(d) The payment schedule described under Section 5.2(c) shall not be affected by any subsequent changes to the Participant’s Disability status following the initial occurrence of the Participant’s Disability.

5.3 In-Service Payments; Re-deferral Elections.

(a) An in-service payment elected by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(ii) shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable on or after April 1 (and in any event, no later than December 31) in the Year specified by the Participant.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, a Participant may request, by delivering written notice to the Administrative Committee on a form prescribed by such officer prior to the date that is 12 months preceding the date on which the in-service payment is to be made, that the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, defer such payment until such later Year as the Participant requests. Any such additional deferral (i) must be for at least 5 full Years beyond the date the in-service payment was previously

 

9


scheduled to be made, (ii) must be for the current value of the whole amount originally deferred, (iii) can only be made five times with respect to any in-service payment, (iv) may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which such additional deferral election is made, and (v) shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable on or after April 1 (and in any event, no later than December 31) in the Year specified by the Participant.

(c) Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Administrative Committee may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, permit Participants to change their deferral elections under the Plan without meeting the conditions set forth above provided that such deferral election changes comply with Section 409A of the Code or the transitional relief rules promulgated by the Treasury Department thereunder. In the event of a Participant’s Separation From Service for any reason prior to the time any in-service payment under this Section 5.3 would have been made, distribution of such payment shall be made according to the manner of payment specified in Section 5.1, 5.2, or 5.4, based on the Participant’s actual reason for Separation From Service.

5.4 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death. Notwithstanding the provisions for payment described in Sections 5.1 through 5.3 above, in the event of the death of a Participant or Inactive Participant before the distribution of his or her Deferred Compensation Account has commenced, or before such account has been fully distributed, the value of such account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately prior to the date that the Administrative Committee commences the processing of the distribution, after both a written notice of his or her death and a death certificate have been received by the Administrative Committee. Such account shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable to the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no person has been designated or if no person so designated survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, to such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s estate or if such Beneficiary survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, but dies prior to payment, to such Beneficiary’s estate) prior to the end of the Year of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death (or within 90 days after the date of death, if later). In case any Participant or Inactive Participant and his or her Beneficiary die in or as a result of a common accident or disaster and under such circumstances as to make it impossible to determine which of them was the last to die, the Participant or Inactive Participant shall be deemed to have survived his or her Beneficiary. Distributions hereunder shall be subject to such administrative and procedural requirements and forms as the Administrative Committee in such officer’s discretion may require.

5.5 Severe Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Payments. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant or Inactive Participant may make an application to the Administrative Committee that he or she has a severe unforeseeable financial emergency; to the extent that such severe unforeseeable financial emergency also constitutes an “unforeseeable emergency” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Code. After consideration of the application, and a determination that such an emergency exists, the Administrative Committee shall direct that all or a portion of the balance of such individual’s Deferred Compensation Account be paid to him or her in such manner and at such time as the Administrative Committee shall specify; provided, that such amount shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, to the extent permitted under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Code.

 

10


5.6 Incapacity. The Administrative Committee may direct that any amounts distributable under the Plan to a person under a legal disability be made to (and be withheld until the appointment of) a representative qualified pursuant to law to receive such payment on such person’s behalf.

5.7 Method of Paying Installments. Installment payments as provided for in this Article V shall be paid on each payment date in an amount equal to the value of the Deferred Compensation Account on such payment date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of Years remaining in the period of installment payments elected by the Participant.

5.8 Payments Only in Cash. All payments under the Plan shall be made only in cash.

5.9 Rehire of Inactive Participant. If an Inactive Participant returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, distribution of his or her remaining Deferred Compensation Account with respect to amounts deferred prior to the date of the Separation From Service shall continue to be made as if the Inactive Participant has not returned to work.

5.10 Election Changes Pursuant to Transition Relief Rules Under Code Section 409A. To the extent permitted by the Administrative Committee, Participants may elect to amend their deferral election to provide that a greater portion (or all) of the Participant’s bonus or long term incentive plan award amounts will be paid to the Participant in a subsequent year upon the regularly scheduled bonus or long term incentive plan award payment dates, in each case, in a manner consistent with the transition relief rules promulgated by the Treasury Department under Section 409A of the Code and pursuant to the terms established by the Administrative Committee.

ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION

6.1 Administrative Committee.

(a)  Appointment . The Administrative Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall be responsible for administering the Plan. The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Administrative Committee. No member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation for his or her services as such. Participants may be members of the Administrative Committee but may not participate in any decision affecting their own account in any case where the Administrative Committee may take discretionary action in the administration of the Plan.

(b)  Quorum and Actions of Administrative Committee . A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument

 

11


in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such Administrative Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

(c)  Responsibilities . The Administrative Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan except to the extent that any such powers are vested in any other individual or committee are duly authorized under the Plan. The Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.

(d)  Delegation by Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties to others as it shall determine (including a Claims Administrator) and may retain counsel, agents and such clerical, accounting, actuarial, recordkeeping or other services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

(e)  Committee Records . The Administrative Committee shall keep a record of all Plan proceedings and of all payments directed by it to be made to or on behalf of Participants, Inactive Participants, or Beneficiaries or payments made by it for expenses or otherwise.

6.2 Investment Committee.

(a)  Appointment . The Investment Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall take all prudent action necessary or desirable for the purpose of carrying out the overall investment policy for the Plan (with respect to Investment Funds made available as targeted hypothetical investments). The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Investment Committee.

(b)  Quorum and Actions of Investment Committee . A majority of the members of the Investment Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Investment Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of such Investment Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

12


(c)  Investment Committee Chair; Delegation by Investment Committee . The members of the Investment Committee shall designate one of their number as chair and may designate a secretary who may, but need not, be one of their number. The Investment Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties among its members or to others as it shall determine. It may authorize one or more of its members to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in its behalf. It may employ such counsel, agents and clerical, accounting, actuarial and recordkeeping services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

6.3 Benefits Officer.

(a)  Responsibilities . The Benefits Officer shall be responsible for effecting settlor functions on behalf of the Company as provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, amending and modifying the terms of the Plan.

(b)  Delegation of Duties . The Benefits Officer may authorize others to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in his or her behalf and may delegate any of his or her powers or duties to others as he or she shall determine. The Benefits Officer may retain such counsel, agents and clerical, medical, accounting and actuarial services as he or she may require in carrying out his or her functions.

6.4 Indemnification. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee and Benefits Officer against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving any employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity at the request of such company.

6.5 Expenses of Administration. Any expense incurred by the Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee or the Benefits Officer relative to the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company and any of its participating Affiliates in such proportions as the Company may direct.

6.6 Reliance on Information. The Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, and Benefits Officer may rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person who is employed or engaged for any purpose in connection with the administration of the Plan.

6.7 No Liability for Acts of Others. Neither the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, or Benefits Officer nor any member of the Board or the board of directors (or governing body) of an Affiliate and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan.

 

13


ARTICLE VII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim. Any request for a benefit payable under the Plan shall be made in writing by a Participant or Beneficiary (or an authorized representative of any of them), as the case may be, and shall be delivered to any member of the Administrative Committee. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt thereof by the Administrative Committee. Such request shall be made within one year after the claimant first knew or should have known that he had a claim for benefits under the Plan.

7.2 Insufficiency of Information. In the event a request for benefits contains insufficient information, the Administrative Committee shall, within a reasonable period after receipt of such request, send a written notification to the claimant setting forth a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary. The claimant’s request shall be deemed filed with the Administrative Committee on the date the Administrative Committee receives in writing such additional information.

7.3 Request Notification. The Administrative Committee shall make a determination with respect to a request for benefits within ninety (90) days after such request is filed (or within such extended period prescribed below). The Administrative Committee shall notify the claimant whether his claim has been granted or whether it has been denied in whole or in part. Such notification shall be in writing and shall be delivered, by mail or otherwise, to the claimant within the time period described above. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the written notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

(i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(ii) Specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; and

(iii) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

Failure by the Administrative Committee to give notification pursuant to this Section within the time prescribed shall be deemed a denial of the request for the purpose of proceeding to the review stage.

7.4 Extensions. If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee shall furnish the claimant with written notice of such extension. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrative Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial ninety (90)-day period.

 

14


7.5 Claim Review. A claimant whose request for benefits has been denied in whole or in part, or his duly authorized representative, may, within sixty (60) days after written notification of such denial, file with a reviewer appointed for such purpose by the Administrative Committee (or, if none has been appointed, with the Administrative Committee itself), with a copy to the Administrative Committee, a written request for a review of his claim. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt of same by the reviewer.

7.6 Time Limitation on Review. A claimant who timely files a request for review of his claim for benefits, or his duly authorized representative, may review pertinent documents (upon reasonable notice to the reviewer) and may submit the issues and his comments to the reviewer in writing. The reviewer shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request for review (or within such extended period prescribed below), communicate its decision in writing to the claimant and/or his duly authorized representative setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for its decision and the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision is not communicated within the time prescribed, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

7.7 Special Circumstances. If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the sixty (60)-day period described above for the reviewer to render his decision, the reviewer shall furnish the claimant with written notice of the extension required. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of such initial sixty (60)-day period.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendments. The Company (by action of the Board) or the Benefits Officer (for the Company and the other Employing Companies) may at any time amend the Plan.

8.2 Termination or Suspension. The continuance of the Plan and the ability of an Eligible Employee to make a deferral for any Year are not assumed as contractual obligations of the Company or any other Employing Company. The Company reserves the right (for itself and the other Employing Companies) by action of the Board or the Benefits Officer, to terminate or suspend the Plan, or to terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself or an Employing Company, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix). Any Employing Company may terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable.

8.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment. No termination of the Plan or amendment thereto shall deprive a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary of the right to payment of deferred compensation credited as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment; provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, or termination of the Plan with respect to the Company or one or more other Employing Companies, the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute

 

15


discretion, accelerate the payment of all such credited deferred compensation on a uniform basis for all Participants and Inactive Participants or, in the case of termination of the Plan with respect to one or more other Employing Companies, for all Participants and Inactive Participants of such other Employing Companies only, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

ARTICLE IX

PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

9.1 Adoption by Other Entities. Upon the approval of the Company or the Benefits Officer, the Plan may be adopted by any Affiliate by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable. The provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to such entity except as may otherwise be agreed to by such adopting company and the Company or Benefits Officer.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured. The right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be a general unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employing Company employing the Participant at the time that his or her compensation is deferred. The Company, and any other Employing Company or former Employing Company shall not guarantee or be liable for payment of benefits to the employees of any other Employing Company or former Employing Company under the Plan.

10.2 Non-Assignability. The right of any person to receive any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, lien or charge, and any such benefit shall not, except to such extent as may be required by law, in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person who shall be entitled to such benefits, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

10.3 Affiliate Ceasing to be Such.

(a) In the event that a corporation or other entity ceases at any time to meet the definition of an Affiliate, such entity shall cease as of such time to be an Employing Company, if it had been such, and those of its Employees who would have been Eligible Employees under the Plan shall cease to be such, in each case, to the extent that the event causing such entity to no longer be an Affiliate constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of such entity within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.

(b) Payments to Participants employed by any entity which ceases to be an Affiliate under the circumstances described under Section 10.3(a) shall be made pursuant to Article V as if the Participant had a Separation From Service.

 

16


10.4 No Rights Against the Company. The establishment of the Plan, any amendment or other modification thereof; or any payments hereunder, shall not be construed as giving to any Employee, Eligible Employee, Participant or Inactive Participant any legal or equitable rights against the Company or any other Employing Company or former Employing Company, its shareholders, directors, officers or other employees, except as may be contemplated by or under the Plan including, without limitation, the right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to be paid as provided under the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not give rise to any actual or implied contract of employment. A Participant may be terminated at any time for any reason in accordance with the procedures of the Employing Company.

10.5 Withholding. Each Employing Company, former Employing Company, or paying agent shall withhold any federal, state and local income or employment tax (including F.I.C.A. obligations for both social security and medicare) which by any present or future law it is, or may be, required to withhold with respect to any deferral of compensation pursuant to the Plan, any Employing Company Allocation, any income deemed accrued or any distribution under the Plan, with respect to any of its former or present Employees. The Benefits Officer shall provide or direct the provision of information necessary or appropriate to enable each such company to so withhold.

10.6 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. The Administrative Committee, the Benefits Officer, the Company and any Employing Company or former Employing Company do not make any commitment or guarantee that any amounts deferred for the benefit of a Participant or Inactive Participant will be excludible from the gross income of the Participant or Inactive Participant in the Year of deferral or distribution for federal, state or local income or employment tax purposes, or that any other federal, state or local tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant or Inactive Participant. It shall be the obligation of each Eligible Employee, Participant or Inactive Participant to determine whether any deferral under the Plan is excludible from his or her gross income for federal, state and local income or employment tax purposes, and to take appropriate action if he or she has reason to believe that any such deferral is not so excludible.

10.7 Severability. If a provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included in the Plan.

10.8 Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (other than its rules of conflicts of laws to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby), to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States.

10.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance thereof, no payments may be accelerated under the Plan other than to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A of the Code such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment or would otherwise subject a Participant to a penalty tax under Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof.

 

17


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of a Participant’s Separation From Service the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such Separation From Service is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six months following the Participant’s Separation From Service (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments due to a Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Benefits Officer or the Administrative Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Benefits Officer and the Administrative Committee shall implement the provisions of this Section 10.9 in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Benefits Officer, the Administrative Committee nor any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 10.9.

 

18

Exhibit 10.19

TIME INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Originally Effective November 18, 1998 and

Restated Herein Effective as of January 1, 2014)

(Applicable to Amounts Deferred Prior to January 1, 2005)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

     1   

1.1

  

Establishment of Plan

     1   

1.2

  

Purpose of Plan

     1   

1.3

  

Applicability of Plan

     1   

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.1

  

Administrative Committee

     1   

2.2

  

Adverse Tax Effect

     2   

2.3

  

Affiliate

     2   

2.4

  

Beneficiary

     2   

2.5

  

Benefits Officer

     2   

2.6

  

Board

     2   

2.7

  

Claims Administrator

     2   

2.8

  

Code

     2   

2.9

  

Company

     2   

2.10

  

Compensation Limit

     3   

2.11

  

Deferred Compensation Account

     3   

2.12

  

Disability

     3   

2.13

  

Eligible Employee

     3   

2.14

  

Employee

     3   

2.15

  

Employing Company

     3   

2.16

  

ERISA

     3   

2.17

  

Inactive Participant

     3   

2.18

  

Investment Committee

     3   

2.19

  

Investment Direction

     3   

 

i


2.20

  

Investment Funds

     3   

2.21

  

Participant

     3   

2.22

  

Plan

     4   

2.23

  

Retirement

     4   

2.24

  

Tax Event

     4   

2.25

  

Time Warner Benefits Officer

     4   

2.26

  

Valuation Date

     4   

2.27

  

Year

     4   

ARTICLE III PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

     4   

3.1

  

Eligibility

     4   

3.2

  

Compensation Eligible for Deferral

     5   

3.3

  

Deferral Elections

     6   

3.4

  

Effective Date of Election

     6   

3.5

  

Certain Incentive Plans

     6   

3.6

  

Transfers

     7   

ARTICLE IV DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

     7   

4.1

  

Deferred Compensation Account

     7   

4.2

  

Hypothetical Investment

     8   

4.3

  

Investment Direction

     8   

4.4

  

Changes in Investment Direction

     8   

4.5

  

Manner of Hypothetical Investment

     9   

4.6

  

Participant Assumes Risk of Loss

     9   

4.7

  

Statement of Account

     9   

ARTICLE V PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

     9   

5.1

  

Payment on Account of Termination of Employment for Reasons other than Death or Disability

     9   

 

ii


5.2

  

Special In-Service Payment

     10   

5.3

  

Payment on Account of Disability

     10   

5.4

  

In-Service Payments

     11   

5.5

  

Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death

     12   

5.6

  

Severe Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Payments

     12   

5.7

  

Incapacity

     12   

5.8

  

Method of Paying Installments

     13   

5.9

  

Payments Only in Cash

     13   

5.10

  

Occurrence of a Tax Event

     13   

5.11

  

Rehire of Inactive Participant

     13   

5.12

  

Transfers from the Pre-1999 Plan, the Excess Profit Sharing Plan, the Warner Bros. SERP, and certain Employment Agreements and the TWE Plan

     13   

5.13

  

Withdrawals with Penalty

     14   

ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION

     14   

6.1

  

Administrative Committee

     14   

6.2

  

Investment Committee

     15   

6.3

  

Benefits Officer

     16   

6.4

  

Indemnification

     16   

6.5

  

Expenses of Administration

     16   

6.6

  

Reliance on Information

     16   

6.7

  

No Liability for Acts of Others

     16   

ARTICLE VII CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     17   

7.1

  

Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim

     17   

7.2

  

Insufficiency of Information

     17   

7.3

  

Request Notification

     17   

7.4

  

Extensions

     17   

 

iii


7.5

  

Claim Review

     17   

7.6

  

Time Limitation on Review

     18   

7.7

  

Special Circumstances

     18   

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     18   

8.1

  

Amendments

     18   

8.2

  

Termination or Suspension

     18   

8.3

  

Participants’ Rights to Payment

     18   

ARTICLE IX PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

     19   

9.1

  

Adoption by Other Entities

     19   

ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS

     19   

10.1

  

Participants’ Rights Unsecured

     19   

10.2

  

Non-Assignability

     19   

10.3

  

Affiliate Ceasing to be Such

     19   

10.4

  

No Rights Against the Company

     19   

10.5

  

Withholding

     20   

10.6

  

No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

     20   

10.7

  

Severability

     20   

10.8

  

Governing Law

     20   

 

iv


TIME INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Originally Effective November 18, 1998 and

Restated Herein as of January 1, 2014)

(Applicable to Amounts Deferred Prior to January 1, 2005)

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

1.1 Establishment of Plan. Time Inc. hereby adopts this Plan, which shall be known as the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. This Plan was previously incorporated as part of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan prior to January 1, 2014 and is established as a separate plan as of January 1, 2014.

1.2 Purpose of Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan maintained to provide deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, by providing Eligible Employees a means of irrevocably deferring to a future Year the receipt of certain compensation from Employing Companies in excess of the Compensation Limit. The Plan also applies to certain account balances attributable to compensation previously irrevocably deferred under (i) the Time Warner Deferred Compensation (pre-1999) Plan (the “Pre-1999 Plan”), (ii) the Time Warner Excess Profit Sharing Plan (the “Excess Profit Sharing Plan”), (iii) the Warner Bros. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Warner Bros. SERP”), (iv) the employment agreements of certain senior officers and key personnel of the Company and its Affiliates and (v) the Time Warner Entertainment Deferred Compensation Plan (the “TWE Plan”), subject to the terms and conditions for making such transfers specified in the Pre-1999 Plan, the Excess Profit Sharing Plan, the Warner Bros. SERP, each of such employment agreements and the TWE Plan.

1.3 Applicability of Plan. The provisions of the Plan as currently amended and restated are applicable only to amounts deferred under the terms of the Plan as in effect as of December 31, 2004 for which the Participant had a legally binding right as of December 31, 2004 and which amount was earned and vested as of December 31, 2004

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below unless otherwise expressly provided, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized.

2.1 Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee as provided for herein.

 

1


2.2 Adverse Tax Effect. Any reduction in the benefits available to, or any adverse impact on, the Company from the use of Corporate Owned Life Insurance (“COLI”) as an investment vehicle to fund the obligations of the Company under the Plan.

2.3 Affiliate. An Employing Company and any entity affiliated with the Employing Company within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), with respect to controlled groups of corporations, Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Employing Company, and Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with an Employing Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code. Except as described below, the term “Affiliate” shall generally mean an entity in which the Employing Company has an ownership interest directly or indirectly of at least eighty percent (80%).

(a) The Benefits Officer may designate any entity which is related to the Company by less than eighty percent (80%) as an Affiliate.

(b) If an Employing Company adopts the Plan only for the benefit of certain of its divisions, locations or operations, all other divisions, locations or operations of said Employing Company shall be treated as Affiliates.

2.4 Beneficiary. The person or persons designated from time to time by a Participant or Inactive Participant, by notice to the Administrative Committee, to receive any benefits payable under the Plan after his or her death, which designation has not been revoked by notice to the Administrative Committee at the date of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death. Such notice shall be in a form as required by the Administrative Committee or acceptable to such officer which is properly completed and delivered to the Administrative Committee or such officer’s designee. Notice to the Administrative Committee shall be deemed to have been given when it is actually received by or on behalf of such committee. The beneficiary designation, if any, in effect for the Plan will override and supersede any Excess Profit Sharing Plan designation. If there is none on file for the Plan, the Excess Profit Sharing Plan designation will continue to apply to any transferred balance from the Excess Profit Sharing Plan until a Plan designation is made. Any such new designation will apply to all balances in the Plan.

2.5 Benefits Officer. The senior officer of the Company who is responsible for the Company’s human resources function.

2.6 Board. The Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof authorized to act in the name of the Board.

2.7 Claims Administrator. A person or person(s) designated by the Administrative Committee to be responsible for ministerial functions related to day-to-day administration of the Plan. If no Claims Administrator has been so designated, then the Administrative committee shall be the Claims Administrator.

2.8 Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9 Company. Time Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

2


2.10 Compensation Limit. The compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code for increases in the cost of living.

2.11 Deferred Compensation Account. The separate account established under Article V of the Plan for each Participant and Inactive Participant representing amounts deferred by a Participant pursuant to Article III.

2.12 Disability. Permanent and total disability as determined by the Social Security Administration or any disability for which a Participant is receiving monthly benefits under the provisions of the Time Inc. Long Term Disability Plan or, in the case of an employee covered by a long term disability plan of an Affiliate, under the provisions of such plan, whichever shall occur first, to the extent that such definition also constitutes such Participant being considered “disabled” under Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.

2.13 Eligible Employee. An individual who meets the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1.

2.14 Employee. An individual employed by an Employing Company.

2.15 Employing Company. The Company and each Affiliate who as of January 1, 2014 employs a Participant (or previously employed an Inactive Participant) and has been authorized by the Benefits Officer to participate in the Plan. For periods prior to January 1, 2014, an Employing Company under the terms of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.16 ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.17 Inactive Participant. A Participant whose employment has terminated with the Company and any Affiliate on or after January 1, 2014 and whose Deferred Compensation Account has not been fully distributed. Inactive Participants shall also mean those inactive participants of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan whose pre-409A deferred compensation accounts in that plan were allocated to this Plan effective January 1, 2014 because of their former service with the Company or an Affiliate.

2.18 Investment Committee. The Investment Committee as provided for herein.

2.19 Investment Direction. A Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s direction to the recordkeeper of the Plan, in the form and manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee, in accordance with directions made by telephone, through the intranet of the applicable Employing Company or through the Internet, directing which Investment Funds will be credited with his or her deferrals and transfers of all or part of the deferred amounts and any earnings thereon from other Investment Funds or other plans, as provided for herein.

2.20 Investment Funds. The hypothetical investment funds, as determined from time to time by the Board or the Investment Committee.

2.21 Participant. Each Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

3


2.22 Plan. This Plan, the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.

2.23 Retirement. The term used to indicate that a Participant, as of the date his or her employment terminates with the Company and any Affiliate, is eligible for retirement under the then current qualified defined benefit plan of the Company or the Affiliate from which he or she is terminating employment. If such company does not have a qualified defined benefit plan, eligibility for retirement shall be determined by the applicable provision in the qualified defined contribution plan of such company for which the Participant is eligible, and, if more than one, the plan which would result in the earliest distribution under this Plan.

2.24 Tax Event. The first to occur of any of the following events (as determined by the Administrative Committee):

(a) any amendments to, clarification of, or change in the laws of the United States or taxing authority thereof that has an Adverse Tax Effect,

(b) any judicial decision, administrative pronouncement, published or private ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement (“Administrative Action”) that has an Adverse Tax Effect,

(c) any amendment to, clarification of, or change in the position or the interpretation of any Administrative Action that has an Adverse Tax Effect, or

(d) the receipt by the Company or any of its Affiliates or subsidiaries of a Notice of Proposed Adjustment (or notice similar thereto) from the Internal Revenue Service proposing an adjustment which would result in an Adverse Tax Effect.

2.25 Time Warner Benefits Officer. The Benefits Officer or Assistant Benefits Officer of Time Warner Inc. prior to January 1, 2014.

2.26 Valuation Date. With respect to the Investment Funds, each business day when the New York Stock Exchange is open.

2.27 Year. A calendar year.

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS

3.1 Eligibility. Eligibility is limited to those Employees who were Participants or Inactive Participants in the Plan on December 31, 2010 and Employees of an Employing Company on January 1, 2014. In addition, a participant of the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan whose pre-409A deferred compensation accounts are allocated to this Plan while Time Warner Inc. is an Affiliate of the Company in connection with his or her becoming employed by the Company or an Affiliate shall become a Participant on the date such accounts

 

4


are so allocated. Prior to December 31, 2010, Employees were eligible to make deferral elections under the Plan if they were salaried officers or other key employees of an Employing Company who at the time of a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.3 below:

(i) were on a regular periodic U.S. payroll of the Employing Company; and

(ii) had a current base salary plus bonus in excess of, or projected to be in excess of, the Compensation Limit or were otherwise designated as eligible by the Time Warner Benefits Officer.

3.2 Compensation Eligible for Deferral.

(a) With respect to amounts deferred under this Plan before January 1, 2005, an Eligible Employee could elect to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of any bonus, but only to the extent the receipt thereof would have caused the Eligible Employee’s compensation to exceed the Compensation Limit. Each such deferral could have been expressed as a percentage, in 10% increments only, but in no event shall any election result in a deferral of less than $5,000. In lieu of designating a percentage, the Eligible Employee could have elected to have a specific dollar amount of the bonus deferred or may make such other deferral election as may be approved from time to time by the Benefits Officer. For purposes of this Section 3.2, “bonus” means any annual bonus payable pursuant to a regular program and signing bonuses (but excluding long-term cash incentive plan payments other than those specified in Section 3.5 and commission, spot and similar bonuses) and which would otherwise be payable in cash to an Eligible Employee for services as an Employee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of this Section 3.2, “bonus” also meant the special one-time merger completion bonus payable in connection with the successful completion of the merger of America Online, Inc. and Time Warner Inc.

(b) An Eligible Employee whose compensation is payable under an employment agreement with an Employing Company which provides for deferred compensation could have elected to defer such deferred compensation under the Plan, subject to the terms of such agreement. Any such deferral so elected had to be made in the same manner as provided for in subsection (a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation previously deferred under an employment agreement shall be subject to deferral under the Plan only as provided for in Section 3.6(b). An Eligible Employee’s employment agreement with the Company or another Employing Company may also provide for a mandatory deferral of certain compensation under the Plan.

(c) An Employing Company could have designated a special bonus to be paid to an Eligible Employee under an agreement with such employee as eligible for deferral, subject to the terms of such agreement. Any such deferral so elected was made in the same manner as provided for in subsection (a).

 

5


(d) Whenever any compensation eligible for deferral under the Plan is also eligible for deferral, in whole or part, under any other deferred compensation plan (such as an excess 401(k) plan), the amount of such compensation eligible for deferral under the Plan was net of any amount elected for deferral under the other plan.

3.3 Deferral Elections. Prior to January 1, 2005, an Eligible Employee with the consent of the Time Warner Benefits Officer could annually make an irrevocable election to defer under the Plan certain compensation described in Section 3.2 and participate in the Plan by timely delivering a properly executed election to the Time Warner Benefits Officer or such officer’s designee on a form prescribed by the Time Warner Benefits Officer. The election form was required to specify with respect to the compensation to be deferred under the Plan for the Year, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2 and Article V:

(i) the percentage of the bonus or compensation specified in Section 3.2 (b) to be deferred or the specific dollar amount to be deferred (provided, however, that if such specific dollar amount exceeds the amount eligible for deferral, no deferral shall be made); and

(ii) the time for the commencement of payment of the deferred compensation, which must be either on account of a Retirement or at an in-service Year to be specified by the Eligible Employee. Compensation which is to be deferred to an in-service payment date must be deferred for no fewer than three Years following the Year in which it was earned.

3.4 Effective Date of Election.

(a) An election to defer compensation under the Plan must have been received by or on behalf of the Time Warner Benefits Officer prior to July 1 of the Year preceding that in which it would be payable, at which time it shall become irrevocable.

(b) Notwithstanding the date specified in subsection (a) above, the Time Warner Benefits Officer could have prescribed an earlier or later date by which time an Eligible Employee must have elected to defer such compensation.

(c) Under no circumstances may an Eligible Employee at any time defer compensation to which he or she has attained a legally enforceable right to receive currently.

3.5 Certain Incentive Plans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the term “bonus” wherever used in this Article III included (i) any amounts payable to Eligible Employees of (a) Time Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates, who participate in a Phantom Equity Plan (“PEP”), provided, however, that any such elections must have been made irrevocably during the third Year of a four Year PEP cycle or (b) Entertainment Weekly Inc., who participated in the Entertainment Weekly Stock Performance Plan, and (ii) any amounts payable to Eligible Employees who participated in the Time Warner Cable Long Term Cash Plan. Any such elections pursuant to this Section must have been made prior to July 1 of the final Year of the respective plan, at which time they would have become irrevocable

 

6


3.6 Transfers.

(a) Transfers to the Plan have previously been made of the entire account balances of certain participants in certain other plans provided by the terms and conditions of such plans and the Plan as in effect at the time of such transfers, including transfers from the Warner Bros. SERP on or after September 1, 2001 as provided by the terms and conditions of the Warner Bros. SERP.

(b) Prior to January 1, 2005, an Eligible Employee, whose compensation was payable under an employment agreement with an Employing Company which provided for deferred compensation, could have elected to have transferred to and deferred under his or her Deferred Compensation Account in the Plan the balance, in whole or in part, of the compensation previously deferred under such agreement, subject to the terms of such agreement. Such an election could have been made at any time, but only once in the Eligible Employee’s lifetime. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who is an Employee who has made an election to defer compensation under an employment agreement, could have made, prior to the date that such compensation would have been payable but for such election prior to January 1, 2005, a subsequent election directing that the deferral be made under the Plan instead of under the employment agreement.

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

4.1 Deferred Compensation Account.

(a) A Deferred Compensation Account has been established for each Participant who made a deferral election pursuant to Article III. A Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account consists of the compensation deferred by a Participant in any Year under the Plan, increased or decreased by any gains or losses thereon.

(b) The Company shall maintain the Deferred Compensation Accounts of all Participants and Inactive Participants.

(c) All payments made under the Plan shall be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors and no deferred compensation under the Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust. The Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to all obligations owed to them under the Plan. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall not have any

 

7


interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of any amount credited to a Deferred Compensation Account, nor shall any such person have any right to receive any distribution under the Plan except as explicitly stated herein. The Company shall not designate any funds or assets to specifically provide for the distribution of the value of a Deferred Compensation Account or issue any notes or security for the payment thereof. Any asset or reserve that the Company may purchase or establish shall not serve as security to Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries for the performance of the Company under the Plan.

4.2 Hypothetical Investment.

(a) For crediting rate purposes, amounts credited to a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested according to his or her Investment Direction in one or more of all of the similarly named funds (both core funds and mutual funds in the mutual funds option) offered under the Time Inc. Savings Plan. For any period, the deemed return on each of these Investment Funds shall be the same as the return for such period on each similarly named fund offered under such plan.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, by action of the Investment Committee, may add to, decrease or change the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, at any time and for any reason. Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries shall not have the right to continue any particular deferral option.

(c) The Company shall be under no obligation to invest amounts corresponding to any deferral options chosen by Participants or Inactive Participants. Any such allocation to any Deferred Compensation Account shall be made solely for the purpose of determining the value of such account under the Plan.

4.3 Investment Direction. Deferrals shall be credited to the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Investment Direction. A Participant or Inactive Participant shall direct that his or her deferrals be applied, in multiples of one percent, to deemed investments in any or all of the Investment Funds.

4.4 Changes in Investment Direction. A Participant or Inactive Participant may make one Investment Direction in each calendar quarter, with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon; provided, however, that one additional Investment Direction may be made in each calendar quarter in which any Investment Fund is made available, or ceases to be available, as provided for in Section 2.20, with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon.

 

8


4.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment.

(a) For purposes of the hypothetical investment under Section 4.2, deferred compensation shall be considered to be invested on the date the recordkeeper of the Plan records the deferral amount.

(b) As of each Valuation Date, the recordkeeper of the Plan shall determine the value of each Participant’s, Inactive Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Deferred Compensation Account.

(c) For purposes of distribution pursuant to Article V, the balance of each Deferred Compensation Account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date that the Committee commences the processing of the distribution of the balance of such account, or the particular installment thereof.

4.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss. Each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary assumes the risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Deferred Compensation Account deemed invested in the Investment Funds.

4.7 Statement of Account. A statement of account shall be made available through the recordkeeper’s website and may be viewed and printed by a Participant or Inactive Participant at any time. Upon request, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, a statement of account shall be sent to each Participant and Inactive Participant with respect to the value of his or her Deferred Compensation Account as of the end of such quarter.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

5.1 Payment on Account of Termination of Employment for Reasons other than Death or Disability.

(a) In the event of termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company and any Affiliate for reasons other than death or Disability, the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to him or her in ten annual installment payments.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, a Participant may, at any time, but no later than September 30 of the Year in which he or she terminates employment with the Company and any Affiliate, request that his or her Deferred Compensation Account be distributed to him or her in a lump sum, if the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is $50,000 or more (determined as of December 31 of the Year in which he or she terminates employment with the Company and any Affiliate), or in two, five or seven annual installment payments, and the Administrative Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make a lump sum payout or payouts in such installments.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, if the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is less than $50,000

 

9


(determined as of December 31 of the Year in which he or she terminates employment with the Company and any Affiliate), payment shall be made in a lump sum.

(d) The first installment, or lump sum, as the case may be, shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after April 1 of the Year following the Year in which the Participant terminates employment. Subsequent annual installment payments shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after each following April 1.

(e) All requests by a Participant under this Section 5.1 shall be made only by delivering a written notice to the Administrative Committee in a manner prescribed by such committee.

5.2 Special In-Service Payment.

Notwithstanding the payment provisions in subsections (a) through (d) of Section 5.1 above, a Participant may request, by delivering a written notice to the Benefits Officer in a manner prescribed by such officer, one special in-service payment in a lump sum of all or any portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account (but not less than $5,000), to be distributed as soon as practicable after the expiration of 36 months following the month in which he or she has made the request, and the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, make such payment.

 

  (i) The value of any such special in-service payment shall not include amounts payable under existing in-service payment elections.

 

  (ii) In the event of the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company and any Affiliate for any reason prior to the payment of any such special in-service payment, it shall be paid in the same manner and at the same time or times as any other payments of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account due under this Article. In the event of death, payment shall be made as provided for in Section 5.5.

 

  (iii) The request must be for 100% of each deferral Year and contribution source.

5.3 Payment on Account of Disability.

(a) In the event a Participant meets the definition of Disability, the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to him or her in five annual installment payments.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, if the value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is less than $50,000 as of the Valuation Date immediately prior to the date the definition of Disability is met, payment shall be made in a lump sum.

 

10


(c) The first installment, or lump sum, as the case may be, shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after April 1 of the Year following the date the Participant has met the definition of Disability. Subsequent annual installment payments shall be distributed as soon as practicable on or after each following April 1.

(d) If a Participant or Inactive Participant no longer meets the definition of Disability and returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, no further payments shall be made on account of the prior Disability, and distribution of his or her remaining Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as otherwise provided in this Article V.

5.4 In-Service Payments.

(a) An in-service payment elected by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.3(ii) shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable on or after April 1 in the Year specified by the Participant.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, a Participant may request, by delivering written notice to the Administrative Committee on a form prescribed by such committee prior to July 1 of the Year preceding that in which the in-service payment is to be made, that the Administrative Committee, in such committee’s sole and absolute discretion, defer such payment until such later Year as the Participant requests. Any such additional deferral (i) must be for full Years, and for no fewer than 36 months from the beginning of the month in which such additional deferral is requested, (ii) must be for the current value of the whole amount originally deferred, (iii) can only be made five times with respect to any in-service payment, and (iv) shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable on or after April 1 in the Year specified by the Participant. In lieu of specifying the Year in which the payment is to be made, the Participant may specify that payment of the deferral shall be made on account of Retirement, in which case it shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1, as soon as practicable on or after April 1 of the Year following the date of termination from the Company and any Affiliate.

Notwithstanding the prior sentences of this subsection (b), distribution of any in-service payment (whether or not there has been a prior redeferral) may be deferred pursuant to an employment contract or separation agreement which provides that payment of the deferral shall be made on account of retirement, in which case it shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of section 5.1. Instead of requesting an additional deferral, a Participant may request that an in-service payment be payable prior to the year scheduled, provided that no such payment date may be requested which is within 36 months of the date of the request; any such requests shall be subject to the requirements set forth in clauses (ii) through (iv) of the second sentence of this subsection.

(c) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason prior to the time any in-service payment under this Section 5.4

 

11


would have been made, distribution of such payment shall be made according to the manner of payment specified in Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 or 5.5, based on the Participant’s actual reason for termination of employment; provided, however, that the unpaid balance of any in-service payment shall be paid in full at the time such in-service payment would have been made but for such termination of employment.

(d) The Administrative Committee may, in such committee’s sole and absolute discretion, defer any in-service payment previously elected by any officer of the Company who at the time of the designated in-service payment date is at or above the level of a senior vice president. In the event of any such deferral by the Administrative Committee, payment shall be made under this Article V as if a deferral election had been made for payment on account of Retirement.

5.5 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death . Notwithstanding the provisions for payment described in Sections 5.1 through 5.4 above, in the event of the death of a Participant or Inactive Participant before the distribution of his or her Deferred Compensation Account has commenced, or before such account has been fully distributed, the value of such account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately prior to the date that the Benefits Officer commences the processing of the distribution, after both a written notice of his or her death and a death certificate have been received by the Benefits Officer. Such account shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable to the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no person has been designated or if no person so designated survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, to such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s estate or if such Beneficiary survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, but dies prior to payment, to such Beneficiary’s estate). In case any Participant or Inactive Participant and his or her Beneficiary die in or as a result of a common accident or disaster and under such circumstances as to make it impossible to determine which of them was the last to die, the Participant or Inactive Participant shall be deemed to have survived his or her Beneficiary. Distributions hereunder shall be subject to such administrative and procedural requirements and forms as the Benefits Officer in such officer’s discretion may require.

5.6 Severe Unforeseeable Financial Emergency Payments . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant or Inactive Participant may make an application to the Administrative Committee that he or she has a severe unforeseeable financial emergency of such a substantial nature and beyond the individual’s control that a payment of compensation previously deferred under the Plan or rescission of a deferral election is warranted. After consideration of the application, and a determination that such an emergency exists, the Administrative Committee may, in such committee’s sole and absolute discretion, (i) direct that all or a portion of the balance of such individual’s Deferred Compensation Account be paid to him or her in such manner and at such time as the Administrative Committee shall specify, or (ii) may rescind, in whole or in part, a deferral election with respect to a bonus deferred but not yet payable, but only to the extent reasonably required to satisfy the emergency need.

5.7 Incapacity . The Administrative Committee may direct that any amounts distributable under the Plan to a person under a legal disability be made to (and be withheld until the appointment of) a representative qualified pursuant to law to receive such payment on such person’s behalf.

 

12


5.8 Method of Paying Installments . Installment payments as provided for in this Article V shall be paid as follows: (i) in the case of installments paid over two Years: 1/2 of the value of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to installment payments shall be paid in the first installment and all of the remaining value shall be paid in the second and final installment, (ii) in the case of installments paid over five Years: 1/5 of the value of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to installment payments shall be paid in the first installment; 1/4 of the remaining value shall be paid in the second installment; 1/3 of the remaining value shall be paid in the third installment; 1/2 of the remaining value shall be paid in the fourth installment; and all of the remaining value in the account shall be paid in the fifth and final installment, (iii) in the case of installments paid over seven Years: 1/7 of the value of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to installment payments shall be paid in the first installment; 1/6 of the remaining value shall be paid in the second installment; 1/5 of the remaining value shall be paid in the third installment; 1/4 of the remaining value shall be paid in the fourth installment; 1/3 of the remaining value shall be paid in the fifth installment; 1/2 of the remaining value shall be paid in the sixth installment; and all of the remaining value in the account shall be paid in the seventh and final installment, (iv) in the case of installments paid over ten Years: 1/10 of the value of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to installment payments shall be paid in the first installment; 1/9 of the remaining value shall be paid in the second installment; 1/8 of the remaining value shall be paid in the third installment; 1/7 of the remaining value shall be paid in the fourth installment; 1/6 of the remaining value shall be paid in the fifth installment; 1/5 of the remaining value shall be paid in the sixth installment; 1/4 of the remaining value shall be paid in the seventh installment; 1/3 of the remaining value shall be paid in the eighth installment; 1/2 of the remaining value shall be paid in the ninth installment and all of the remaining value in the account shall be paid in the tenth and final installment.

5.9 Payments Only in Cash . All payments under the Plan shall be made only in cash.

5.10 Occurrence of a Tax Event . If a Tax Event shall occur and the Investment Committee thereafter determines to change the Investment Funds offered as crediting rates under the Plan for amounts that have been deferred and elected to be deferred under the Plan prior to the effective date of such change, then each Participant and Inactive Participant shall have a one-time right to elect to (a) maintain his or her Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan in the Investment Funds then offered as crediting rates under the Plan or (b) receive a lump sum distribution of all (but not less than all) of his or her Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan and all amounts elected to be deferred under the Plan but not yet credited to the Plan. All payments under the Plan shall be made only in cash.

5.11 Rehire of Inactive Participant . If an Inactive Participant returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, no further payments shall be made on account of the prior termination of employment, and distribution of his or her remaining Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as otherwise provided in this Article V.

5.12 Transfers from the Pre-1999 Plan, the Excess Profit Sharing Plan, the Warner Bros. SERP, and certain Employment Agreements and the TWE Plan. All balances

 

13


transferred from the Pre-1999 Plan, the Excess Profit Sharing Plan, the Warner Bros. SERP, the employment agreements specified in Section 3.6(b) and the TWE Plan shall be subject to the provisions of this Article V as part of a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account.

5.13 Withdrawals with Penalty. A Participant may elect, at any time, but only once in a Year, to withdraw some or all of his or her Deferred Compensation Account balance; provided, however, that: (i) the amount of the withdrawal shall be subject to imposition of a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of the withdrawal amount; (ii) the amount of the withdrawal must be for the entire Deferred Compensation Account balance or for 100% of a deferral Year and contribution source; and (iii) each such election must be made no fewer than 60 days prior to a previously scheduled distribution election. Payments of early withdrawal elections shall be made as soon as practicable, and are subject to applicable federal, state and local withholding taxes.

ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION

6.1 Administrative Committee.

(a)  Appointment . The Administrative Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall be responsible for administering the Plan. The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Administrative Committee. No member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation for his or her services as such. Participants may be members of the Administrative Committee but may not participate in any decision affecting their own account in any case where the Administrative Committee may take discretionary action in the administration of the Plan.

(b)  Quorum and Actions of Administrative Committee . A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such Administrative Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

(c)  Responsibilities . The Administrative Committee shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan except to the extent that any such powers are vested in any other individual

 

14


or committee are duly authorized under the Plan. The Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.

(d)  Delegation by Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties to others as it shall determine (including a Claims Administrator) and may retain counsel, agents and such clerical, accounting, actuarial, recordkeeping or other services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

(e)  Committee Records . The Administrative Committee shall keep a record of all Plan proceedings and of all payments directed by it to be made to or on behalf of Participants, Inactive Participants, or Beneficiaries or payments made by it for expenses or otherwise.

6.2 Investment Committee.

(a)  Appointment . The Investment Committee shall be a committee of not less than three individuals designated by the Benefits Officer who shall take all prudent action necessary or desirable for the purpose of carrying out the overall investment policy for the Plan (with respect to Investment Funds made available as targeted hypothetical investments). The Benefits Officer may not serve on the Investment Committee.

(b)  Quorum and Actions of Investment Committee . A majority of the members of the Investment Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Investment Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of such Investment Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

(c)  Investment Committee Chair; Delegation by Investment Committee . The members of the Investment Committee shall designate one of their number as chair and may designate a secretary who may, but need not, be one of their number. The Investment Committee may delegate any of its powers

 

15


or duties among its members or to others as it shall determine. It may authorize one or more of its members to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in its behalf. It may employ such counsel, agents and clerical, accounting, actuarial and recordkeeping services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

6.3 Benefits Officer.

(a)  Responsibilities . The Benefits Officer shall be responsible for effecting settlor functions on behalf of the Company as provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, amending and modifying the terms of the Plan.

(b)  Delegation of Duties . The Benefits Officer may authorize others to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in his or her behalf and may delegate any of his or her powers or duties to others as he or she shall determine. The Benefits Officer may retain such counsel, agents and clerical, medical, accounting and actuarial services as he or she may require in carrying out his or her functions.

6.4 Indemnification. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee and Benefits Officer against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving any employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity at the request of such company.

6.5 Expenses of Administration. Any expense incurred by the Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee or the Benefits Officer relative to the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company and any of its participating Affiliates in such proportions as the Company may direct.

6.6 Reliance on Information. The Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, and Benefits Officer may rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person who is employed or engaged for any purpose in connection with the administration of the Plan.

6.7 No Liability for Acts of Others. Neither the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee, or Benefits Officer nor any member of the Board or the board of directors (or governing body) of an Affiliate and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan.

 

16


ARTICLE VII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim. Any request for a benefit payable under the Plan shall be made in writing by a Participant or Beneficiary (or an authorized representative of any of them), as the case may be, and shall be delivered to any member of the Administrative Committee. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt thereof by the Administrative Committee. Such request shall be made within one year after the claimant first knew or should have known that he had a claim for benefits under the Plan.

7.2 Insufficiency of Information. In the event a request for benefits contains insufficient information, the Administrative Committee shall, within a reasonable period after receipt of such request, send a written notification to the claimant setting forth a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary. The claimant’s request shall be deemed filed with the Administrative Committee on the date the Administrative Committee receives in writing such additional information.

7.3 Request Notification. The Administrative Committee shall make a determination with respect to a request for benefits within ninety (90) days after such request is filed (or within such extended period prescribed below). The Administrative Committee shall notify the claimant whether his claim has been granted or whether it has been denied in whole or in part. Such notification shall be in writing and shall be delivered, by mail or otherwise, to the claimant within the time period described above. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the written notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:

(i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(ii) Specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; and

(iii) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

Failure by the Administrative Committee to give notification pursuant to this Section within the time prescribed shall be deemed a denial of the request for the purpose of proceeding to the review stage.

7.4 Extensions. If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee shall furnish the claimant with written notice of such extension. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrative Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial ninety (90)-day period.

7.5 Claim Review. A claimant whose request for benefits has been denied in whole or in part, or his duly authorized representative, may, within sixty (60) days after written notification of such denial, file with a reviewer appointed for such purpose by the Administrative

 

17


Committee (or, if none has been appointed, with the Administrative Committee itself), with a copy to the Administrative Committee, a written request for a review of his claim. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt of same by the reviewer.

7.6 Time Limitation on Review. A claimant who timely files a request for review of his claim for benefits, or his duly authorized representative, may review pertinent documents (upon reasonable notice to the reviewer) and may submit the issues and his comments to the reviewer in writing. The reviewer shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request for review (or within such extended period prescribed below), communicate its decision in writing to the claimant and/or his duly authorized representative setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for its decision and the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision is not communicated within the time prescribed, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

7.7 Special Circumstances. If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the sixty (60)-day period described above for the reviewer to render his decision, the reviewer shall furnish the claimant with written notice of the extension required. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of such initial sixty (60)-day period.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1 Amendments. The Company (by action of the Board) or the Benefits Officer (for the Company and the other Employing Companies) may at any time amend the Plan.

8.2 Termination or Suspension. The continuance of the Plan and the ability of an Eligible Employee to make a deferral for any Year are not assumed as contractual obligations of the Company or any other Employing Company. The Company reserves the right (for itself and the other Employing Companies) by action of the Board or the Benefits Officer, to terminate or suspend the Plan, or to terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself or an Employing Company. Any Employing Company may terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable.

8.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment. No termination of the Plan or amendment thereto shall deprive a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary of the right to payment of deferred compensation credited as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment; provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, or termination of the Plan with respect to the Company or one or more other Employing Companies, the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the payment of all such credited deferred compensation on a uniform basis for all Participants and Inactive Participants or, in the case of termination of the Plan with respect to one or more other Employing Companies, for all Participants and Inactive Participants of such other Employing Companies only.

 

18


ARTICLE IX

PARTICIPATING COMPANIES

9.1 Adoption by Other Entities. Upon the approval of the Company or the Benefits Officer, the Plan may be adopted by any Affiliate by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable. The provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to such entity except as may otherwise be agreed to by such adopting company and the Company or Benefits Officer.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured. The right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be a general unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employing Company employing the Participant at the time that his or her compensation is deferred. The Company, and any other Employing Company or former Employing Company shall not guarantee or be liable for payment of benefits to the employees of any other Employing Company or former Employing Company under the Plan.

10.2 Non-Assignability. The right of any person to receive any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, lien or charge, and any such benefit shall not, except to such extent as may be required by law, in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person who shall be entitled to such benefits, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

10.3 Affiliate Ceasing to be Such.

(a) In the event that a corporation or other entity ceases at any time to meet the definition of an Affiliate, such entity shall cease as of such time to be an Employing Company, if it had been such, and those of its Employees who would have been Eligible Employees under the Plan shall cease to be such.

(b) Payments to Participants employed by any entity which ceases to be an Affiliate shall be made pursuant to Article V unless prior to the end of the Year in which such entity ceases to be an Affiliate, it adopts a non-qualified deferred compensation plan and agrees to the transfer of the Deferred Compensation Accounts of all such Participants to its plan and to assume all obligations accrued under the Plan as of the date of such transfer with respect to such accounts and subsequent distributions thereof.

10.4 No Rights Against the Company. The establishment of the Plan, any amendment or other modification thereof; or any payments hereunder, shall not be construed as giving to any Employee, Eligible Employee, Participant or Inactive Participant any legal or equitable rights

 

19


against the Company or any other Employing Company or former Employing Company, its shareholders, directors, officers or other employees, except as may be contemplated by or under the Plan including, without limitation, the right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to be paid as provided under the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not give rise to any actual or implied contract of employment. A Participant may be terminated at any time for any reason in accordance with the procedures of the Employing Company.

10.5 Withholding. Each Employing Company, former Employing Company, or paying agent shall withhold any federal, state and local income or employment tax (including F.I.C.A. obligations for both social security and Medicare) which by any present or future law it is, or may be, required to withhold with respect to any deferral of compensation pursuant to the Plan, any Employing Company Allocation, any income deemed accrued or any distribution under the Plan, with respect to any of its former or present Employees. The Benefits Officer shall provide or direct the provision of information necessary or appropriate to enable each such company to so withhold.

10.6 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. The Administrative Committee, the Benefits Officer, the Company and any Employing Company or former Employing Company do not make any commitment or guarantee that any amounts deferred for the benefit of a Participant or Inactive Participant will be excludible from the gross income of the Participant or Inactive Participant in the Year of deferral or distribution for federal, state or local income or employment tax purposes, or that any other federal, state or local tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant or Inactive Participant. It shall be the obligation of each Eligible Employee, Participant or Inactive Participant to determine whether any deferral under the Plan is excludible from his or her gross income for federal, state and local income or employment tax purposes, and to take appropriate action if he or she has reason to believe that any such deferral is not so excludible.

10.7 Severability. If a provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included in the Plan.

10.8 Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (other than its rules of conflicts of laws to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby), to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States.

 

20

Exhibit 10.20

Deferred Compensation Account

B.1 Investments . Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the “Investment Advisor”), substantially all of which securities shall be “eligible securities”. The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. “Eligible securities” are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or Time Warner or any corporation or other entity of which the Company or Time Warner owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein “fair market value” means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices


per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company’s sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company or Time Warner does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

B.2 Dividends and Interest . The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section B.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to Section B.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

B.3 Adjustments . The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

B.4 Obligation of the Company . Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex B, the Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Employment Agreement to which this Annex is attached, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the

 

2


Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section B.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

B.5 Taxes . The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section B.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section B.1, B.6 or B.7. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section B.1 or B.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section B.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section B.1, B.6 or B.7 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as “Applicable Tax Law”); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section B.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section B.5, all charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company’s taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section B.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex B it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all

 

3


taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

B.6 One-Time Transfer to Deferred Plan . So long as Executive is an employee of the Company, Executive shall have the right to elect at any time, but only once during Executive’s lifetime, by written notice to the Company to transfer to the Deferred Plan all or a portion of the Net Transferable Balance (determined as provided in the next sentence) of the Trust Account. If Executive shall make such an election, the Net Transferable Balance shall be determined as of the end of the calendar quarter following the date of such election (unless such election is made during the ten calendar days following the end of a calendar quarter, in which case such determination shall be made as of the end of such preceding calendar quarter) by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from such value the amount of all outstanding indebtedness and any other amounts payable by the Trust Account. Transfers to the Deferred Plan shall be made in cash as promptly as reasonably practicable after the end of such calendar quarter and the Investment Advisor (or the Company or the Trustee if the Investment Advisor shall fail to act in a timely manner) shall cause securities held in the Trust Account to be sold to provide cash equal to the portion of the Net Transferable Balance of the Trust Account selected to be transferred by Executive. If Executive elects to transfer more than 75 % of the Net Transferable Balance of the Trust Account to the Deferred Plan, the Company or the Trustee shall be permitted to take such action as they may deem reasonably appropriate, including but not limited to, retaining a portion of such Net Transferable Balance in the Trust Account, to ensure that the Trust Account will have sufficient assets to pay the Company the amount of taxes payable on such sales of securities at the end of the year in which such sales are made.

B.7 Payments . Subject to the provisions of Section B.8, payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section B.7. Unless Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of 120 months (the “Pay-Out Period”) commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month after the later of (i) the date the Advisory Period is scheduled to terminate as provided in the Employment Agreement to which this Annex is attached and (ii) the date Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company’s or Time Warner’s most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar

 

4


amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section B.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company’s or the Trustee’s election (the “Valuation Date”), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness and all amounts with respect to which Executive has elected pursuant to clause (ii) of Section B.8 to receive payments at times different from the time provided in this Section B.7 (the “Other Period Deferred Amount”). The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence (but not reduced by the Other Period Deferred Amount to the extent not theretofore distributed), plus any amounts that have been transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section B.6 hereof and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed therefrom, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section B.7 is herein called “Account Retained Income”. The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account (excluding the Other Period Deferred Amount), after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 or if Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) December 31, 2003 or (ii) twelve months after termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be

 

5


decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section B.7.

If Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of Executive’s death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section B.7, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.

If a transfer to the Deferred Plan has been made pursuant to Section B.6 hereof, payments made to Executive from the Deferred Plan (a) shall be deemed made first from the amounts transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section B.6 and (b) shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments are made, directly or indirectly, to Executive from the Trust Account or from the Deferred Plan with respect to amounts transferred to the Deferred Plan from the Trust Account pursuant to Section B.6 and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section B.7, Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex B (including any amounts that have been transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section B.6 hereof) an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of (i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Employment Agreement to which this Annex is attached, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited

 

6


to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex B (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section B.7 shall be determined in accordance with Section B.5 above.

B.8 Other Payment Methods . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Annex B, Executive may, prior to the commencement of any calendar year elect by written notice to the Company to cause (i) all or any portion of the amounts otherwise to be credited to the Trust Account in such year under Section 3.3 of the Agreement not to be so credited but to be paid to Executive on the date(s) such credits otherwise would have been made thereunder and/or (ii) all or any portion of the amounts to be credited to the Trust Account under Section 3.3 of the Agreement in such year (after giving effect to clause (i) above) to be payable from the Trust Account at times different from those provided in Section B.7 above but not earlier than the dates on which such amounts were to be credited to the Trust Account.

 

7

Exhibit 10.21

TRUST AGREEMENT

TIME INC. , (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. (the “Trustee”), a national association, have entered into this grantor trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”), effective as of April 1, 1998.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company from time to time enters into individual employment agreements containing deferred compensation provisions (collectively, the “Contracts”) with certain senior officers and key personnel (the “Executives”);

WHEREAS , the Company has incurred and expects to incur financial obligations under the terms of the Contracts with respect to the Executives and their designated beneficiary(ies) or estates (the “Beneficiary(ies)”);

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to establish a trust (the “Trust”) and to contribute to the Trust assets to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its financial obligations under the Contracts, and such assets shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of the Company becoming Insolvent, as herein defined, until paid to the Executives or Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Contracts, or as otherwise provided herein;

WHEREAS , it is the intention of the parties that the Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Contracts as unfunded arrangements maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for the Executives;

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust

(a) The Company hereby establishes this revocable Trust with the Trustee, to be called the Time Inc. Grantor Trust, which shall automatically become irrevocable upon a “Change of Control”, as defined in Section 12 hereof, or upon such earlier date as may be determined by the General Counsel of Time Inc. by providing notice to the Trustee.

(b) The Trust shall consist of an initial contribution of money and other property made by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code’), and shall be construed accordingly.

 

TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(d) Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(d), the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon (the “Trust Fund”) shall be held separate and apart from the Company’s other funds and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of the Executives and Beneficiaries and the Company’s general creditors as herein set forth. The Executives and Beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of the Executives and Beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event the Company is “Insolvent”, as defined in Section 3(a) hereof. Except as contemplated by Section 3(b)(3) (relating to the holding of Trust assets for the benefit of the Company’s creditors in the event the Company becomes Insolvent), the assets allocated to the account maintained in respect of any Executive or Beneficiary shall not be applied to or used for the benefit of any other Executive or Beneficiary.

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Executive or Beneficiary shall have any right or duty under this Trust Agreement to compel such additional deposits or determine the sufficiency thereof. The Contracts require the Company to make contributions in specific amounts.

(f) The Company shall at all times ensure that the Contracts and the Trust shall have characteristics supporting a determination that the Contracts are unfunded arrangements maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Section 2. Payments to Executives and Beneficiaries

(a) Prior to a Change of Control, the entitlement of an Executive or Beneficiary to deferred compensation under the Contracts shall be determined by the Company or such party as it shall designate under the Contracts, including, without limitation, by specification whether any condition precedent to the payment of deferred compensation has or has not occurred. Any claim for such deferred compensation shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts. The Trustee or its agent shall not be required to make any such determination prior to a Change of Control. Also prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall be responsible for maintaining all records contemplated under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement, and the Trustee shall not be responsible in any respect for administering the Contracts. After a Change of Control, all such entitlements shall be determined solely by the Trustee or its agent based on the Payment Schedules as described in Section 2(e), and the Trustee or its agent shall be responsible for maintaining all records contemplated under the Contracts and this Trust Agreement and for administering those provisions of the Contracts relating to deferred compensation.

 

  2    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(b) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall make payments of deferred compensation directly to the Executives or Beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Contracts. The Company shall notify the Trustee of each amount of deferred compensation due at the time it becomes payable to an Executive or Beneficiary and the Company shall be entitled to withdraw such amount from the Trust Fund. After a Change of Control, all payments of deferred compensation will be made directly to the Executives or Beneficiaries solely by the Trustee or its agents out of Trust Fund assets.

(c) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of the deferred compensation due under the terms of the Contracts and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities. After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any such taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of such deferred compensation and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by the Company. The Company shall cooperate with the Trustee in making such determination.

(d) The Company and the Trustee recognize that all economic activity of the Trust, including but not limited to security transactions, the receipt of dividends and other income as well as the payment of expenses, is economic activity of the Company for tax purposes. Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall be entitled to withdraw from the Trust Fund an amount equal to such tax liability incurred in accordance with the terms of the Contracts. After a Change of Control, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Trust for such tax liability to the extent not previously withdrawn pursuant to the preceding sentence. Additionally, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Trust for any out of pocket expenditures by the Company which, pursuant to the terms of the Contracts, are obligations of the Trust.

(e) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (a “Payment Schedule”) for each Executive whose deferred compensation under a Contract may be paid from the Trust Fund after a Change of Control. To the extent such information has not already been made available to the Trustee in the Contracts or relevant excerpts thereof, or such other documents as may be supplied to the Trustee from time to time, any of which may constitute such Payment Schedule, the Payment Schedule shall:

(1) specify the value of the Executive’s deferred compensation under the Contract as of the most recent valuation date;

(2) describe the events that must occur in order for the Executive’s deferred compensation to become payable under the terms of the Contract and identify any such events that will become inapplicable after a Change of Control;

 

  3    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(3) provide such instructions as will enable the Trustee to determine the amount of the Executive’s deferred compensation as of the time it becomes payable under the terms of the Contract;

(4) specify the form in which the Executive’s deferred compensation is to be paid, as provided for or available under the Contract (including, if such form is not a lump sum, the frequency of such payments);

(5) specify the Term Date (as defined in the Contract) or other time for commencement of payment of the Executive’s deferred compensation under the Contract; and

(6) specify the name, address and social security number of the Executive as well as the name, address, social security number and relation to the Executive of each Beneficiary.

(f) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company may from time to time substitute a new Payment Schedule by delivering a new or amended Payment Schedule to the Trustee. Upon receipt of such a new or amended Payment Schedule, the previous Payment Schedule shall be deemed revoked. Prior to a Change of Control, any Payment Schedule previously filed with the Trustee may be revoked by the Company by filing notice of such revocation with the Trustee without delivering a new or amended Payment Schedule to the Trustee. No Payment Schedule may be amended or revoked after a Change of Control. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, after a Change of Control, no payment shall be made from the Trust with respect to an Executive’s deferred compensation under such Executive’s Contract unless a Payment Schedule (which has not been revoked) for such Executive’s deferred compensation under such Contract is on file with the Trustee at the time a Change of Control occurs. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to Executives and Beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule.

(g) Any Executive or Beneficiary seeking to obtain payment from the Trust Fund after a Change of Control shall deliver to the Trustee a written request for payment. As soon as practicable after a request for payment has been received by the Trustee, the Trustee, solely out of the Trust Fund and with no obligation otherwise to make any payments, shall make payment to such Executive or Beneficiary in such manner, and at such times, and in such amounts, as the Trustee shall determine to be payable to such Executive or Beneficiary under the Contract based on the most recent Payment Schedule applicable to the Executive or Beneficiary that was furnished to the Trustee by the Company prior to a Change of Control.

(h) After a Change of Control, any Executive or Beneficiary for whom a Payment Schedule is on file with the Trustee at the time of such Change of Control shall be presumed conclusively, for all purposes of this Trust Agreement, to be entitled to any deferred compensation that the Trustee determines to be payable to such Executive or Beneficiary on the basis of information contained in such Payment Schedule and in any written request for payment signed by the Executive

 

  4    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


or Beneficiary, and the Trustee’s determination as to the amount and the form of payment of the deferred compensation so payable shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, including Executives and Beneficiaries.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement to the contrary, if at any time the Trust is finally determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) not to be a “grantor trust” with the result that the income of the Trust Fund is not treated as income of the Company pursuant to Sections 671 through 679 of the Code, then the Trust shall immediately terminate. The Trustee shall immediately distribute the interest of each Executive or Beneficiary entitled thereto in a lump sum regardless of whether such Executive’s employment has terminated and regardless of the form and time of payments specified in or pursuant to the Contracts as directed by the Company. Any remaining assets (less any expenses or costs due under Section 9 hereof) shall then be paid by the Trustee to the Company in such amounts, and in the manner instructed by the Company.

(j) The Company’s establishment of the Trust and the making of contributions thereto shall not release the Company from its obligation to pay the deferred compensation contemplated by the Contracts to the Executives or the Beneficiaries except to the extent that the Trust has actually paid such deferred compensation. If for any reason there are inadequate assets held in the Trust under the terms of the Contract to pay the Executive or the Beneficiary his or her deferred compensation (for example, if the Trust assets are applied to the benefit of the Company’s general creditors if the Company becomes Insolvent as provided herein), the inadequacy of the Trust assets shall not deprive the Executive or the Beneficiary of the right to be paid by the Company his or her deferred compensation amount.

Section 3. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Executives and Beneficiaries When the Company is Insolvent

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of deferred compensation to the Executives and Beneficiaries if the Company is “Insolvent”. The Company shall be considered “Insolvent” for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of the Trust, as provided in Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth below.

(1) The board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing if the Company becomes Insolvent. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Company notifies the Trustee that the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall provide the board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer with a copy of such writing and absent the Company’s provision of an independent expert’s opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that the Company is not Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries.

 

  5    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(2) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company becoming Insolvent, or has received notice from the Company or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent.

(3) If at any time the Trustee has received a notice containing information or allegations described in Section 3(b)(1) hereof that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of the Executives or Beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with respect to deferred compensation due under the Contracts or otherwise.

(4) The Trustee shall resume the payment of deferred compensation to the Executives or Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 hereof only after it has been demonstrated to the Trustee’s reasonable satisfaction that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of deferred compensation from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to the Executives or Beneficiaries under the terms of the Contracts for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to the Executives or Beneficiaries by the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Section 4. Payments to the Company

Except as provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof, after the Trust has become irrevocable, as provided in Section 1(a) hereof, the Company shall have no right or power to withdraw any of the assets of the Trust Fund or to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert to others such assets before all payments of deferred compensation due to the Executives and Beneficiaries have been made pursuant to the terms of the Contracts.

Section 5. Investment Authority

(a) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on the Trustee by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, and all rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the

 

  6    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


Executives or Beneficiaries. Subject to the provisions of the Contracts, and except as expressly provided otherwise herein, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in any investment permitted by law, exercising the judgment and care that persons of prudence, discretion and intelligence would exercise under the circumstances then prevailing considering the probable income and safety of their capital, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power:

(1) To invest and reinvest the Trust Fund, together with the income therefrom, in common stock, preferred stock, mutual funds, bonds, mortgages, notes, time certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other evidences of indebtedness (including those issued by the Trustee or any of its affiliates), other securities, options to buy or sell securities or other assets, and other property of any kind (personal, real or mixed, and tangible or intangible);

(2) To deposit or invest all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund in savings accounts or certificates of deposit or other deposits which bear a reasonable interest rate in a bank, including the commercial department of the Trustee, if such bank is supervised by the United States or any state;

(3) To hold, manage, improve and control all property, real or personal, forming part of the Trust Fund and to sell, convey, transfer, exchange, partition, lease for any term, even extending beyond the duration of the Trust, and otherwise dispose of the same from time to time in such manner, for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee shall determine;

(4) To have, respecting securities, all the rights, powers and privileges of an owner, including the power to give proxies, pay assessments and other sums deemed by the Trustee to be necessary for the protection of the Trust Fund; to participate in voting trusts, pooling agreements, foreclosures, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers and liquidations and, in connection therewith, to deposit securities with and transfer title to any protective or other committee under such terms as the Trustee may deem advisable; to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights; and regardless of any limitation elsewhere in this document relative to investment by the Trustee, to accept and retain as an investment any securities or other property received through the exercise of any of the foregoing powers;

(5) To hold in cash, without liability for interest, such portion of the Trust Fund which, in its discretion, shall be reasonable under the circumstances, pending investments or payments of expenses, or the distribution of deferred compensation;

(6) To take such actions as may be necessary or desirable to protect the Trust Fund from loss due to the default on mortgages held in the Trust including the appointment of agents or trustees in such other jurisdictions as may seem desirable,

 

  7    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


to transfer property to such agents or trustees, to grant such powers as are necessary or desirable to protect the Trust or its assets, to direct such agents or trustees, or to delegate such power to direct and to remove such agents or trustees;

(7) To employ such agents, including investment advisors, custodians, sub-custodians and counsel as may be reasonably necessary and to pay them reasonable compensation; to settle, compromise or abandon all claims and demands in favor of or against the Trust Fund assets;

(8) To cause title to property of the Trust to be issued, held or registered in the individual name of the Trustee or in the name of its nominee(s) or agents, or in such form that title will pass by delivery;

(9) To exercise all of the further rights, powers, options and privileges granted, provided for or vested in trustees generally under the laws of the State of New York, so that powers conferred upon the Trustee herein shall not be in limitation of any authority conferred by law, but shall be in addition thereto;

(10) To borrow money from any source (including the Trustee) and to execute promissory notes, mortgages, or other obligations and to pledge or mortgage any Trust assets as security;

(11) To institute, compromise and defend actions and proceedings; to pay or contest any claim; to settle a claim by or against the Trustee by compromise, arbitration, or otherwise to release, in whole or in part, any claim belonging to the Trust to the extent that the claim is uncollectible;

(12) To use securities, depositories or custodians and to allow such securities as may be held by a depository or custodian to be registered in the name of such depository or its nominee or in the name of such custodian or its nominee;

(13) To invest the Trust Fund from time to time in one or more investment funds, which funds shall be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

(14) To do all other acts necessary or desirable for the proper administration of the Trust Fund, as if the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof. However, nothing in this section shall be construed to mean the Trustee assumes any responsibility for the performance of any investment made by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give the Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

 

  8    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement to the contrary:

(1) Prior to a Change of Control, the Company may in its sole discretion appoint one or more investment advisors to manage the investment of any part or all of the Trust Fund. The Company shall notify the Trustee of any such appointment by delivering to the Trustee an executed copy of the instrument making such appointment. Any such instrument shall require that the investment advisor provide its directions to the Trustee or directly to the Trustee’s agent or custodian, provided the Trustee receives copies of any instructions, confirmations, and notifications given to the custodian or agent; and permit the Trustee, after a Change of Control, to terminate the investment advisor pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Trust Agreement. During the term of the investment advisor’s appointment, the investment advisor shall have the sole responsibility for the investment and reinvestment of that portion of the Trust Fund subject to its investment management. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for, or liability with respect to, the selection of the investment advisor by the Company, the investment of such portion of the Trust Fund, or the acts or omissions of such investment advisor.

(2) In exercising the powers granted to it hereunder, the Trustee, or its agent or custodian, shall follow the direction of any investment advisor with respect to the portion of the Trust Fund subject to the management by such investment advisor. The investment advisor may provide its directions in writing, signed by an officer of the investment advisor, or transmit its directions to the Trustee or directly to the Trustee’s agent or custodian by such other means of communication as the investment advisor, with the consent of the Trustee, may deem appropriate or necessary. The Trustee shall be under no duty to question, or make inquiries as to, any action or direction of any investment advisor taken as provided herein, or any failure to give directions, or to review the securities held pursuant to any investment advisor’s direction, or to make suggestions to the investment advisor or the Company with respect to the investment, reinvestment, or disposition of any assets subject to management by the investment advisor.

(3) After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall have the exclusive authority to retain or to terminate any and all investment advisors, and appoint successor investment advisors (including any affiliate of the Trustee), to manage the Trust Fund assets in accordance with the terms of the Contracts, provided that any such appointments shall be subject to the approval of the Executives as provided in the Contracts.

(4) All rights associated with Trust Fund assets shall be exercised by the Trustee, a person designated by the Trustee, or the investment advisor, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with the Executives or Beneficiaries, except that prior to a Change of Control voting rights with respect to the Trust Fund assets shall be exercised by the Company or its agent.

 

  9    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(c) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or applicable law, to the extent that the Trustee directly exercises investment authority, the Trustee shall not invest Trust Fund assets in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which the Trustee invests.

Section 6. Disposition of Income

During the term of the Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

Section 7. Accounting by Trustee

The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. After a Change of Control, the Trustee shall cause the Company to continue to receive copies of all trade confirmations, purchase and subscription agreements, statements, reports, analyses, summaries and related documents pertaining to the holding, investing and reinvesting of the securities and other property held in the Trust Fund at substantially the same time as copies of the same are first received by the Trustee or an investment advisor (but in no event later than five business days thereafter). Within 120 days following the close of each calendar year and within 120 days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

Section 8. Responsibility of Trustee

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by any officer of the Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Contracts or the Trust (as these are in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control) and is given in writing by any officer of the Company. In the event of a dispute between the Company and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

 

  10    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(b) If the Trustee undertakes or defends any administrative, adversarial or other litigation or proceeding arising in connection with the Trust, the Company shall indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee’s costs, expenses and liabilities (including without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust without notice to any party.

(c) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also, but need not, be counsel for the Company) generally with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder at the Company’s expense which, should it remain unpaid, may be paid from the Trust without notice to any party. The Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder at the Company’s expense which, should it remain unpaid, may be paid from the Trust without notice to any party. The Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the advice of such agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals.

(e) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) The Company shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from and against all loss or liability (including expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees), to which it may be subject by reason of its execution of its duties under the Trust, or by reason of any acts taken in good faith in accordance with any directions, or acts omitted in good faith due to absence of directions, from the Company, an Executive or Beneficiary or an investment advisor (other than an investment advisor appointed by, or an affiliate of, the Trustee) unless, and only to the extent, such loss or liability is due to the Trustee’s negligence or misconduct.

(g) In the event that the Trustee is named as a defendant in a lawsuit or proceeding involving the Contracts or the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive payments on a current basis pursuant to the indemnity provisions provided for in this section, provided however, that if the final judgment entered in the lawsuit or proceeding holds that Trustee is guilty of negligence or misconduct with respect to the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be required to refund the indemnity payments that it has received.

 

  11    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(h) All releases and indemnities provided in this Trust Agreement shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

Section 9. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee

(a) The Trustee is authorized to incur reasonable obligations in connection with the administration of the Trust including attorney’s fees, administrative fees and appraisal fees. Such obligations shall be paid by the Company. The Trustee is authorized to pay such amounts from the Trust Fund if the Company fails to pay them within 60 days of presentation of a statement of the amounts due.

(b) The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services, including extraordinary services, as agreed upon between the Trustee and the Company and as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, and such other fees as may be negotiated between the parties. If the Trustee and the Company fail to agree upon a compensation agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to compensation at a rate equal to the rate charged by the Trustee for similar services rendered by it during the current fiscal year for other trusts similar to this Trust. The Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred by it in the performance of its duties as the Trustee including reasonable fees for legal counsel. The Trustee’s compensation and expenses shall be paid by the Company. The Trustee is authorized to withdraw such amounts from the Trust Fund if the Company fails to pay them within 60 days of presentation of a statement of the amounts due.

Section 10. Resignation and Removal of Trustee

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by notice to the Company, which shall be effective 90 days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) Prior to a Change of Control, the Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit.

(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. In the event of a Change of Control, or if no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be paid by the Company, and if not, from the Trust as administrative expenses of the Trust.

 

  12    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


Section 11. Appointment of Successor

(a) If the Trustee resigns (or is removed) in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof prior to a Change of Control, the Company shall appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under federal or state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust Fund assets upon transfer of same to the new trustee. The Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) If the Trustee resigns in accordance with Section 10(a) hereof after a Change of Control, the Trustee shall appoint any third party such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under federal or state law as a successor to replace the Trustee. The appointment of a successor trustee shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new trustee. The new trustee shall have all the rights and powers of the Trustee, including ownership rights in Trust Fund assets upon transfer of same to the new trustee. The Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the successor trustee to evidence the transfer.

(c) The successor trustee need not examine the records and acts of the Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust Fund assets, subject to the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The successor trustee shall not be responsible for, and the Company shall indemnify and defend the successor trustee from, any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of the Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor trustee.

Section 12. Change of Control

(a) For purposes of this Trust, “Change of Control” shall mean:

(1) The date upon which (i) the board of directors of Time Warner Inc. (“TWI”) (or, if approval of the board of directors of TWI is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of TWI) shall approve (a) any consolidation or merger of TWI in which TWI is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of TWI’s common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of TWI in which the holders of TWI’s common stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, (b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of TWI or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of TWI, (ii) (a) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), corporation, or other entity shall purchase any common stock of TWI (or securities convertible into TWI’s common stock) for cash,

 

  13    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the board of directors of TWI, or (b) any such person, corporation or other entity (other than TWI or any benefit plan sponsored by TWI or other subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of TWI representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of TWI ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire TWI’s securities), or (iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire board of directors of TWI shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by TWI’s stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period, or

(2) The date upon which TWI shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the common stock or total equity in the Company.

(b) The Company’s board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to a Change of Control) acting in such capacity shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing that a Change of Control has occurred. Any one member of the Company’s board of directors may provide such a writing. If an Executive alleges in writing to the Trustee that a Change of Control has occurred, the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Executive’s allegation to the Company within three days of delivery to the Trustee, and the Trustee may engage one or more independent attorneys, accountants, consultants, or other experts (the “Experts”) to determine whether a Change of Control has occurred. The Experts shall be engaged at the expense of the Company. The determination of the Experts or the Trustee as to whether a Change of Control has occurred shall be binding on the Company and the Executives.

(c) Unless the Trustee has received notice from a member of the Company’s board of directors or an Executive alleging that a Change of Control has occurred, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether a Change of Control has occurred.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Contracts or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof, and provided further, that this Trust Agreement may not be amended or modified in whole or in part following a Change of Control, except (i) to reflect changes in applicable law or (ii) amendments made in furtherance of the Contracts, subject to the consent of the Executives.

 

  14    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which all payments of deferred compensation pursuant to the terms of the Contracts have been made to the Executives and Beneficiaries, unless sooner revoked in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof. Upon termination of the Trust, any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Company. Such remaining assets shall be paid by the Trustee to the Company in such amounts and in the manner instructed by the Company, whereupon the Trustee shall be released and discharged from all obligations hereunder. From and after the date of termination, and until final distribution of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall continue to have all of the powers provided herein as are necessary or expedient for the orderly liquidation and distribution of the Trust Fund.

Section 14. Miscellaneous

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Deferred compensation payable to the Executives and Beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(d) This Trust Agreement shall be binding on, and the powers granted to the Company and the Trustee, respectively, shall be exercisable by the respective successors and assigns of the Company and the Trustee. Any corporation that succeeds to substantially all of the business of the Trustee by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise shall upon succession and without appointment or other action by the Company be and become successor trustee hereunder.

(e) Any communication to the Trustee, including any notice, direction, designation, certification, order, instruction or objection shall be in writing and signed by an officer of the Company or by the person authorized under the Contracts or this Trust Agreement to govern same. The Trustee shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company in acting in accordance with such written communications. Any such communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed given if written and hand delivered, mailed, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested or transmitted by facsimile to the Company or the Trustee at the following address or such other address as a party may specify:

 

  (i) if to the Company:   
     With a copy to:
  General Counsel    General Counsel
  Time Inc.    Time Warner Inc.
  1271 Avenue of the Americas    75 Rockefeller Plaza
  New York, NY 10020    New York, NY 10019
  Facsimile No. (212) 467-2715    Facsimile No. (212) 956-7281

 

  15    TIME/UST Trust Agreement


  (ii) if to the Trustee:   
  U.S. Trust Company   
  114 W. 47th Street, 8th Floor   
  New York, NY 10036   
  Facsimile No. (212) 852-3036   
  Attention: Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.   

(f) Any obligation of the Company and/or the Trust to repay the Trustee amounts pursuant to any provision of this Trust Agreement shall survive any amendment or termination hereof or the Trustee’s resignation or removal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

TIME INC.     U.S. TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
By:   /s/ Warren A. Christie     By:   /s/ Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.
 

 

     

 

  Warren A. Christie       Otis A. Sinnott, Jr.
Title:  

Vice President

    Title:  

Vice President

 

  16    TIME/UST Trust Agreement
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

 

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 7, 2014

INFORMATION STATEMENT

Time Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Common Stock

(par value $0.01)

We are sending you this Information Statement in connection with Time Warner Inc.’s spin-off of its wholly owned subsidiary, Time Inc. To effect the spin-off, Time Warner Inc., or “Time Warner,” will distribute all of the shares of Time Inc. common stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of Time Warner common stock. We expect that the distribution of Time Inc. common stock will be tax-free to Time Warner stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except for cash that stockholders receive in lieu of fractional shares.

If you are a record holder of Time Warner common stock as of the close of business on                     , 2014, which is the record date for the distribution, you will be entitled to receive one share of Time Inc. common stock for every              shares of Time Warner common stock you hold on that date. Time Warner will distribute the shares of Time Inc. common stock in book-entry form, which means that we will not issue physical stock certificates. The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of Time Inc. common stock. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to each holder (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder) who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution.

The distribution will be effective as of              p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014. Immediately after the distribution becomes effective, we will be an independent publicly-traded company.

Time Warner’s stockholders are not required to vote on or take any other action in connection with the spin-off. We are not asking you for a proxy, and request that you do not send us a proxy. Time Warner stockholders will not be required to pay any consideration for the shares of Time Inc. common stock they receive in the spin-off, and they will not be required to surrender or exchange their shares of Time Warner common stock or take any other action in connection with the spin-off.

Time Warner currently owns all of the outstanding shares of Time Inc. common stock. Accordingly, no trading market for Time Inc. common stock currently exists. We expect, however, that a limited trading market for Time Inc. common stock, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop as early as two trading days prior to the record date for the distribution, and we expect “regular-way” trading of Time Inc. common stock will begin on the first trading day after the distribution date. We intend to list Time Inc. common stock on              under the symbol “            .”

In reviewing this Information Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section titled “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15 of this Information Statement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Information Statement is not an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities.

The date of this Information Statement is                     , 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     ii   

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

     ii   

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30   

THE SPIN-OFF

     31   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     40   

CAPITALIZATION

     41   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     42   

BUSINESS

     43   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     57   

MANAGEMENT

     70   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     76   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     115   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     116   

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     121   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     125   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

     ANNEX A   

 

i


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This Information Statement includes publishing industry data, rankings, circulation information, Internet user data and other industry and market information that we obtained from public filings, internal company sources and various third-party sources. These third-party sources include, but are not limited to, Publishers Information Bureau as provided by Kantar Media (“PIB”), the Alliance for Audited Media (“AAM”), the Audit Bureau of Circulations (“ABC”), comScore Media Metrix and GfK Mediamark Research and Intelligence (“MRI”). While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented in this Information Statement and believe such data are accurate, we have not independently verified any data obtained from third-party sources and cannot assure you of the accuracy or completeness of such data. Such data involve uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors.

Unless otherwise stated herein, all U.S. circulation data in this Information Statement are sourced from AAM reports and all U.K. circulation data, including statements as to our position in the U.K. print publishing industry and ranking based on print newsstand revenues in the U.K. (the industry-standard metric for magazine rankings in the U.K.), are sourced from ABC reports. All Internet user data in this Information Statement are sourced from comScore Media Metrix reports. All print advertising revenue data, including statements as to our position in the print publishing industry and ranking based on print advertising revenues in the United States, are sourced from PIB reports. Magazine readership and audience statistics presented in this Information Statement are based on surveys conducted by MRI.

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

We own or have rights to various trademarks, logos, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. We also own or have the rights to copyrights that protect the content of our products. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this Information Statement are listed without the ™, ® and © symbols, but such references do not constitute a waiver of any rights that might be associated with the respective trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights included or referred to in this Information Statement.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this Information Statement and provides an overview of our company, our separation from Time Warner and Time Warner’s distribution of our common stock to its stockholders. For a more complete understanding of our business and the spin-off, you should read the entire Information Statement carefully, particularly the discussion of “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this Information Statement, and our historical combined financial statements and the notes to those financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Prior to Time Warner’s distribution of the shares of our common stock to its stockholders, Time Warner is undertaking a series of internal transactions, following which Time Inc. will hold the businesses constituting Time Warner’s current “Time Inc.” reporting segment consisting principally of its magazine publishing business and related websites and operations, as described in Time Warner’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, which we refer to as the “Publishing Business.” We refer to this series of internal transactions, which is described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement,” as the “Internal Reorganization.”

We refer to Time Warner’s distribution of the shares of our common stock to its stockholders as the “Distribution” and to the Internal Reorganization and the Distribution collectively as the “Spin-Off.”

In this Information Statement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

    “Time Inc.,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Time Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Spin-Off, and

 

    “Time Warner” refers to Time Warner Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries other than, for all periods following the Spin-Off, Time Inc.

Our Company

Time Inc. is the largest magazine publisher in the United States based on both readership and print advertising revenues and the largest magazine publisher in the U.K. based on print newsstand revenues. Our portfolio of more than 90 magazines includes a diverse collection of some of the world’s most popular brands, including People , Sports Illustrated , InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune .

Strategic Overview

We have one of the strongest collections of media brands. We engage approximately 100 million U.S. consumers in print and approximately 70 million online each month. Time Inc. is home to celebrated franchises such as the Fortune 500 , Time ’s Person of the Year, People ’s World’s Most Beautiful Woman, Sports Illustrated Swimsuit and the Essence Festival.

In 2013, we made key changes to our leadership team. In September, Joseph A. Ripp became Chief Executive Officer and Jeffrey J. Bairstow joined as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. They have been reviewing our existing operating plans and are developing new strategies and initiatives as part of a new long-range plan. The new long-range plan is intended to enhance the scale of our digital platforms and associated revenues, generate new sources of revenues and stabilize operating income trends. In February 2014, we initiated a significant restructuring plan that includes streamlining our organizational structure to enhance operational flexibility, speed decision-making and spur the development of new cross-brand products and services. We expect to incur restructuring charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014 in connection with this restructuring plan as well as the integration of American Express Publishing Corporation (“AEP”) (the acquisition of AEP is described further below) and certain real estate consolidations. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our key strengths include our content and operational scale, one of the strongest collections of media brands and loyal relationships with audiences and advertisers. As an independent company, particular areas of strategic emphasis will include:

 

    Strengthening our core business.   We are committed to strengthening our core business. Our goals are to protect our margins and cash flows, to reallocate resources to more effectively serve our audiences and advertisers, to leverage our extensive data and consumer insights and to continually deepen our consumer connections.

 

    Extending our brands, content scale and audiences into new revenue streams .   We believe there are significant opportunities to engage loyal audiences and advertisers across print, digital and other platforms.

 

    Actively managing our portfolio of titles, brands and assets.   We intend to explore strategic alternatives including internal investments, strategic partnerships, acquisitions and divestitures.

 

    Disciplined capital allocation.   We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions and internal investments, capital structure optimization and return of capital.

Business Overview

As of December 31, 2013, we published 23 magazines in print in the United States, including People , Sports Illustrated , InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune , and over 70 magazines outside the United States, primarily through IPC Magazines Group Limited (“IPC”) in the U.K. and Grupo Editorial Expansión (“GEX”) in Mexico. We also licensed more than 50 editions of our magazines for print or digital distribution in over 30 countries.

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we operated over 45 websites, most of which share brands with our magazines, such as People.com , SI.com and Time.com , which collectively have millions of average monthly unique visitors around the world. For most of our major magazine titles, we also offer tablet editions, websites optimized for mobile viewing and mobile applications.

We derive approximately half our revenues from the sale of advertising, primarily from our print magazines with a smaller amount from our websites and marketing services. The sale of magazines to consumers (i.e., circulation) accounted for approximately one-third of our total revenues in 2013. A significant majority of our revenues are generated in the United States.

We operate an integrated publishing business that provides content marketing, targeted local print and digital advertising programs, branded book publishing and marketing and support services, including magazine subscription sales services, retail distribution and marketing services and customer service and fulfillment services, to us and/or other third-party clients, including other magazine publishers.

Other Information

We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020. Our telephone number is (212) 522-1212. Our website address is www.timeinc.com . Information contained on, or connected to, our website or Time Warner’s website does not and will not constitute part of this Information Statement or the Registration Statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The Spin-Off

Overview

On March 6, 2013, Time Warner announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Publishing Business from Time Warner. To effect the separation, first, Time Warner is undertaking the Internal Reorganization described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement.” Following the Internal Reorganization, Time Inc., Time Warner’s wholly owned subsidiary, will hold the Publishing Business. Then, Time Warner will distribute all of Time Inc.’s common stock to Time Warner’s stockholders, and Time Inc., holding the Publishing Business, will become an independent publicly-traded company.

Prior to completion of the Spin-Off, we intend to enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with Time Warner related to the Spin-Off. These agreements will govern the relationship between Time Warner and us up to and after completion of the Spin-Off and allocate between Time Warner and us various assets, liabilities and obligations, including employee benefits, intellectual property and tax-related assets and liabilities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner” for more detail.

Completion of the Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions. In addition, Time Warner has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, Time Warner’s board of directors, or the “Time Warner Board,” determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Time Warner or its stockholders, or is otherwise not advisable. See “The Spin-Off—Conditions to the Spin-Off” for more detail.

Questions and Answers about the Spin-Off

The following provides only a summary of the terms of the Spin-Off. You should read the section titled “The Spin-Off” below in this Information Statement for a more detailed description of the matters described below.

 

Q: What is the Spin-Off?

 

A: The Spin-Off is the method by which we will separate from Time Warner. In the Spin-Off, Time Warner will distribute to its stockholders all the outstanding shares of our common stock. Following the Spin-Off, we will be an independent publicly-traded company, and Time Warner will not retain any ownership interest in us.

 

Q: Will the number of Time Warner shares I own change as a result of the Spin-Off?

 

A: No, the number of shares of Time Warner common stock you own will not change as a result of the Spin-Off.

 

Q: What are the reasons for the Spin-Off?

 

A: The Time Warner Board considered the following potential benefits in deciding to pursue the Spin-Off:

 

    Strategic Clarity and Flexibility .  Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner and Time Inc. will each have a more focused business and be better able to dedicate financial resources to pursue appropriate growth opportunities and execute strategic plans best suited to its respective business. The Spin-Off will also allow each of Time Warner and Time Inc. to enhance its strategic flexibility to respond to industry dynamics.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Focused Management .  The Spin-Off will allow the management of each of Time Warner and Time Inc. to devote its time and attention to the development and implementation of corporate strategies and policies that are based primarily on the specific business characteristics of their respective companies.

 

    Management Incentives .  The Spin-Off will enable Time Inc. to create incentives for its management and employees that are more closely tied to its business performance and stockholder expectations. Time Inc. equity-based compensation arrangements will more closely align the interests of Time Inc.’s management and employees with the interests of its stockholders and should increase Time Inc.’s ability to attract and retain personnel.

 

    Stockholder Flexibility .  The Spin-Off will allow investors to make independent investment decisions with respect to Time Warner and Time Inc. and will enable Time Inc. to achieve alignment with a more natural stockholder base. Investment in one or the other company may appeal to investors with different goals, interests and concerns.

 

Q: Why is the separation of Time Inc. structured as a spin-off?

 

A: Time Warner believes that a tax-free distribution of our shares is the most efficient way to separate our business from Time Warner in a manner that will achieve the above benefits.

 

Q: What will I receive in the Spin-Off?

 

A: As a holder of Time Warner common stock, you will receive a dividend of one share of our common stock for every             shares of Time Warner common stock you hold on the Record Date (as defined below). The distribution agent will distribute only whole shares of our common stock in the Spin-Off. See “—How will fractional shares be treated in the Distribution?” for more information on the treatment of the fractional share you may be entitled to receive in the Distribution. Your proportionate interest in Time Warner will not change as a result of the Spin-Off. For a more detailed description, see “The Spin-Off.”

 

Q: What is being distributed in the Spin-Off?

 

A: Time Warner will distribute approximately              million shares of our common stock in the Spin-Off, based on the approximately              shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014. The actual number of shares of our common stock that Time Warner will distribute will depend on the number of shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on the Record Date. The shares of our common stock that Time Warner distributes will constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock immediately prior to the Distribution. For more information on the shares being distributed in the Spin-Off, see “Description of Our Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

Q: What is the record date for the Distribution?

 

A: Time Warner will determine record ownership as of the close of business on                     , 2014, which we refer to as the “Record Date.”

 

Q: When will the Distribution occur?

 

A: The Distribution will be effective as of          p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014, which we refer to as the “Distribution Date.” On or shortly after the Distribution Date, the whole shares of our common stock will be credited in book-entry accounts for stockholders entitled to receive the shares in the Distribution. See “—How will Time Warner distribute shares of our common stock?” for more information on how to access your book-entry account or your bank, brokerage or other account holding the Time Inc. common stock you receive in the Distribution on and following the Distribution Date.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Q: What do I have to do to participate in the Distribution?

 

A: You are not required to take any action, but we urge you to read this document carefully. Holders of Time Warner common stock on the Record Date will not need to pay any cash or deliver any other consideration, including any shares of Time Warner common stock, in order to receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. In addition, no stockholder approval of the Distribution is required. We are not asking you for a vote and request that you do not send us a proxy card.

 

Q: If I sell my shares of Time Warner common stock on or before the Distribution Date, will I still be entitled to receive shares of Time Inc. common stock in the Distribution?

 

A: If you hold shares of Time Warner common stock on the Record Date and decide to sell them on or before the Distribution Date, you may choose to sell your Time Warner common stock with or without your entitlement to our common stock. You should discuss these alternatives with your bank, broker or other nominee. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information.

 

Q: How will Time Warner distribute shares of our common stock?

 

A: Registered stockholders: If you are a registered stockholder (meaning you own your shares of Time Warner common stock directly through Time Warner’s transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A.), our distribution agent will credit the whole shares of our common stock you receive in the Distribution to a new book-entry account with our transfer agent on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Our distribution agent will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects the number of whole shares of our common stock you own. You will be able to access information regarding your book-entry account holding the Time Inc. shares at             .

“Street name” or beneficial stockholders: If you own your shares of Time Warner common stock beneficially through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or other nominee will credit your account with the whole shares of our common stock you receive in the Distribution on or shortly after the Distribution Date. Please contact your bank, broker or other nominee for further information about your account.

We will not issue any physical stock certificates to any stockholders, even if requested. See “The Spin-Off—When and How You Will Receive Time Inc. Shares” for a more detailed explanation.

 

Q: How will fractional shares be treated in the Distribution?

 

A: The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our common stock in connection with the Spin-Off. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate all fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Time Warner stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share. The distribution agent will then distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). We anticipate that the distribution agent will make these sales in the “when-issued” market, and “when-issued” trades will generally settle within four trading days following the Distribution Date. See “—How will Time Inc. common stock trade?” for additional information regarding “when-issued” trading and “The Spin-Off—Treatment of Fractional Shares” for a more detailed explanation of the treatment of fractional shares. The distribution agent will, in its sole discretion, without any influence by Time Warner or us, determine when, how, through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. The distribution agent is not, and any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be, an affiliate of either Time Warner or us.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Q: What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences to me of the Distribution?

 

A: For U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss should be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off”) as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received by Time Warner stockholders in lieu of fractional shares. In addition, the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock and our common stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between the Time Warner common stock and our common stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the Distribution (subject to certain adjustments).

See “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” for more information regarding the potential tax consequences to you of the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Does Time Inc. intend to pay cash dividends?

 

A: We have not yet determined our dividend policy, but we intend to do so prior to the Spin-Off and will disclose this policy in an amendment to this Information Statement. See “Dividend Policy” for more information.

 

Q: How will Time Inc. common stock trade?

 

A: Currently, there is no public market for our common stock. We intend to list our common stock on              under the symbol “         .”

We anticipate that trading in our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date for the Distribution and will continue up to and including the Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading in the context of a spin-off refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally on or before the Distribution Date because the securities of the spun-off entity have not yet been distributed. “When-issued” trades generally settle within four trading days after the Distribution Date. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, any “when-issued” trading of our common stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin. Regular-way trading refers to trading after the security has been distributed and typically involves a trade that settles on the third full trading day following the date of the trade. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information. We cannot predict the trading prices for our common stock before, on or after the Distribution Date.

 

Q: Will the Spin-Off affect the trading price of my Time Warner common stock?

 

A: We expect the trading price of shares of Time Warner common stock immediately following the Distribution to be lower than immediately prior to the Distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the Publishing Business. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Time Warner without the Publishing Business, the trading price of shares of Time Warner common stock may fluctuate. There can be no assurance that, following the Distribution, the combined trading prices of the Time Warner common stock and the Time Inc. common stock will equal or exceed what the trading price of Time Warner common stock would have been in the absence of the Spin-Off.

It is possible that after the Spin-Off, the combined equity value of Time Warner and Time Inc. will be less than Time Warner’s equity value before the Spin-Off.

 

Q: Do I have appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off?

 

A: No. Holders of Time Warner common stock are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Q: Who is the transfer agent and registrar for Time Inc. common stock?

 

A: Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

Q: Are there risks associated with owning shares of Time Inc. common stock?

 

A: Yes. Our business faces both general and specific risks and uncertainties. Our business also faces risks relating to the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off, we will also face risks associated with being an independent publicly-traded company. Accordingly, you should read carefully the information set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement.

 

Q: Where can I get more information?

 

A: If you have any questions relating to the mechanics of the Distribution, you should contact the distribution agent at:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Before the Spin-Off, if you have any questions relating to the Spin-Off, you should contact Time Warner at:

Investor Relations

Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, New York 10019-8016

Phone: 1-866-INFO-TWX

Email: ir@timewarner.com

After the Spin-Off, if you have any questions relating to Time Inc., you should contact us at:

Investor Relations

Time Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020-1300

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary of the Spin-Off

 

Distributing Company

Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation that holds all of our common stock issued and outstanding prior to the Distribution. After the Distribution, Time Warner will not own any shares of our common stock.

 

Distributed Company

Time Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner. At the time of the Distribution, we will hold, directly or through our subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities of the Publishing Business. After the Spin-Off, we will be an independent publicly-traded company.

 

Distributed Securities

All of the shares of our common stock owned by Time Warner, which will be 100% of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Distribution. Based on the approximately              shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on                     , 2014, and applying the distribution ratio of one share of Time Inc. common stock for every              shares of Time Warner common stock, approximately              million shares of Time Inc. common stock will be distributed.

 

Record Date

The Record Date is the close of business on                     , 2014.

 

Distribution Date

The Distribution Date is                     , 2014.

 

Internal Reorganization

A portion of the Publishing Business has historically been held by subsidiaries of Time Warner other than Time Inc. In connection with the Spin-Off, Time Warner is undertaking the Internal Reorganization so that we hold the entire Publishing Business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement” for a description of the Internal Reorganization.

 

Distribution Ratio

Each holder of Time Warner common stock will receive one share of our common stock for every             shares of Time Warner common stock it holds on the Record Date. The distribution agent will distribute only whole shares of our common stock in the Spin-Off. See “The Spin-Off—Treatment of Fractional Shares” for more detail. Please note that if you sell your shares of Time Warner common stock on or before the Distribution Date, the buyer of those shares may in some circumstances be entitled to receive the shares of our common stock to be distributed in respect of the Time Warner shares that you sold. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more detail.

 

The Distribution

On the Distribution Date, Time Warner will release the shares of our common stock to the distribution agent to distribute to Time Warner stockholders. Time Warner will distribute our shares in book-entry form and thus we will not issue any physical stock certificates. We expect that it will take the distribution agent up to two weeks to electronically issue shares of our common stock to you or your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares of Time Warner common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of our common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Fractional Shares

The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our common stock to Time Warner stockholders. Instead, the distribution agent will first aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, then sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Time Warner stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share, and finally distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). If you receive cash in lieu of fractional shares, you will not be entitled to any interest on the payments. The cash you receive in lieu of fractional shares generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be taxable as described under “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

 

Conditions to the Spin-Off

Completion of the Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction, or the Time Warner Board’s waiver, of the following conditions:

 

    the Time Warner Board shall have authorized and approved the Internal Reorganization and Distribution and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of Time Inc. common stock to Time Warner stockholders;

 

    the ancillary agreements contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement shall have been executed by each party to those agreements;

 

    the Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to in this Information Statement as the “SEC”) shall have declared effective our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to in this Information Statement as the “Exchange Act”), and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

    our common stock shall have been accepted for listing on the              or another national securities exchange approved by Time Warner, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    Time Warner shall have received the written opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants, the Distribution should qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and that no “excess loss account” within the meaning of Section 1.1502-19 of the Treasury Regulations (an “ELA”) with respect to our common stock should be taken into account as income or gain as a result of any step of the Spin-Off;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    the Internal Reorganization (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement”) shall have been completed;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Time Warner shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution;

 

    no other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the Time Warner Board, would result in the Distribution having a material adverse effect on Time Warner or its stockholders;

 

    prior to the Distribution Date, this Information Statement shall have been mailed to the holders of Time Warner common stock as of the Record Date;

 

    Time Warner shall have duly elected the individuals to be listed as members of our post-Distribution board of directors in this Information Statement, and such individuals shall be the members of our board of directors, which we refer to as our “Board,” immediately after the Distribution; provided that our current directors shall appoint one independent director prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of our common stock commences on the                      and such director shall serve on our Audit and Finance Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

    Time Warner shall have delivered to us resignations, effective as of immediately after the Distribution, of each individual who will be an employee of Time Warner or any of its subsidiaries after the Distribution and who is an officer or director of us or any of our subsidiaries immediately prior to the Distribution;

 

    immediately prior to the Distribution Date, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part, shall be in effect; and

 

    Time Warner shall have received a certificate signed by our Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying that prior to the Distribution we have made capital and other expenditures, and have operated our cash management, accounts payable and receivables collection systems in the ordinary course consistent with prior practice, subject to an exception that permits us to cause any excess cash held by our foreign subsidiaries to be transferred to us or any of our other subsidiaries.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  The fulfillment of the foregoing conditions will not create any obligation on the part of Time Warner to complete the Spin-Off. We are not aware of any material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements with which we must comply, other than SEC rules and regulations, or any material approvals that we must obtain, other than the approval for listing of our common stock and the SEC’s declaration of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, in connection with the Distribution. Time Warner has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Time Warner Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Time Warner or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable.

 

Trading Market and Symbol

We intend to file an application to list our common stock on the              under the symbol “        .” We anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date, trading of shares of our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue up to and including the Distribution Date, and we expect that “regular-way” trading of our common stock will begin the first trading day after the Distribution Date.

 

  We also anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date, there will be two markets in Time Warner common stock: (i) a “regular-way” market on which shares of Time Warner common stock will trade with an entitlement for the purchaser of Time Warner common stock to receive shares of our common stock to be distributed in the Distribution, and (ii) an “ex-distribution” market on which shares of Time Warner common stock will trade without an entitlement for the purchaser of Time Warner common stock to receive shares of our common stock. See “The Spin-Off—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date.”

 

Tax Consequences to Time Warner Stockholders

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss should be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off”) as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional share. In addition, the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock and our common stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between the Time Warner common stock and our common stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the Distribution (subject to certain adjustments). See “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

 

  We urge you to consult your tax advisor as to the specific tax consequences of the Distribution to you, including the effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax laws and of changes in applicable tax laws.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Relationship with Time Warner after the Spin-Off

We intend to enter into several agreements with Time Warner related to the Spin-Off, which will govern the relationship between Time Warner and us up to and after completion of the Spin-Off and allocate between Time Warner and us various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations. These agreements include:

 

    a Separation and Distribution Agreement that will set forth Time Warner’s and our agreements regarding the principal actions that both parties will take in connection with the Spin-Off and aspects of our relationship following the Spin-Off;

 

    a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Time Warner and we will provide each other specified services on a transitional basis to help ensure an orderly transition following the Spin-Off;

 

    a Tax Matters Agreement that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Time Warner and us after the Spin-Off with respect to all tax matters and will include restrictions to preserve the tax-free status of the Distribution; and

 

    an Employee Matters Agreement that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters, including the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities relating to employees and compensation and benefits plans and programs in which our employees participated.

 

  We describe these arrangements in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner,” and describe some of the risks of these arrangements under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Spin-Off.”

 

Dividend Policy

We have not yet determined our dividend policy, but we intend to do so prior to the Spin-Off and will disclose this policy in an amendment to this Information Statement. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Transfer Agent

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

Risk Factors

Our business faces both general and specific risks and uncertainties. Our business also faces risks relating to the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off, we will also face risks associated with being an independent publicly-traded company. Accordingly, you should read carefully the information set forth under “Risk Factors.”

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Combined Financial Data

The following tables present certain summary historical combined financial information as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2013. The summary historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 are derived from our historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The summary historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from our combined financial statements that are not included in this Information Statement. The summary historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2010 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are derived from our unaudited combined financial statements that are not included in this Information Statement. The unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting of only ordinary recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth in this Information Statement.

The summary historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. For each of the periods presented, the entities that are part of the Publishing Business were each separate indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented. In addition, our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from Time Warner, including changes in the financing, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business. Further, the historical financial information includes allocations of certain Time Warner corporate expenses. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of these expenses are reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that we would have incurred if we had operated as an independent publicly-traded company or of the costs expected to be incurred in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013 (a)     2012 (b)     2011 (c)     2010 (d)     2009 (e)  
($ in millions)                           (unaudited)  

Selected Operating Statement Information:

         

Revenues:

         

Advertising

  $       1,807     $       1,819      $       1,923      $       1,935      $ 1,878     

Circulation

    1,129        1,210        1,271        1,291        1,324     

Other

    418        407        483        449        534     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $ 3,354      $ 3,436      $ 3,677      $ 3,675      $ 3,736     

Operating income

  $ 330      $ 420      $ 563      $ 515      $     246     

Net income

  $ 201      $ 263      $ 368      $ 312      $ 147     

 

(a) 2013 includes a pretax gain of $13 million resulting from the settlement of a pre-existing contractual arrangement with AEP, $79 million of noncash impairments, $78 million of which related to certain tradenames, and restructuring and severance costs of $63 million.
(b) 2012 includes a pretax loss on operating assets of $36 million related to the sale of QSP, our school fundraising business, noncash impairments of $6 million related to property, plant and equipment and restructuring and severance costs of $27 million. In the second quarter of 2012, we reassumed management of the SI.com and Golf.com websites, including selling the advertising for the websites, and ceased receiving a license fee from Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) (see footnote (c)).
(c) 2011 includes a noncash impairment charge of $17 million related to identifiable intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, as well as restructuring and severance costs of $18 million. Also includes a full year of the management of the SI.com and Golf.com websites by Turner, including selling the advertising for the websites. In exchange, we received a license fee from Turner.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(d) 2010 includes a noncash impairment charge of $11 million related to certain intangible assets and restructuring and severance costs of $61 million. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we transferred to Turner the management of the SI.com and Golf.com websites, including selling the advertising for the websites. In exchange, we received a license fee from Turner.
(e) 2009 includes a noncash impairment charge of $33 million related to certain property, plant and equipment and restructuring and severance costs of $99 million.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
($ in millions)                     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Selected Balance Sheet Information:

         

Cash and equivalents

  $ 46      $ 81      $ 95      $ 72      $ 157   

Total assets

         5,674             5,935             6,148             6,311           6,527   

Debt due within one year

                                9   

Long-term debt

    38        36        34        32        30   

Total equity

    4,042        4,284        4,448        4,593        4,848   

Total capitalization at book value

    4,080        4,320        4,482        4,625        4,887   

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Information Statement and each of the risks described below, which we believe are the principal risks that we face. Some of the risks relate to our business, others to the Spin-Off. Some risks relate principally to the securities markets and ownership of our common stock.

Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Information Statement.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We face significant competition from other magazine publishers and new forms of media, including digital media, which we expect will continue, and as a result we may not be able to maintain or improve our operating results.

We compete principally with other magazine publishers for market share and for the time and attention of consumers of print magazine content. The proliferation of choices available to consumers for information and entertainment has resulted in audience fragmentation and has negatively impacted overall consumer demand for print magazines and intensified competition with other magazine publishers for share of print magazine readership. Competition among print magazine publishers for magazine readership is primarily based on brand perception, magazine content, quality and price. Competition for subscription-based readership is also based on subscriber acquisition and retention, and competition for newsstand-based readership is also based on magazine cover selection and the placement and display of magazines in retail outlets.

We also compete with digital publishers and other forms of media, including websites, tablet editions and mobile apps. The competition we face has intensified as a result of the growing popularity of mobile devices such as tablets and smartphones and the shift in preference of some consumers from print media to digital media for the delivery and consumption of content. These new platforms have reduced the cost of producing and distributing content on a wide scale, allowing new free or low-priced digital content providers to compete with us and other print magazine publishers. The ability of our paid print and digital content to compete successfully with free and low-priced digital content depends on several factors, including our ability to differentiate and distinguish our content from free or low-priced digital content, as well as our ability to increase the value of paid subscriptions to our customers by offering a different, deeper and richer digital experience. If we are unable to distinguish our content from that of our competitors or adapt to new distribution methods, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We derive approximately half of our revenues from advertising. Competition among print magazine and digital publishers for advertising is primarily based on the circulation and readership of magazines and the number of visitors to websites, respectively, the demographics of customer bases, advertising rates, the effectiveness of advertising sales teams and the results observed by advertisers. The continuing shift in preference of some consumers from print media to digital media, as well as growing consumer engagement with new forms of digital media such as online and mobile social networking, has introduced significant new competition for advertising. The proliferation of new platforms available to advertisers, combined with continuing strong competition from print platforms, has impacted both the amount of advertising we are able to sell as well as the rates advertisers are willing to pay. Our ability to compete successfully for advertising also depends on our ability to prove the value of our advertising and the effectiveness of our print and digital platforms, including the value of advertising adjacent to high quality content, and on our ability to use our brands to continue to offer advertisers unique, multi-platform advertising programs and franchises. If we are unable to convince advertisers of the continuing value of our print and digital platforms or offer advertisers unique advertising programs tied to our brands, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

15


Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks associated with the current challenging conditions in the magazine publishing industry.

We have experienced declines in our print advertising revenues due to both shifts by advertisers from print to digital and weak domestic and global economic conditions, which have also adversely affected our circulation revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our advertising revenues declined 0.6% (3.3% excluding revenues resulting from the acquisition of AEP) and 5.4%, respectively, as compared to the preceding year and our circulation revenues declined 6.7% (8.0% excluding revenues resulting from the acquisition of AEP) and 4.8%, respectively, as compared to the preceding year. The challenging conditions and our declining revenues may limit our ability to invest in our brands and pursue new business strategies, including acquisitions, and make it more difficult to attract and retain talented employees and management. Moreover, while we have reduced our costs significantly in recent years to address these challenges, we will need to reduce costs further and such reductions are subject to risks. See “—We may experience financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected costs in completing our various restructuring plans and cost-savings initiatives, including not achieving the anticipated savings and benefits of these plans and initiatives.”

Our profits will be affected by our ability to respond to recent and future changes in technology and consumer behavior.

Technology used in the publishing industry continues to evolve rapidly, and advances in that technology have led to alternative methods for the delivery and consumption of content, including via mobile devices such as tablets and smartphones. These technological developments have driven changes in consumer behavior, especially among younger demographics. Shifts to digital platforms present several challenges to our historical business model, which is based on the production and distribution of print magazines. In order to remain successful, we must continue to attract readers and advertisers to our print products while also appropriately adapting our business model to address consumer demand for digital content across a wide variety of devices.

This adaptation poses certain risks. First, advertising models and pricing for tablet editions and other digital platforms may not be as economically attractive to us as in print magazines, and our ability to continue to package print and digital audiences for advertisers could change in the future. Second, it is unclear whether it will be economically feasible for us to grow paid digital circulation to scale. Third, the increasing use of digital-only magazines is shifting how consumers interact with magazines and how readership is measured, which could indirectly adversely affect our advertising revenues. Further, our practice of offering certain content on our websites for free may reduce demand for our paid content.

The transition from print to digital platforms may also reduce the benefit of important economies of scale we have established in our print production and distribution operations. The scale of our print operations has allowed us to support significant vertical integration in our production, consumer marketing and retail distribution operations, among others, as well as to secure attractive terms with our third-party suppliers, all of which have provided us with significant economic and competitive advantages. If the size of our print operations declines, the economies of scale in our print operations may decline.

Also, the shift to digital distribution platforms, many of which are controlled by third parties, may lead to pricing restrictions, the loss of distribution control, further loss of a direct relationship with consumers and greater susceptibility to technological problems or failures in third-party systems as compared to our existing print distribution operations. Further, we may be required to incur significant costs as we continue to acquire new expertise and infrastructure to accommodate the shift to digital platforms, including additional consumer software and digital and mobile content development expertise, and we may not be able to economically adapt existing print production and distribution assets to support our digital operations. If we are unable to successfully manage the transition to a greater emphasis on digital platforms, continue to negotiate mutually agreeable arrangements with digital distributors or otherwise respond to changes in technology and consumer behavior, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks associated with weak domestic and global economic conditions.

We have been adversely affected by weak domestic and global economic conditions in the recent past and have experienced declines in our advertising and circulation revenues. If these conditions persist, our business, financial condition and results of operations may continue to be adversely affected. Factors that affect economic conditions include the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer confidence and changes in consumer spending habits. Because magazines are generally discretionary purchases for consumers, our circulation revenues are sensitive to general economic conditions and economic cycles. Certain economic conditions such as general economic downturns, including periods of increased inflation, unemployment levels, tax rates, interest rates, gasoline and other energy prices or declining consumer confidence, negatively impact consumer spending. Reduced consumer spending or a shift in consumer spending patterns away from discretionary items will likely result in reduced demand for our magazines and may also require us to incur increased selling and marketing expenses.

We also face risks associated with the impact of weak domestic and global economic conditions on third parties with which we do business, such as advertisers, suppliers, wholesale distributors, retailers and other parties. For example, if retailers file for reorganization under bankruptcy laws or otherwise experience negative effects on their businesses due to volatile or weak economic conditions, it could reduce the number of outlets for our magazines, which in turn could reduce the attractiveness of our magazines to advertisers. In addition, any financial instability of the wholesalers that distribute our print magazines to retailers could have various negative effects on us. See “—We could face increased costs and business disruption from instability in our wholesaler distribution channels.”

We derive substantial revenues from the sale of advertising, and a decrease in overall advertising expenditures could lead to a reduction in the amount of advertising that companies are willing to purchase from us and the price at which they purchase it. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting domestic and global economic conditions. If the economic prospects of advertisers or current economic conditions worsen, such conditions could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending priorities. In particular, advertisers in certain industries that are more susceptible to weakness in domestic and global economic conditions, such as food, automotive and financial services, account for a significant portion of our advertising revenues, and weakness in these industries could have a disproportionate negative impact on our advertising revenues. Declines in consumer spending on advertisers’ products due to weak economic conditions could also indirectly negatively impact our advertising revenues, as advertisers may not perceive as much value from advertising if consumers are purchasing fewer of their products or services. Further, in part as a result of the economic crisis of 2008-2010, advertisers are less willing to commit funds upfront to advertising initiatives than in the past. As a result, our advertising revenues are less predictable.

Changes to U.S. or international regulation of our business or the businesses of our advertisers could cause us to incur additional costs or liabilities, negatively impact our revenues or disrupt our business practices.

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws and regulations. See “Business—Regulatory Matters” for a description of the significant laws and regulations affecting our business. We could incur substantial costs to comply with new laws or regulations or substantial penalties or other liabilities if we fail to comply with them. Compliance with new laws or regulations could also cause us to change or limit our business practices in a manner that is adverse to our business. In addition, if there are changes in laws or regulations that provide protections that we rely on in conducting our business, they could subject us to greater risk of liability and could increase compliance costs or limit our ability to operate our business.

Our business performance is also indirectly affected by the laws and regulations that govern the businesses of our advertisers. For example, the pharmaceutical industry, which accounts for a significant portion of our advertising revenues, is subject to regulations of the Food and Drug Administration in the United States requiring pharmaceutical advertisers to communicate certain disclosures to consumers about advertised pharmaceutical

 

17


Table of Contents

products, typically through the purchase of print media advertising. We face the risk that the Food and Drug Administration could change pharmaceutical marketing regulations in a way that is detrimental to the sale of print advertising.

In addition, changes in laws and regulations that currently allow us to retain customer credit card information and other customer data and to engage in certain forms of consumer marketing, such as automatic renewal of subscriptions for our magazines and negative option offers via direct mail, email, online or telephone solicitation, could have a negative impact on our circulation revenues and adversely affect our financial condition and operating performance.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of additional increases in postal rates, and our business and results of operations could be negatively affected by postal service changes.

The financial condition of the U.S. Postal Service (the “USPS”) continues to decline. In 2012 and 2013, the USPS closed numerous mail processing centers and announced plans to close additional processing centers in 2014, which could result in slower delivery of first class mail and periodicals mail. The USPS is currently prohibited under a Congressional resolution from discontinuing Saturday mail delivery, but the USPS and some members of Congress are attempting to lift that ban as part of comprehensive postal reform. Our subscribers expect our weekly magazines to be delivered in the same week that they are printed, and the elimination of Saturday mail delivery or slower delivery of periodicals mail, absent changes to our internal production schedules, could result in a certain percentage of our weekly magazines not reaching subscribers until the following week. We cannot predict how the USPS will address its fiscal condition in the future, and changes to delivery, reduction in staff or additional closings of processing centers may lead to changes in our internal production schedules or other changes in order to continue to meet our subscribers’ expectations.

Other measures taken to address the declining financial condition of the USPS could include increases in the rates for periodicals mail and local post office closures. In December 2013, the Postal Regulation Commission approved an exigent rate increase and the USPS increased rates by approximately 6% for all classes of mail effective January 2014. Postage is a significant operating expense for us, and if there are significant increases in postal rates and we are not able to offset such increases, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We could face increased costs and business disruption from instability in our wholesaler distribution channels.

We operate a distribution network that relies on wholesalers to distribute our magazines to newsstands and other retail outlets. A small number of wholesalers are responsible for a substantial percentage of wholesale magazine distribution in the United States. We are experiencing significant declines in magazine sales at newsstands and other retail outlets. In light of these declines and the challenging industry conditions, there may be further consolidation among the wholesalers and one or more may become insolvent or unable to pay amounts due in a timely manner. A small number of wholesalers in the U.K. and Mexico are also responsible for a substantial percentage of wholesale magazine distribution in the U.K. and Mexico, respectively. Distribution channel disruptions can impede our ability to distribute magazines to the retail marketplace, which could, among other things, negatively affect the ability of certain magazines to meet the rate base established with advertisers. Disruption in the wholesaler channel, an increase in wholesale distribution costs or the failure of wholesalers to pay amounts due could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant increase in the price of paper or significant disruptions in our supply of paper would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Paper represents a significant component of our total costs to produce print magazines. While the price of paper is currently close to a 10-year low after adjusting for inflation, paper prices have historically been volatile and may increase as a result of various factors, including:

 

    a reduction in the number of suppliers due to restructurings, bankruptcies and consolidations;

 

18


Table of Contents
    declining paper supply due to paper mill closures; and

 

    other factors that generally adversely impact supplier profitability, including increases in operating expenses caused by rising raw material and energy costs.

If paper prices increase significantly or we experience significant supply channel disruptions, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

After the Spin-Off, we will have substantial indebtedness and the ability to incur significant additional indebtedness, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Following the Spin-Off, we will have substantial indebtedness and we may increase our indebtedness in the future. As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the incurrence of indebtedness in connection with the Spin-Off, our total outstanding indebtedness would be approximately $         billion.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

 

    increase our cost of borrowing;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business;

 

    limit our ability to make material acquisitions or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise;

 

    expose us to fluctuations in interest rates, to the extent our borrowings bear variable rates of interest;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

 

    place us at a potential disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on and be subject to our future financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our control, including the availability of financing in the banking and capital markets. Our business may fail to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or we may be unable to efficiently repatriate the portion of our cash flow that is derived from our foreign operations or borrow funds in an amount sufficient to enable us to make payments on our debt, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we were unable to make payments on or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as asset sales, equity issuances or negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt. The terms of debt agreements that we enter into in connection with the Spin-Off and market or business conditions may limit our ability to take some or all of these actions. In addition, if we incur additional debt, the related risks described above could be exacerbated.

We may need to raise additional capital, and we cannot be sure that additional financing will be available.

Subsequent to the Spin-Off, we will need to fund our ongoing working capital, capital expenditure and financing requirements through cash flows from operations and new sources of capital, including additional financing. Our ability to obtain future financing will depend, among other things, on our financial condition and results of operations as well as on the condition of the capital markets or other credit markets at the time we seek financing. Increased volatility and disruptions in the financial markets could make it more difficult and more

 

19


Table of Contents

expensive for us to obtain financing. In addition, the adoption of new statutes and regulations, the implementation of recently enacted laws or new interpretations or the enforcement of older laws and regulations applicable to the financial markets or the financial services industry could result in a reduction in the amount of available credit or an increase in the cost of credit. Historically, we have relied on Time Warner and its credit and access to capital for our financing needs, but, after the Spin-Off, we will not have access to Time Warner’s credit for our future financings. There can be no assurance that, as a new public company, we will have access to the capital markets on terms we find acceptable.

Adverse changes in the equity markets or interest rates, changes in actuarial assumptions and legislative or other regulatory actions could substantially increase our U.K. pension costs and adversely affect our ability to utilize earnings from IPC Media to invest in our business.

Our U.K. affiliate, IPC Media Ltd. (“IPC Media”), which will become a subsidiary of ours in the Internal Reorganization, sponsors the IPC Media Pension Scheme (the “IPC Plan”), a defined benefit pension plan that is closed to new participants and accrual of additional benefits for current participants other than certain enhanced benefits – most notably in connection with increases in a participant’s final compensation. In connection with the most recent triennial valuation of the IPC Plan conducted in the spring of 2012 under U.K. pension regulations, IPC Media entered into an arrangement with the trustee of the IPC Plan in respect of the funding in that plan, under which IPC Media agreed to contribute £8 million annually to the IPC Plan from April 2013 to April 2019. In anticipation of the Spin-Off, we, Time Warner and IPC Media have engaged in discussions with the IPC Plan’s trustee regarding the impact of the Spin-Off on the IPC Plan, and proposed actions that IPC Media will take, including an increase in the funding contribution to the IPC Plan to £11 million annually from April 2014 to April 2020 and additional assurances and commitments regarding the business and assets that support the IPC Plan. It is possible that following future valuations, the funding obligation will increase. The IPC Plan funding requirement can be affected by a number of assumptions and factors, including legislative changes, assumptions regarding interest rates, mortality, compensation increases and retirement rates, the investment strategy and performance of the IPC Plan assets, the strength of the IPC Media business, and (in certain limited circumstances) actions by the U.K. pensions regulator. Volatile economic conditions could increase the risk that the funding requirements increase following the next triennial valuation. A significant increase in IPC Media’s funding requirements for the IPC Plan could negatively affect our ability to utilize earnings from IPC Media to invest in our business.

We face risks relating to doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business operates internationally. There are risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:

 

    issues related to managing international operations;

 

    potentially adverse tax developments;

 

    lack of sufficient protection for intellectual property in some countries;

 

    currency exchange and export controls;

 

    local labor laws and regulations; and

 

    limitations on our ability to efficiently repatriate cash from our foreign operations.

One or more of these factors could harm our international operations and operating results. In addition, some of our operations are conducted in foreign currencies, and the value of each of these currencies fluctuates relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, we are exposed to exchange rate fluctuations, which in the past have had, and in the future could have, an adverse effect on our results of operations in a given period.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our business may suffer if we cannot continue to enforce the intellectual property rights on which our business depends.

Our business relies on a combination of trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other proprietary rights, as well as contractual arrangements, including licenses, to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and brands. Our proprietary trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our continued success and our competitive position. See “Business—Intellectual Property” for a description of our intellectual property assets and the measures we take to protect them. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which we operate or our products are available. We also may not be able to acquire or maintain appropriate domain names in all countries in which we do business. The Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) has recently begun to expand the supply of domain names on the Internet and has so far designated more than 100 new generic Top Level Domains (i.e., the characters that appear to the right of the period in domain names, such as .com, .net and .org), out of more than 1,900 applications received, which could significantly change the structure of the Internet and make it significantly more expensive for us to protect our intellectual property on the Internet. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names, including generic top level domain names, that are similar to, infringe on, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Any impairment of our intellectual property or brands, including due to changes in U.S. or foreign intellectual property laws or the absence of effective legal protections or enforcement measures, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have been, and may be in the future, subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, which could require us to change our business practices.

Successful claims that we infringe the intellectual property of others could require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question. This could require us to change our business practices and limit our ability to compete effectively. Even if we believe that claims of intellectual property infringement are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly and divert management’s attention and resources away from our business.

Service disruptions or failures of our or our vendors’ information systems and networks as a result of computer viruses, misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, natural disasters (including extreme weather), accidental releases of information or other similar events, may disrupt our business, damage our reputation or have a negative impact on our results of operations.

Because information systems, networks and other technologies are critical to many of our operating activities, shutdowns or service disruptions at our company or vendors that provide information systems, networks, printing or other services to us pose increasing risks. Such disruptions may be caused by events such as computer hacking, dissemination of computer viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software, denial of service attacks and other malicious activity, as well as power outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), terrorist attacks or other similar events. Such events could have an adverse impact on us and our customers, including degradation or disruption of service, loss of data and damage to equipment and data. In addition, system redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient to cover all eventualities. Significant events could result in a disruption of our operations, customer or advertiser dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation or brands or a loss of customers or revenues. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for any losses associated with such events.

We could be subject to risks caused by misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or intentional or accidental release or loss of information maintained in the information systems and networks of our company and our vendors, including personnel, customer and vendor confidential data. In addition, outside parties may attempt to penetrate our systems or those of our vendors or fraudulently induce our employees or customers or employees of our vendors to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data. If a material breach of our

 

21


Table of Contents

security or that of our vendors occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, we could lose customers and advertisers and our reputation, brands and credibility could be damaged. We could be required to expend significant amounts of money and other resources to repair or replace information systems or networks. In addition, we could be subject to regulatory actions and claims made by consumers and groups in private litigation involving privacy issues related to consumer data collection and use practices and other data privacy laws and regulations, including claims for misuse or inappropriate disclosure of data, as well as unfair or deceptive practices. Although we develop and maintain systems designed to prevent these events from occurring, the development and maintenance of these systems is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become more sophisticated. Moreover, despite our efforts, the possibility of these events occurring cannot be eliminated entirely. As we distribute more of our content digitally, outsource more of our information systems to vendors, engage in more electronic transactions with consumers and rely more on cloud-based information systems, the related security risks will increase and we will need to expend additional resources to protect our technology and information systems.

We are also subject to payment card association rules and obligations under our contracts with payment card processors. Under these rules and obligations, if information is compromised, we could be liable to payment card issuers for the cost of associated expenses and penalties. In addition, if we fail to follow payment card industry security standards, even if no customer information is compromised, we could incur significant fines or experience a significant increase in payment card transaction costs.

We could be required to record significant impairment charges in the future.

Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are required to be tested for impairment annually or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances, and long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, are required to be tested for impairment upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Factors that could lead to impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets include significant adverse changes in the business climate and declines in the value of our business.

As part of our annual impairment test, we assessed our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment as of December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2013, we recorded a $50 million impairment of intangible assets related to an indefinite-lived tradename. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2013, certain tradenames with finite lives experienced a triggering event and were evaluated for impairment. As a result of this evaluation, we recorded impairments of $28 million related to these tradenames.

Market conditions in the publishing industry, including declines in print advertising revenues and newsstand sales, remain challenging. During the third quarter of 2013, we appointed a new Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who have been reviewing our existing operating plans and are developing new strategies and initiatives as part of a new long-range plan. As a result, some of our current strategies and initiatives could be modified, abandoned or replaced with new strategies and initiatives, which could change our expectations of future cash flows. If market conditions or our expectations of future cash flows are worse than our current expectations, it is possible that the carrying values of our reporting unit and certain of our tradenames will exceed their respective fair values, which could result in us recognizing a noncash impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets that could be material.

We may make acquisitions, which could involve inherent risks and uncertainties.

We may make acquisitions, which could involve inherent risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    the difficulty in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner;

 

    the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits;

 

22


Table of Contents
    the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;

 

    the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our operations;

 

    the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems;

 

    the difficulty in expanding information technology systems and other business processes to incorporate the acquired businesses;

 

    potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the acquired businesses; and

 

    in some cases, the potential for increased regulation.

If an acquired business fails to operate as anticipated, cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business, or one or more of the other risks and uncertainties identified occur in connection with our acquisitions, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If it becomes more difficult to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

We are dependent on our ability to hire and retain talented employees and management. We have had several recent changes in executive leadership, which has been disruptive to our business. As a result of these disruptions or other factors, it may become more difficult to attract and retain the key employees we need to meet our strategic objectives.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal variations.

Our business has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, seasonality due to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on people’s reading habits. Typically, our revenues from advertising are highest in the fourth quarter. The effects of such seasonality make it difficult to estimate future operating results based on the previous results of any specific quarter.

We may experience financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected costs in completing our various restructuring plans and cost-savings initiatives, including not achieving the anticipated savings and benefits of these plans and initiatives.

We recently began implementing a restructuring plan and cost-savings initiatives to better align our organizational structure and costs with our business strategy. We expect to continue to actively manage our costs and may undertake additional restructuring plans and cost-savings initiatives. Our cost savings initiatives may involve moving more of our business operations and corporate functions to outsourced arrangements or off-shore locations. Identifying and implementing additional cost reductions, however, may become increasingly difficult to do in an operationally effective manner.

We may not realize the anticipated savings or benefits from one or more of these restructuring plans or cost-savings initiatives in full or in part or within the time periods we expect. Other events and circumstances, such as financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected costs, may occur, which could result in our not realizing all or any of the anticipated savings or benefits. In addition, our cost savings initiatives may adversely affect the quality of our products and brands and further limit our ability to attract and retain talent. Our cost savings initiatives are also subject to execution risk, including business disruptions, diversion of management attention, incurring greater than anticipated expenses and risks associated with providing services and functions in outsourced and off-shore locations. In addition, our plan to invest these savings and benefits ahead of future growth means that such costs will be incurred whether or not we realize these savings and benefits. If we fail to realize anticipated savings or benefits or fail to better align our cost structure in a timely manner, or fail to reduce business expenditures through our restructuring plans and cost-savings initiatives, our ability to continue to fund growth initiatives and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

23


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off could result in significant tax liability to Time Warner and its stockholders.

Completion of the Spin-Off is conditioned on Time Warner’s receipt of a written opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP to the effect that the Distribution should qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code and that no ELA with respect to our common stock should be taken into account as income or gain as a result of any step of the Spin-Off. Time Warner can waive receipt of the tax opinion as a condition to the completion of the Spin-Off.

The opinion of counsel does not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences of the Spin-Off. The opinion assumes that the Spin-Off will be completed according to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and relies on the facts as stated in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the other ancillary agreements, this Information Statement and a number of other documents. In addition, the opinion is based on certain representations as to factual matters from, and certain covenants by, Time Warner and us. The opinion cannot be relied on if any of the assumptions, representations or covenants are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or are violated in any material respect.

The opinion of counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the courts, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. Time Warner has not requested, and does not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, U.S. Holders could be subject to tax. In this case, each U.S. Holder who receives our common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of our common stock received, which would generally result in (i) a taxable dividend to the U.S. Holder to the extent of that U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of Time Warner’s current and accumulated earnings and profits; (ii) a reduction in the U.S. Holder’s basis (but not below zero) in Time Warner common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the stockholder’s share of Time Warner’s earnings and profits; and (iii) a taxable gain from the exchange of Time Warner common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the sum of the U.S. Holder’s share of Time Warner’s earnings and profits and the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Time Warner common stock.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, then Time Warner would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our common stock held by it immediately before the Distribution, increased by the amount of the Special Dividend that we will distribute to Time Warner as part of the Internal Reorganization. In addition, even if the Distribution qualifies for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, there is a possibility that an ELA up to the amount of the Special Dividend could be determined to be created and taken into account as part of the Spin-Off. In this case, Time Warner would recognize gain equal to the amount of the ELA. Under certain circumstances, we could have an indemnification obligation to Time Warner with respect to tax on any such gain. See below and “The Spin-Off—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off.”

We could have an indemnification obligation to Time Warner if the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition treatment, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

If, due to any of our representations being untrue or our covenants being breached, it were determined that the Distribution did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, or that an ELA was created and taken into account, we could be required to indemnify Time Warner for the resulting taxes and related expenses. Any such indemnification obligation could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

In addition, Section 355(e) of the Code generally creates a presumption that the Distribution would be taxable to Time Warner, but not to holders, if we or our stockholders were to engage in transactions that result in a 50% or greater change by vote or value in the ownership of our stock during the four-year period beginning on the date that

 

24


Table of Contents

begins two years before the date of the Distribution, unless it were established that such transactions and the Distribution were not part of a plan or series of related transactions giving effect to such a change in ownership. If the Distribution were taxable to Time Warner due to such a 50% or greater change in ownership of our stock, Time Warner would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our common stock held by it immediately before the Distribution, increased by the amount of the Special Dividend that we will distribute to Time Warner as part of the Internal Reorganization, and we generally would be required to indemnify Time Warner for the tax on such gain and related expenses. Any such indemnification obligation could materially adversely affect our financial condition. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Tax Matters Agreement.”

We intend to agree to numerous restrictions to preserve the non-recognition treatment of the Distribution, which may reduce our strategic and operating flexibility.

We intend to agree in the Tax Matters Agreement to covenants and indemnification obligations that address compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code. These covenants and indemnification obligations may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or engage in new businesses or other transactions that may maximize the value of our business, and might discourage or delay a strategic transaction that our stockholders may consider favorable. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Tax Matters Agreement.”

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from the Spin-Off.

We believe that, as an independent publicly-traded company, we will be able to, among other things, better focus our financial and operational resources on our specific business, implement and maintain a capital structure designed to meet our specific needs, design and implement corporate strategies and policies that are targeted to our business, more effectively respond to industry dynamics and create effective incentives for our management and employees that are more closely tied to our business performance. However, by separating from Time Warner, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events. In addition, we may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve as an independent company in the time we expect, if at all. The completion of the Spin-Off will also require significant amounts of our management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business. If we fail to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve as an independent company, or do not achieve them in the time we expect, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent publicly-traded company, and we may experience increased costs after the Spin-Off.

We have historically operated as part of Time Warner’s corporate organization, and Time Warner has provided us with various corporate functions. Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner will have no obligation to provide us with assistance other than the transition services described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner.” These services do not include every service that we have received from Time Warner in the past, and Time Warner is only obligated to provide these services for limited periods following completion of the Spin-Off. Accordingly, following the Spin-Off, we will need to provide internally or obtain from unaffiliated third parties the services we currently receive from Time Warner. These services include information technology, tax administration, treasury activities, accounting, benefits administration, procurement, legal and ethics and compliance program administration, the effective and appropriate performance of which are critical to our operations. We may be unable to replace these services in a timely manner or on terms and conditions as favorable as those we receive from Time Warner. Because our business has historically operated as part of the wider Time Warner organization, we may be unable to successfully establish the infrastructure or implement the changes necessary to operate independently, or may incur additional costs that could adversely affect our business. If we fail to obtain the quality of services necessary to operate effectively or incur greater costs in obtaining these services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

We have no recent operating history as an independent publicly-traded company, and our historical financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

We derived the historical financial information included in this Information Statement from Time Warner’s consolidated financial statements, and this information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations and financial position we would have achieved as an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented, or those that we will achieve in the future. This is primarily because of the following factors:

 

    Prior to the Spin-Off, we operated as part of Time Warner’s broader corporate organization and Time Warner performed various corporate functions for us, including information technology, tax administration, treasury activities, accounting, benefits administration, procurement, legal and ethics and compliance program administration. Our historical financial information reflects allocations of corporate expenses from Time Warner for these and similar functions. These allocations may not reflect the costs we will incur for similar services in the future as an independent publicly-traded company.

 

    We will enter into transactions with Time Warner that did not exist prior to the Spin-Off, such as Time Warner’s provision of transition services, which will cause us to incur new costs.

 

    Our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from Time Warner, including changes in our cost structure, personnel needs, tax structure, financing and business operations. As part of Time Warner, we enjoyed certain benefits from Time Warner’s operating diversity, size, purchasing power, borrowing leverage and available capital for investments, and we will lose these benefits after the Spin-Off. As an independent entity, we may be unable to purchase goods, services and technologies, such as insurance and health care benefits and computer software licenses, or access capital markets on terms as favorable to us as those we obtained as part of Time Warner prior to the Spin-Off.

Following the Spin-Off, we will also be responsible for the additional costs associated with being an independent publicly-traded company, including costs related to corporate governance, investor and public relations and public reporting. Therefore, our financial statements may not be indicative of our future performance as an independent publicly-traded company. While we have been profitable as part of Time Warner, we cannot assure you that our profits will continue at a similar level when we are an independent publicly-traded company. For additional information about our past financial performance and the basis of presentation of our financial statements, see “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

We may have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with Time Warner.

We will negotiate agreements with Time Warner related to our separation from Time Warner, including the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement and any other agreements, while we are still part of Time Warner. Accordingly, these agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arms-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements being negotiated relate to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations between Time Warner and us. We may have received better terms from third parties because third parties may have competed with each other to win our business. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market

No market for our common stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after the Spin-Off. Following the Spin-Off our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

There is currently no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on                     . We anticipate that before the Distribution Date, trading of shares of our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and this trading will continue up to and including the Distribution Date. However, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop as a result of the Spin-Off or may not be sustained in the future. The lack of an active market may make it more difficult for stockholders to sell our shares and could lead to our share price being depressed or volatile.

We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock may trade after the Spin-Off. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business;

 

    success or failure of our business strategies;

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;

 

    our ability to obtain financing as needed;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after the Spin-Off;

 

    changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

    the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

 

    investor perception of our company and the magazine publishing industry;

 

    overall market fluctuations;

 

    results from any material litigation or government investigation;

 

    changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business;

 

    changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and

 

    general economic conditions and other external factors.

Furthermore, our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of some Time Warner stockholders and, as a result, these Time Warner stockholders may sell their shares of our common stock after the Distribution. See “—Substantial sales of our common stock may occur in connection with the Spin-Off, which could cause our stock price to decline.” Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market does not develop, among other reasons, would amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

Substantial sales of our common stock may occur in connection with the Spin-Off, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Time Warner stockholders receiving shares of our common stock in the Distribution generally may sell those shares immediately in the public market. Although we have no actual knowledge of any plan or intention of any significant stockholder to sell our common stock following the Spin-Off, it is likely that some Time Warner stockholders, possibly including some of its larger stockholders, will sell their shares of our common stock received in the Distribution if, for reasons such as our business profile or market capitalization as an independent company, we do not fit their investment objectives, or – in the case of index funds – we are not a participant in the index in which they are investing. The sales of significant amounts of our common stock or the perception in the market that this will occur may decrease the market price of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

Following the Spin-Off, the timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders will fall within the discretion of our Board. Our Board’s decisions regarding the payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends, and there can be no assurance that, in the future, the combined annual dividends paid on Time Warner common stock, if any, and our common stock, if any, after the Spin-Off will equal the annual dividends on Time Warner common stock prior to the Spin-Off.

Your percentage ownership in Time Inc. may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in Time Inc. may be diluted in the future because of equity awards that we expect to grant to our directors, officers and other employees. Prior to completion of the Spin-Off, we expect to approve an incentive plan that will provide for the grant of common stock-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance our ongoing operations.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable. These include provisions that:

 

    permit us to issue blank check preferred stock as more fully described under “Description of Our Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws;”

 

    do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that only our Chief Executive Officer, Board of Directors or any record holders of shares representing at least 25% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our capital stock entitled generally to vote in the election of directors, voting as a single class, are entitled to call a special meeting of our stockholders; and

 

    limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders.

 

28


Table of Contents

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of Time Inc., including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws” for more information.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Information Statement contains “forward-looking statements.” These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance in connection with discussions of future operating or financial performance.

These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions regarding our business and performance, the economy and other future conditions and forecasts of future events, circumstances and results. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements include government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors:

 

    changes in our plans, initiatives and strategies, and consumer acceptance thereof;

 

    recent and future changes in technology, including alternative methods for the delivery of our content;

 

    changes in consumer behavior, including changes in spending behavior and changes in when, where and how digital content is consumed;

 

    competitive pressures;

 

    our ability to deal effectively with economic slowdowns or other economic or market difficulties;

 

    changes in advertising market conditions or advertising expenditures due to, among other things, economic conditions, changes in consumer behavior, pressure from public interest groups, changes in laws and regulations and other societal or political developments;

 

    our ability to exploit and protect our intellectual property rights in and to our content and other products;

 

    lower than expected valuations associated with our cash flows and revenues, which could result in our inability to realize the value of recorded intangible assets and goodwill;

 

    increased volatility or decreased liquidity in the capital markets, including any limitation on our ability to access the capital markets for debt securities, refinance our outstanding indebtedness or obtain bank financings on acceptable terms;

 

    the effects of any significant acquisitions, dispositions and other similar transactions by us;

 

    the failure to meet earnings expectations;

 

    the adequacy of our risk management framework;

 

    changes in U.S. GAAP or other applicable accounting policies;

 

    the impact of terrorist acts, hostilities, natural disasters (including extreme weather) and pandemic viruses;

 

    a disruption or failure of network and information systems or other technology on which our business relies;

 

    changes in tax and other laws and regulations;

 

    changes in foreign exchange rates; and

 

    the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this Information Statement speak only as of the date on which they are made. We are under no obligation to, and expressly disclaim any obligation to, update or alter our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise.

 

30


Table of Contents

THE SPIN-OFF

Background

On March 6, 2013, Time Warner announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Publishing Business from Time Warner. To effect the separation, Time Warner is undertaking the Internal Reorganization described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement.” After giving effect to the Internal Reorganization, Time Inc., Time Warner’s wholly owned subsidiary, will hold the Publishing Business.

Following the Internal Reorganization, Time Warner will distribute all of its equity interest in us, consisting of all of the outstanding shares of our common stock, to Time Warner’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner will not own any equity interest in us, and we will operate independently from Time Warner. No approval of Time Warner’s stockholders is required in connection with the Spin-Off, and Time Warner’s stockholders will not have any appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off.

Completion of the Spin-Off is subject to the satisfaction, or the Time Warner Board’s waiver, of a number of conditions. In addition, Time Warner has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Time Warner Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Time Warner or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable. For a more detailed description, see “—Conditions to the Spin-Off.”

Reasons for the Spin-Off

The Time Warner Board has regularly reviewed the businesses that comprise Time Warner to confirm that Time Warner’s resources are being put to use in a manner that is in the best interests of Time Warner and its stockholders. In reaching the decision to pursue the Spin-Off, the Time Warner Board considered a range of potential structural alternatives for the Publishing Business, including retaining some or all of the Publishing Business as part of Time Warner and a sale or merger of some or all of the Publishing Business to or with third parties. In evaluating these alternatives with the goal of enhancing stockholder value, the Time Warner Board considered input and advice from members of Time Warner and Time Inc. management. As part of this evaluation, the Time Warner Board considered a number of factors, including the strategic clarity and flexibility for Time Warner and Time Inc. after the Spin-Off, the ability of Time Warner and Time Inc. to compete and operate efficiently and effectively (including Time Inc.’s ability to retain and attract management talent) after the Spin-Off, the financial profile of Time Warner and Time Inc., the potential reaction of investors and the probability of successful execution of the various structural alternatives and the risks associated with those alternatives.

As a result of this evaluation, the Time Warner Board determined that proceeding with the Spin-Off would be in the best interests of Time Warner and its stockholders. The Time Warner Board considered the following potential benefits of this approach:

 

    Strategic Clarity and Flexibility .  Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner and Time Inc. will each have a more focused business and be better able to dedicate financial resources to pursue appropriate growth opportunities and execute strategic plans best suited to its respective business. The Spin-Off will also allow each of Time Warner and Time Inc. to enhance its strategic flexibility to respond to industry dynamics.

 

    Focused Management .  The Spin-Off will allow the management of each of Time Warner and Time Inc. to devote its time and attention to the development and implementation of corporate strategies and policies that are based primarily on the specific business characteristics of their respective companies.

 

    Management Incentives .  The Spin-Off will enable Time Inc. to create incentives for its management and employees that are more closely tied to its business performance and stockholder expectations. Time Inc. equity-based compensation arrangements will more closely align the interests of Time Inc.’s management and employees with the interests of its stockholders and should increase Time Inc.’s ability to attract and retain personnel.

 

31


Table of Contents
    Stockholder Flexibility .  The Spin-Off will allow investors to make independent investment decisions with respect to Time Warner and Time Inc. and will enable Time Inc. to achieve alignment with a more natural stockholder base. Investment in one or the other company may appeal to investors with different goals, interests and concerns.

In determining whether to effect the Spin-Off, the Time Warner Board considered the costs and risks associated with the transaction, including the costs associated with preparing Time Inc. to become an independent publicly-traded company, the risk of volatility in our stock price immediately following the Spin-Off due to sales by Time Warner’s stockholders whose investment objectives may not be met by our common stock, the time it may take for us to attract our optimal stockholder base, the possibility of disruptions in our business as a result of the Spin-Off, the risk that the combined trading prices of our common stock and Time Warner’s common stock after the Spin-Off may drop below the trading price of Time Warner’s common stock before the Spin-Off and the loss of synergies and scale from operating as one company. Notwithstanding these costs and risks, taking into account the factors discussed above, the Time Warner Board determined that the Spin-Off was the best alternative to achieve the above benefits and enhance stockholder value.

When and How You Will Receive Time Inc. Shares

Time Warner will distribute to its stockholders, as a pro rata dividend, one share of our common stock for every              shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014, the Record Date of the Distribution.

Prior to the Distribution, Time Warner will deliver all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock to the distribution agent.                      Computershare Trust Company, N.A. will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

If you own Time Warner common stock as of the close of business on                     , 2014, the shares of our common stock that you are entitled to receive in the Distribution will be issued to your account as follows:

 

    Registered stockholders .  If you own your shares of Time Warner common stock directly through Time Warner’s transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., you are a registered stockholder. In this case, the distribution agent will credit the whole shares of our common stock you receive in the Distribution by way of direct registration in book-entry form to a new account with our transfer agent. Registration in book-entry form refers to a method of recording share ownership where no physical stock certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in the Distribution. You will be able to access information regarding your book-entry account holding the Time Inc. shares at                     .

Commencing on or shortly after the Distribution Date, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of whole shares of our common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name. We expect it will take the distribution agent up to two weeks after the Distribution Date to complete the distribution of the shares of our common stock and mail statements of holding to all registered stockholders.

 

    Street name or beneficial stockholders .  Most Time Warner stockholders own their shares of Time Warner common stock beneficially through a bank, broker or other nominee. In these cases, the bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares in “street name” and records your ownership on its books. If you own your shares of Time Warner common stock through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or other nominee will credit your account with the whole shares of our common stock that you receive in the Distribution on or shortly after the Distribution Date. We encourage you to contact your bank, broker or other nominee if you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name.”

If you sell any of your shares of Time Warner common stock on or before the Distribution Date, the buyer of those shares may in some circumstances be entitled to receive the shares of our common stock to be distributed in respect of the Time Warner shares you sold. See “—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for more information.

 

32


Table of Contents

We are not asking Time Warner stockholders to take any action in connection with the Spin-Off. No stockholder approval of the Spin-Off is required. We are not asking you for a proxy and request that you not send us a proxy. We are also not asking you to make any payment or surrender or exchange any of your shares of Time Warner common stock for shares of our common stock. The number of outstanding shares of Time Warner common stock will not change as a result of the Spin-Off.

Number of Shares You Will Receive

On the Distribution Date, you will receive one share of our common stock for every              shares of Time Warner common stock you owned as of the Record Date.

Treatment of Fractional Shares

The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of our common stock in connection with the Spin-Off. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate all fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices on behalf of Time Warner stockholders entitled to receive a fractional share. The distribution agent will then distribute the aggregate cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to these holders (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder). We anticipate that the distribution agent will make these sales in the “when-issued” market, and “when-issued” trades will generally settle within four trading days following the Distribution Date. See “—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” for additional information regarding “when-issued” trading. The distribution agent will, in its sole discretion, without any influence by Time Warner or us, determine when, how, through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. The distribution agent is not, and any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be, an affiliate of either Time Warner or us.

The distribution agent will send to each registered holder of Time Warner common stock entitled to a fractional share a check in the cash amount deliverable in lieu of that holder’s fractional share as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date. We expect the distribution agent to take about                      after the Distribution Date to complete the distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares to Time Warner stockholders. If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other nominee, your bank, broker or nominee will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales. No interest will be paid on any cash you receive in lieu of a fractional share. The cash you receive in lieu of a fractional share will generally be taxable to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off” below for more information.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off

Consequences to U.S. Holders of Time Warner Common Stock

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of Time Warner common stock in connection with the Distribution. This summary is based on the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code and judicial and administrative interpretations of those laws, in each case as in effect and available as of the date of this Information Statement and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the tax consequences described below.

This summary is limited to holders of Time Warner common stock that are U.S. Holders, as defined immediately below, that hold their Time Warner common stock as a capital asset. A “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Time Warner common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

33


Table of Contents
    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) in the case of a trust that was treated as a domestic trust under law in effect before 1997, a valid election is in place under applicable Treasury Regulations.

This summary does not discuss all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address the consequences to stockholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

    dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

    tax-exempt entities;

 

    banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

    real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

    persons who acquired Time Warner common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

    stockholders who own, or are deemed to own, 10% or more, by voting power or value, of Time Warner equity;

 

    stockholders owning Time Warner common stock as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, conversion or other risk reduction transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    stockholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons who own Time Warner common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities; or

 

    persons who hold Time Warner common stock through a tax-qualified retirement plan.

This summary does not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences or any estate, gift or other non-income tax consequences.

If a partnership, or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds Time Warner common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership is urged to consult its own tax advisor as to its tax consequences.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION.

General

Subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein (including the discussion below relating to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares), Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel to Time Warner, is of the opinion that for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    no gain or loss should be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a U.S. Holder as a result of the Distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares;

 

   

the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock and our common stock held by each U.S. Holder immediately after the Distribution should be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the Time Warner common stock held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the Distribution, allocated between

 

34


Table of Contents
 

the Time Warner common stock and our common stock in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the Distribution (subject to reduction upon the deemed sale of any fractional shares, as described below); and

 

    the holding period of our common stock received by each U.S. Holder should include the holding period of their Time Warner common stock, provided that such Time Warner common stock is held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution.

U.S. Holders that have acquired different blocks of Time Warner common stock at different times or at different prices are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the allocation of their aggregate adjusted tax basis among, and the holding period of, shares of our common stock distributed with respect to such blocks of Time Warner common stock.

If a U.S. Holder receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of common stock as part of the Distribution, the U.S. Holder will be treated as though it first received a distribution of the fractional share in the Distribution and then sold it for the amount of cash actually received. Provided the fractional share is considered to be held as a capital asset on the date of the Distribution, the U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the cash received for such fractional share and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in that fractional share, as determined above. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Time Warner common stock is more than one year on the date of the Distribution.

The opinion of counsel does not address any U.S. state or local or foreign tax consequences of the Spin-Off. The opinion assumes that the Spin-Off will be completed according to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and relies on the facts as stated in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the other ancillary agreements, this Information Statement and a number of other documents. In addition, the opinion is based on certain representations as to factual matters from, and certain covenants by, Time Warner and us. The opinion cannot be relied on if any of the assumptions, representations or covenants are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate or are violated in any material respect.

The opinion of counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. Time Warner has not requested, and does not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss, the above consequences would not apply and U.S. Holders could be subject to tax. In this case, each U.S. Holder who receives our common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of our common stock received, which would generally result in:

 

    a taxable dividend to the U.S. Holder to the extent of that U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of Time Warner’s current and accumulated earnings and profits;

 

    a reduction in the U.S. Holder’s basis (but not below zero) in Time Warner common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the stockholder’s share of Time Warner’s earnings and profits; and

 

    a taxable gain from the exchange of Time Warner common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the sum of the U.S. Holder’s share of Time Warner’s earnings and profits and the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Time Warner common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Statement

Payments of cash in lieu of a fractional share of our common stock may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding,” unless a U.S. Holder provides proof of an applicable exemption or a correct taxpayer identification number, and otherwise complies with the requirements of the backup withholding rules.

 

35


Table of Contents

Corporations will generally be exempt from backup withholding, but may be required to provide a certification to establish their entitlement to the exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and it may be refunded or credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Treasury Regulations require each Time Warner stockholder that, immediately before the Distribution, owned 5% or more (by vote or value) of the total outstanding stock of Time Warner to attach to such stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the Distribution occurs a statement setting forth certain information related to the Distribution.

Consequences to Time Warner

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Time Warner in connection with the Spin-Off that may be relevant to holders of Time Warner common stock.

Subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel to Time Warner, is of the opinion that for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    the Distribution should qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code; and

 

    no ELA with respect to our common stock should be taken into account as income or gain as a result of any step of the Spin-Off.

The opinion of counsel is subject to the same qualifications and limitations as are set forth above in relation to the opinion of counsel regarding consequences to U.S. Holders.

If the Distribution were determined not to qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, then Time Warner would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our common stock held by it immediately before the Distribution, increased by the amount of the Special Dividend that we will distribute to Time Warner as part of the Internal Reorganization. In addition, even if the Distribution qualifies for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, there is a possibility that an ELA up to the amount of the Special Dividend could be determined to be created and taken into account as part of the Spin-Off. In this case, Time Warner would recognize gain equal to the amount of the ELA.

Indemnification Obligation

If, due to any of our representations being untrue or our covenants being breached, it were determined that the Distribution did not qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code, or that an ELA was created and taken into account, we could be required to indemnify Time Warner for taxes resulting from the recognition of gain described above and related expenses. In addition, current tax law generally creates a presumption that the Distribution would be taxable to Time Warner, but not to holders, if we or our stockholders were to engage in transactions that result in a 50% or greater change by vote or value in the ownership of our stock during the four-year period beginning on the date that begins two years before the date of the Distribution, unless it were established that such transactions and the Distribution were not part of a plan or series of related transactions giving effect to such a change in ownership. If the Distribution were taxable to Time Warner due to such a 50% or greater change in ownership of our stock, Time Warner would recognize gain in an amount up to the fair market value of our common stock held by it immediately before the Distribution, increased by the amount of the Special Dividend that we will distribute to Time Warner as part of the Internal Reorganization, and we generally would be required to indemnify Time Warner for the tax on such gain and related expenses.

Results of the Spin-Off

After the Spin-Off, we will be an independent publicly-traded company. Immediately following the Spin-Off, we expect to have approximately                  holders of shares of our common stock and approximately              million shares of our common stock outstanding, based on the number of Time Warner stockholders and

 

36


Table of Contents

shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on                     , 2014. The actual number of shares of our common stock Time Warner will distribute in the Spin-Off will depend on the actual number of shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on the Record Date, which will reflect any issuance of new shares or exercises of outstanding options pursuant to Time Warner’s equity plans, and any repurchase of Time Warner shares by Time Warner under its common stock repurchase program, on or prior to the Record Date. The Spin-Off will not affect the number of outstanding shares of Time Warner common stock or any rights of Time Warner stockholders, although we expect the trading price of shares of Time Warner common stock immediately following the Distribution to be lower than immediately prior to the Distribution because the trading price of Time Warner common stock will no longer reflect the value of the Publishing Business. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Time Warner without the Publishing Business, the trading price of shares of Time Warner common stock may fluctuate.

Before our separation from Time Warner, we intend to enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with Time Warner related to the Spin-Off. These agreements will govern the relationship between Time Inc. and Time Warner up to and after completion of the Spin-Off and allocate between Time Inc. and Time Warner various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations, including employee benefits, intellectual property and tax-related assets and liabilities. We describe these arrangements in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner.”

Listing and Trading of our Common Stock

As of the date of this Information Statement, we are a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner. Accordingly, no public market for our common stock currently exists, although a “when-issued” market in our common stock may develop prior to the Distribution. See “—Trading Prior to the Distribution Date” below for an explanation of a “when-issued” market. We intend to list our shares of common stock on              under the symbol “            .” Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner common stock will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TWX.”

Neither we nor Time Warner can assure you as to the trading price of Time Warner common stock or our common stock after the Spin-Off, or as to whether the combined trading prices of our common stock and the Time Warner common stock after the Spin-Off will be less than, equal to or greater than the trading prices of Time Warner common stock prior to the Spin-Off. The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly following the Spin-Off. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market” for more detail.

The shares of our common stock distributed to Time Warner stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares received by individuals who are our affiliates. Individuals who may be considered our affiliates after the Spin-Off include individuals who control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for federal securities law purposes. These individuals may include some or all of our directors and executive officers. Individuals who are our affiliates will be permitted to sell their shares of our common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as those afforded by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 144 thereunder.

Trading Prior to the Distribution Date

We expect a “when-issued” market in our common stock to develop as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date for the Distribution and continue up to and including the Distribution Date. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally on or before the Distribution Date because the securities of the spun-off entity have not yet been distributed. If you own shares of Time Warner common stock at the close of business on the Record Date, you will be entitled to receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. You may trade this entitlement to receive shares of our common stock, without the shares of Time Warner common stock you own, on the “when-issued” market. We expect “when-issued” trades of our common stock to settle

 

37


Table of Contents

within four trading days after the Distribution Date. On the first trading day following the Distribution Date, we expect that “when-issued” trading of our common stock will end and “regular-way” trading will begin.

We also anticipate that, as early as two trading days prior to the Record Date and continuing up to and including the Distribution Date, there will be two markets in Time Warner common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of Time Warner common stock that trade on the regular-way market will trade with an entitlement to receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade without an entitlement to receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. Therefore, if you sell shares of Time Warner common stock in the regular-way market up to and including the Distribution Date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. However, if you own shares of Time Warner common stock at the close of business on the Record Date and sell those shares on the ex-distribution market up to and including the Distribution Date, you will still receive the shares of our common stock that you would otherwise be entitled to receive in the Distribution.

Following the Distribution Date, we expect shares of our common stock to be listed on the                      under the trading symbol “             .” If “when-issued” trading occurs, the listing for our common stock is expected to be under a trading symbol different from our regular-way trading symbol. We will announce our “when-issued” trading symbol when and if it becomes available. If the Spin-Off does not occur, all “when-issued” trading will be null and void.

Conditions to the Spin-Off

We expect that the separation will be effective on the Distribution Date, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by Time Warner:

 

    the Time Warner Board shall have authorized and approved the Internal Reorganization and Distribution and not withdrawn such authorization and approval, and shall have declared the dividend of Time Inc. common stock to Time Warner stockholders;

 

    the ancillary agreements contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement shall have been executed by each party to those agreements;

 

    the SEC shall have declared effective our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, under the Exchange Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC;

 

    our common stock shall have been accepted for listing on              or another national securities exchange approved by Time Warner, subject to official notice of issuance;

 

    Time Warner shall have received the written opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, which shall remain in full force and effect, that, subject to the accuracy of and compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants, the Distribution should qualify for non-recognition of gain and loss under Section 355 of the Code and that no ELA with respect to our common stock should be taken into account as income or gain as a result of any step of the Spin-Off;

 

    the Internal Reorganization (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement”) shall have been completed;

 

    no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect, and no other event outside the control of Time Warner shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of the Distribution;

 

38


Table of Contents
    no other events or developments shall have occurred prior to the Distribution Date that, in the judgment of the Time Warner Board, would result in the Distribution having a material adverse effect on Time Warner or its stockholders;

 

    prior to the Distribution Date, this Information Statement shall have been mailed to the holders of Time Warner common stock as of the Record Date;

 

    Time Warner shall have duly elected the individuals to be listed as members of our post-Distribution Board in this Information Statement, and such individuals shall be the members of our Board immediately after the Distribution; provided that our current directors shall appoint one independent director prior to the date on which “when-issued” trading of our common stock commences on                      and such director shall serve on our Audit and Finance Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

    Time Warner shall have delivered to us resignations, effective as of immediately after the Distribution, of each individual who will be an employee of Time Warner or any of its subsidiaries after the Distribution and who is an officer or director of us or any of our subsidiaries immediately prior to the Distribution;

 

    immediately prior to the Distribution Date, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, each in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part, shall be in effect; and

 

    Time Warner shall have received a certificate signed by our Chief Financial Officer, dated as of the Distribution Date, certifying that prior to the Distribution we have made capital and other expenditures, and have operated our cash management, accounts payable and receivables collection systems in the ordinary course consistent with prior practice, subject to an exception that permits us to cause any excess cash held by our foreign subsidiaries to be transferred to us or any of our other subsidiaries.

The fulfillment of the above conditions will not create any obligation on Time Warner’s part to complete the Spin-Off. We are not aware of any material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements with which we must comply, other than SEC rules and regulations, or any material approvals that we must obtain, other than the approval for listing of our common stock and the SEC’s declaration of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, in connection with the Distribution. Time Warner has the right not to complete the Spin-Off if, at any time, the Time Warner Board determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Spin-Off is not in the best interests of Time Warner or its stockholders or is otherwise not advisable.

Reasons for Furnishing this Information Statement

We are furnishing this Information Statement solely to provide information to Time Warner’s stockholders who will receive shares of our common stock in the Distribution. You should not construe this Information Statement as an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or any securities of Time Warner. We believe that the information contained in this Information Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this Information Statement may occur after that date, and neither we nor Time Warner undertakes any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our and Time Warner’s public disclosure obligations and practices.

 

39


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not yet determined our dividend policy, but we intend to do so prior to the Spin-Off and will disclose this policy in an amendment to this Information Statement. Our Board will make all decisions regarding the payment of future dividends, and such decisions will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business, covenants associated with debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market—We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.”

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the cash and capitalization of the Publishing Business as of December 31, 2013, on a historical basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Spin-Off and the transactions related to the Spin-Off, as if they occurred on December 31, 2013. You should review the following table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the combined financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

    December 31, 2013  
          Historical                 As adjusted        
($ in millions)         (unaudited)  

Cash and equivalents

   $ 46            $                

Capitalization:

   

 

Indebtedness:

   

Long-term debt

   $ 38            $     

 

Equity:

   

Common stock, $0.01 par value

    —          

Paid-in-capital

    —          

Divisional equity

    4,158          

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

    (116)         
   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    4,042          

Total capitalization

   $ 4,080            $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have not yet finalized our post-Spin-Off capitalization. We intend to update this Information Statement to reflect our post-Spin-Off capitalization.

 

41


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected historical combined financial information as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2013. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 are derived from our historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from our combined financial statements that are not included in this Information Statement. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2010 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are derived from our unaudited combined financial statements that are not included in this Information Statement. The unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting of only ordinary recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth in this Information Statement.

You should review the selected historical financial data presented below in conjunction with our combined financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this Information Statement. For each of the periods presented, the entities that are part of the Publishing Business were each separate indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented. In addition, our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of our separation from Time Warner, including changes in the financing, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business. Further, the historical financial information includes allocations of certain Time Warner corporate expenses. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of these expenses are reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that we would have incurred if we had operated as an independent publicly-traded company or of the costs expected to be incurred in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
          2013                 2012                 2011                 2010                 2009        
($ in millions)                           (unaudited)  

Selected Operating Statement Information:

         

Revenues:

         

Advertising

   $ 1,807      $ 1,819       $ 1,923       $ 1,935       $ 1,878     

Circulation

    1,129     

 

1,210

  

    1,271        1,291        1,324     

Other

    418        407        483        449        534     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 3,354       $ 3,436       $ 3,677       $ 3,675       $ 3,736     

Operating income

   $ 330       $ 420       $ 563       $ 515       $ 246     

Net income

   $ 201       $ 263       $ 368       $ 312       $ 147     

 

    As of December 31,  
          2013                 2012                 2011                 2010                 2009        
($ in millions)                     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Selected Balance Sheet Information:

         

Cash and equivalents

   $ 46         $ 81         $ 95         $ 72         $ 157     

Total assets

    5,674          5,935          6,148          6,311          6,527     

Debt due within one year

    —          —          —          —          9     

Long-term debt

    38          36          34          32          30     

Total equity

    4,042          4,284          4,448          4,593          4,848     

Total capitalization at book value

    4,080          4,320          4,482          4,625          4,887     

 

42


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Introduction

Time Inc. is the largest magazine publisher in the United States based on both readership and print advertising revenues and the largest magazine publisher in the U.K. based on print newsstand revenues. Our portfolio of more than 90 magazines includes a diverse collection of some of the world’s most popular brands.

Since our founding in 1922, we have developed a worldwide reputation for quality, integrity and innovation in journalism. We have created some of the most iconic and influential magazine brands in the world. The first issue of Time , published on March 3, 1923, created the newsweekly category. The launch of Fortune in 1930 revolutionized business journalism, and the launch of Sports Illustrated in 1954 introduced the first national sports weekly magazine. These early titles built the foundation for our long-standing tradition of world-class journalism and premier sales and marketing expertise.

Beginning with the 1974 launch of People (today the largest magazine in the United States based on both readership and advertising revenues), we moved the business beyond our original core titles and expanded into content focused on entertainment, fashion and women’s lifestyle. In 1987, we launched Cooking Light , in 1990 Entertainment Weekly, in 1994 InStyle , in 2000 Real Simple and in 2004 All You . These launches transformed Time Inc. into a company that reaches almost half of all U.S. adults each month and that provides opportunities for beauty, food, fashion and retail, financial, drugs and other marketers to reach their target audiences.

Today, Time Inc. reaches large, diverse audiences through its websites, on computers and mobile devices and through social media. More recently, we introduced paid digital versions of a substantial majority of our magazines for the major tablet platforms.

In 2013, we made key changes to our leadership team. In September, Joseph A. Ripp became Chief Executive Officer and Jeffrey J. Bairstow joined as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. They have been reviewing our existing operating plans and are developing new strategies and initiatives as part of a new long-range plan. The new long-range plan is intended to enhance the scale of our digital platforms and associated revenues, generate new sources of revenues and stabilize operating income trends. In February 2014, we initiated a significant restructuring plan that includes streamlining our organizational structure to enhance operational flexibility, speed decision-making and spur the development of new cross-brand products and services. We expect to incur restructuring charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014 in connection with this restructuring plan as well as the integration of AEP (the acquisition of AEP is described further below) and certain real estate consolidations. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

Our Competitive Strengths

Significant scale advantages

As the largest magazine publisher in the United States and the U.K., we are able to produce content in multiple print and digital platforms more cost effectively than competitors with fewer scale advantages. Scale also enables us to spread the costs of doing business over many magazines, brands and businesses. In addition, our magazines reach almost half of all U.S. adults each month. This allows our advertisers to reach mass audiences as well as large targeted audience segments by advertising in specific brands or regional or demographic editions of specific brands, and through database targeting.

Category-leading brand portfolio

Our portfolio represents one of the strongest collections of media brands, including People , Sports Illustrated , InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune . The brands and their franchises (e.g., Sports Illustrated Swimsuit, Fortune 500, People ’s World’s Most Beautiful Woman, the Essence Festival and Time ’s Person of the Year) and spin-offs (e.g., People StyleWatch ) have been built through decades of investment and innovation and are difficult to replicate. We consider the strength of our brands to be an

 

43


Table of Contents

important competitive advantage, as evidenced by consumers’ willingness to pay for our content, advertisers’ interest in associating their brands with ours and our ability to attract the talent who create our highly-valued content.

Strong subscriber relationships that provide deep consumer knowledge and data

For the six-month period ended December 31, 2013, we had an average of approximately 30 million active subscriptions worldwide. Millions of our subscribers have been with us for years. Customer loyalty provides an important starting point as we launch new paid digital products. In addition, we have a marketing database of approximately 150 million U.S. adults, which represents a significant percentage of the adult U.S. population. This database is a strategic tool that we use to market our magazines and products to consumers and sell audiences to advertisers. We also conduct and use extensive quantitative and qualitative research to shape our content and marketing. Our content creation teams and our consumer marketing group use these consumer insights to anticipate consumer trends and develop targeted marketing programs.

Long-standing relationships with a diverse pool of advertisers

Our industry-leading advertising sales teams have strong, long-standing relationships with advertisers and agencies, enabling us to develop value-added programs for advertisers across our print and digital platforms. Also, we have a diverse pool of advertisers, and no single advertising category accounted for more than 16% of our advertising revenues as of December 31, 2013.

Foundation for digital growth

We believe we have the largest U.S. audience for magazine-branded websites and mobile sites in the industry, driven in part by creating new content designed specifically for the Internet and mobile devices. We launched a magazine app on the iPad the day the iPad was released, and we were the first major U.S. publisher to make all of its domestic magazines available on major tablet platforms. Approximately three million people have activated access to our tablet editions, either through a combined print and digital subscription or a digital-only subscription. Additionally, we have millions of fans following our brands on Facebook, Twitter and other social media platforms.

Our Strategic Initiatives

Strengthening our core business

We are committed to strengthening our core business. Our goals are to protect the margins and cash flows of our business, to reallocate resources to more effectively serve our audiences and advertisers, to leverage our extensive data and consumer insights and to continually deepen our consumer connections. We are focused on hiring top talent and have made several key changes to our leadership team over the past several months. Our new management team is focused on strengthening our core business through the following initiatives:

 

    C onsumer connection. We believe there are opportunities to serve our audiences across multi-media platforms, including contributor networks, advertiser-sponsored content and more immersive tablet editions. For example, in 2013, Time magazine partnered exclusively with Twitter for the Person of the Year roll-out, and featured a real-time social media voting technology that recorded two million votes cast on Time.com. In October 2013, Norman Pearlstine became our Chief Content Officer, and is implementing changes intended to enhance the alignment of our creative functions with our business requirements.

 

    Advertising sales effectiveness. Our long-standing relationships with advertisers are a key competitive advantage. In February 2014, Mark Ford was appointed Executive Vice President, Advertising. He is overseeing an expansion of our corporate sales efforts in order to increase cross-brand advertising sales, as well as an account-by-account review of sales effectiveness to determine other possible improvements in our go-to-market strategy.

 

44


Table of Contents
    Subscription pricing and targeting. We believe there are opportunities to more effectively optimize subscription offers, newsstand pricing and consumer pay strategies across our organization. In October 2013, Lynne Biggar was named Executive Vice President, Consumer Marketing & Revenue, and is overseeing an evaluation of alternative approaches to pricing models, channel optimization and subscriber targeting.

 

    Cost transformation. In February 2014, we began a company-wide restructuring plan to streamline our organizational structure, to drive operational efficiencies and to create the proper infrastructure to support our long-range plan. The plan primarily consists of headcount reductions and certain lease exit costs. We expect to incur charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014 in connection with this restructuring as well as the integration of AEP and certain real estate consolidations. About $100 million of these charges are expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2014. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

 

    Technology platform. In February 2014, Colin Bodell was named Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer and is overseeing an evaluation of our technology architecture and platforms to ensure that we are aligned with the evolving needs of consumers and advertisers, that we are providing product development agility to our creative teams and that our technology supports innovation and accountability.

Extending our brands, content scale and audiences into new revenue streams

We believe there are significant opportunities to invest in products that enhance the value of our consumer offerings and provide powerful programs to our advertisers. We see potential for new products and services in the following categories:

 

    M onetizing audience scale across platforms. We intend to continue to invest in digital media including mobile and video as well as extensions of our brands across social media.

 

    New consumer products and services. We believe there are opportunities to further extend our brands beyond print and digital magazines. This could include direct sale or licensing agreements related to consumer products and services.

 

    Data collection and targeting. We believe there are opportunities to leverage our extensive data and consumer insights and to extend data services to marketers.

 

    Experiential media. We believe there are opportunities to continue to expand our events and conferences. For example, the Essence Festival is in its 25 th year and hosts over 500,000 attendees annually, making it one of the largest live consumer events in the United States.

 

    Business-to- b usiness (B2B) s ervices. We believe there are opportunities to expand offerings of our ancillary services that offer end-to-end fulfillment and direct marketing expertise.

Actively managing our portfolio of titles, brands and assets

We intend to continue to evaluate our portfolio for opportunities to make internal investments, pursue strategic partnerships, close or divest titles, brands or operations where necessary, launch new titles, brands or operations and evaluate acquisition opportunities when they arise. As the largest magazine publisher in the United States, we believe there are opportunities to continue to utilize our scale to drive efficiencies from the integration of print and related media acquisitions.

Disciplined capital allocation

Our business has relatively low capital expenditure requirements, and consequently generates substantial cash flows. We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions and internal investments, capital structure optimization and return of capital.

 

45


Table of Contents

Business Overview

As of December 31, 2013, we published 23 magazines in print in the United States, including People , Sports Illustrated , InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune , and over 70 magazines outside the United States, primarily through IPC in the U.K. and GEX in Mexico. We also licensed more than 50 editions of our magazines for print or digital distribution in over 30 countries.

In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we operated over 45 websites that collectively have millions of average monthly unique visitors around the world. Most of our websites share brands with our magazines, such as People.com , SI.com and Time.com . For most of our major magazine titles, we also offer tablet editions, websites optimized for mobile viewing and mobile applications.

We operate an integrated publishing business that provides content marketing, targeted local print and digital advertising programs, branded book publishing and marketing and support services, including magazine subscription sales services, retail distribution and marketing services and customer service and fulfillment services, to us and/or other third-party clients, including other magazine publishers.

Magazine Publishing

Magazine publishing, including websites that share brands with our magazines, accounted for approximately 82% of our total revenues in 2013. The following table lists our major magazine titles as of December 31, 2013, as well as related websites and related magazine titles for each:

 

Magazine title

 

Rate base (a)

 

Frequency (b)

 

Category

 

Related magazine titles

 

Related websites

People

  3,475,000   52   Celebrity Weekly  

People en Español (U.S.)

People StyleWatch (U.S.)

 

People.com

PeopleenEspanol.com

Time

  3,250,000   48  

Weekly Newsmagazines

 

Time for Kids (U.S.)

Time (Europe)

Time (Asia)

Time (South Pacific)

 

Time.com

Life.com

TimeforKids.com

Sports Illustrated

  3,000,000   52   Sports: General   Sports Illustrated Kids (U.S.)  

SI.com

FanNation.com

SIKids.com

Southern Living

  2,800,000   12   Regional     SouthernLiving.com

Real Simple

  1,975,000   12   Womens Lifestyle     RealSimple.com

Cooking Light

  1,775,000   11   Epicurean    

MyRecipes.com

CookingLight.com

Entertainment Weekly

  1,725,000   44   Entertainment     EW.com

Money

  1,700,000   11   Personal Finance     Money.com

InStyle

  1,700,000   13   Womens Fashion     InStyle.com

All You

  1,500,000   12   Womens Service     AllYou.com

Golf

  1,400,000   12   Sports: Golf     Golf.com

Health

  1,350,000   10  

Womens Health & Fitness

    Health.com

Sunset

  1,250,000   12   Regional     Sunset.com

What’s On TV (U.K.)

  1,051,129   51   Entertainment     WhatsOnTV.co.uk

Essence

  1,050,000   12   African American     Essence.com

This Old House

  950,000   10   Shelter     ThisOldHouse.com

Travel + Leisure

  950,000   12   Travel     TravelandLeisure.com

Food & Wine

  925,000   12   Epicurean     FoodandWine.com

Fortune

  830,000   18   Business: Corporate  

Fortune (Europe)

Fortune (Asia)

  Fortune.com

 

46


Table of Contents

 

 

(a) Circulation level guaranteed to advertisers for regular issue U.S. magazines in 2013 or ABC reported second-half 2013 circulation for U.K. magazines, as applicable.
(b) Number of physical issues, including regularly published special issues, delivered to subscribers in 2013.

People magazine is currently our largest magazine title, generating almost 19% of our revenues in 2013. We publish special annual issues for certain of our magazine titles, including the Sports Illustrated Swimsuit issue, the Fortune 500 list of the largest U.S. corporations, People ’s World’s Most Beautiful Woman issue and Time ’s Person of the Year issue. Popular events associated with our magazine brands include the Fortune Conferences and the Essence Festival. Video extensions of our brands include the This Old House television program, TV specials for People and other brands and numerous digital video productions.

In addition to the magazine titles listed above, as of December 31, 2013, we published over 50 titles in the television listing, entertainment, women’s lifestyle, celebrity and leisure sectors in the U.K. primarily through IPC, including Chat , Woman’s Weekly, Woman , Now and Woman’s Own , and over 10 titles in the city-listings, business, women’s fashion and celebrity sectors in Mexico primarily through GEX, including Expansión , Chilango , InStyle Mexico and Quién . IPC also published four magazines through three unconsolidated joint ventures with Groupe Marie Claire.

On October 1, 2013, we acquired AEP (now known as Time Inc. Affluent Media Group), including Travel + Leisure and Food & Wine magazines and their related websites. We also entered into a multi-year agreement to publish Departures magazine on behalf of American Express Company.

Related Operations

We have a number of other operations related to publishing. Through Time Inc. Content Solutions, we provide content marketing services to clients across a broad range of industries. These services include using our content creation expertise to develop content marketing programs across multiple platforms that enable clients to engage consumers and build long-term relationships with existing customers. Additionally, through MNI Targeted Media Inc., we provide clients with a single point of contact for a range of targeted print and digital advertising programs. We offer these clients customized geographic and demographic-targeted advertising programs in over 40 top U.S. magazines, including our own magazines and those of other leading magazine publishers. We also offer targeted digital advertising programs designed to complement our customized print advertising programs, including advertising on local media websites and geo-targeted national sites. In addition, we offer “cover wraps” and other add-ons to magazines, allowing advertisers to distribute direct marketing messages to specific locations such as medical offices.

We also publish branded books, including soft-cover “bookazines,” through Time Home Entertainment Inc. These are distributed through magazine-style “check-out pockets” at retail outlets and traditional trade book channels. We publish books on a diverse range of topics aligned with our brands, including special commemorative and biographical books. We also publish books under various licensed third-party brands and a number of original titles. Under our Oxmoor House imprint, we also publish a variety of home, cooking and health books under our lifestyle-oriented brands as well as under licensed third-party brands.

As of December 31, 2013, we licensed over 50 editions of our magazines, including the use of our trademarks and certain copyrighted content, for print or digital publication to publishers in over 30 countries. We also license to third parties the rights to our various brands and properties, including editions of our magazines, the use of our trademarks, individual articles, photos and other copyrighted content, and the right to serve advertisements on certain of our websites in connection with non-U.S. website traffic.

 

47


Table of Contents

How We Generate Revenues

The sale of advertising, primarily from our print magazines, generates approximately half of our total revenues. Circulation (or the sale of magazines to consumers) generates approximately one-third of our total revenues. The balance of our total revenues is generated by our other operations related to magazine publishing. A significant majority of our revenues are generated in the United States.

Advertising Sales

We derive approximately half our revenues from the sale of advertising, primarily from our print magazines with a smaller amount from our websites and marketing services. In 2013, our U.S. magazines accounted for 22% (23.7% including the full-year performance of the titles acquired in the AEP Acquisition described below and the title managed by us on behalf of American Express Company) of the total U.S. advertising revenues generated across the industry by consumer magazines, excluding newspaper supplements. Our U.S. magazines accounted for 21.5% of such total industry revenues in 2012. People , Sports Illustrated and InStyle were ranked 1, 3 and 4, respectively, among all U.S. magazines in terms of 2013 U.S. advertising revenues. In 2013, we had seven of the top 25 magazines based on the same measure. Advertising in our print and tablet editions and on our websites is predominantly consumer advertising, including beauty, food, fashion and retail, financial, drugs, auto, media, technology, home and travel. None of our advertising clients accounted for more than 5% of our aggregate advertising revenues in 2013.

We conduct our advertising sales through a combination of corporate and brand sales and marketing teams that sell advertising across media platforms. These teams handle our relationships with our largest corporate accounts and agencies, as well as relationships with smaller agencies and direct sales to clients. We also offer our advertisers a broad range of analytics and research services, including consumer insights, audience measurement and accountability reporting.

The rates at which we sell print advertising depend on the rate bases for our magazines, which is the circulation of the magazine that we guarantee to our advertisers, as well as our audience size. If we are not able to meet our committed rate base, the price paid by advertisers is generally subject to downward adjustments, including in the form of future credits or discounts. Our published rates for each of our magazines are subject to negotiation with each of our advertisers.

Circulation

Circulation generates approximately one-third of our total revenues. Circulation is an important component in determining our advertising revenues because advertising rates depend on circulation and audience. Most of our U.S. magazines are sold primarily by subscription and delivered to subscribers through the mail. Most of our international magazines are sold primarily at newsstands and other retail locations. Subscriptions in the United States are sold primarily through our owned websites, direct mail and email solicitations, online advertising, subscription sales agents, marketing agreements with other companies and insert cards in our magazines and other publications. Additionally, digital-only subscriptions and single-copy digital issues of our U.S. and U.K. magazines are sold or distributed through various app stores and other digital storefronts across multiple platforms. We also sell bundled subscriptions that combine print delivery with cross-platform digital access. In 2013, subscription sales generated approximately 64% of our total circulation revenues, while newsstand sales accounted for the remainder.

Subscription Sales and Fulfillment

Our consumer marketing group provides centralized direct-to-consumer marketing services for all of our U.S. titles, including customer acquisition and retention, consumer research, financial analysis and other ancillary services. Our consumer marketing group employs a variety of advertising and marketing strategies. These include targeted direct mail, email and online solicitation campaigns conducted using consumer information drawn from our internal marketing databases or leased or purchased from third parties. The group also conducts overall brand marketing activities for us and our titles, including via other print, television, online and social

 

48


Table of Contents

media. It also directs our fulfillment, customer service and database management services, including order and payment processing and call-center support, provided for all of our U.S. magazine titles by our customer service group. Our customer service group also provides fulfillment and related services for certain other publishers’ magazines.

Our subsidiary, Synapse Group, Inc. (“Synapse”), is a leading marketer of magazine subscriptions in the United States. Synapse sells subscriptions to our magazines and those of other magazine publishers principally through marketing relationships with brick and mortar retailers, Internet sites, airline frequent flier programs and customer service and direct response call centers.

Newsstand Sales

Newsstand sales include sales through traditional newsstands as well as supermarkets, convenience and drug stores and other retail outlets. Through our retail distribution operations, we market and arrange for the distribution of our magazines and certain other publishers’ magazines to retailers through third-party wholesalers.

Our retail distribution operations, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing Inc. (“TWR”) and Marketforce (UK) Ltd., provide services relating to wholesale and retail distribution, billing and marketing. Under arrangements with our retail distribution operations, third-party wholesalers purchase our magazines and the magazines of our publisher clients, and those wholesalers sell and deliver copies of those magazines to individual retailers. Our retail distribution operations are paid by wholesalers for magazines they purchase, less credit for returns of unsold magazines. Our retail distribution operations generally advance funds to our publisher clients based on anticipated sales. Our publisher clients in the U.S. generally bear the risk of loss for non-payment of any amounts due from wholesalers with respect to their magazines, while in the U.K. our retail distribution operations generally bear the risk of loss for non-payment of any amounts due from wholesalers with respect to publisher clients. Our retail distribution operations also administer payments from our publisher clients to retailers for promotional allowances, including for the placement of magazines in specific locations in the store.

Newsstand sales are highly sensitive to cover selection, retail placement and other factors. Our retail distribution operations coordinate with our consumer marketing, fulfillment and content creation groups to implement retail marketing plans and analyze expected demand for individual issues of our magazine titles.

We rely on wholesalers for retail distribution of our magazines. Due to consolidation in the wholesaler industry, a small number of wholesalers are responsible for a substantial percentage of the wholesale magazine distribution business in each of the United States, the U.K. and Mexico. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We could face increased costs and business disruption from instability in our wholesaler distribution channels.”

Production

Our paper procurement and printing functions are centrally managed across all our U.S. and U.K. magazines. This allows us to obtain volume discounts with our third-party suppliers and to achieve other efficiencies in our production operations. The final imaging and layout stage of our editorial production process is also centralized across all of our U.S. magazines, facilitating the adaptation of our magazines from print to digital form.

Coated and uncoated papers of various grades and weights are the principal raw materials used in the production of our magazines. A variety of factors affect paper prices and availability, including demand, capacity, raw material and energy costs and general economic conditions. Our current paper supply arrangements are based on an annual request-for-proposal process establishing a non-binding pricing framework for the year. Price and volume adjustments are negotiated from time to time under this pricing framework, typically on a quarterly basis. We believe we will continue to have access to an adequate supply of paper for our future needs. Should disruptions affect our current suppliers, alternative sources of paper are generally available at competitive prices.

 

49


Table of Contents

Printing is a significant component in the production of our print magazines. Effective January 2014, we have consolidated the bulk of our U.S. printing under multi-year contracts with a single printer.

Subscription copies of our U.S. magazines are delivered through the USPS as periodicals mail. We coordinate with our printers and local USPS distribution centers to achieve efficiencies in our production and distribution processes and to minimize mail processing costs and delays. However, we are subject to postal rate increases that affect delivery costs associated with our magazines, as well as our promotional and billing mailings. In December 2013, the Postal Regulation Commission approved an exigent rate increase and the USPS increased rates by approximately 6% for all classes of mail effective January 2014. Increases in postal rates are factored into our pricing strategies and operating plans. However, there can be unexpected increases in postal rates or other delivery charges. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of additional increases in postal rates, and our business and results of operations could be negatively affected by postal service changes.”

Competition

We compete with other magazine publishers for market share and for the time and attention of consumers of print magazine content. We also compete with digital publishers and other forms of media, including websites, tablet editions and mobile apps.

Competition among print magazine and digital publishers for advertising is primarily based on the circulation and readership of magazines and the number of visitors to websites, respectively, the demographics of customer bases, advertising rates, the effectiveness of advertising sales teams and the results observed by advertisers. The shift in preference of some consumers from print media to digital media, as well as growing consumer engagement with digital media, such as online and mobile social networking, have introduced significant new competition for advertising.

Competition among print magazine publishers for magazine readership is primarily based on brand perception, magazine content, quality and price. Competition for subscription-based readership is also based on subscriber acquisition and retention, and competition for newsstand-based readership is also based on magazine cover selection and the placement and display of magazines in retail outlets. Technological advances and the growing popularity of digitally-delivered content and mobile consumer devices, such as tablets and smartphones, have introduced significant new competition for circulation in the form of readily available free or low-priced digital content.

Our magazine publishing and website operations compete with numerous other magazine and website publishers and other media for circulation and audience and for advertising directed at the general public and at more focused demographic groups. The use of digital devices as distribution platforms for content has lowered the barriers to entry for launching digital products that compete with our business. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We face significant competition from other magazine publishers and new forms of media, including digital media, which we expect will continue, and as a result we may not be able to maintain or improve our operating results.” Nonetheless, we believe that our quality brands, reputation, scale and integrated publishing operations provide us with significant competitive advantages.

Intellectual Property

We are a leading creator, owner and distributor of intellectual property. Our intellectual property assets include:

 

    trademarks in product and service names and logos, including our key brands and trade names, such as “Time,” “Fortune,” “People,” “Sports Illustrated” and “InStyle”;

 

    copyrights in magazines, software, books and mobile apps, as well as in text and photos created or commissioned by us as “works made for hire”;

 

50


Table of Contents
    domain names;

 

    licenses of intellectual property rights, including rights to many of the photos appearing in our magazines and other third-party content appearing in our products; and

 

    patents for inventions related to our products, business methods and/or services (although none of our patents are material to our business).

We derive value and revenues from these intellectual property assets through a range of business activities, including the sale or distribution of print magazines, tablet editions and books, the distribution of mobile apps and the operation of websites. We also derive revenues related to our intellectual property through advertising in our print magazines, tablet editions, websites and mobile apps and from various types of other licensing activities, including licensing and syndication of our trademarks and copyrights in the United States and internationally.

Our intellectual property assets are, collectively, among our most valuable assets and are important to our continued success and our competitive position. To protect our intellectual property assets, we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, unfair competition, patent and trade secret laws and contractual provisions. The duration of the protection afforded to our intellectual property depends on the type of property in question and the laws and regulations of the relevant jurisdiction. In the case of licenses, our intellectual property rights also depend on contractual provisions. With respect to our trademarks and trade names, trademark laws and rights are generally territorial in scope and limited to those countries where a mark has been registered or protected. While trademark registrations may generally be maintained in effect for as long as the mark is in use in the respective jurisdictions, there may be occasions where a mark or title is not registrable or protectable and may be barred from use in a particular country for either substantive or technical reasons. Even if registration for a mark has been obtained, a trademark registration may be subject to cancellation or invalidation based on certain use requirements and third-party challenges, or on other grounds. With respect to our copyrights, the usual copyright term for authored works in the United States is the life of the author plus 70 years, and for “works made for hire,” the copyright term is the shorter of 95 years from the first publication or 120 years from creation.

We actively protect, police and enforce our proprietary rights in our intellectual property based on our legal and business judgment under the circumstances. Our license agreements and other third-party user agreements contain provisions regarding the proper use and protection of our content and trademarks. With respect to trademarks, we seek registration for our marks, as appropriate, in countries where our use of the mark may be planned or anticipated or where registration is otherwise warranted. We vigilantly police our trademark rights through certain third-party vendors and in-house trademark watching mechanisms, and, where appropriate, we challenge third-party uses of trademarks, or applications to register trademarks, of which we become aware. Where necessary, we take appropriate legal action against such uses based on our legal and business judgment. We also engage in online enforcement of our brands and challenge domain name registrations and uses that we deem to undermine or conflict with our trademark rights. The Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) has recently begun to expand the supply of domain names on the Internet and has so far designated more than 100 new generic Top Level Domains (i.e., the characters that appear to the right of the period in domain names, such as .com, .net and .org), out of more than 1,900 applications received, which could significantly change the structure of the Internet and make it significantly more expensive for us to protect our intellectual property on the Internet. Policing unauthorized use of our products, content and related intellectual property is often difficult, and the steps taken may not in every case prevent infringement by unauthorized third parties of our intellectual property rights.

Outside the United States, laws and regulations relating to intellectual property protection and the effective enforcement of these laws and regulations vary greatly from country to country. Judicial, legislative and administrative developments are taking place in certain jurisdictions that may have the impact of limiting the ability of rights holders to exploit and enforce certain of their exclusive intellectual property rights outside the United States.

 

51


Table of Contents

Regulatory Matters

Our business is subject to and affected by laws and regulations of U.S. federal, state and local governmental authorities as well as the laws and regulations of international countries and bodies such as the European Union (the “EU”), and these laws and regulations are subject to change. The following descriptions of significant U.S. federal, state, local and international laws, regulations, regulatory agency inquiries, rulemaking proceedings and other developments should be read in conjunction with the texts of the respective laws, regulations, inquiries, rulemaking proceedings and other related materials.

Regulation Relating to Data Privacy, Data Security and Cybersecurity

Our business is subject to existing laws and regulations governing data privacy, data security and cybersecurity in the United States and internationally. For example, in the United States, we are subject to: (1) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”), which affects certain of our websites, mobile apps and other online business activities and restricts the collection, maintenance and use of persistent identifiers (such as IP addresses or device serial numbers), location information, images, recordings and other personal information regarding children; (2) the Privacy and Security Rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which imposes privacy and security requirements on our health plans for employees and on service providers under those plans; (3) state statutes requiring notice to individuals when a data breach results in the release of personally identifiable information; and (4) privacy and security rules imposed by the payment card industry, as well as other regulations designed to protect against identity theft and fraud in connection with the collection of credit and debit card payments from consumers.

Moreover, new laws and regulations have been adopted or are being considered in the United States and internationally that could affect how we collect, use and protect data. In the United States, for example, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) issued a report on consumer privacy protection in March 2012 that called for companies to better explain what data they collect from consumers, how they use the data and what choices consumers have regarding their data. The FTC report also calls for the widespread adoption and strengthening of a “Do Not Track” mechanism, limitations on tracking with respect to mobile devices and better explanations to consumers regarding data brokers’ collection and use of consumer data. In addition, effective July 1, 2013, the FTC updated its regulations implementing COPPA by expanding the categories of data that are considered personal information, such as IP addresses, geolocation data and screen names. The FTC also updated the requirements for notice, parental consent, confidentiality and security in the regulations implementing COPPA. As a result, website and mobile app operators subject to COPPA may be required to restrict certain technical operations as well as marketing efforts directed toward children.

Following the Department of Commerce (the “DOC”) report on cybersecurity and the White House report on consumer privacy in 2012, the U.S. General Accounting Office issued a report in September 2013 encouraging Congress to consider strengthening the U.S. consumer privacy framework to reflect the effects of changes in technology and the increased market for consumer information. Congress is expected to hold hearings on data brokers, privacy, data security and cybersecurity issues during 2014. Other activities in this area could include changes to the DOC’s Safe Harbor program, which offers a framework for companies to import personal information from the EU in compliance with the European Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC), as well as the potential for new or expanded laws and regulations regarding information security, online and behavioral advertising, geolocation tracking, cloud computing and data collection, sharing and use. To the extent any of these developments results in the adoption of new laws or regulations, it could increase our compliance costs.

Several state legislatures have also adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. For example, laws in numerous states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. For example, California’s recently enacted “Do Not Track” legislation requires websites that collect personal information about a person’s online activities to disclose how the site responds to browser “do not track” signals or other mechanisms that the site offers consumers to opt out of the collection of such information.

 

52


Table of Contents

Foreign governments are also focusing on similar data privacy and security concerns. For example, a 2012 report by the European Commission proposed a comprehensive review of privacy protection in the EU. The regulation proposed in the report includes rules that broaden the definition of personal data, strengthen the rights of data subjects, enhance penalties for non-compliance and continue to restrict the transfer of personal data to countries outside the EU. The proposed regulation would also limit what would be considered valid consent on behalf of an individual, introduce an expanded right of individuals to have their data deleted at their request and substantially increase the enforcement powers of the European Commission. The proposed regulation, if enacted, could adversely affect our operations in the EU and our websites that are accessed by EU residents. The operation of our websites is also subject to the EU Cookie Directive (2009/136/EC), which amends the E-Privacy Directive (2002/58/EC), and the U.K. Privacy and Electronic Communications Regulations. These laws, and similar laws throughout the EU, may require Internet sites (including sites outside the EU) to obtain consent before setting cookies on the computers of users from EU member states.

Marketing Regulation

Our U.S. magazine subscription, direct marketing and advertising sales activities are subject to regulation by the FTC and each of the states under general consumer protection statutes prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Certain marketing activities are also subject to specific state and federal statutes and rules, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, COPPA, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (relating to financial privacy), the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (CAN SPAM), the FTC Mail or Telephone Order Merchandise Rule and the Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act. The FTC has also published a number of proposed rules, which, if enacted, could have an adverse impact on our marketing and subscription activities. For example, in 2009, the FTC proposed a rule that would regulate consumer offers that include a trial period (for free or at a reduced cost) for a specified period after which consumers would continue to receive products at a specified price until the offer is canceled. The FTC also publishes guidelines from time to time that generally explain how to make disclosures in connection with various direct marketing and advertising activities to avoid unfair or deceptive acts or practices. We also regularly receive and resolve routine inquiries from state Attorneys General. Further, we are subject to agreements with state Attorneys General addressing some of our marketing activities, such as magazine subscription renewals. Since we entered into those agreements, many states have adopted regulations addressing the marketing activities that are the subject of our agreements with the state Attorneys General. For example, in 2010, California enacted a law requiring specific disclosures in automatic renewal offers similar to those required under our agreements with state Attorneys General. Other federal and state statutes and rules also regulate conduct in areas such as telemarketing.

In connection with our magazine subscription and marketing activities outside the United States, we are subject to local laws and regulations relating to consumer protection and electronic marketing, especially across Europe and the Asia Pacific region and in Canada. In the U.K., these laws and regulations include the Data Protection Act of 1998, the European Data Protection Directive (95/46/EC), the E-Privacy Directive (2002/58/EC), the EC Unfair Commercial Practices Directive (2005/29/EC) and the EC Distance Selling Directive (97/7/EC). In addition, there are various international codes, directives, laws and regulations relating to the nature of content and advertising, including content restriction laws and consumer protection laws (such as laws relating to political advertisements, laws relating to electronic commerce and the marketing of pharmaceutical and tobacco products and alcoholic beverages).

Postal Regulation

Our U.S. magazine subscription, direct marketing and book publishing businesses are affected by laws and regulations relating to the USPS. The USPS is subject to statutorily-mandated prefunding of retiree health benefit payments, but its financial condition has continued to decline, resulting in defaults in 2012 and 2013 on the prefunding of future payments to retirees and likely future defaults on such prefunding payments that will be due under current law. As a result, members of Congress are considering the need for reform legislation that would ease certain financial burdens and require the USPS to eliminate excess costs. The Chairmen of the relevant congressional committees in the House of Representatives and the Senate have introduced bills to reform postal

 

53


Table of Contents

service operations, and the House bill has been approved by the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee. If postal reform legislation is enacted, it could result in, among other things, increases in postal rates, local post office closures and the elimination of Saturday mail delivery. For example, in December 2013, the Postal Regulation Commission approved an exigent rate increase and the USPS increased rates by approximately 6% for all classes of mail effective January 2014. The elimination of current protections against significant and unpredictable rate increases or other changes to the USPS as a result of the enactment of postal reform legislation could have an adverse effect on our businesses.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 7,900 people worldwide (approximately 5,100 in the United States and 2,800 in our international operations). Approximately 230 full-time, 30 part-time and 120 temporary editorial employees in the United States at five of our magazine titles are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Newspaper Guild of New York, TNG/CWA Local 31003. This agreement, which had a three-year term, was to have expired on February 1, 2013, but has been extended by agreement of the parties through May 31, 2014. The agreement may be further extended as the parties continue to engage in good faith negotiations to reach a new agreement. In our international operations, we have various arrangements with our employees that we believe to be customary for multinational corporations. We have had no strikes or work stoppages during the last five years. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Seasonality

Our quarterly performance typically experiences moderate seasonal fluctuations. Advertising revenues from our magazines and websites are typically higher in the fourth quarter of the year due to higher consumer spending activity and corresponding higher advertiser demand to reach our audiences during this period.

 

54


Table of Contents

Properties

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our principal properties as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description / Location

 

Principal Use

  Approximate
  Square Footage  
  Leased or
  Owned  
  Expiration Date,
          if Leased          

Time & Life Building

Rockefeller Center

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

 

  Executive, business, administrative and editorial offices   2,000,000 (a)   Leased   2017

Blue Fin Building

110 Southwark Street

London, United Kingdom

 

  Executive, business, administrative and editorial offices      499,000 (b)   Owned   N/A

2100 Lakeshore Drive

Birmingham, Alabama

 

  Executive, business, administrative and editorial offices      398,000   Owned   N/A

135 West 50th Street

New York, New York

 

  Business and editorial offices      240,000 (c)   Leased   2017

3102 Queen Palm Drive

Tampa, Florida

 

  Warehouse and distribution facility      230,000   Leased   2020

Hippodrome Building

1120 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

 

  Business and editorial offices      143,000   Leased   2015

3000 University Center Drive/10419 N

30th Street

Tampa, Florida

 

  Business offices, call center and distribution facility      133,000   Leased   2020

260 Cherry Hill Road

Parsippany, New Jersey

 

  Business offices      132,000 (d)   Owned   N/A

One North Dale Mabry Highway

Tampa, Florida

 

  Business offices        70,000   Leased   2020

 

(a) The current tenant is Historic TW Inc., a subsidiary of Time Warner. Time Warner expects to transfer the lease to Time Inc. as part of the Internal Reorganization. Approximately 548,000 square feet are subleased to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
(b) Approximately 210,000 square feet are leased to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
(c) Approximately 4,000 square feet are subleased to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
(d) Approximately 24,000 square feet are leased to Time Warner.

In addition to the properties listed above, we own and lease approximately 55 facilities for use as offices, technology centers, warehouses and for other operations in Alabama, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington, DC and in the countries of Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, the Philippines, Singapore, Switzerland and the U.K.

We believe that our facilities are well maintained and are sufficient to meet our current and projected needs. We also have an ongoing process to continually review and update our real estate portfolio to meet changing business needs. For example, the lease for our corporate headquarters, the Time & Life Building in New York City, expires in 2017, and we anticipate annual rent savings of roughly $50 million or more from a substantial reduction in our future space needs. We anticipate incurring significant up-front costs primarily related to tenant improvements in order to achieve these annual rent savings.

 

55


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including us and one of our subsidiaries, TWR. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Specifically, plaintiffs allege that defendants conspired to reduce competition in the wholesale market for single-copy magazines by rejecting the magazine distribution surcharge proposed by Anderson News and another magazine wholesaler and refusing to distribute magazines to them. Plaintiffs are seeking (among other things) an unspecified award of treble monetary damages against defendants, jointly and severally. On August 2, 2010, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaint with prejudice and, on October 25, 2010, the court denied Anderson News’ motion for reconsideration of that dismissal. On November 8, 2010, Anderson News appealed and, on April 3, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the district court’s dismissal of the complaint and remanded the case to the district court. On January 7, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court denied defendants’ petition for writ of certiorari to review the judgment of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacating the district court’s dismissal of the complaint. In February 2014, Time Inc. and several other defendants amended their answers to assert an antitrust counterclaim against plaintiffs.

In addition to the matter listed above, we are a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business. While the results of such normal course legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that, based on current knowledge, the final outcome of such current pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse effect on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition together with the accompanying combined financial statements and the notes thereto of the Publishing Business included elsewhere in this Information Statement as well as the discussion in the section of this Information Statement titled “Business.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about the magazine publishing industry and our business and financial results. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this Information Statement titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”

INTRODUCTION

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) is a supplement to the accompanying combined financial statements and provides additional information about our operations, current developments, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. MD&A is organized as follows:

 

    Overview.   This section provides a general description of our operations, as well as recent developments we believe are important in understanding our results of operations and financial condition or in understanding anticipated future trends.

 

    Results of operations.   This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2013.

 

    Financial condition and liquidity.   This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2013 and our outstanding debt and commitments as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Market risk management.   This section presents information about our market sensitive financial instruments and exposure to market risk from foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Critical accounting policies.   This section identifies those accounting policies that we consider important to our results of operations and financial condition, require significant judgment and involve significant management estimates. Our significant accounting policies, including those considered to be critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1, “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the accompanying combined financial statements.

OVERVIEW

The Spin-Off

On March 6, 2013, Time Warner announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation of the Publishing Business from Time Warner. To effect the separation, Time Warner will complete the Internal Reorganization described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner—Separation and Distribution Agreement,” which will result in the transfers of assets and assumptions of liabilities that are necessary in advance of the Distribution so that Time Inc. retains the assets of, and the liabilities associated with, the Publishing Business. Following the Internal Reorganization, Time Inc., Time Warner’s wholly owned subsidiary, will hold the Publishing Business. The Spin-Off will be completed by way of a pro rata dividend of Time Inc. shares held by Time Warner to its stockholders of record as of the Record Date. Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner stockholders will own 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Time Inc. and Time Inc. will operate as an independent publicly-traded company.

 

57


Table of Contents

Business Description

We are the largest magazine publisher in the United States based on both readership and print advertising revenues and the largest magazine publisher in the U.K. based on print newsstand revenues. As of December 31, 2013, we published 23 magazines in print in the United States, including People , Sports Illustrated, InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune, and over 70 magazines outside the United States, primarily through IPC in the U.K. and GEX in Mexico. A substantial majority of our print magazines are available as tablet editions on multiple digital devices and platforms. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we operated over 45 websites that collectively have millions of average unique visitors around the world. We also operate an integrated publishing business that provides content marketing, targeted local print and digital advertising programs, branded book publishing and marketing and support services, including magazine subscription sales services, retail distribution and marketing services and customer service and fulfillment services, to us and/or other third-party clients, including other magazine publishers.

We generate revenues primarily from the sale of advertising in our magazines and on our websites, magazine subscriptions and newsstand sales. A significant majority of our revenues are generated in the United States. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated Revenues of $3.354 billion (down 2% from $3.436 billion in 2012), Operating income of $330 million (down 21% from $420 million in 2012), Net income of $201 million (down 24% from $263 million in 2012) and Cash provided by operations of $418 million (down 9% from $461 million in 2012).

We are experiencing declines in our print advertising and newsstand sales as a result of market conditions in the magazine publishing industry as well as the economic environment in the United States and internationally. Furthermore, because magazines are generally discretionary purchases for consumers, our circulation revenues are sensitive to general economic conditions, economic cycles and evolving consumer preferences. The shift in preference of some consumers from print media to digital media, as well as growing consumer engagement with digital media, such as online and mobile social networking, have introduced significant new competition. At the same time, the use of digital devices as distribution platforms for content has lowered the barriers to entry for launching digital products that compete with our businesses. We expect these trends to continue.

Because of the Spin-Off, we will perform interim impairment reviews of our goodwill during 2014 for the periods prior to the Spin-Off. During the fourth quarter of 2013, our senior management prepared a new long-range plan that served as the basis for the discounted cash flow analysis used in the 2013 annual impairment review. If market conditions worsen as compared to the assumptions incorporated in that long-range plan, if market conditions associated with valuation multiples of comparable companies decline or if our performance fails to meet current expectations, it is possible that the carrying value of Time Inc. will exceed its fair value, which could result in the recognition of a noncash impairment of goodwill that could be material.

We have historically operated as part of Time Warner’s corporate organization, and Time Warner has assisted us by providing certain corporate functions. Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner will have no obligation to provide assistance to us other than the transition services to be provided as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Time Warner.” The impact, effectiveness and costs of implementing the changes necessary to operate independently, as well as the costs associated with being a publicly-traded company, are not yet known and may adversely affect our business. Further, implementing these changes may require a significant portion of our management’s attention.

Business Strategy

We have pursued and will continue to pursue initiatives intended to help mitigate the declines in our print advertising and newsstand sales, including conducting additional brand marketing; developing innovative ways to sell branded magazine content outside of traditional channels, including through websites, tablets and other mobile devices; developing integrated advertising solutions to provide greater data insight and value to advertisers; developing a new cross-platform content management system; and improving our operating efficiency through management of our cost structure.

 

58


Table of Contents

During the third quarter of 2013, we appointed a new Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who have been reviewing our existing operating plans and are developing new strategies and initiatives as part of a new long-range plan. The new long-range plan is intended to enhance the scale of our digital platforms and associated revenues, generate new sources of revenues and stabilize operating income trends. In February 2014, we initiated a significant restructuring plan that includes streamlining our organizational structure to enhance operational flexibility, speed decision-making and spur the development of new cross-brand products and services. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of American Express Publishing Corporation

On October 1, 2013, we acquired AEP, including Travel + Leisure and Food & Wine magazines and their related websites (the “AEP Acquisition”). We also entered into a multi-year agreement to publish Departures magazine on behalf of American Express Company. In connection with the purchase, we recognized a pretax gain of $13 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 resulting from the settlement of the pre-existing contractual arrangement with AEP pursuant to which we previously provided management services to AEP’s publishing business. The purchase price was not material to our financial condition or results of operations, and we do not expect the acquisition to have a material impact on our financial results.

Restructuring Activities

We initiated a significant restructuring plan in the first quarter of 2014, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and certain lease exit costs. We expect to incur charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014 in connection with this restructuring as well as the integration of AEP and certain real estate consolidations. About $100 million of these charges are expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2014.

We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future. For example, our lease for our corporate headquarters, the Time & Life Building in New York City, expires in 2017, and we anticipate annual rent savings of roughly $50 million or more from a substantial reduction in our future space needs. We anticipate incurring significant up-front costs primarily related to tenant improvements in order to achieve these annual rent savings.

We initiated a significant restructuring plan in the first quarter of 2013 to better align our cost structure with our revenues. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we incurred restructuring and severance charges of $63 million related primarily to headcount reductions.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement, which are discussed below, present the combined assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the Publishing Business. Intercompany accounts and transactions between the combined businesses have been eliminated. For each of the periods presented, the entities that are part of the Publishing Business were each separate indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner. The financial information in this Information Statement and the accompanying combined financial statements may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent publicly-traded company during the periods presented. We expect to incur additional costs as an independent publicly-traded company, including costs related to treasury, investor relations, corporate governance, public reporting and compliance functions.

 

59


Table of Contents

In connection with the Spin-Off, we will enter into agreements with Time Warner that either have not existed historically or are on different terms than the terms of arrangements or agreements that existed prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of the separation from Time Warner, including changes in the financing, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business. Further, the historical financial statements include allocations of certain Time Warner corporate expenses. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of these expenses are reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that would have been incurred by us if we had operated as an independent publicly-traded company or of the costs expected to be incurred in the future. These allocated expenses relate to various services that have historically been provided to us by Time Warner, including cash management and other treasury services, administrative services (such as tax, human resources and employee benefits administration) and certain global marketing and IT services. During each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred $17 million of expenses related to charges for services performed by Time Warner. See Note 14, “Related Party Transactions,” to the accompanying combined financial statements for further information regarding the allocation of Time Warner corporate expenses.

Recent Accounting Guidance

See Note 1, “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the accompanying combined financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting guidance.

Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability

As more fully described herein and in the related notes to the combined financial statements, the comparability of our results has been affected by transactions and certain other items in each period as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Asset impairments

   $ (79    $ (6    $ (17

Gain (loss) on operating assets, net

    13        (36       

Other

    (1     (1       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact on Operating income

   $ (67    $ (43    $ (17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the items affecting comparability described above, we incurred Restructuring and severance costs of $63 million, $27 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For further discussion of Restructuring and severance costs, see above.

Asset Impairments

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded noncash impairments of $79 million, $78 million of which related to certain tradenames. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $6 million of miscellaneous noncash impairments. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded noncash impairments of $17 million, $11 million of which related to a tradename impairment.

Gain (Loss) on Operating Assets, Net

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized a $13 million pretax gain resulting from the settlement of a pre-existing contractual arrangement with AEP in connection with the AEP Acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized a $36 million pretax loss in connection with the sale in the first quarter of 2012 of our school fundraising business, QSP (the “QSP Business”).

 

60


Table of Contents

Other

Other reflects external costs related to mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of $1 million for both the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

External costs related to mergers, acquisitions or dispositions are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

Financial Results

The following discussion provides an analysis of our results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying combined statement of operations.

The table below provides a summary of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Revenues

   $ 3,354       $ 3,436       $ 3,677        (2%     (7%

Operating expenses

    (3,024     (3,016     (3,114            (3%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Operating income

    330        420        563        (21%     (25%

Interest expense, net

    (3     (3     (4            (25%

Other income (loss), net

    (1     (3     6        (67%     (150%

Income tax provision

    (125     (151     (197     (17%     (23%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income

   $ 201       $ 263       $ 368        (24%     (29%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Revenues

The following table presents our revenues, by type, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Revenues:

         

Advertising

   $ 1,807       $ 1,819       $ 1,923        (1%     (5%

Circulation

    1,129        1,210        1,271        (7%     (5%

Other

    418        407        483        3%        (16%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

   $ 3,354       $ 3,436       $ 3,677        (2%     (7%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

The following table presents our revenues, by type, as a percentage of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

                                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Revenues:

     

Advertising

    54%        53%        52%   

Circulation

    34%        35%        35%   

Other

    12%        12%        13%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    100%        100%        100%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Advertising Revenues

We generate Advertising revenues primarily from the sale of advertisements in our magazines and to a lesser extent from our websites and marketing services.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Advertising revenues decreased primarily due to a $19 million decline in international magazine advertising revenues, partially offset by a $10 million increase in domestic magazine advertising revenues. The reduction in magazine advertising revenue was attributable to fewer advertising pages sold. The reduction in advertising pages sold was primarily due to advertisers reducing advertising expenditures as a result of the weak economic environment in the United States and internationally and the continued trend of shifting advertising spend from print to other media. In particular, our domestic titles experienced advertising declines in the auto and media/movies advertising categories as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. We expect the market conditions associated with our Advertising revenues to continue. The domestic magazine advertising revenues included $42 million of revenues resulting from the AEP Acquisition. In addition, non-magazine advertising revenues declined $3 million as declines in custom publishing and other non-magazine advertising revenues were largely offset by a $23 million increase in website advertising revenues. Included in website advertising revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $7 million of revenues resulting from the AEP Acquisition.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Advertising revenues decreased primarily as a result of fewer pages sold. The reduction in advertising pages sold was primarily due to advertisers reducing advertising expenditures as a result of the weak economic environment in the United States and internationally and the continued trend of advertising expenditures shifting from print to other media. In particular, our domestic titles experienced advertising declines in the technology and food advertising categories as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the transfer of the management of the SI.com and Golf.com websites to us from Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) in the second quarter of 2012 had a positive effect on website advertising revenues of $26 million and a corresponding negative effect on Other revenues. We had previously received a license fee from Turner for the rights to manage the websites, including selling the advertising for the websites. The license fee was recorded in Other revenues.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our magazine advertising revenue declined $9 million and $117 million, respectively, and our non-magazine advertising revenues decreased $3 million and increased $13 million, respectively.

Circulation Revenues

The components of Circulation revenues are as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Circulation revenues:

         

Subscription

   $ 721       $ 748       $ 754        (4%     (1%

Newsstand

    389        447        498        (13%     (10%

Other

    19        15        19        27%        (21%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total circulation revenues

   $ 1,129       $ 1,210       $ 1,271        (7%     (5%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Circulation revenues decreased primarily due to lower domestic and international newsstand revenues of $30 million and $28 million, respectively, and lower domestic subscription revenues of $25 million. Included in Circulation revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $15 million of revenues resulting from the AEP Acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Circulation revenues

 

62


Table of Contents

decreased primarily due to lower domestic newsstand revenues of $29 million and lower international newsstand revenues of $22 million. We believe the decreases in Circulation revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were primarily due to the continued trend of changing consumer spending and consumption habits related to the proliferation of free online and mobile content, as well as the economic environment in the United States and internationally. We also believe the celebrity category was particularly affected by this shift as the availability of free online and mobile content continued to increase. We expect the market conditions associated with our Circulation revenues to continue.

Other Revenues

Other revenues primarily relate to marketing and support services provided to third-party magazine publishers as well as branded book publishing.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Other revenues increased 3% compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the AEP Acquisition.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Other revenues decreased primarily due to the sale of the QSP Business in the first quarter of 2012 and the negative effect of the transfer of management of the SI.com and Golf.com websites back to us from Turner, as discussed above.

Geographic Concentration of Revenues

A significant majority of our Revenues have been generated in the United States and, to a lesser extent, in the U.K. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, 83%, 82% and 82%, respectively, of our Revenues were generated in the United States, and 12%, 13% and 13%, respectively, of our Revenues were generated in the U.K. We expect the significant majority of our revenues will continue to be generated in the United States for the foreseeable future.

Seasonality

Our quarterly performance typically experiences moderate seasonal fluctuations. Advertising revenues from our magazines and websites are typically higher in the fourth quarter of the year due to higher consumer spending activity and corresponding higher advertiser demand to reach our audiences during this period.

Operating Expenses

The components of Operating expenses are as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
    2013     2012     2011     2013 vs. 2012     2012 vs. 2011  

Operating expenses:

         

Costs of revenues:

         

Production costs

   $ 746      $ 795      $ 847        (6%     (6%

Editorial costs

    443       467       455        (5%     3%   

Other

    133       82       78        62%        5%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total costs of revenues (a)

    1,322       1,344       1,380        (2%     (3%

Selling, general and administrative (a)

    1,446       1,476       1,557        (2%     (5%

(Gain) loss on operating assets

    (13     36              NM        NM   

Asset impairments

    79       6       17        NM        NM   

Restructuring and severance costs

    63       27       18        133%        50%   

Depreciation

    85       91       100        (7%     (9%

Amortization of intangible assets

    42       36       42        17%        (14%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total operating expenses

   $     3,024      $     3,016      $     3,114        —          (3%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

(a) Costs of revenues and Selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.

 

63


Table of Contents

Costs of Revenues

Costs of revenues consist of costs related to the production of magazines and books, as well as editorial costs. Production costs include paper, printing and distribution costs. A variety of factors affect paper prices and availability, including demand, capacity, raw material and energy costs and general economic conditions. Our current paper supply arrangements are based on an annual request-for-proposal process establishing a non-binding pricing framework for the year. Price and volume adjustments are negotiated from time to time under this pricing framework, typically on a quarterly basis. Effective January 2014, we have consolidated the bulk of our U.S. printing under multi-year contracts with a single printer. The Board of Governors of the USPS reviews prices for mailing services annually and periodically adjusts postage rates for each class of mail, including periodicals. Although prices and price increases for various USPS products vary, overall average price increases generally are capped by law at the rate of inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index. In December 2013, the Postal Regulation Commission approved an exigent rate increase and the USPS increased rates by approximately 6% for all classes of mail effective January 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Costs of revenues decreased due primarily to lower production costs, mainly reflecting lower paper prices and reduced print volume as well as lower editorial costs primarily associated with cost savings initiatives, including savings realized from a significant restructuring in the first quarter of 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring”), which mainly consisted of headcount reductions. The decreases in production and editorial costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were partially offset by $20 million of increased costs resulting from the AEP Acquisition. Other costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased in part due to costs associated with third-party publishers and the 2013 Fortune Global Forum conference.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Costs of revenues decreased primarily due to lower production costs, mainly reflecting reduced print volume, partially offset by higher editorial costs associated with investments in websites, digital magazines and mobile applications.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of circulation promotion, advertising and selling expenses, and personnel and facility costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to cost savings initiatives, including savings realized from the 2013 Restructuring, partly offset by higher costs of $35 million resulting from the AEP Acquisition and a $14 million increase in incentive compensation.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to $65 million of lower costs as a result of the sale of the QSP Business, as well as lower compensation expense, including incentive compensation.

Gain (Loss) on Operating Assets

The results for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a pretax gain of $13 million resulting from the settlement of a pre-existing contractual arrangement with AEP. The results for the year ended December 31, 2012 included a pretax loss of $36 million in connection with the sale of the QSP Business.

Asset Impairments

The results for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $79 million of noncash impairments, of which $78 million related to certain tradenames. The results for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $6 million of noncash impairments. The results for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $17 million of noncash impairments, of which $11 million related to a tradename impairment.

 

64


Table of Contents

Restructuring and Severance Costs

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we incurred Restructuring and severance costs primarily related to headcount reductions and other exit activities. The total number of employees terminated in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately 600, 170 and 120, respectively.

As described above, we expect to incur charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014, of which about $100 million is expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2014, in connection with a significant restructuring, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and certain lease exit costs. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

Operating Income

Operating income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to lower Revenues, higher Asset impairments and higher Restructuring and severance costs, partially offset by lower Costs of revenues and the absence of the $36 million pretax loss on the sale of the QSP Business.

Operating income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to lower Revenues and a $36 million pretax loss in connection with the sale of the QSP Business, offset in part by lower expenses.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $3 million, $3 million and $4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Other Income (Loss), Net

Other income (loss), net, which primarily related to equity method investee income (loss), was a loss of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and income of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Income Tax Provision

Income tax provision was $125 million, $151 million and $197 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our effective tax rate was 38%, 36% and 35% for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2012 to 2013 was primarily due to increases in tax reserves. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to the establishment of a valuation allowance in 2012 related to certain foreign operations combined with a deferred tax benefit related to a subsidiary impairment in 2011.

Net Income

Net income was $201 million, $263 million and $368 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decreases in 2013 and 2012 primarily reflected lower Operating income, partially offset by lower income tax expense.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

Historically, the cash we generate has been sufficient to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and financing requirements. After the Spin-Off, we expect that cash generated by or available to us should be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, including scheduled debt repayments. Our current sources of cash include Cash provided by operations and Cash and equivalents on hand.

At December 31, 2013, our Cash and equivalents totaled $46 million, 89% of which was held by foreign subsidiaries and generally subject to U.S. income tax upon repatriation to the United States, as compared to $81 million at December 31, 2012, 78% of which was held by foreign subsidiaries. Until the Spin-Off is

 

65


Table of Contents

consummated, Time Warner will continue to provide cash management and other treasury services to us. As part of these cash management and treasury services, we currently transfer the majority of our domestic cash balances to Time Warner on a daily basis and receive funding from Time Warner for our domestic operating and investing cash needs. Accordingly, our cash balances for the periods discussed in MD&A consist primarily of cash held by our foreign subsidiaries.

As noted in the section of this Information Statement titled “Capitalization,” we have not yet finalized our capitalization subsequent to the Spin-Off; however, we currently expect our net debt, (i.e., total debt less cash and equivalents), to be approximately $1.3 billion at the time of the Spin-Off. The decisions made in finalizing our capitalization will have a direct impact on our financial condition, liquidity and capital resources.

Cash Flows

Cash and equivalents decreased by $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased by $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and increased by $23 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Operating Activities

Details of Cash provided by operations are as follows (millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2013                      2012                     2011          

Net income

    $ 201        $ 263       $ 368   

Depreciation and amortization

     127         127        142   

Asset impairments

     79         6        17   

Loss on disposal of QSP Business

             36          

Equity-based compensation

     18         39        41   

All other, net, including working capital changes

     (7)         (10     (94
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operations (a)

    $            418        $            461       $            474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes foreign net income taxes paid of $7 million, $12 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The decrease in Cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared with December 31, 2012 primarily reflected lower Net income.

The decrease in Cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared with December 31, 2011 primarily reflected lower Net income, partially offset by lower cash used by working capital in part related to lower bonus, restructuring and severance payments.

Investing Activities

Details of Cash used by investing activities are as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   $ 10       $ (8    $ (2

Capital expenditures

    (34     (34     (48

Other investment proceeds:

     

Great American Opportunities note receivable

           15          

All other

    1        1        4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by investing activities

   $            (23    $            (26    $            (46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Cash used by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased slightly as the change in investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired exceeded the change in investment proceeds.

Cash used by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased primarily due to a decrease in capital expenditures and higher investment proceeds due to the collection of a note receivable from Great American Opportunities.

Financing Activities

Details of Cash used by financing activities are as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Excess tax benefit from equity instruments

   $ 34       $ 16       $ 6   

Net transfers to Time Warner

    (464     (465     (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by financing activities

   $          (430    $          (449    $          (405
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased primarily due to a higher excess tax benefit from equity instruments.

Cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased primarily due to an increase in Net transfers to Time Warner.

Principal Debt Obligations

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, long-term debt was $38 million and $36 million, respectively. Our long-term debt consists of a non-recourse promissory note issued in connection with the acquisition of certain brand assets in 2001. Of the original principal amount of approximately $120 million, $45 million of principal, representing the final installment payment, remained to be paid as of December 31, 2013. The final payment is due on December 31, 2017. While the note has a zero coupon stated interest rate, for accounting purposes we have accreted interest expense of approximately $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Our obligations under this promissory note are guaranteed by Time Warner.

Employee Benefit-Related Obligations

The accompanying combined financial statements include amounts related to international defined benefit pension plans, primarily in the U.K., that are sponsored by entities that are part of the Publishing Business. In addition, following the Spin-Off, we expect to be responsible for certain pension liabilities associated with certain of our employees related to benefit plans sponsored or managed by Time Warner. The amount of such liabilities has not yet been determined and, accordingly, the accompanying combined financial statements do not reflect such liabilities. We expect these liabilities would have been less than $50 million as of December 31, 2013.

Contractual and Other Obligations

Contractual Obligations

In addition to the financing arrangements discussed above, we have obligations under certain contractual arrangements to make future payments for goods and services. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various assets and services to be used in the normal course of operations. For example, we are contractually committed to make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements. In accordance with applicable accounting rules, the future rights and obligations pertaining to certain firm commitments, such as operating lease obligations and certain purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the accompanying combined balance sheet.

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our aggregate contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 and the estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (millions):

 

Contractual Obligations (a)                                   
             Total                      2014                  2015-2016              2017-2018              Thereafter      

Purchase obligations (b)

    $       199        $       128        $         64        $ 6        $ 1  

Outstanding debt obligations (Note 6) (c)

     45                         45          

Operating lease obligations (Note 13) (c)

     464         117         218         112         17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

    $ 708        $ 245        $ 282        $       163        $         18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The table does not include our reserve for uncertain tax positions and related accrued interest and penalties, which at December 31, 2013 totaled approximately $50 million, because the specific timing of any cash payments relating to this obligation cannot be projected with reasonable certainty.
(b) Purchase obligations principally include: (1) obligations to executives, writers and other talent under contractual arrangements; (2) obligations to purchase information technology licenses and services; (3) obligations related to international distribution services; (4) advertising and marketing services; and (5) obligations to purchase general and administrative items and services.
(c) The references to Note 6 and Note 13 refer to the notes to the accompanying combined financial statements.

Our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 include:

 

    Purchase obligations — represents an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on us and that specifies all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligation amounts do not represent all anticipated purchases, but represent only those purchases we are contractually obligated to make. We also purchase products and services as needed, with no firm commitment. For this reason, the amounts presented in the table above do not provide a reliable indicator of all of our expected future cash outflows. For purposes of identifying purchase obligations, all significant contracts meeting the definition of a purchase obligation have been included. For those contracts involving a fixed or minimum quantity, but with variable pricing terms, we have estimated the contractual obligation based on our best estimate of the pricing that will be in effect at the time the obligation is incurred. Additionally, we have included only the obligations under the contracts as they existed at December 31, 2013, and have not assumed that the contracts will be renewed or replaced at the end of their respective terms. If a contract includes a penalty for non-renewal, we have included that penalty, assuming it will be paid in the period after the contract expires. If we can unilaterally terminate an agreement simply by providing a certain number of days’ notice or by paying a termination fee, we have included the amount of the termination fee or the amount that would be paid over the “notice period.” Contracts that can be unilaterally terminated without incurring a penalty have not been included.

 

    Outstanding debt obligations — represents the principal amounts due on outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Operating lease obligations — represents the minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, primarily for our real estate and operating equipment.

Cash flows associated with the majority of other long-term liabilities reflected in the accompanying combined balance sheet have been excluded from the table because there are no cash outflows associated with them (e.g., deferred revenue) or because the cash outflows associated with them are uncertain or do not meet the definition of a purchase obligation (e.g., deferred taxes, deferred compensation and other miscellaneous items).

 

68


Table of Contents

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the potential gain/loss arising from changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Our financial instruments subject to market risk at December 31, 2013 are not significant.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Management considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to our financial condition and results of operations and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We consider policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:

 

    Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition;

 

    Sales Returns;

 

    Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets; and

 

    Income Taxes.

For a discussion of each of our critical accounting policies, including information and analysis of estimates and assumptions involved in their application, and other significant accounting policies, see Note 1, “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the accompanying combined financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table presents information, as of February 28, 2014, concerning our directors and executive officers following the Spin-Off, including a five-year employment history and any directorships held by our directors in public companies. We are in the process of identifying the individuals who will serve on our Board following the Spin-Off. We expect to provide details about these individuals in an amendment to this Information Statement.

 

Name

      Age        

Position with Time Inc.

Mr. Joseph A. Ripp

    62      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mr. Jeffrey J. Bairstow

    55      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ms. Lynne Biggar

    51      Executive Vice President, Consumer Marketing & Revenue

Mr. Mark Ford

    57      Executive Vice President, Advertising

Mr. Gregory Giangrande

    51      Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Mr. Lawrence A. Jacobs

    58      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Todd Larsen

    48      Executive Vice President

Mr. Norman Pearlstine

    71      Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer

Ms. Evelyn Webster

    44      Executive Vice President

Mr. Joseph A. Ripp

Chief Executive Officer since September 2013 and Director since November 2013; prior to that, Mr. Ripp served as Chief Executive Officer of OneSource Information Services, Inc., a leading provider of online business information and sales intelligence solutions, beginning shortly after the 2012 acquisition of OneSource by Cannondale Investments, Inc., a joint venture formed in 2010 between Mr. Ripp and GTCR, a leading private equity firm. Mr. Ripp served as Chief Executive Officer of Cannondale from 2010 to 2012. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Ripp served as Chairman of Journal Register Company (now known as 21st Century Media). Prior to that, Mr. Ripp served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Dendrite International Inc., a leading provider of sales, marketing, clinical and compliance solutions for the global pharmaceutical industry. Mr. Ripp began his media career at Time Inc. in 1985 and held several executive level positions at Time Inc. and Time Warner, including Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Time Inc. from 1993 to 1999, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner from 1999 to January 2001, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of America Online from January 2001 to 2002 and Vice Chairman of America Online from 2002 to 2004.

Mr. Jeffrey J. Bairstow

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2013; prior to that, Mr. Bairstow served as President of Digital First Media, a management company specializing in the publication of local newspapers and other multi-platform products whose properties include MediaNews Group, 21st Century Media (formerly Journal Register Company) and Digital First Ventures. Before the formation of Digital First Media and his appointment as President in 2011, Mr. Bairstow served as Chief Financial Officer of Journal Register Company from March 2010. From June 2007 to September 2008, Mr. Bairstow served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CCBR-Synarc, Inc., a clinical trials and imaging entity, where he also served as President of its Global Imaging Division. Prior to that, Mr. Bairstow served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dendrite International Inc. from 2005 to 2007, as Chief Operating Officer of RelayHealth Corporation from 2004 to 2005 and as Chief Financial Officer of Vitria Technology from 2003 to 2004. Earlier, Mr. Bairstow held several executive positions with Health Net Inc. from 1997 to 2002, including President of the Government and Specialty Services Division from 1999 to 2002.

Ms. Lynne Biggar

Executive Vice President, Consumer Marketing & Revenue since November 2013; prior to that, Ms. Biggar served as Executive Vice President & General Manager of International Card Products and Experiences for American Express beginning in January 2012. From August 2009 to January 2012, Ms. Biggar served as Executive

 

70


Table of Contents

Vice President & General Manager of the Membership Rewards and Strategic Card Services group at American Express. Prior to that, Ms. Biggar led American Express’s consumer travel business from January 2005 to July 2009. Before joining American Express in 1992, Ms. Biggar held various positions in international strategy and marketing.

Mr. Mark Ford

Executive Vice President, Advertising since February 2014; prior to that, Mr. Ford served as Executive Vice President and Group President of our Sports Group from January 2011, having previously served as President of the Time Inc. News & Sports Group (which included Time, Fortune, CNNMoney, Money, Sports Illustrated, Golf and SI Kids ) and as President of Sports Illustrated . Mr. Ford joined Time Inc. in 1985 as a divisional sales manager for Time and has since served in a number of executive roles, including President of Time4 Media (a network of 17 enthusiast magazines later sold to Bonnier) and as a key member of the Entertainment Weekly launch team .

Mr. Gregory Giangrande

Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since April 2012; prior to that, Mr. Giangrande served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer for Dow Jones & Company/The Wall Street Journal beginning in February 2008. From 1999 to 2008, Mr. Giangrande served as Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at HarperCollins publishing group. Earlier, Mr. Giangrande held leadership positions in human resources at Hearst Corporation, Condé Nast and Random House LLC.

Mr. Lawrence A. Jacobs

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since November 2013; prior to that, Mr. Jacobs served as Executive Vice President, Legal & General Counsel of Empire State Development Corporation, New York State’s chief economic development agency, from April 2013. Mr. Jacobs previously served as Senior Executive Vice President and Group General Counsel at News Corporation from 2005 to 2011. Mr. Jacobs joined News Corporation in 1996. Earlier, Mr. Jacobs was a partner at the law firm Squadron Ellenoff Plesent & Sheinfeld.

Mr. Todd Larsen

Executive Vice President since September 2012, with the additional title of Group President, News & Sports Group prior to the streamlining of our organizational structure in February 2014; prior to that, Mr. Larsen served as President of Dow Jones & Company from January 2010 until June 2012. Mr. Larsen joined Dow Jones & Company in 1999, where he also served as Chief Operating Officer of the Consumer Media Group from 2006 to 2010 and President of the Consumer Electronic Publishing division from 2003 to 2006. He previously held positions as General Manager of the Consumer Electronic Publishing division and he started at Dow Jones as Director of Strategic Planning. Mr. Larsen earlier worked in the media practice at consulting firm Booz, Allen & Hamilton and in advertising at Saatchi & Saatchi and Jordan, McGrath, Case & Taylor.

Mr. Norman Pearlstine

Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer since November 2013; prior to that, Mr. Pearlstine served as Chief Content Officer of Bloomberg L.P. from June 2008, where he also served as Chairman, Bloomberg Businessweek following the acquisition of BusinessWeek magazine in December 2009 and co-Chairman, Bloomberg Government. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Pearlstine served as a senior advisor to The Carlyle Group’s telecommunications and media group. Prior to that, Mr. Pearlstine spent nearly four decades working as a reporter and editor. He was Time Inc.’s Editor-In-Chief from 1995 to 2005, and before that he spent 23 years working at The Wall Street Journal , including eight years as Managing Editor and one year as Executive Editor.

Ms. Evelyn Webster

Executive Vice President since January 2011, with the additional title of Group President, Lifestyle Group prior to the streamlining of our organizational structure in February 2014; prior to that, Ms. Webster served as Chief Executive Officer of IPC Media from January 2009 to December 2010. Ms. Webster joined IPC Media in

 

71


Table of Contents

1992 where she served in a number of roles across marketing, digital strategy and new product development. Ms. Webster served as Managing Director of IPC Connect, a division of IPC Media, from 2004 to 2008 and as Managing Director of IPC Inspire from 2003 to 2004.

Our Board of Directors Following the Spin-Off and Director Independence

Immediately following the Spin-Off, we expect that our Board will comprise              directors.                  rules require that the board have a majority of independent directors, and we plan to have a board comprising a majority of independent directors and board committees composed solely of independent directors at the time of the Spin-Off.

Committees of the Board

Effective upon the completion of the Spin-Off, our Board will have the following committees, each of which will operate under a written charter that will be posted on our website immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee will be established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The responsibilities of our Audit and Finance Committee will be more fully described in our Audit and Finance Committee charter. We anticipate that our Audit and Finance Committee, among other duties, will:

 

    oversee the quality and integrity of our financial statements, accounting practices and financial information we provide to the SEC or the public;

 

    review our annual and interim financial statements, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our annual financial statements, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

 

    select and appoint an independent registered public accounting firm, such appointment to be ratified by stockholders at our annual meeting;

 

    pre-approve all services to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    review with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management the plan and scope of the accounting firm’s proposed annual financial audit and quarterly reviews, including the procedures to be utilized;

 

    review with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management the accounting firm’s significant findings and recommendations upon the completion of the annual financial audit and quarterly reviews;

 

    review and evaluate the qualification, performance, fees and independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

    meet with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management regarding our internal controls, critical accounting policies and practices and other matters;

 

    discuss with our independent registered public accounting firm and our management earnings releases prior to their issuance;

 

    oversee our internal audit function;

 

72


Table of Contents
    assist our Board in the oversight of our financial structure, financial condition and capital strategy; and

 

    oversee our compliance program, response to regulatory actions involving financial, accounting and internal control matters, internal controls and risk management policies.

The Audit and Finance Committee will have at least three members and will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of                 , Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and our Audit and Finance Committee charter. Each member of the Audit and Finance Committee will be financially literate, and at least one member of the Audit and Finance Committee will have accounting and related financial management expertise and satisfy the criteria to be an “audit committee financial expert” under the rules and regulations of the SEC, as those qualifications are interpreted by our Board in its business judgment. The initial members of the Audit and Finance Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

Compensation Committee

The responsibilities of our Compensation Committee will be more fully described in our Compensation Committee charter, and we anticipate that they will include, among other duties:

 

    setting and reviewing our general policy regarding executive compensation;

 

    determining the compensation (including salary, bonus, equity-based grants and any other long-term cash compensation) of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    overseeing our disclosure regarding executive compensation, including approving the report to be included in our annual proxy statement on Schedule 14A and included or incorporated by reference in our annual reports on Form 10-K;

 

    approving employment agreements for our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    reviewing the benefits provided to our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    overseeing our overall compensation structure, practices and benefits plans;

 

    administering our executive bonus and equity-based incentive plans to the extent delegated by our Board;

 

    overseeing our response to regulatory developments affecting compensation and, along with our Nominating and Governance Committee, reviewing and making recommendations regarding our responses to stockholder proposals relating to compensation matters and our proposals relating to the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation; and

 

    assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors to the Compensation Committee and hiring, approving the fees and overseeing the work of, and terminating the services of such advisors.

The Compensation Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of                 , Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and our Compensation Committee charter. The members of the Compensation Committee will be “non-employee directors” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) and “outside directors” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code). The initial members of the Compensation Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

 

73


Table of Contents

Nominating and Governance Committee

The responsibilities of our Nominating and Governance Committee will be more fully described in our Nominating and Governance Committee charter, and we anticipate that they will include, among other duties:

 

    overseeing our corporate governance practices;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our Board amendments to our by-laws, certificate of incorporation, committee charters and other governance policies;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our Board regarding the structure of our various board committees;

 

    identifying, reviewing and recommending to our Board individuals for election to the board;

 

    adopting and reviewing policies regarding the consideration of board candidates proposed by stockholders and other criteria for board membership;

 

    overseeing the Chief Executive Officer succession planning process, including an emergency succession plan;

 

    reviewing the leadership structure of our Board;

 

    overseeing our Board’s annual self-evaluation; and

 

    overseeing and monitoring general governance matters, including communications with stockholders and regulatory developments relating to corporate governance.

The Nominating and Governance Committee will consist entirely of independent directors, each of whom will meet the independence requirements set forth in the listing standards of              and our Nominating and Governance Committee charter. The initial members of the Nominating and Governance Committee will be determined prior to the Spin-Off.

Codes of Conduct

In order to help assure the highest levels of business ethics at Time Inc., our Board will adopt the following codes of conduct, which will be posted on our website prior to the Spin-Off.

Standards of Business Conduct

Our Standards of Business Conduct will apply to our employees, including any employee directors. The Standards of Business Conduct will establish policies pertaining to, among other things, employee conduct in the workplace, electronic communications and information security, accuracy of books, records and financial statements, securities trading, confidentiality, conflicts of interest, fairness in business practices, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, antitrust laws and political activities and solicitations.

Code of Ethics

Prior to the completion of the Spin-Off, we will adopt a written code of ethics that is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote, among other things:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    the protection of the confidentiality of our non-public information;

 

    the responsible use of and control over our assets and resources;

 

74


Table of Contents
    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with the SEC and other regulators and in our other public communications;

 

    compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; and

 

    accountability for adherence to the code and prompt internal reporting of any possible violation of the code.

Director Nomination Process

Our initial Board will be selected through a process involving both Time Warner and us. We intend to adopt a Corporate Governance Policy and supplementary policy statements that will contain information concerning the responsibilities of the Nominating and Governance Committee with respect to identifying and evaluating future director candidates. A description of the Corporate Governance Policy will be included in an amendment to this Information Statement.

Communications with Non-Management Members of the Board of Directors

Generally, it is the responsibility of our management to speak for us in communications with outside parties, but we intend to set forth, in our corporate governance policies, certain processes by which stockholders and other interested third parties may communicate with non-management members of our Board.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Pursuant to a settlement between the SEC and Joseph A. Ripp of a complaint relating to alleged violations of Section 13(b)(2)(A) of the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Rule 13b2-1, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a judgment against Mr. Ripp on July 19, 2010. Mr. Ripp consented to the judgment without admitting or denying the allegations of the complaint. The violations were alleged to have occurred while Mr. Ripp was serving as Chief Financial Officer of America Online, Inc. between January 2001 and September 2002. Under the judgment, Mr. Ripp was enjoined from aiding and abetting any violation of Section 13(b)(2)(A) of the Exchange Act and from violating Exchange Act Rule 13b2-1 and was ordered to pay $150,000 representing disgorgement of profits and a civil penalty.

Journal Register Company filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in February 2009 and emerged from the related bankruptcy proceedings in August 2009. Journal Register Company subsequently filed a second Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in September 2012 and completed the sale of its assets to 21st Century Media in April 2013. 21st Century Media was subsequently merged with MediaNews Group and currently operates as part of the Digital First Media group of publication properties. From March 2010, shortly after Journal Register Company emerged from its first bankruptcy proceedings, until October 2011, Jeffrey J. Bairstow served as Chief Financial Officer of that company and, from October 2011 until September 2013, Mr. Bairstow served as President of Digital First Media, a management company specializing in the publication of local newspapers and other multi-platform products whose properties included Journal Register Company (and its successor, 21st Century Media) as well as MediaNews Group and Digital First Ventures.

 

75


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) relates to our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. This CD&A describes:

 

    the executive compensation philosophy that governed the 2013 compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”);

 

    the main elements of the 2013 compensation for our NEOs, with a focus on how such compensation was determined, including the roles of our senior management, Time Warner’s senior management and the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Time Warner Board (the “Time Warner Compensation Committee”); and

 

    the rationale for each such element of compensation.

For purposes of this CD&A, the individuals listed in the table below are our NEOs for 2013:

 

Name

  

Position with Time Inc. as of December 31, 2013

Joseph A. Ripp

   Chief Executive Officer

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Norman Pearlstine

   Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer

Todd Larsen

   Executive Vice President and Group President, News & Sports Group

Evelyn Webster

   Executive Vice President and Group President, Lifestyle Group

Laura Lang

   Former Chief Executive Officer

Howard M. Averill

   Former Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Maurice F. Edelson

   Former General Counsel and Executive Vice President, Corporate Development

Martha Nelson

   Former Editor-in-Chief

In anticipation of our announced separation from Time Warner, we completed a management transition during 2013. Joseph A. Ripp was brought in to lead us to become a newly public company and to guide us following the Spin-Off, and he succeeded Ms. Lang as our Chief Executive Officer on September 3, 2013. Ms. Lang subsequently separated from service with us on November 2, 2013. Also on September 3, 2013, Jeffrey J. Bairstow was brought in as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Howard M. Averill, our then current Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, became Senior Vice President and Deputy Chief Financial Officer of Time Warner, in anticipation of becoming Time Warner’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on January 1, 2014. Lawrence A. Jacobs joined as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel in November, replacing Maurice F. Edelson, who became Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Time Warner on November 4, 2013. Finally, in conjunction with a restructuring of our edit function, Norman Pearlstine was hired as Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer on October 31, 2013, and Martha Nelson, our Former Editor-in-Chief, separated from service with us on December 31, 2013.

In conjunction with hiring Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Pearlstine, we entered into employment agreements with each, the terms of which reflect the expected role that these executives would play in connection with and following the Spin-Off. For a description of our process for determining the terms of Messrs. Ripp’s and Bairstow’s agreements, see “—How 2013 Compensation for the NEOs Was Established—Use of Comparative Data.” For a summary of the terms of each agreement, see “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with NEOs.” In addition, in connection with the management transition, we entered into separation agreements with each of Mss. Lang and Nelson and an amendment to our employment agreement with Mr. Averill. See “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with NEOs” and “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs” for further information about these agreements.

 

76


Table of Contents

Philosophy

During 2013, we were an operating division of Time Warner and, accordingly, our 2013 NEO compensation program was generally guided by Time Warner’s compensation philosophy. The main elements of that philosophy include:

 

    Attract, Retain and Motivate Talent.   Compensation should reflect the competitive marketplace, so that we can attract, retain and motivate talented executives. This aspect of the philosophy was especially relevant during 2013 as we and Time Warner recruited a number of new executives, including Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Pearlstine, to lead our management team in our transition to an independent publicly-traded company.

 

    Accountability for Business Performance.   Compensation should be tied in part to our financial and operating performance, so that the NEOs are held accountable through their compensation for the performance of our business.

 

    Accountability for Individual Performance.   Compensation should be tied in part to the NEOs’ individual performance to encourage and reflect individual contributions to our financial and operating performance and long-term success.

 

    Alignment with Stockholder Interests .  Compensation should be tied in part to stock performance to align the NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders. At the beginning of 2013, because Time Warner was exploring strategic alternatives for us, Time Warner’s senior management, after consultation with our senior management, determined that, counter to our historical practice, our previously eligible employees would not be granted long-term incentive awards during 2013. We expect that equity-based awards will be an important component of our NEO compensation program after the Spin-Off. See “—Elements of 2013 NEO Compensation and How They Were Determined—Long-Term Incentives” for a discussion of the equity-based awards made to Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow in connection with their recruitment and hiring (the “Ripp Make Whole Awards” and the “Bairstow Make Whole Awards,” as applicable) and our intentions with respect to a special grant of Time Inc. equity-based awards following the Spin-Off to replace Time Warner equity-based awards that certain of our employees will forfeit upon the Spin-Off.

Following the Spin-Off, our Board will form its own Compensation Committee, which will determine our executive compensation philosophy, program and practices for our NEOs.

How 2013 Compensation for the NEOs Was Established

Decisions with respect to 2013 NEO compensation were made by our senior management, Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee.

While Ms. Lang was Chief Executive Officer, decisions by our senior management were primarily made by her, and, similarly, after Mr. Ripp became our Chief Executive Officer, such decisions were primarily made by him. The actions taken by our senior management with respect to 2013 NEO compensation, which were generally subject to the review and approval of Time Warner’s senior management, included:

 

    making recommendations to Time Warner’s senior management regarding compensation for executives other than our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    establishing the target awards for the NEOs under our Annual Incentive Plan for 2013 (the “2013 AIP”) (other than for Ms. Lang and Messrs. Ripp and Pearlstine, who did not participate in this plan, and Mr. Bairstow, for whom the target award was established by Time Warner senior management);

 

    negotiating our employment agreement with Mr. Pearlstine;

 

77


Table of Contents
    in coordination with Time Warner’s senior management, calculating our financial and operating performance results (including applicable adjustments) for purposes of determining Mr. Ripp’s annual bonus and the bonuses of the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP, subject to approval of the Time Warner Compensation Committee; and

 

    determining the individual performance ratings under the 2013 AIP for the NEOs who participated in this plan, subject to input from Time Warner’s senior management in the case of Mr. Bairstow.

The actions taken by Time Warner’s senior management with respect to 2013 NEO compensation included:

 

    recommending to the Time Warner Compensation Committee the terms of Ms. Lang’s compensation for 2013 at the beginning of the year, including the financial and operating criteria that would apply for purposes of her annual bonus (which financial and operating criteria also applied under the 2013 AIP);

 

    approving the award of special transaction-related bonuses for certain of our employees in connection with the Spin-Off (the “Transaction Bonuses”), including Ms. Lang and Messrs. Averill and Edelson, subject to the Time Warner Compensation Committee’s approval of the award to Ms. Lang;

 

    negotiating our employment agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, and recommending to the Time Warner Compensation Committee the terms of Mr. Ripp’s initial compensation and the Bairstow Make Whole Awards;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our NEOs other than Mr. Ripp and Ms. Lang, including the terms of our employment agreement with Mr. Pearlstine, subject to the Time Warner Compensation Committee’s approval of the Bairstow Make Whole Awards;

 

    negotiating our separation agreement with Ms. Lang, subject to the Time Warner Compensation Committee’s approval of such agreement;

 

    in coordination with our senior management, calculating our financial and operating performance results (including applicable adjustments) for purposes of determining Mr. Ripp’s annual bonus and the bonuses of the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP, subject to approval of the Time Warner Compensation Committee;

 

    approving the results of Ms. Lang’s performance review of Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson, in connection with determining their respective 2013 bonuses;

 

    conducting Mr. Ripp’s performance review and providing input in the performance review of Mr. Bairstow in connection with determining their respective 2013 bonuses; and

 

    approving the individual performance ratings for each of the other NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP.

The actions taken by the Time Warner Compensation Committee with respect to 2013 NEO compensation included:

 

    reviewing and approving (i) Ms. Lang’s 2013 compensation at the beginning of the year (including the financial and operating criteria that would apply for purposes of her annual bonus, which also subsequently applied to Mr. Ripp), (ii) the award of a Transaction Bonus to her and (iii) our separation agreement with her;

 

    reviewing and approving Mr. Ripp’s employment agreement and his 2013 compensation, including the Ripp Make Whole Awards;

 

    reviewing and approving the Bairstow Make Whole Awards;

 

78


Table of Contents
    approving our financial and operating performance results (including applicable adjustments) for purposes of determining Mr. Ripp’s annual bonus and the bonuses of the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP; and

 

    reviewing the recommendation of Time Warner’s Chairman & Chief Executive Officer regarding Mr. Ripp’s performance in connection with determining his 2013 bonus, and approving the bonus in respect of such performance.

Role of the Time Warner Compensation Committee’s Independent Compensation Consultant

The Time Warner Compensation Committee has retained Pay Governance LLC as its compensation consultant. During 2013, Pay Governance LLC assisted the Time Warner Compensation Committee in its decision-making with respect to the initial compensation of Mr. Ripp by providing comparative market data. The Time Warner Compensation Committee conducts an annual assessment of the consultant’s performance and independence. As of the most recent assessment prior to establishing Mr. Ripp’s compensation, the Time Warner Compensation Committee determined that the consultant had no conflicts of interest that would prevent it from advising the committee and confirmed the consultant’s independence.

Use of Comparative Data

In connection with the entry into employment agreements with our senior executives and periodically thereafter, our senior management, Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee, as applicable, have referred to internal and external sources of information to inform determinations of appropriate levels and mixes of compensation, and have also referenced composite compensation surveys published by external compensation consulting firms containing information from public and private publishing companies and other multinational companies.

The compensation packages of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow were based in part on a review of external sources of compensation information. The data reviewed for benchmarking purposes was the compensation of the chief executive officers or chief financial officers, as applicable, of nine other publishing companies: Gannett Company, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Hearst Corporation, Graham Holdings Company (formerly The Washington Post Company), The New York Times Company, The E.W. Scripps Company, Meredith Corporation, Dow Jones & Company and the recently spun-off News Corporation. Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee also referred to the composite market information included in the Towers Watson 2012 Executive Compensation Surveys, which contained compensation information for a broader group of companies in a range of industries with revenues similar to our annual revenues, in order to obtain a general understanding of compensation practices among mid-cap companies.

Mr. Ripp’s target annual total direct compensation (which consists of base salary, annual cash incentive awards, annual long-term incentive awards and the annualized value of the Ripp Make Whole Awards) is between the 50th and 75th percentile of the compensation paid to chief executive officers of the publishing companies reviewed. Mr. Bairstow’s target annual total direct compensation (which consists of base salary, annual cash incentive awards, annual long-term incentive awards and the annualized value of the Bairstow Make Whole Awards) is at approximately the 75th percentile of the compensation paid to chief financial officers of the publishing companies reviewed. Time Warner’s senior management viewed these percentiles as relevant in determining a reasonable annualized compensation package for Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow in the context of their service to the largest U.S. magazine publishing company, particularly following our transition to an independent publicly-traded company. In addition, Time Warner’s senior management believed that Mr. Bairstow’s compensation package was appropriate given that Mr. Bairstow possesses a unique set of skills for a chief financial officer, including not only financial expertise but also considerable experience operating businesses in our industry, which skills will be valuable in our transition. Similarly, the mix of fixed and variable pay components in the compensation packages of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow was based on Time Warner senior management’s and, in the case of Mr. Ripp, the Time Warner Compensation Committee’s view of the appropriate weighting of these components for a chief executive officer or a chief financial officer, as applicable, of a publicly-traded publishing company.

 

79


Table of Contents

Elements of 2013 Compensation for the NEOs and How They Were Determined

The elements of our 2013 NEO compensation program and the rationale for each element are described below.

Base Salary

We believe that including a competitive base salary as a component of each NEO’s compensation is appropriate in order to attract and retain NEOs capable of leading our company in the complex and competitive business environment in which we operate.

The 2013 base salaries paid to the NEOs are included in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 . The base salaries for each of Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Pearlstine were determined in connection with the entry into their respective employment agreements. Ms. Lang’s base salary was determined by the Time Warner Compensation Committee and remained unchanged from 2012. Ms. Nelson’s base salary was determined by Ms. Lang, subject to the review and approval of Time Warner’s senior management, in connection with the entry into her new employment agreement in December 2012, which became effective on January 1, 2013, at which time Ms. Nelson assumed the role of Editor-in-Chief. The base salaries of our other NEOs were determined by our senior management, subject to the review and approval of Time Warner’s senior management, and remained unchanged from 2012.

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

For 2013, we provided annual cash incentive compensation opportunities to (i) Mr. Ripp and Ms. Lang pursuant to their respective employment agreements with criteria developed by Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee, and (ii) Messrs. Bairstow, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson pursuant to the 2013 AIP. Because he joined us during the fourth quarter of 2013, Mr. Pearlstine was not eligible to participate in the 2013 AIP. See “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with NEOs” for further information about these arrangements. Mr. Ripp’s and Ms. Lang’s annual bonus and the 2013 AIP were designed to provide the participating NEOs with a competitive compensation opportunity, taking into consideration the nature and scope of the NEO’s responsibilities and the terms of the NEO’s employment agreement, and to reward the NEO based on both our financial and operating performance and the NEO’s individual performance, consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy.

Target Bonuses.   Mr. Ripp’s employment agreement provides for a target bonus of $1.5 million (150% of his base salary), which was pro-rated to $750,000 for 2013 to account for the fact that he joined us late in the year. Mr. Ripp’s employment agreement also provides that his bonus payout for 2013 would not be less than $750,000, in recognition of the fact that he forfeited compensation from his prior employer to join us. Mr. Bairstow’s employment agreement provides for a target bonus of $800,000, which was pro-rated to $400,000 for 2013 to account for the fact that he joined us late in the year. Ms. Lang’s employment agreement provided for a target bonus of $2 million (200% of her base salary). At the beginning of 2013, target bonuses for Messrs. Averill, Larsen and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson were set at $741,600, $500,000, $595,000, $530,000 and $800,000, respectively, subject to the review and approval of Time Warner’s senior management, and these target bonuses remained unchanged from 2012, except that Ms. Nelson’s target bonus was increased from 2012 to reflect the fact that she assumed the role of Editor-in-Chief on January 1, 2013. For 2013, the bonus payout for each NEO who participated in the 2013 AIP was capped at a maximum of 150% of the NEO’s target bonus.

Award Metrics.   For Mr. Ripp and Ms. Lang and each of the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP, 70% of the target bonus was based on our financial and operating performance and 30% was based on an assessment of individual performance and contributions for the year. The use and relative weighting of these criteria advanced the philosophy that each NEO should be held accountable for our financial and operating performance, as well as the NEO’s individual performance.

 

80


Table of Contents

Financial and Operating Performance Criteria.   We used two non-GAAP metrics, Adjusted Divisional Pre-Tax Income (“ADPTI”) and Free Cash Flow (“FCF”), as financial and operating performance criteria for all of the participating NEOs, though the weighting assigned to the two metrics varied as follows: 70% ADPTI and 30% FCF for Mr. Ripp and Ms. Lang and 85% ADPTI and 15% FCF for each of the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP. ADPTI and FCF were selected not only because they are important measures of our financial and operating performance, but also because they are consistent with the primary measures Time Warner uses to evaluate its financial and operating performance.

Using these two measures provides balance, because the NEO can receive the highest bonus only when we achieve both significant profitability and significant free cash flow. ADPTI was weighted substantially greater than FCF because we and Time Warner believe that ADPTI is a better measure of long-term business performance and growth. The definitions of ADPTI and FCF are included in Annex A to this Information Statement. The table below shows the payout percentages for the financial and operating performance criteria at certain performance levels as established at the beginning of the year for Ms. Lang and the participants in the 2013 AIP, which also subsequently applied to Mr. Ripp.

 

     Framework for Financial and Operating Criteria
($ in millions) (1)
 

Financial and

            Operating  Measures            

                   50%                                       100%                                        150% (2)                   

ADPTI

   $ 300       $ 360       $ 420   

FCF

   $ 375       $ 420       $ 500   

 

(1) Payouts are determined by linear interpolation if performance is between any of the levels shown.
(2) Represents the maximum payout. Achievement of performance above this level would not result in a greater payout of the financial performance component of 2013 annual cash incentive compensation.

Individual Performance Ratings . For Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Larsen and Ms. Webster, individual performance ratings were based on an end-of-year qualitative assessment of each NEO’s contributions during the year. For Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson, individual performance ratings were based on such a qualitative assessment at an earlier date that generally corresponded to their moves to Time Warner or termination of executive officer status, as applicable.

Determination of Annual Cash Incentive Payouts . Based on our financial results for the year, after adjustment for certain unbudgeted transaction, restructuring and other costs, we achieved a maximum ADPTI rating of 150% and a maximum FCF rating of 150%.

In evaluating Mr. Ripp’s individual performance for 2013, Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee noted the progress that Time Inc. had made toward the Spin-Off and in developing a strategic and operating plan for its transition to an independent publicly-traded company. As a result, Time Warner’s Chairman & Chief Executive Officer recommended, and the Time Warner Compensation Committee approved, a performance rating of 140% for Mr. Ripp and, in recognition of Mr. Ripp’s significant accomplishments during 2013, also approved a discretionary $150,000 increase in the final bonus. Mr. Ripp recommended, and Time Warner’s senior management approved, performance ratings of 135% for each of Messrs. Bairstow and Larsen and Ms. Webster, in recognition of the success that each had in managing the portion of our business that he or she oversaw during a period of transition for us. Ms. Lang’s 2013 bonus payout of $2.339 million was recommended by Time Warner’s senior management, and approved by the Time Warner Compensation Committee, in connection with the negotiation of her separation agreement with us. Ms. Lang recommended, and Time Warner’s senior management approved, performance ratings of 150% for each of Messrs. Averill, Edelson and Ms. Nelson, in recognition of his or her stewardship of Time Inc. during a period of transition.

 

81


Table of Contents

Described below are the calculations used in determining the 2013 bonus payout for each of our NEOs (other than Ms. Lang, whose 2013 bonus payout was determined in connection with the negotiation of her separation agreement with us, and Mr. Pearlstine, who did not participate in the 2013 AIP). The differences between the dollar figures shown and the figures yielded by the formulas are the result of rounding adjustments.

 

    Target
Bonus
  ADPTI
Component
  +   FCF Component   +   Individual
Component
  =   2013
Bonus
Amount

Joseph A. Ripp

  $750,000   (70% x 70%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$551,250
    (70% x 30%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$236,250
    30% x 140%
x Target Bonus
= $315,000
    $1,252,500 (1)

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

  $400,000   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$357,000
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$63,000
    30% x 135%
x Target Bonus
= $162,000
    $582,000

Todd Larsen

  $500,000   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$446,250
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$78,750
    30% x 135%
x Target Bonus
= $202,500
    $727,500

Evelyn Webster

  $530,000   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$473,025
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$83,475
    30% x 135%
x Target Bonus
= $214,650
    $771,150

Howard M. Averill

  $496,872 (2 )   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$443,458
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$78,257
    30% x 150%
x Target Bonus
= $223,592
    $745,300

Maurice F. Edelson

  $595,000   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$531,038
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$93,713
    30% x 150%
x Target Bonus
= $267,750
    $892,500

Martha Nelson

  $800,000   (70% x 85%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$714,000
    (70% x 15%) x 150%
x Target Bonus =
$126,000
    30% x 150%
x Target Bonus
= $360,000
    $1,200,000

 

(1) Includes the discretionary $150,000 increase in the final bonus.
(2) Reflects a pro-rated portion of Mr. Averill’s original target bonus based on his period of service with us in 2013.

With respect to Mr. Ripp’s bonus, the portion of his bonus that was guaranteed under his employment agreement ($750,000) and the discretionary $150,000 increase in the final bonus are reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 . The remaining $352,000 is reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the table. For the NEOs who participated in the 2013 AIP, the portion of their bonuses earned based on our financial and operating performance is reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 , and the remainder is reflected in the “Bonus” column of the table. With respect to Ms. Lang, her bonus payout negotiated in connection with her separation agreement with us is reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 .

Transaction Bonuses

In connection with the Spin-Off, we provided Ms. Lang and Messrs. Averill and Edelson the opportunity to earn Transaction Bonuses of $2.5 million, $1.75 million and $1.75 million, respectively, to reward their anticipated contributions to the Spin-Off. Receipt of the Transaction Bonus was contingent on the individual remaining an active employee in good standing with us through the effective date of the Spin-Off and was to be paid on, or as soon as practicable after, the effective date of the Spin-Off. The Transaction Bonus would also be paid to the individual if his or her employment with us were terminated without cause or due to death or disability. In connection with her separation from service, Ms. Lang received a $2.5 million payment in lieu of her Transaction Bonus. Mr. Averill forfeited his Transaction Bonus upon his move to Time Warner, but received a $1.75 million transition payment from Time Warner (the “Averill Make Whole Transition Payment”), for which we reimbursed Time Warner. Mr. Edelson received his Transaction Bonus in connection with his move to Time Warner. Each of these bonuses is reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 .

 

82


Table of Contents

Other Bonuses

In connection with joining us as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Bairstow was paid a $500,000 cash bonus (the “Bairstow Make Whole Bonus”) in 2013 to replace compensation from his previous employer that he forfeited to join us. Mr. Bairstow will be required to repay the Bairstow Make Whole Bonus in the event his employment is terminated by us for cause or by him other than due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement, in each case, prior to September 3, 2014 (the first anniversary of the date he joined us). The Bairstow Make Whole Bonus is reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 .

In connection with joining us as Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer, Mr. Pearlstine was paid a $1.4 million cash bonus (the “Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus”) in 2013 to replace compensation from his previous employer that he forfeited to join us. Mr. Pearlstine will be required to repay a pro-rated portion of the after-tax amount of the Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus in the event his employment is terminated by us for cause or by him other than due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement, in each case, prior to October 31, 2015 (the second anniversary of the date he joined us). The Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus is reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 .

As a retention measure, Ms. Nelson’s prior employment agreement provided her with the opportunity to receive a $150,000 cash bonus provided that she remained actively employed by us through June 15, 2013 (the “Nelson Retention Bonus”). Ms. Nelson retained this opportunity under her employment agreement dated December 18, 2012, and would also have been paid the Nelson Retention Bonus if her employment with us had been terminated due to death or disability. The Nelson Retention Bonus is reflected in the “Bonus” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 .

Long-Term Incentives

At the beginning of 2013, because Time Warner was exploring strategic alternatives for us, Time Warner’s senior management, after consultation with our senior management, determined that our employees would not be granted long-term incentive awards during 2013.

Equity-Based Awards.   Later in 2013, in connection with the recruitment and hiring of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate for each of them to be granted Time Warner equity-based awards that would be converted into Time Inc. equity-based awards upon the Spin-Off to (i) replace compensation that they forfeited to join us, (ii) induce them to leave their former employers to take on the challenging role of leading our management team in our transition to an independent publicly-traded company and (iii) provide them with an immediate indirect investment in Time Inc. given their unique and critical roles with us. On November 15, 2013, Mr. Ripp was granted an award of 55,441 Time Warner restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with an estimated grant-date value of $3.75 million (the “Ripp Make Whole RSUs”) and an award of 211,864 Time Warner stock options with an estimated grant-date value of $3.75 million (the “Ripp Make Whole Stock Options”), which RSUs and stock options are scheduled to vest and, in the case of the stock options, become exercisable, in five equal annual installments on each anniversary of his start date. Also on November 15, 2013, Mr. Bairstow was granted an award of 7,392 Time Warner RSUs with an estimated grant-date value of $500,000 (the “Bairstow Make Whole RSUs”) and an award of 28,249 Time Warner stock options with an estimated grant-date value of $500,000 (the “Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options”), which RSUs and stock options are scheduled to vest and, in the case of the stock options, become exercisable, in four equal annual installments on each anniversary of his start date. With respect to each of Mr. Ripp and Mr. Bairstow, provided that he remains employed by us immediately following the Spin-Off, all of his Time Warner equity-based awards will be converted upon the Spin-Off into Time Inc. equity-based awards with the same general terms and conditions as his Time Warner equity-based awards in a manner intended to preserve the intrinsic value of the Time Warner equity-based awards.

 

83


Table of Contents

The Ripp Make Whole Awards and the Bairstow Make Whole Awards were premised on the view of Time Warner’s senior management and the Time Warner Compensation Committee that, particularly in light of the planned conversion of the awards to Time Inc. equity-based awards upon the Spin-Off, (i) the mix of awards (split evenly in value between RSUs and stock options) appropriately balances the incentive to increase and maintain the value of Time Inc. while limiting dilution and (ii) the awards will provide each of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow with a meaningful investment in Time Inc. that will align their interests with those of our stockholders following the Spin-Off.

In connection with the Spin-Off, Time Warner stock options and RSUs held by our employees other than Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow will be treated as provided in the equity compensation plan under which such stock options and RSUs were awarded and the award agreements governing such awards, which will generally result in forfeiture of unvested stock options, pro-rated vesting of the RSUs that are scheduled to vest on the next vesting date and forfeiture of the remainder of such RSUs, unless such employees satisfy the requirements for retirement treatment under such equity compensation plan or award agreements, in which case more favorable vesting conditions will apply. Following the Spin-Off, we expect to grant Time Inc. RSUs to our active employees (with the exception of a small number of employees outside of the United States) with a value intended to be equal to the intrinsic value of the Time Warner stock options and RSUs that the respective employee forfeited upon the Spin-Off. The Time Inc. RSUs will generally be subject to the same vesting schedule that applied to the Time Warner stock options or RSUs that the Time Inc. RSUs are intended to replace.

Time LTIP .  During 2012, we established the Time Inc. Cash Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Time LTIP”) for the 2012 through 2014 performance period. The 2012 through 2014 performance period is the only performance period under the Time LTIP. Under the Time LTIP, each participant was granted an award at a target amount determined at the start of the performance period. The amount ultimately earned, which may range from 0% to 200% of the target amount, was to be determined based on our performance over the three-year performance period from 2012 through 2014. Payouts of Time LTIP awards are based on our cumulative ADPTI over the performance period measured against goals for the period set by the Time Warner Compensation Committee at the beginning of 2012. These goals were based on our long-range plan at the time for the 2012 through 2014 performance period. There is no individual performance component to the Time LTIP. Mss. Lang, Webster and Nelson and Messrs. Averill and Edelson participate in the Time LTIP. Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine and Larsen do not participate in the Time LTIP because they joined us after awards under the Time LTIP were granted.

Assuming the Spin-Off is completed prior to the end of 2014, we will not have met the relevant financial performance criteria based on our performance through 2013 and our original forecast for 2014. Accordingly, none of our employees who participate in the Time LTIP will receive a payout.

Employment Agreements with NEOs

Employment agreements are common in the media and publishing industry for top executives, and are important for recruiting and retaining those executives. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. The material terms of these employment agreements, as in effect during 2013, are described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Termination and Severance Packages

The severance payment amounts and other post-termination provisions of the NEOs’ employment agreements are based on the significance of the NEO’s position, the estimated amount of time it would take the NEO to locate comparable employment following a termination and our desire to attract, motivate and retain the NEO in a competitive environment. The treatment of the NEOs’ outstanding equity-based awards upon various employment termination events is generally governed by their employment agreements and Time Warner’s equity compensation plans and equity-based award agreements, which were developed and approved by the Time Warner Compensation Committee.

 

84


Table of Contents

The termination and severance payments and other benefits that each of the NEOs other than Mss. Lang and Nelson and Messrs. Averill and Edelson would receive under the terms of their respective employment agreements in the event of certain termination scenarios assumed to have occurred on December 31, 2013 are described under “—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.” Any actual benefits received or that will be received by Mss. Lang and Nelson and Messrs. Averill and Edelson upon their separations from service or moves to Time Warner, as applicable, are included in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 and described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with NEOs” and “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs.”

Retirement and Deferred Compensation Programs

As of December 31, 2013, we participated in the (i) Time Warner Savings Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan maintained by Time Warner in which almost all of the U.S. employees of Time Warner and the Time Warner divisions are eligible to participate, (ii) Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, a non-qualified plan for employees whose compensation exceeds the compensation limit established by the IRS for tax-qualified defined contribution plans, and (iii) Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan”), a non-qualified plan that, before the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan became effective, permitted our employees whose annual cash compensation exceeded certain dollar thresholds to defer receipt of all or a portion of their annual bonus until a specified future date. Each of the NEOs participated in the Time Warner Savings Plan for 2013. Messrs. Ripp, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Lang and Nelson participated in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan for 2013. Messrs. Ripp and Averill and Ms. Nelson participated in the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan. Employees have not been eligible to defer compensation earned after December 31, 2010 into the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan. In addition, prior to 2001, pursuant to his employment agreement then in place, we made contributions for Mr. Pearlstine to a separate non-current compensation account in a grantor trust (the “Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement”). Annual payouts under this arrangement commenced when Mr. Pearlstine separated from service with us in 2006 and are expected to be completed in early 2017. In 2013, Mr. Pearlstine received $861,249 with respect to the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement. The Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan and the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement are described in more detail under “—Non-qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013.”

Effective as of January 1, 2014, we established the Time Inc. Savings Plan, a defined contribution savings plan intended to be tax-qualified. As of January 3, 2014, all account balances held by the Time Warner Savings Plan with respect to our current participating employees were transferred to the Time Inc. Savings Plan. Also, as of January 1, 2014, we established the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan and the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, continuations of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan and Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan, respectively, pursuant to which we will remain responsible for any obligations to our current and former employees who participated in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan or Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan, as applicable. The Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan provides for a matching formula that mirrors the matching formula under the Time Inc. Savings Plan for amounts credited beginning January 1, 2014 and with respect to eligible compensation between the Time Inc. Savings Plan limit ($260,000 for 2014) and $500,000 per year.

We also participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan, a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan maintained by Time Warner, which was closed to new participants as of June 30, 2010. Messrs. Ripp, Pearlstine, Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson participate in this plan, and each is currently vested in his or her pension benefits based on his or her years of service with us. Because Messrs. Bairstow and Larsen and Ms. Lang joined us after the Time Warner Pension Plan was closed to new hires, they do not participate in this plan. Ms. Webster’s relocation from the U.K. to the United States in connection with her transition from IPC Media, an affiliate of ours, to join us occurred after the Time Warner Pension Plan was closed to new hires, and, therefore, she does not participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan but does participate in the IPC Plan. In connection with the Spin-Off, Time Warner and the Time Warner Pension Plan will remain

 

85


Table of Contents

responsible for any obligations to our current and former employees who participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan. Pursuant to a February 2014 amendment to the Time Warner Pension Plan, employees who are employed by us at the time of the Spin-Off will become fully vested in their accrued benefits as of the Spin-Off and, at the time of the Spin-Off, such employees will receive service credit for early retirement eligibility purposes as if they had remained employed by a participating employer in the Time Warner Pension Plan through December 31, 2015. Any such employee who will satisfy the service component of early retirement eligibility as a result of receiving such service credit will be eligible to receive early retirement benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan but cannot commence receiving benefits until satisfying the applicable age requirement.

We also participate in the Time Warner Excess Benefit Pension Plan (the “Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan”), which provides for payments of additional pension benefits to our eligible employees in excess of the federal limitations on the amount of compensation eligible for the calculation of benefits and the amount of benefits derived from employer contributions that may be paid to participants under the Time Warner Pension Plan. All of our NEOs who participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan also participate in the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan. In connection with the Spin-Off, we will establish the Time Inc. Excess Benefit Pension Plan (the “Time Inc. Excess Benefit Plan”), a continuation of the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan, pursuant to which we will remain responsible, as of the Spin-Off, for the accrued benefits of any employee who was actively employed by us on or after January 1, 2014 or who was receiving salary continuation or separation pay benefits from us on or after December 31, 2013, and Time Warner will remain responsible for any obligations to our other former employees who participate in the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan. The Time Warner Pension Plan, the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan and the IPC Plan are described in more detail under “—Pension Benefits for Fiscal Year 2013.”

Health and Welfare Programs

As of December 31, 2013, the NEOs participated in health and welfare programs maintained by Time Warner that were generally available to all U.S. employees of Time Warner and the Time Warner divisions. These included medical coverage, dental coverage, flexible spending account programs and similar benefit programs. In offering these programs to its employees, Time Warner’s goal is to provide benefit programs that are competitive and cost effective and that promote the hiring and retention of qualified employees. Effective as of January 1, 2014, we established separate health and welfare programs for our employees in the United States that are substantially similar to the plans maintained by Time Warner.

Perquisites and Personal Benefits

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to the NEOs that are not generally available to our employees. However, in 2013, we provided Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow and Ms. Lang with certain payments that could have been used to purchase life insurance. We also made a one-time $200,000 cash payment to Mr. Bairstow that he may use as he determines appropriate to offset commuting, temporary housing or relocation expenses he incurs in connection with his hiring. In addition, we provided Ms. Lang with certain limited perquisites, including in connection with her separation from service, and we provided Ms. Webster with tax equalization payments to account for additional tax liabilities she incurs as a result of services she provides in the U.K. to IPC Media. See the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 for more information regarding these payments, perquisites and personal benefits.

Section 162(m) Considerations

During 2013, none of the compensation paid to the NEOs was subject to the limitations on the deductibility of compensation in excess of $1 million under Section 162(m) of the Code. This is because the NEOs were not executive officers of Time Warner and, accordingly, were not subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. After the

 

86


Table of Contents

Spin-Off, when we are an independent publicly-traded company, Section 162(m) of the Code will generally limit our ability to deduct compensation over $1 million to our Chief Executive Officer and three other most highly paid executive officers, other than the Chief Financial Officer, unless the compensation qualifies as “performance-based” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Following the Spin-Off, we intend to consider deductibility as one factor in determining executive compensation; however, in order to best serve our stockholders’ interests, we will retain the flexibility to approve compensation that is not deductible for tax purposes.

Compensation Programs and Risk Management

In early 2014, Time Warner completed its annual risk assessment of its compensation programs and policies for employees, including our executive officers and employees. In particular, Time Warner reviewed and analyzed the major components of compensation at Time Warner and its divisions, including (i) base salary, (ii) annual bonuses, (iii) long-term incentive programs (including cash-based incentive plans and equity-based incentive plans), (iv) sales incentive plans and commission plans and (v) retirement programs (including defined benefit programs, defined contribution programs, deferred compensation programs and profit-sharing arrangements). Based on its review of its compensation policies and practices, Time Warner determined that any risks arising from its compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Time Warner. We did not conduct a separate risk assessment for 2013 because we were a division of Time Warner during such period.

Stock Ownership and Retention Guidelines

Because Mr. Ripp was hired in contemplation of the Spin-Off, he will be subject to stock ownership and retention guidelines established by the Time Inc. Compensation Committee following the Spin-Off. Ms. Lang was subject to Time Warner’s stock ownership guidelines, pursuant to which she was required to own Time Warner stock with a value equal to at least three times her base salary on or before the fifth anniversary of her employment with us. Under Time Warner’s stock retention requirements, Ms. Lang is required to retain for at least one year following the exercise of Time Warner stock options (or, if earlier, until November 2, 2014—the one-year anniversary of her separation from service) the number of shares having a value on the date of the exercise equal to 75% of the net gain realized from the exercise, assuming a 50% effective tax rate.

 

87


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2013

The following table presents information concerning total compensation paid to each of the NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and, in the case of Ms. Lang and Messrs. Averill and Edelson, who were also NEOs in 2012, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. For additional information regarding the components of the NEOs’ total compensation, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary (1)     Bonus (2)     Stock
Awards (3)
    Option
Awards (4)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (5)
    Change in
Pension Value
and Non-
qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (6)
    All Other
Compensation (7)
    Total  

Joseph A. Ripp

                 

Chief Executive Officer

    2013      $ 303,846      $ 900,000      $ 3,750,029      $ 3,645,819      $ 352,500             $ 28,838      $ 8,981,032   

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

                 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2013      $ 243,077      $ 662,000      $ 499,995      $ 466,142      $ 420,000             $ 204,804      $ 2,496,018   

Norman Pearlstine,

                 

Executive Vice President and Chief Content Officer

    2013      $ 128,077      $ 1,400,000                           $ 22,542      $ 1,385      $ 1,552,004   

Todd Larsen,

                 

Executive Vice President and Group President, News & Sports Group

    2013      $ 750,000      $ 202,500                    $ 525,000             $ 34,501      $ 1,512,001   

Evelyn Webster,

                 

Executive Vice President and Group President, Lifestyle Group

    2013      $ 742,500      $ 214,650                    $ 556,500      $ 190,453      $ 3,846      $ 1,707,949   

Laura Lang

                 

Former Chief Executive Officer

    2013      $ 865,385      $ 4,839,000                                  $ 5,754,624      $ 11,459,009   
    2012      $ 961,539      $ 3,000,000      $ 2,449,988      $ 438,175      $ 100,000             $ 661,607      $ 7,611,309   

Howard M. Averill

                 

Former Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

    2013      $ 588,288      $ 1,973,584                    $ 521,715             $ 34,998      $ 3,118,585   
    2012      $ 845,942      $ 332,392      $ 337,320      $ 255,600      $ 343,117      $ 16,970      $ 34,998      $ 2,166,339   

Maurice F. Edelson

                 

Former General Counsel and Executive Vice President, Corporate Development

    2013      $ 605,769      $ 2,017,750                    $ 624,751             $ 34,998      $ 3,283,268   
    2012      $ 699,039      $ 267,750      $ 238,523      $ 180,726      $ 276,389      $ 109,040      $ 17,499      $ 1,788,966   

Martha Nelson

                 

Former Editor-in-Chief

    2013      $ 998,910      $ 510,000                    $ 840,000             $ 4,453,585      $ 6,802,495   

 

88


Table of Contents

 

(1) The 2013 salary amounts reflect the amounts earned by the NEOs in 2013. The salary amounts for Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Pearlstine reflect the portion of their $1 million, $800,000 and $900,000 base salaries, respectively, earned in 2013 after they joined us on September 3, 2013, September 3, 2013 and October 31, 2013, respectively. The salary amounts for Ms. Lang and Messrs. Averill and Edelson reflect the portion of their $1 million, $849,750 and $700,000 base salaries, respectively, earned in 2013 before their separations from service or moves to Time Warner, as applicable.
(2) With respect to Mr. Ripp, the amount reflects the portion of his 2013 bonus that was guaranteed pursuant to his employment agreement ($750,000) and the discretionary $150,000 increase in the final bonus. With respect to Ms. Lang, the 2013 amount reflects the entire amount of her annual bonus for the portion of the year prior to her separation from service, as well as a $2.5 million bonus she received in lieu of her Transaction Bonus. With respect to Messrs. Bairstow, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson, the 2013 amount reflects the portion of their 2013 AIP payouts attributable to their individual performance. With respect to Messrs. Bairstow, Pearlstine, Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson, respectively, the 2013 amount also reflects (i) the Bairstow Make Whole Bonus, (ii) the Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus, (iii) the Averill Make Whole Transition Payment, (iv) Mr. Edelson’s Transaction Bonus and (v) the Nelson Retention Bonus.
(3) The amounts set forth in the Stock Awards column for 2013 represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the Ripp Make Whole RSUs and the Bairstow Make Whole RSUs. The grant date fair value of such RSU awards was calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based on the assumption that the value of each RSU was equal to the closing sale price of one share of Time Warner common stock reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on the date of grant. The actual value, if any, realized from such RSU awards will depend on the performance of Time Warner common stock or Time Inc. common stock in the future.
(4) The amounts set forth in the Option Awards column for 2013 represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the Ripp Make Whole Stock Options and the Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options. With respect to the Ripp Make Whole Stock Options, the grant date fair value of such stock option awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 29%, an expected term to exercise of 6.14 years from the date of grant, a risk-free interest rate of 1.77% and a dividend yield of 1.7%. With respect to the Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options, the grant date fair value of such stock option awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on the following assumptions: an expected volatility of 28.85%, an expected term to exercise of 5.73 years from the date of grant, a risk-free interest rate of 1.63% and a dividend yield of 1.7%. The actual value, if any, realized by each of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow from such stock option awards will depend on the extent to which the market value of Time Warner common stock or Time Inc. common stock exceeds the applicable exercise price of the stock options on the date the stock options are exercised.
(5) With respect to Mr. Ripp, the amount reflects the portion of his 2013 bonus that exceeded (i) the amount guaranteed pursuant to his employment agreement and (ii) the discretionary $150,000 increase in the final bonus. With respect to Messrs. Bairstow, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson, the amount reflects the portion of the 2013 AIP payouts attributable to our financial performance.
(6) Messrs. Ripp, Pearlstine, Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson participated in the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan in 2013. The aggregate annual change in the actuarial present value of each of Messrs. Ripp’s, Pearlstine’s, Averill’s and Edelson’s and Ms. Nelson’s accumulated pension benefits was negative for 2013. The aggregate change in actuarial present value for Messrs. Ripp, Pearlstine, Averill, Edelson and Ms. Nelson under the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan were ($69,510), ($28,058), ($11,430), ($70,420) and ($61,440), respectively. The amount set forth with respect to Mr. Pearlstine represents the distributions that he received from the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan during 2013 prior to rejoining us. The amount set forth with respect to Ms. Webster represents the aggregate annual change in the actuarial present value of her accumulated pension benefit under the IPC Plan. Payments under the IPC Plan are made in British pounds, and the amount shown with respect to Ms. Webster was converted from British pounds to U.S. dollars based on an exchange rate of 1.66 British pounds to the U.S. dollar on December 31, 2013 as reported by Bloomberg.
(7) The amounts shown in the All Other Compensation column for 2013 include the following:

 

89


Table of Contents

Name

  Time Warner
Savings Plan
Matching
Contributions (a)
    Time Warner
Supplemental
Savings Plan
Matching
Deferrals (b)
    Payments
Related to
Life
Insurance (c)
    Relocation
Related
Expenses (d)
    Tax
Equalization
Payments (e)
    Other
Perquisites
and
Personal
Benefits (f)
    Severance
Benefits (g)
    Total  

Joseph A. Ripp

  $ 8,888      $ 3,419      $ 16,438                    $ 93             $ 28,838   

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

  $ 3,692             $ 1,112      $ 200,000                           $ 204,804   

Norman Pearlstine

  $ 1,385                                                $ 1,385   

Todd Larsen

  $ 17,849      $ 16,652                                         $ 34,501   

Evelyn Webster

                              $ 3,846                    $ 3,846   

Laura Lang

  $ 17,849      $ 17,149      $ 18,864                    $ 56,797      $ 5,643,965      $ 5,754,624   

Howard M. Averill

  $ 17,849      $ 17,149                                         $ 34,998   

Maurice F. Edelson

  $ 17,849      $ 17,149                                         $ 34,998   

Martha Nelson

  $ 17,849      $ 17,149                                  $ 4,418,587      $ 4,453,585   

 

(a) Our matching contributions on the amount deferred by the applicable NEO in 2013 pursuant to the Time Warner Savings Plan.
(b) Our matching deferrals on the amount deferred by Messrs. Ripp, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Lang and Nelson in 2013 pursuant to the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan.
(c) Cash payments made to Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow and Ms. Lang that may have been used to purchase life insurance coverage. We also maintain a split-dollar life insurance policy on the life of Mr. Pearlstine related to his prior service with us. We no longer pay premiums on this split-dollar life insurance policy. Instead, the premiums are satisfied from the accreted value of the policy.
(d) With respect to Mr. Bairstow, reflects a cash payment made to him in connection with his relocation to the New York City area. Mr. Bairstow is responsible for all commuting, temporary housing, relocation and comparable expenses he incurs.
(e) Tax equalization payments we provided to Ms. Webster to account for additional tax liabilities she incurs as a result of services she provides in the U.K. to IPC Media.
(f) With respect to Mr. Ripp, amount includes cost of the attendance of Mr. Ripp’s guest at a business function. With respect to Ms. Lang, amount includes the costs of (i) providing her with office space and an administrative assistant following her separation from service through December 31, 2013, (ii) career counseling and outplacement services ($30,000), (iii) courtesy copies of certain DVDs produced and/or distributed by Time Warner’s Warner Bros. division and (iv) the attendance of Ms. Lang’s guests at certain business functions.
(g) With respect to Ms. Lang, reflects continued (i) payments of her base salary and bonus, (ii) participation in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs) and (iii) payments equal to two times the premium she would be required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain a specified amount of life insurance coverage, in each case through November 2, 2015. With respect to Ms. Nelson, reflects continued (i) payments of her base salary and bonus through December 31, 2015, (ii) participation in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs) through December 31, 2015 and (iii) a payment in lieu of her unutilized sabbatical benefits. See “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs” for further information about these arrangements.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS DURING 2013

The following table presents information with respect to each award of plan-based compensation in 2013. Mr. Pearlstine is omitted from this table because he received no awards of plan-based compensation in 2013.

 

Name

  Grant Date     Approval
Date (2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
 

 

Estimated Possible
Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)

    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units (3)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards (4)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards (5)
 
        Target     Maximum          

Joseph A. Ripp

      2013 Bonus   $ 750,000      $ 1,125,000           
    11/15/2013        10/30/2013              55,441          $ 3,750,029   
    11/15/2013        10/30/2013                211,864      $ 67.64      $ 3,645,819   

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

      2013 AIP   $ 400,000      $ 600,000           
    11/15/2013        10/30/2013              7,392          $ 499,995   
    11/15/2013        10/30/2013                28,249      $ 67.64      $ 466,142   

Todd Larsen

      2013 AIP   $ 500,000      $ 750,000           

Evelyn Webster

      2013 AIP   $ 530,000      $ 795,000           

Laura Lang

      2013 Bonus   $ 2,000,000      $ 3,000,000           

Howard M. Averill

      2013 AIP   $ 741,600      $ 1,112,400           

Maurice F. Edelson

      2013 AIP   $ 595,000      $ 892,500           

Martha Nelson

      2013 AIP   $ 800,000      $ 1,200,000           

 

(1)

The amounts shown in the Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards column represent the target and maximum payouts for Mr. Ripp and Ms. Lang under their respective 2013 bonuses and the target and maximum payouts for each of Messrs. Bairstow, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson under the 2013 AIP. The amounts include potential

 

90


Table of Contents
 

payments based on both our financial and operating performance as well as individual performance. In addition, in Mr. Ripp’s case, pursuant to his employment agreement, he was entitled to a bonus for 2013 at least equal to $750,000. Mr. Pearlstine did not participate in the 2013 AIP. There are no threshold payout amounts under Mr. Ripp’s or Ms. Lang’s 2013 bonus or the 2013 AIP. For a discussion of Mr. Ripp’s and Ms. Lang’s 2013 bonus and the 2013 AIP, see “—Elements of 2013 Compensation for the NEOs and How They Were Determined—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation” in the CD&A. For Mr. Averill, actual bonus payout was based on a pro-rated portion of his original target bonus based on his period of service with us in 2013.

(2) The Time Warner Compensation Committee approved the Ripp Make Whole Awards and the Bairstow Make Whole Awards.
(3) Reflects awards of Time Warner RSUs.
(4) The exercise price of awards of Time Warner stock options was equal to the closing sale price of Time Warner common stock reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on the date of grant.
(5) See footnotes (3) and (4) to the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 for additional information regarding the determination of grant date fair value of the Ripp Make Whole Awards and the Bairstow Make Whole Awards.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements with NEOs

Certain terms of the employment agreements with the NEOs are described below. The descriptions below do not include a discussion of the termination provisions in the employment agreements. For a description of the termination provisions in the employment agreements with Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster, see “—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.” The terms of the separation agreements with Mss. Lang and Nelson are described under “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs.”

Joseph A. Ripp.   The employment agreement’s term began on September 3, 2013 and will expire on September 4, 2018, and thereafter continues on a month-to-month basis until either party provides 90 days’ written notice of termination. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $1 million, subject to discretionary increase, and a discretionary annual cash bonus with a target amount of $1.5 million and a maximum amount of not less than 150% of the target amount. Mr. Ripp was provided a guaranteed minimum of $750,000 for his 2013 cash bonus. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ripp received the Ripp Make Whole Awards and will be eligible to receive annual grants of long-term incentive compensation with a value targeted at $2.5 million. In addition, Mr. Ripp’s employment agreement provides for his participation in our savings and welfare benefit plans and programs. Because Mr. Ripp was previously employed by us and our affiliates, AOL LLC and Time Warner, he will be credited with that service for purposes of eligibility to participate in, and vesting in, our non-qualified deferred compensation and welfare plans. Finally, Mr. Ripp’s employment agreement provides for an annual $50,000 cash payment to him (pro-rated for any partial years of employment), which may be used to purchase life insurance coverage.

Jeffrey J. Bairstow.   The employment agreement’s term began on September 3, 2013 and will expire on September 4, 2017, and thereafter continues on a month-to-month basis until either party provides 90 days’ written notice of termination. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $800,000, subject to discretionary increase, and a discretionary annual cash bonus with a target amount of $800,000, which was pro-rated to $400,000 for 2013. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bairstow received the Bairstow Make Whole Awards and will be eligible to receive annual grants of long-term incentive compensation with a value targeted at $800,000. Also pursuant to his employment agreement, in November 2013, Mr. Bairstow received the Bairstow Make Whole Bonus. Mr. Bairstow will be required to repay the Bairstow Make Whole Bonus in the event his employment is terminated by us for cause or by him other than due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement, in each case, prior to September 3, 2014. In addition, Mr. Bairstow’s employment agreement provides for his participation in our savings and welfare benefit plans and programs. Finally, Mr. Bairstow’s employment agreement provides for an annual cash payment to him equal to two times the premium he would be required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain life insurance in an amount equal to $2 million of coverage.

Norman Pearlstine.   The employment agreement’s term began on October 31, 2013 and will expire on October 31, 2016. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $900,000, subject to discretionary increase, and participation in the annual cash bonus plan to the extent Mr. Pearlstine is eligible under such plan, with a target amount of $900,000 beginning in 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 AIP and

 

91


Table of Contents

his employment agreement, Mr. Pearlstine was not eligible to receive a bonus payment for 2013. Also pursuant to his employment agreement, in December 2013, Mr. Pearlstine received the Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus. Mr. Pearlstine will be required to repay a pro-rated portion of the after-tax amount of the Pearlstine Make Whole Bonus in the event his employment is terminated by us for cause or by him other than due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement, in each case, prior to October 31, 2015. In addition, Mr. Pearlstine’s employment agreement provides that he will be eligible to receive annual grants of long-term incentive compensation at the same time and in the same manner as comparable executives, with an annual value targeted at $500,000. Finally, Mr. Pearlstine’s employment agreement provides for his participation in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent he is eligible for such plans.

Todd Larsen.   The employment agreement’s term began on September 17, 2012 and will expire on September 17, 2014, subject to Mr. Larsen’s option to renew for six months ( i.e. , until March 17, 2015) in the event that we choose not to renew the employment agreement on new or existing terms. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $750,000, subject to discretionary increase, and participation in the annual cash bonus plan to the extent Mr. Larsen is eligible under such plan, with a target amount as of September 17, 2012 of $500,000. Mr. Larsen’s base salary as of December 31, 2013 remained $750,000 and his target bonus remained $500,000. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Larsen will be eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plans to the extent other executives at his level are eligible to participate in such plans. In addition, Mr. Larsen’s employment agreement provides that he was eligible to receive an award of long-term incentive compensation in 2013 with an estimated value of $600,000. Consistent with the determination not to grant long-term incentive awards to our employees during 2013, Mr. Larsen did not receive such award. Finally, Mr. Larsen’s employment agreement provides for his participation in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent he is eligible for such plans.

Evelyn Webster.   The employment agreement’s term began on January 1, 2011 and was originally scheduled to expire on January 1, 2014, but was, and will be, automatically extended for an additional day each day of the term so that it always has a remaining term of three years, unless earlier terminated by Ms. Webster or us. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $720,000, subject to discretionary increase, and participation in the annual cash bonus plan to the extent Ms. Webster is eligible under such plan, with a target amount as of January 1, 2011 of $515,000. Ms. Webster’s base salary as of December 31, 2013 was $742,500 and her target bonus was $530,000. Pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Webster will be eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plans to the extent other executives at her level are eligible to participate in such plans. In addition, Ms. Webster’s employment agreement provides for her participation in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent she is eligible for such plans. Finally, pursuant to two letter agreements between us and Ms. Webster, Ms. Webster is eligible for a number of perquisites relating to her relocation to the United States, most of which had been provided as of December 31, 2013. Ms. Webster will continue to be provided with (i) U.S. and U.K. tax advice for the 2013 and 2014 tax years at our expense, (ii) a one-time $50,000 tax equalization payment paid in bi-weekly installments from November 6, 2013 through March 27, 2014 to account for additional tax liabilities she incurs as a result of services she provides in the U.K. to IPC Media and (iii) an additional payment for the 2013 U.K. tax year to cover any incremental U.K. tax liability over the amounts that are withheld by IPC Media and remitted to the U.K. government.

Laura Lang.   The employment agreement’s term began on January 9, 2012 and was originally scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014. The employment agreement provided for a base salary of $1 million and a discretionary cash bonus with an annual target of 200% of base salary, in each case subject to discretionary increase. In addition, Ms. Lang’s agreement provided for participation in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent she was eligible for such plans. Finally, Ms. Lang’s agreement provided that we would provide her with $50,000 of group life insurance coverage and make an annual cash payment to her equal to two times the premium she would be required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain $3 million of life insurance coverage. See “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs” for a discussion of Ms. Lang’s separation agreement.

 

92


Table of Contents

Howard Averill.   The employment agreement’s term began on July 20, 2010 and was originally scheduled to expire on July 19, 2013, but was automatically extended for an additional day each day of the term so that it always had a remaining term of three years, unless earlier terminated by either Mr. Averill or us. The employment agreement provided for a base salary of $800,000, subject to discretionary increase. Mr. Averill’s base salary as of January 1, 2013 was $849,750 and his target bonus was $741,600, and each remained unchanged through the date of his move to Time Warner. Mr. Averill’s employment agreement provided that (i) he was eligible to participate in our annual incentive cash bonus plans to the extent he was eligible under such plans, (ii) his participation in our long-term incentive plans would be comparable to other executives at his level and (iii) he would participate in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent he was eligible for such plans.

In connection with Mr. Averill’s move to Time Warner, we entered into an amendment to our employment agreement with him that documents his treatment under certain of our benefit plans. The provisions of the amendment are described below.

Pro-rated 2013 AIP Payout.   Mr. Averill received a pro-rated annual bonus under the 2013 AIP for the period from January 1, 2013 through September 2, 2013. Based on a review of his performance for us during 2013 ( i.e. , prior to his move to Time Warner), the payout was determined based on a maximum individual performance rating of 150%. The bonus payment was made on our normal bonus payment date.

Transaction Bonus and Averill Make Whole Transition Payment.   Mr. Averill forfeited his Transaction Bonus upon his move to Time Warner, but received the Averill Make Whole Transition Payment, for which we reimbursed Time Warner.

Maurice Edelson.   The employment agreement’s term began on July 21, 2010 and was originally scheduled to expire on July 20, 2013, but was automatically extended for an additional day each day of the term so that it always had a remaining term of three years, unless earlier terminated by either Mr. Edelson or us. The employment agreement provided for a base salary of $625,000, subject to discretionary increase. Mr. Edelson’s base salary as of January 1, 2013 was $700,000 and his target bonus was $595,000, and each remained unchanged through the date of his move to Time Warner. Mr. Edelson’s employment agreement provided that (i) he was eligible to participate in our annual incentive cash bonus plans to the extent he was eligible under such plans, (ii) his participation in our long-term incentive plans would be comparable to other executives at his level and (iii) he would participate in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent he was eligible for such plans.

Mr. Edelson’s employment agreement remained in effect following his move to Time Warner, but he is not entitled to any further payments from us under the agreement. Mr. Edelson received his 2013 AIP payout on our normal bonus payment date.

Martha Nelson.   The employment agreement’s term began on January 1, 2013 and was originally scheduled to expire on December 31, 2015. The employment agreement provided for a base salary of $1 million, subject to discretionary increase, and a discretionary annual cash bonus with a target amount of not less than $800,000. Ms. Nelson’s employment agreement also provided that she would be paid the Nelson Retention Bonus, and that she would be entitled throughout the term of the employment agreement to the benefits of our sabbatical policy as in effect on January 1, 2013 (or, if she was terminated without cause or resigned due to our material breach of our obligations under her employment agreement prior to utilizing such sabbatical benefits, would receive a cash payment equal to 13 weeks of base salary in lieu of such sabbatical benefits). Finally, Ms. Nelson’s employment agreement provided that she (i) was eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plans to the extent that other executives at her level were eligible to participate in such plans and (ii) would participate in our employee benefit and welfare plans to the extent she was eligible for such plans. See “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs” for a discussion of Ms. Nelson’s separation agreement.

 

93


Table of Contents

Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs

Laura Lang .  In connection with Ms. Lang’s separation from service on November 2, 2013, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with her dated October 8, 2013. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Ms. Lang is entitled to the payments and other benefits described below. Certain payments described below are subject to suspension of payment for six months following Ms. Lang’s separation from service under Section 409A of the Code.

2013 Bonus.   Ms. Lang’s annual bonus for the period from January 1, 2013 through November 2, 2013 was $2.339 million. The bonus payment was made on our normal bonus payment date.

Cash Severance.   Ms. Lang will continue to receive her base salary on our normal payroll payment dates through November 2, 2015. In addition, Ms. Lang will receive a lump-sum payment for each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case the bonus will be pro-rated) from November 3, 2013 through November 2, 2015 equal to the average of her actual 2012 bonus and her target bonus ( i.e. , a payment of $1.8 million for a full year). The separation agreement provides that such annual bonus payments will be made on our normal bonus payment dates.

Equity-Based Awards.   The Time Warner stock options that Ms. Lang held on November 2, 2013 will continue to vest through November 2, 2015 or, if earlier, the date on which she commences full time employment (other than certain employment with a not-for-profit or government entity) or the date on which she elects to terminate this treatment (the “Lang Equity Cessation Date”), and Time Warner stock options that have not vested as of the Lang Equity Cessation Date but that would have vested through November 2, 2015 will vest as of the Lang Equity Cessation Date. All of Ms. Lang’s vested Time Warner stock options will remain exercisable for three years following the earlier of November 2, 2015 or the Lang Equity Cessation Date. Certain Time Warner RSUs that Ms. Lang received under her employment agreement (the “Lang Make Whole Award”) vested on November 2, 2013. In addition, pursuant to the award agreement governing the other Time Warner RSUs that Ms. Lang held on November 2, 2013, the RSUs that would have vested before November 2, 2015 and a pro-rated portion of the RSUs that would have vested on the next vesting date following November 2, 2015 vested on November 2, 2013.

Certain Group Benefits Continuation.   Ms. Lang is eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs) through November 2, 2015. In addition, following November 2, 2015, Ms. Lang is eligible (i) to purchase continuation coverage under our group health plan in accordance with the requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), and (ii) following eligibility for such COBRA coverage and at any time before becoming eligible to participate in the federal Medicare program, to make a one-time election to purchase coverage at the COBRA continuation rate on an after-tax basis under our health program, provided she is not eligible to participate in any other (A) individual health coverage (at any price) that is reasonably comparable to the health coverage we then offer to our employees or (B) group health plan.

Payment In Lieu of Transaction Bonus.   On November 21, 2013, Ms. Lang received a payment of $2.5 million in lieu of her Transaction Bonus.

Other Post-Employment Benefits.   Ms. Lang will continue to receive cash payments through November 2, 2015 equal to two times the premium she would be required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain life insurance in an amount equal to $3 million of coverage. Ms. Lang was also provided with office space in the New York City metropolitan area and an administrative assistant, in each case without charge to her, through December 31, 2013. We will make career counseling and outplacement services available to Ms. Lang through May 2, 2014 at a cost of up to $30,000.

 

94


Table of Contents

Martha Nelson.   In connection with Ms. Nelson’s separation from service on December 31, 2013, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with her dated January 9, 2014. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Ms. Nelson is entitled to the payments and other benefits described below. Certain payments described below are subject to suspension of payment for six months following Ms. Nelson’s separation from service under Section 409A of the Code.

Cash Severance.   Ms. Nelson will receive (i) her base salary and (ii) an amount equal to the average of the highest two regular annual bonuses she received in the last five-year period on a bi-weekly basis through December 31, 2015.

Equity-Based Awards.   Because Ms. Nelson satisfied the requirements for retirement treatment under the Time Warner equity plans and the award agreements under which her Time Warner stock options were awarded, the Time Warner stock options that Ms. Nelson held on December 31, 2013 will continue to vest through December 31, 2015 or, if earlier, the date on which she commences full time employment or the date on which she elects to terminate this treatment (the “Nelson Equity Cessation Date”), and Time Warner stock options that have not vested as of the earlier of the Nelson Equity Cessation Date or December 31, 2015 will vest as of such date. All of Ms. Nelson’s vested Time Warner stock options will remain exercisable for five years following the earlier of the Nelson Equity Cessation Date or December 31, 2015, but not beyond their original expiration dates. In addition, because Ms. Nelson satisfied the requirements for retirement treatment under the Time Warner equity plans and the award agreements under which her Time Warner RSUs were awarded, the Time Warner RSUs that Ms. Nelson held on December 31, 2013 vested as of January 1, 2014 and will be settled at the times specified in the relevant award agreements.

Certain Group Benefits Continuation.   Ms. Nelson is eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs) through December 31, 2015.

Other Post-Employment Benefits . Ms. Nelson received a payment of $250,000 in lieu of her unutilized sabbatical benefits.

Material Terms of Bonus Plans

See “—Elements of 2013 Compensation for the NEOs and How They Were Determined—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation” in the CD&A for a discussion of certain details relating to Mr. Ripp’s annual bonus for 2013 and the other participating NEOs’ bonuses under the 2013 AIP. See “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs” for the amount of Ms. Lang’s annual bonus for 2013.

Material Terms of Long-Term Incentive Awards to NEOs

See “—Elements of 2013 Compensation for the NEOs and How They Were Determined—Long-Term Incentives” in the CD&A for a discussion of the Ripp Make Whole Awards and the Bairstow Make Whole Awards.

 

95


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

All shares reflected below are shares of Time Warner common stock. The market value of the NEOs’ unvested RSUs was calculated using the NYSE Composite Tape closing price of $69.72 per share of Time Warner common stock on December 31, 2013, the last trading day of 2013. Mr. Pearlstine is omitted from the table because he was not awarded any Time Warner stock options or RSUs from the date he joined us through December 31, 2013 and holds no outstanding equity awards attributable to his prior service with us.

 

     Option Awards (1)      Stock Awards (2)  

Name

   Date of
Grant
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
     Number
of Shares
or Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested
     Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Joseph A. Ripp

                    55,441       $ 3,865,347   
     11/15/2013                 211,864       $ 67.64         11/14/2023         

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

                    7,392       $ 515,370   
     11/15/2013                 28,249       $ 67.64         11/14/2023         

Todd Larsen

                    4,965       $ 346,160   

Evelyn Webster

                    25,298       $ 1,763,777   
     3/3/2006         4,695               $ 36.14         3/2/2016         
     3/2/2007         5,779               $ 41.48         3/1/2017         
     3/7/2008         9,291               $ 30.99         3/6/2018         
     12/1/2008         9,629               $ 17.68         11/30/2018         
     2/20/2009         4,333               $ 15.27         2/19/2019         
     2/8/2010         11,137         3,713       $ 26.92         2/7/2020         
     2/7/2011         10,500         10,500       $ 36.11         2/6/2021         
     2/15/2012         4,500         13,500       $ 37.48         2/14/2022         

Laura Lang (3)

     2/15/2012         12,857         38,572       $ 37.48         11/2/2018         
                    

Howard M. Averill

                    42,726       $ 2,978,857   
     2/8/2010                 7,590       $ 26.92         2/7/2020         
     2/7/2011         16,500         16,500       $ 36.11         2/6/2021         
     2/15/2012         7,500         22,500       $ 37.48         2/14/2022         

Maurice F. Edelson

                    28,803       $ 2,008,145   
     2/8/2010                 5,528       $ 26.92         2/7/2020         
     2/7/2011                 10,500       $ 36.11         2/6/2021         
     2/15/2012                 15,909       $ 37.48         2/14/2022         

Martha Nelson

                    26,282       $ 1,832,381   
     2/8/2010                 4,950       $ 26.92         2/7/2020         
     2/7/2011                 11,552       $ 36.11         2/6/2021         
     2/15/2012                 15,909       $ 37.48         2/14/2022         

 

(1) This information presents the number of shares of Time Warner common stock represented by unexercised stock options at December 31, 2013. The Ripp Make Whole Stock Options become exercisable in installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of his start date (September 3, 2013), and the Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options become exercisable in installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of his start date (September 3, 2013), in each case assuming continued employment and subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain events. The other stock option awards become exercisable in installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant, assuming continued employment and subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain events.
(2) This information presents the number of shares of Time Warner common stock represented by unvested RSU awards at December 31, 2013. The Ripp Make Whole RSUs vest in installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of his start date (September 3, 2013), and the Bairstow Make Whole RSUs become exercisable in installments of 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of his start date (September 3, 2013), in each case assuming continued employment and subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain events. The other RSU awards vest in two equal installments on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, assuming continued employment and subject to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of certain events.
(3) With respect to Ms. Lang, does not reflect RSUs that vested in connection with her separation from service, but with respect to which settlement will be delayed for six months following such separation from service as required under Section 409A of the Code.

 

96


Table of Contents

The vesting dates for unvested RSUs are as follows:

 

Name

   Number of Shares or Units of
Stock That Have Not Vested
     Date of Award     

Vesting Dates

Joseph A. Ripp

     55,441         11/15/2013       9/3/2014, 9/3/2015, 9/3/2016, 9/3/2017 and 9/3/2018

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

     7,392         11/15/2013       9/3/2014, 9/3/2015, 9/3/2016 and 9/3/2017

Todd Larsen

     4,965         10/15/2012       10/15/2015 and 10/15/2016

Evelyn Webster

     5,198         2/8/2010       2/8/2014
     14,700         2/7/2011       2/7/2014 and 2/7/2015
     5,400         2/15/2012       2/15/2015 and 2/15/2016

Howard M. Averill

     10,626         2/8/2010       2/8/2014
     23,100         2/7/2011       2/7/2014 and 2/7/2015
     9,000         2/15/2012       2/15/2015 and 2/15/2016

Maurice F. Edelson

     7,739         2/8/2010       2/8/2014
     14,700         2/7/2011       2/7/2014 and 2/7/2015
     6,364         2/15/2012       2/15/2015 and 2/15/2016

Martha Nelson (1)

     6,930         2/8/2010       2/8/2014
     13,173         2/7/2011       2/7/2014 and 2/7/2015
     6,179         2/15/2012       2/15/2015 and 2/15/2016

 

(1) All of Ms. Nelson’s outstanding RSUs vested on January 1, 2014 in connection with her separation from service on December 31, 2013.

 

97


Table of Contents

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED DURING 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding the NEOs’ exercises of stock options and the vesting of their RSUs during 2013, including: (i) the number of shares of Time Warner common stock underlying stock options exercised in 2013, (ii) the aggregate dollar value realized upon exercise of such options, (iii) the number of shares of Time Warner common stock received from the vesting of RSUs during 2013 and (iv) the aggregate dollar value realized upon the vesting of such RSUs. Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Larsen are omitted from the table because they had no Time Warner stock options that had vested and could be exercised, and none of their RSUs vested during 2013. Mr. Pearlstine is omitted from the table because he was not awarded any Time Warner stock options or RSUs from the date he joined us through December 31, 2013 and holds no Time Warner stock options or stock awards attributable to his prior service with us.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise
     Value Realized on
Exercise (1)
     Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (2)
     Value Realized on
Vesting (3)
 

Evelyn Webster

     14,444       $ 413,979         11,937       $ 631,976   

Laura Lang

                     64,233       $ 4,478,325   

Howard M. Averill

     17,519       $ 647,269         26,073       $ 1,380,853   

Maurice F. Edelson

     23,301       $ 655,688         18,971       $ 1,004,720   

Martha Nelson (4)

     21,622       $ 670,517         15,637       $ 827,784   

 

(1) The value realized upon exercise was calculated based on the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the price of the underlying shares of Time Warner common stock on the applicable exercise date.
(2) The RSUs that vested in 2013 reflect the vesting of (i) the Lang Make Whole Award, (ii) Ms. Lang’s other RSUs that were originally scheduled to vest before November 2, 2015 and a pro-rated portion of the RSUs that were originally scheduled to vest on the next vesting date following November 2, 2015, (iii) the second 50% installment of RSUs awarded to Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson on February 20, 2009 and (iv) the first 50% installment of RSUs awarded to Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Mss. Webster and Nelson on February 8, 2010. The aggregate number of shares received from the vesting of RSUs, net of shares withheld for the payment of taxes, was: 5,624 shares for Ms. Webster, 15,400 shares for Mr. Averill, 10,715 shares for Mr. Edelson and 9,560 for Ms. Nelson. We also reduced the number of RSUs held by Ms. Lang by 3,099 RSUs in order to satisfy employment tax withholding obligations. For Ms. Lang, settlement of RSUs will be delayed for six months following her separation from service as required under Section 409A of the Code, and additional shares will be withheld for the payment of taxes at that time.
(3) The value realized from the vesting of the RSU awards was calculated based on the closing sale price of Time Warner common stock reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on the applicable vesting date.
(4) With respect to Ms. Nelson, the number and market value of the RSUs that vested in 2013 do not reflect that all of her outstanding RSUs vested on January 1, 2014 in connection with her separation from service on December 31, 2013.

PENSION BENEFITS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2013

Pension Plans

Time Warner Pension Plan

Our eligible employees (including Messrs. Ripp, Pearlstine, Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson) are participants in the Time Warner Pension Plan, which has been amended at various times. Because Messrs. Bairstow and Larsen and Ms. Lang joined us after the Time Warner Pension Plan was closed to new hires, they do not participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan. Ms. Webster’s relocation from the U.K. to the United States in connection with her transition from IPC Media, an affiliate of ours, to join us occurred after the Time Warner Pension Plan was closed to new hires, and therefore she does not participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan but does participate in the IPC Plan.

Mr. Pearlstine was receiving payments under the Time Warner Pension Plan as a result of his prior service with us at the time he rejoined us in 2013, however, payments to him were suspended when he rejoined us. The benefits payable to Mr. Ripp are determined by applying the formula under (i) the Time Warner Pension Plan prior to amendments made to the plan in 2000 (the “Old Time Warner Pension Plan”) to his benefit service through December 31, 1999 and (ii) the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to his benefit service after

 

98


Table of Contents

December 31, 1999. Mr. Pearlstine’s benefits are based on the same formula as described for Mr. Ripp above; however, Mr. Pearlstine has already received his accrued benefit under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan and remaining payments will be determined by applying the formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to his benefit service after December 31, 1999. The benefits payable to each of Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson will be determined based on the greater of (A) the benefit calculated by applying the formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to the participant’s benefit service through June 30, 2008 and the formula as amended in 2008 after that date and (B) the benefit calculated by applying the formula as amended in 2008 to the participant’s entire benefit service.

Effective after June 30, 2010, the accrual of benefit service under the Time Warner Pension Plan was frozen, so that a participant’s benefit under the Time Warner Pension Plan will not increase due to additional service after that date. The Time Warner Pension Plan became closed to new hires and employees who were not participants of the Time Warner Pension Plan at June 30, 2010. Further, effective as of December 31, 2013, average annual compensation under the Time Warner Pension Plan was frozen, so that a participant’s benefit will not grow due to any future pay increases after that date. Accordingly, a participant is not able to earn any additional benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan after December 31, 2013.

Average Annual Compensation.   Under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan, “average annual compensation” is defined as the highest average annual compensation for any five consecutive full and partial calendar years of employment, which includes regular salary, overtime and shift differential payments, and non-deferred bonuses paid according to a regular program. Following an amendment to the Time Warner Pension Plan in 2000, the term “average annual compensation” only covers full calendar years of employment. Benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan are subject to the applicable IRS limitations on the amount of annual benefits.

Normal Retirement and Vesting .  Amounts accrued are payable generally at 65 years of age with five years of service. Participants become vested in all benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan on the earlier of five years of service or certain other events. Mr. Pearlstine satisfies the requirements for normal retirement and will resume receiving payments from the Time Warner Pension Plan upon the Spin-Off. Mr. Ripp also satisfies the requirements for normal retirement and may elect to resume receiving payments from the Time Warner Pension Plan upon the Spin-Off.

 

    Under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan, a participant accrues benefits equal to the sum of 1.67% of the participant’s “average annual compensation” for each year of service up to 30 years and 0.5% for each year of service over 30 years. Annual pension benefits under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan are reduced by a Social Security offset determined by a formula that takes into account benefit service up to 35 years, covered compensation up to the average Social Security wage base and a disparity factor based on the age at which Social Security benefits are payable.

 

    The benefit formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 is expressed as a lifetime monthly annuity equal to the sum of (i) 1.25% of the participant’s average annual compensation up to the participant’s applicable average Social Security wage base and (ii) 1.67% of the participant’s average annual compensation above such average Social Security wage base, multiplied by years of benefit service up to 30 years, and divided by 12.

 

   

The benefit formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2008 is expressed as a fixed lump sum amount equal to the sum of (i) 10% of the participant’s average annual compensation up to the participant’s applicable average Social Security wage base and (ii) 13% of the participant’s average annual compensation above such average Social Security wage base, multiplied by the participant’s years of benefit service up to 30 years. Certain participants, including Mr. Edelson and Ms. Nelson, are eligible to receive a transition enhancement to the above formula based on their age and/or period of service with Time Warner and its affiliates. Because Mr. Edelson was employed by us as of July 1, 2008 and, as of such date, the sum of his age and years of service with Time Warner and its affiliates equaled 50 or more, he would receive an amount equal to (A) 12% of his average annual compensation up to his

 

99


Table of Contents
 

average Social Security wage base (in lieu of the 10% that would otherwise apply) and (B) 15% of his average annual compensation above such average Social Security wage base (in lieu of the 13% that would otherwise apply), multiplied by his years of benefit service up to 30 years. Because Ms. Nelson was employed by us as of July 1, 2008 and, as of such date, the sum of her age and years of service with Time Warner and its affiliates equaled 65 or more, she will receive an amount equal to (1) 13% of her average annual compensation up to her average Social Security wage base (in lieu of the 10% that would otherwise apply) and (2) 16% of her average annual compensation above such average Social Security wage base (in lieu of the 13% that would otherwise apply), multiplied by her years of benefit service up to 30 years.

Early Retirement .  Under the Time Warner Pension Plan, participants may elect early retirement and receive a reduced pension generally at 55 years of age with at least 10 years of service. To elect early retirement and receive their full pension, participants must (i) be at least 60 years old (under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan) or 62 years old (under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000) and (ii) have completed at least 10 years of service. As of December 31, 2013, Ms. Nelson was the only NEO eligible to elect early retirement under the Time Warner Pension Plan. Mr. Ripp received certain early retirement benefits until he reached age 60, but was no longer receiving any benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan when he rejoined us in 2013.

Form of Benefit Payment.   A participant may elect the form of benefit payment at the time of retirement. The benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan are generally payable as (i) a single life annuity (based on the formulas as described above), (ii) a 50%, 75% or 100% joint and survivor annuity (based on the single life annuity amount but reduced to take into account the ages of the participant and the beneficiary at the time the annuity payments begin and the percentage of the monthly benefit that the beneficiary would receive), (iii) a life annuity that is guaranteed for five, 10 or 20 years (based on the single life annuity amount but actuarially adjusted to take into account the applicable guaranteed payment period) or (iv) a lump sum, provided that spousal consent is required with respect to the election of payment forms under (i), (iii) and (iv).

Treatment in Connection with the Spin-Off .  In connection with the Spin-Off, Time Warner and the Time Warner Pension Plan will remain responsible for any obligations to our current and former employees who participate in the Time Warner Pension Plan. Pursuant to a February 2014 amendment to the Time Warner Pension Plan, employees who are employed by us at the time of the Spin-Off will become fully vested in their accrued benefits as of the Spin-Off and, at the time of the Spin-Off, such employees will receive service credit for early retirement eligibility purposes as if they had remained employed by a participating employer in the Time Warner Pension Plan through December 31, 2015. Any such employee who will satisfy the service component of early retirement eligibility as a result of receiving such service credit will be eligible to receive early retirement benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan but cannot commence receiving benefits until satisfying the applicable age requirement.

Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan

The Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan provides for payments by Time Warner of additional pension benefits to our eligible employees in excess of the federal limitations on the amount of compensation eligible for the calculation of benefits and the amount of benefits derived from employer contributions that may be paid to participants under the Time Warner Pension Plan. The formula used to calculate the participant’s benefit under the Time Warner Pension Plan described above applies to the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan, except that the participant’s benefit under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan is based on the benefit that the participant would have received under the Time Warner Pension Plan if the participant’s eligible compensation (including any deferred bonuses) were limited to $250,000 in 1994 (increased 5% per year thereafter to a maximum of $350,000) and the payment restrictions under the Time Warner Pension Plan did not apply.

Similar to the Time Warner Pension Plan, the accrual of benefit service under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan was frozen effective June 30, 2010, so that a participant’s benefit under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan will not increase due to additional years of service, and average annual compensation under the

 

100


Table of Contents

Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan was also frozen effective December 31, 2013, so that a participant’s benefit will not grow due to any future pay increases after that date. Each of Messrs. Ripp, Pearlstine, Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson participates in the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan.

Mr. Pearlstine was receiving payments under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan as a result of his prior service with us at the time he rejoined us in 2013, however, payments to him were suspended when he rejoined us. Mr. Ripp’s benefits under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan are determined by applying the formula under (i) the Old Time Warner Pension Plan to his benefit service through December 31, 1999 and (ii) the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to his benefit service after December 31, 1999, if his eligible compensation were limited (as described above) and there were no payment restrictions. Mr. Pearlstine’s benefits are based on the same formula as described for Mr. Ripp above; however, Mr. Pearlstine has already received his accrued benefit based on his benefit service under the Old Time Warner Pension Plan and remaining payments will be determined by applying the formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to his benefit service after December 31, 1999. The benefits of each of Messrs. Averill and Edelson and Ms. Nelson under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan will be determined based on (i) the benefit calculated by applying the formula under the Time Warner Pension Plan as amended in 2000 to the participant’s benefit service through June 30, 2008 and the formula as amended in 2008 after that date and (ii) the benefit calculated by applying the formula as amended in 2008 to the participant’s entire benefit service, whichever produces the greater benefit, if the participant’s eligible compensation were limited (as described above) and there were no payment restrictions.

Form of Benefit Payments.   The benefits under the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan are payable only as a lump sum, unless the participant elected to receive monthly installments over 10 years by the applicable deadline. Effective May 1, 2008, any distribution from the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan will be paid or will commence generally on the first day of the month following six calendar months after the participant separates from service, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The payment to Ms. Nelson will be made in July 2014.

Treatment in Connection with the Spin-Off .  In connection with the Spin-Off, we will establish the Time Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, a continuation of the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan, pursuant to which we will remain responsible, as of the Spin-Off, for the accrued benefits of any employee who was actively employed by us on or after January 1, 2014 or who was receiving salary continuation or separation pay benefits from us on or after December 31, 2013, and Time Warner will remain responsible for any obligations to our other former employees who participate in the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan.

IPC Plan

The IPC Plan was closed to new participants on October 17, 2001, and on March 31, 2011, it closed to future accrual for existing participants. Ms. Webster was an active member of the IPC Plan (or a predecessor scheme) from September 21, 1992 through December 31, 2010, on which date she transitioned from IPC Media to join us. From April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2010, Ms. Webster was a member of the “Executive Section” of the IPC Plan, which provides a target pension of two-thirds of Final Pensionable Earnings (defined below) at Ms. Webster’s normal retirement age, which is 60. Ms. Webster is now a deferred member of the IPC Plan, which entitles her to a pension of 1/60 th of Final Pensionable Earnings for each full year of service with a proportionate amount for each additional day. The deferred pension is calculated to include a proportion of the increased pension which would have been payable at age 60, based on Ms. Webster’s period of membership in the Executive Section. The deferred pension may be paid at any time from age 50, but if taken before age 60, it will be subject to an early retirement reduction. Amounts payable under the IPC Plan are increased each year over the period from the date services with IPC Media terminate until age 60 (or the date that pension benefits commence) in line with the U.K. Retail Price Index (RPI) up to a maximum of 5% annually. Under current U.K. legislation, Ms. Webster has the option upon her retirement to exchange part of her pension for a tax-free cash sum under U.K. tax law up to the maximum permitted by the U.K. tax authorities.

 

101


Table of Contents

“Final Pensionable Earnings” is defined as the basic annual salary in the last year of employment, or if greater, the basic annual salary in any one full tax year in the last five years of employment. Pursuant to the terms of the IPC Plan, Ms. Webster’s earnings for the tax year when she left the scheme were capped at £123,600 (the equivalent of $205,176 based on an exchange rate of 1.66 British pounds to the U.S. dollar on December 31, 2013 as reported by Bloomberg).

In the event of her death before Ms. Webster begins to receive her pension, her estate would be entitled to (i) a spouse, civil partner or dependent pension equal to two-thirds of Ms. Webster’s deferred pension (the “Partner Pension”), (ii) child allowances and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the greater of: (a) Ms. Webster’s aggregate contributions to the IPC Plan during her membership (plus interest) and (b) the value of half of Ms. Webster’s deferred pension (taking account of any revaluation), less, in either case, the value of the Partner Pension. Following the Spin-Off, the IPC Plan will remain responsible for all obligations to participants in the scheme.

Pension Benefits Table

Set forth in the table below is each of Messrs. Ripp’s, Pearlstine’s, Averill’s and Edelson’s and Mss. Webster’s and Nelson’s years of credited service and the present value of his or her accumulated benefit under each of the pension plans pursuant to which he or she would be entitled to a retirement benefit, in each case, computed as of December 31, 2013, which is the same pension plan measurement date that will be used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to Time Warner’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of Years of
Credited Service (1)
   Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit (2)
   Payments During
2013

Joseph A. Ripp

   Time Warner
Pension Plan
   21.5    $   640,370   
   Time Warner
Excess Benefit Plan
   21.5    $   378,260   

Norman Pearlstine

   Time Warner
Pension Plan
   12.3    $   269,680    $13,708
   Time Warner
Excess Benefit Plan
   12.3    $   177,030    $  8,834

Evelyn Webster

   IPC Plan    18.3    $1,407,062   

Howard M. Averill

   Time Warner
Pension Plan
     3.1    $     49,680   
   Time Warner
Excess Benefit Plan
     3.1    $     25,760   

Maurice F. Edelson

   Time Warner
Pension Plan
   12.3    $   226,940   
   Time Warner
Excess Benefit Plan
   12.3    $   140,330   

Martha Nelson

   Time Warner
Pension Plan
   17.1    $   702,570   
   Time Warner
Excess Benefit Plan
   17.1    $   450,340   

 

(1) Effective June 30, 2010, the accrual of benefit service under the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan, and effective March 31, 2011, the accrual of benefit service under the IPC Plan, was frozen so that a participant’s benefit under the plans will no longer increase due to additional service after such date.
(2)

The amounts under this column were calculated based on the terms of the Time Warner Pension Plan, the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan and the IPC Plan in effect on December 31, 2013, including provisions under the Time Warner Pension Plan and IPC Plan that determine the earliest retirement age at which unreduced benefits are payable: (i) age 65 for Mr. Averill, (ii) age 62 for Mr. Edelson because he has at least 10 years of service, (iii) age 62 for Ms. Nelson because she has at least 10 years of service and (iv) age 60 for Ms. Webster. Messrs. Ripp and Pearlstine are eligible to retire and receive unreduced benefits. The present values with respect to the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan reflect the assumptions that (A) the benefits will be payable at the earliest retirement age at which unreduced benefits are payable, (B) the benefits are payable as a lump sum, (C) the maximum annual

 

102


Table of Contents
 

covered compensation is $350,000 and (D) no joint and survivor annuity will be payable (which would, on an actuarial basis, reduce benefits to the employee but provide benefits to a surviving beneficiary). The present values of accumulated benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan and the Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan were calculated using a 5.00% discount rate, 5.00% lump sum rate and the RP-2000 Mortality Table. The present value with respect to the IPC Plan reflects the assumptions that (1) the benefits will be payable at the earliest retirement age at which unreduced benefits are payable, (2) 25% of the pension due will be paid as a lump sum and the remaining 75% paid as an annuity that increases each year based on increases in RPI up to a maximum of 5% in each year and (3) benefits would be payable to Ms Webster’s dependents, in the event of her death, in accordance with the provisions of the plan. The present value with respect to the IPC Plan assumes a discount rate of 4.48%, a pension increase rate of 3.06%, a life expectancy of 89.5 years and exchange rate of 1.66 British pounds to the U.S. dollar on December 31, 2013 as reported by Bloomberg. Effective December 31, 2013, average annual compensation under the Time Warner Pension Plan and Time Warner Excess Benefit Plan was frozen so that participants are not able to earn any additional benefits under the Time Warner Pension Plan after December 31, 2013; however, the present value of accumulated benefits may increase or decrease based on changes in interest rates.

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION FOR FISCAL YEAR 2013

Deferred Compensation Plans

Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan and Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan

In 2010, Time Warner adopted the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, which is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that is generally available to U.S. salaried employees of Time Warner and its affiliates (including each of the NEOs) whose eligible compensation exceeds the compensation limit established by the IRS for tax-qualified defined contribution plans. Commencing in 2011, eligible employees were permitted to defer receipt of their “eligible compensation” (consisting of base salary, bonus, commissions and overtime, if any), except that participants could not defer any bonus received in 2011 for 2010 service. The plan provides for a match of up to the first 6% of eligible compensation between the compensation limit for tax-qualified plans ($255,000 in 2013) and $500,000, to the extent such compensation is deferred under the plan. The matching formula provides a 133 1/3% match on the first 3% of such eligible compensation deferred and 100% on the next 3% of such eligible compensation deferred for a maximum match of 7%. Participants may defer eligible compensation above $500,000, but there is no match on these deferrals. Discretionary awards are also available under the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan. Messrs. Ripp, Larsen, Averill and Edelson and Mss. Lang and Nelson participated in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan for 2013.

Participants are 100% vested in the match after two years of service (with prior service counting toward vesting), subject to acceleration following certain events such as death, disability, the attainment of age 65 or a change in control of Time Inc., in each case while employed by us. Participants are able to select among “investment crediting rate options” that track the same third-party investment vehicles (other than a self-directed brokerage account and a Time Warner stock fund) offered under the Time Warner Savings Plan, which is Time Warner’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan in which our employees participated. Participants may change their investment crediting rate options at any time for future deferrals and generally once during each calendar month for any existing balance in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan. For deferral elections made prior to December 2013, participants could have elected to receive their vested Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan account balances in the form of a lump sum or in 120 monthly installments, except that account balances of $100,000 or less will be paid in a lump sum. In the event of the death of a participant, a lump sum payment will be made to the participant’s named beneficiary or estate.

As of January 1, 2014, we established the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, the same date on which we established the Time Inc. Savings Plan. The Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan is a continuation of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, pursuant to which we will remain responsible for any obligations to our current and former employees who participated in the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan. The Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan provides for a matching formula that mirrors the matching formula under the Time Inc. Savings Plan (100% on the first 4% of eligible compensation deferred and 50% on the next 2% of eligible compensation deferred for a maximum match of 5%) for amounts credited beginning January 1, 2014 and with respect to eligible compensation between the compensation limit for tax-qualified plans ($260,000 for 2014) and

 

103


Table of Contents

$500,000 per year, to the extent such compensation is deferred under the plan, and changed the distribution schedule from 120 monthly installments to 10 annual installments for deferral elections made in December 2013 and thereafter. The matching formula under the Time Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan will apply to deferrals with respect to 2013 bonuses that will be paid in 2014.

Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan and Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan

The Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan generally permitted our employees whose annual cash compensation exceeded certain dollar thresholds to defer receipt of all or a portion of their annual bonus until a specified future date. Messrs. Ripp and Averill and Ms. Nelson participate in the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan. As a result of Time Warner’s adoption of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan in 2010, compensation earned after December 31, 2010 is not eligible for deferral under the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan. For compensation that has been deferred, participants may change their investment crediting rate options, which track the same third-party investment vehicles (other than a self-directed brokerage account) offered under the Time Warner Savings Plan, generally once during each calendar quarter. Participants elect to receive either (i) an “in-service distribution” in the form of a lump sum during a specified calendar year that is at least three years from the year the deferred compensation would have been payable or (ii) a “termination distribution” (subject to the restrictions of Section 409A of the Code), in the form of a lump sum or two to 10 annual installments commencing in the year following the participant’s termination of employment. An in-service distribution can be re-deferred to a later in-service distribution year or to a termination distribution, subject to plan limits on such re-deferrals and timing restrictions on electing them. A participant may elect an early withdrawal, subject to a 10% penalty, only with respect to deferred amounts that are not subject to the restrictions of Section 409A of the Code.

With respect to payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code, “termination” refers to the last day of the period during which a former employee is entitled to receive post-termination severance payments. With respect to payments subject to Section 409A of the Code, “termination” refers to an employee’s separation from service with the Company as such separation is defined under Section 409A of the Code. Any payments upon termination of employment other than in cases of death or disability that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code shall, unless the participant has elected otherwise, be distributed in 10 annual installments beginning as soon as practicable on or after April 1 of the year following such termination, unless the amount is less than $50,000, in which case the amount will be paid in a lump sum. Any payments upon such termination that are subject to Section 409A of the Code shall, unless the participant has elected otherwise, be distributed in 10 annual installments beginning as soon as practicable on or after April 1 of the year following such termination, unless the amount (together with any amounts deferred under any other non-qualified deferred compensation plan that is aggregated with the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan) is not greater than certain IRS limits, in which case the amount will be paid in a lump sum (but, in either case, no sooner than six months after termination in the case of an employee who is determined to be a specified employee under Section 409A of the Code). In the event of the disability of a participant, payments commence in April following the year the disability occurred and will be made on the same payment schedules as those described above regarding payments upon termination, except that any installment payments will be made over a period of five years instead of 10. In the event of the death of a participant, a lump sum payment will be made to the participant’s named beneficiary or estate.

As of January 1, 2014, we established the Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. The Time Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan is a continuation of the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan, pursuant to which we will remain responsible for any obligations to our current and former employees who participated in the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

104


Table of Contents

Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement

Prior to 2001, pursuant to his employment agreement then in place, we made contributions to the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement. The Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement was maintained in a grantor trust and was invested by a third-party investment manager. Effective beginning January 2001, we stopped making contributions for Mr. Pearlstine, but his existing account in the grantor trust continues to be invested. There is no guaranteed rate of return on the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement. Annual payouts under the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement commenced when Mr. Pearlstine separated from service with us in 2006 and are expected to be completed in early 2017. In 2013, Mr. Pearlstine received $861,249 with respect to the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement.

 

Name

  

Deferred
Compensation
Arrangement

   Executive
Contributions
in 2013 (1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in 2013 (2)
     Aggregate
Earnings
(Loss) in
2013 (3)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
    Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2013
 

Joseph A. Ripp

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 9,769       $ 3,419       $ 277       $ (128   $ 13,337   
   Deferred Compensation Plan                    $ 163,361       $ (152,549   $ 568,933   

Norman Pearlstine

   Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement                    $ 300,374       $ (861,249   $ 3,159,014   

Todd Larsen

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 14,273       $ 16,652       $ 5,206              $ 36,131   

Laura Lang

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 14,700       $ 17,149       $ 17,267              $ 83,508   

Howard M. Averill

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 14,700       $ 17,149       $ 23,945       $ (992   $ 107,352   
   Deferred Compensation Plan                    $ 311,064              $ 1,703,847   

Maurice F. Edelson

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 24,500       $ 17,149       $ 10,378       $ (1,099   $ 50,928   

Martha Nelson

   Supplemental Savings Plan    $ 137,042       $ 17,149       $ 31,959       $ (991   $ 312,861   
   Deferred Compensation Plan                    $ 71,062              $ 563,115   

 

(1) These amounts represent compensation deferred by the NEOs and are reported as salary, bonus and/or non-equity incentive plan compensation for 2013 in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013.
(2) These amounts represent the match under the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan and are reported as “All Other Compensation” for 2013 in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013.
(3) None of the amounts is required to be reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 because there were no above-market earnings on the deferred compensation.

 

105


Table of Contents

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

The following summaries and tables describe and quantify the estimated dollar value of potential additional payments and other benefits that would have been provided to Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster (or, in the case of death, to their respective estates or beneficiaries) under their respective employment agreements and equity agreements and our compensation plans following (i) a termination of their employment in various circumstances, (ii) a change in control of Time Warner or (iii) a change in control or spin-off of Time Inc., in each case, assumed to have occurred on December 31, 2013. Any actual benefits received by Mss. Lang and Nelson and Messrs. Averill and Edelson upon their separations from service or moves to Time Warner, as applicable, are included in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 and described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements with NEOs” and “—Separation Agreements with Certain NEOs.”

The calculations below exclude payments and benefits to the extent they do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of the NEOs and are available generally to all U.S. salaried employees, including any (i) accrued vacation pay, (ii) balances under the Time Warner Savings Plan and (iii) medical and other group insurance coverage following disability. The calculations also exclude amounts to the extent they were earned but unpaid as of December 31, 2013, including (A) balances under the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, the Time Warner Deferred Compensation Plan and the Pearlstine Deferred Compensation Arrangement, as applicable, which are provided in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013 table, (B) accrued pension benefits under the Time Warner plans and the IPC Plan and (C) annual bonuses for 2013.

Certain payments are subject to suspension for six months following separation from service if required under Section 409A of the Code. In addition, receipt of the severance payments and benefits described below upon a termination without cause or due to our material breach of our obligations under the employment agreements of Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster is conditioned on him or her executing and not revoking a release of claims against us. If Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster does not execute, or revokes, a release of claims, he or she will not receive the severance described below.

Termination for Cause

In the event that the employment of Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster had been terminated by us for cause, he or she would have (i) received his or her base salary through the effective date of termination, (ii) received his or her bonus for any year prior to the year of termination that had been earned but not yet been paid as of the date of termination, (iii) retained any rights pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans and (iv), in the case of Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen, received his approved but unreimbursed business expenses in accordance with our policy (as applicable to the particular NEO, the “Accrued Obligations”). Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow would have forfeited all outstanding Time Warner equity-based awards (whether vested or unvested) and Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster would have forfeited all outstanding, unvested Time Warner equity-based awards, in each case, as of the effective date of termination. “Cause” is generally defined as the executive’s (A) conviction of, or no contest or guilty plea to, a felony (other than, in the case of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, (1) a moving violation or (2) a felony for which he is vicariously liable as a result of his position with us if he (x) was not aware of the underlying acts or upon becoming aware of such acts acted reasonably and in good faith to prevent such acts or (y) reasonably believed that no law was violated by such acts after consulting with our counsel), (B) willful failure or refusal to satisfactorily perform his or her duties and responsibilities for us, other than as a result of a physical or mental impairment, which is subject to cure by him or her within 30 days of notice of such failure, (C) misappropriation (or, in the case of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, willful misappropriation), embezzlement or reckless or willful destruction of our property which, in the case of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, has a significant adverse financial effect on us or a significant adverse effect on our reputation, (D) breach of any duty of loyalty to us which, in the case of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, is willful and material and has a significant adverse financial effect on us or a significant adverse effect on our reputation, (E) violation of any applicable restrictive covenant agreement to which he or she is subject which, in the case of

 

106


Table of Contents

Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, is material and willful or (F) in the case of Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster, intentional and improper conduct which is materially prejudicial to our business.

Termination without Cause

Employment Agreements and Equity-Based Award Agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow.   In the event of a termination without cause (the definition of which is discussed under “—Termination for Cause”), Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow would have received his Accrued Obligations and would also have received the following additional payments and benefits:

Annual Bonus.   Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, in the event that the employment of Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow had been terminated on December 31, 2013, he would have already earned a bonus for the year of termination, and would have received it no later than March 15th of the following year.

Cash Severance.   Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow would have received his base salary on our normal payroll dates through the second anniversary of the effective date of termination (as applicable, the “Ripp Severance Term Date” or the “Bairstow Severance Term Date”). In addition, Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow would have received a lump-sum payment for each calendar year through the Ripp Severance Term Date or Bairstow Severance Term Date, as applicable, equal to the average of the highest two regular annual bonuses he received in the last three-year period (as applicable, the “Ripp Average Annual Bonus” or “Bairstow Average Annual Bonus”), which, because he had not yet received a bonus as of December 31, 2013, would have equaled his target bonus for 2013. For each year, he would have received it no later than March 15th of the following year. However, if such termination occurs within one year following certain types of change in control transactions (which does not include the Spin-Off), then the cash severance otherwise payable to Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow through the Ripp Severance Term Date or Bairstow Severance Term Date, as applicable, will be paid to him in a lump sum on the 70th day following the effective date of termination.

Group Benefits Continuation.   Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow would have been eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs) through the Ripp Severance Term Date or Bairstow Severance Term Date, as applicable.

Equity-Based Awards.   The Ripp Make Whole Stock Options or Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options would have continued to vest through the Ripp Severance Term Date or Bairstow Severance Term Date, as applicable, or, if earlier, the date Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow commences full time employment (other than certain employment with a not-for-profit or government entity) or the date on which he elects to terminate this treatment (as applicable, the “Ripp Equity Cessation Date” or the “Bairstow Equity Cessation Date”), and any Ripp Make Whole Stock Options or Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options that remain unvested as of such date will become immediately vested. All of Mr. Ripp’s vested Ripp Make Whole Stock Options would have remained exercisable for five years following the earlier of the Ripp Severance Term Date or Ripp Equity Cessation Date, and Mr. Bairstow’s vested Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options would have remained exercisable for three years following the earlier of the Bairstow Severance Term Date or Bairstow Equity Cessation Date. The Ripp Make Whole RSUs or Bairstow Make Whole RSUs, as applicable, would have vested as of the effective date of termination and would have been settled within 60 days following such date.

Life Insurance.   Mr. Ripp would have continued to receive an annual $50,000 cash payment through the Ripp Severance Term Date (pro-rated for any partial years), which could have been used to purchase life insurance coverage. Mr. Bairstow would have continued to receive cash payments through the Bairstow Severance Term Date equal each year to two times the premium he would have been required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain life insurance in an amount equal to $2 million of coverage.

 

107


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Equity-Based Award Agreements with Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster.   In the event of a termination without cause (the definition of which is discussed under “—Termination for Cause”), Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster would have received his or her Accrued Obligations and would also have received the following additional payments and benefits:

Cash Severance.   Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen would have received his base salary and target bonus amount in bi-weekly installments through the date that is 18 months following the effective date of his termination (the “Pearlstine Severance Term Date” ) or 12 months following the effective date of his termination (the “Larsen Severance Term Date”), respectively. Ms. Webster would have received her base salary and an amount equal to the average of the highest two regular annual bonuses she received in the last five-year period (the “Webster Average Annual Bonus”) in bi-weekly installments through the date that is 24 months following the effective date of her termination (the “Webster Severance Term Date”).

Group Benefits Continuation.   Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster would have been eligible to participate in our health and life insurance programs (other than disability programs) through the Pearlstine Severance Term Date, Larsen Severance Term Date or Webster Severance Term Date, as applicable.

2013 AIP.   Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 AIP, in the event that the employment of Mr. Larsen or Ms. Webster had been terminated on December 31, 2013, each would have already earned a bonus for the year of termination and would have received it no later than March 31st of the following year. Mr. Pearlstine did not participate in the 2013 AIP.

Equity-Based Awards.   The Time Warner stock options that Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster held upon his or her termination would have continued to vest through the Larsen Severance Term Date or Webster Severance Term Date, as applicable or, if earlier, the date on which he or she commenced full time employment or the date on which he elected to terminate this treatment (the “Larsen Equity Cessation Date” or the “Webster Equity Cessation Date”, as applicable). Mr. Larsen’s and Ms. Webster’s vested Time Warner stock options would have remained exercisable for one year following the earlier of the Larsen Severance Term Date or Webster Severance Term Date or the Larsen Equity Cessation Date or the Webster Equity Cessation Date, as applicable (but not beyond the term of such stock options). With respect to the Time Warner RSUs that Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster held upon his or her termination, (i) in the case of RSUs awarded on or prior to January 30, 2012, the RSUs would have continued to vest through the Larsen Severance Term Date or Webster Severance Term Date or, if earlier, the Larsen Equity Cessation Date or the Webster Equity Cessation Date, as applicable, and, on such date, a pro-rated portion of the number of RSUs that were scheduled to vest on the next vesting date would have become immediately vested, and, in each case, the RSUs would have been settled in shares of Time Warner stock on the originally scheduled vesting date and (ii) in the case of RSUs awarded in February 2012, the RSUs that would have vested through the Larsen Severance Term Date or Webster Severance Term Date, as applicable and a pro-rated portion of the number of RSUs that would have vested on the next vesting date would have become immediately vested as of the date of his or her termination, and would have been settled in shares of Time Warner stock no later than 60 days following the date of his termination. Mr. Pearlstine held no Time Warner equity-based awards as of December 31, 2013.

Resignation for Material Breach

In the event Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, had resigned due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement (which, in the case of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow, specifically includes, but is not limited to, (i) our violation of his rights under his employment agreement with respect to authority, reporting lines, duties, powers or place of employment or (ii) our failure to cause any successor to substantially all of our business and assets to assume our obligations to him under his employment agreement), he or she would have received the same benefits as those described under “—Termination without Cause.”

 

108


Table of Contents

Change in Control of Time Warner

Employment Agreements.   The employment agreements with Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow, Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster do not provide for any additional benefits as a result of a change in control of Time Warner or Time Inc., except for, in the case of Mr. Ripp and Mr. Bairstow, accelerated payment of severance in the event of a termination by us without Cause or a resignation by the executive due to our material breach of our obligations under his employment agreement, in either case, within one year following a “change in ownership or effective control” of Time Inc. within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code as discussed under “—Termination without Cause.”

Equity-Based Award Agreements.   The agreements that govern Time Warner stock options and RSUs generally provide for vesting following a change in control of Time Warner upon the earliest of (i) the first anniversary of the change in control, (ii) the original vesting date with respect to each portion of the award and (iii) the termination of the participant’s employment without cause or by the participant for good reason. “Cause” is generally defined as (A) continued failure of an employee substantially to perform his or her duties for a period of 10 days following written notice by Time Warner or any of its affiliates, (B) dishonesty in the performance of the employee’s duties, (C) the employee’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a crime constituting a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (D) the employee’s insubordination, willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with his or her duties or any act or omission that is injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Time Warner or its affiliates or (E) the employee’s breach of any restrictive covenants to which he or she is subject. “Good reason” is generally defined as (1) failure of Time Warner to pay or cause to be paid the employee’s base salary or annual bonus when due or (2) any substantial and sustained diminution in the employee’s authority or responsibilities materially inconsistent with the employee’s position, provided that good reason ceases to exist on the 60th day following the later of its occurrence or the employee’s knowledge of its occurrence, unless the employee has given us written notice of his or her termination for good reason prior to such date.

With respect to RSUs, the agreements that govern these awards provide that if the delivery of shares to the employee constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code and would exceed the safe harbor amount under Section 280G of the Code, then the amounts constituting “parachute payments” would either be reduced to equal the safe harbor amount or provided to the employee in full, whichever would result in receipt by the employee of a greater amount on a net after-tax basis.

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

Time LTIP .  If Time Warner had ceased to own 50% or more of Time Inc., which will be the case after the Spin-Off, participants in the Time LTIP would have been entitled to accelerated payment of their awards, if any were earned. Payouts would have been determined based on the goals that were established for the 2012 through 2014 performance period and our actual ADPTI for any completed fiscal years and our forecasted ADPTI for any fiscal years that had not been completed (as reflected in the forecasts in the long-range plan for Time Inc. when the goals were originally approved. If the Spin-Off had occurred on December 31, 2013, we would not have met the relevant financial performance criteria based on our performance through 2013 and our original forecast for 2014. Accordingly, none of our employees who participate in the Time LTIP would have received a payout.

Equity-Based Award Agreements.   The agreements that govern the Time Warner stock option and RSU awards generally do not provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control of a Time Warner division. Assuming that the Spin-Off had occurred on December 31, 2013, provided that each of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow had remained employed by us immediately following the Spin-Off, all of his Time Warner equity-based awards would have been converted upon the Spin-Off into Time Inc. equity-based awards with the same general terms and conditions as his Time Warner equity-based awards.

 

109


Table of Contents

Assuming that the Spin-Off had occurred on December 31, 2013, Time Warner stock options and RSUs held by our employees other than Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow (including Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster) would have been treated as provided in the equity compensation plan under which such stock options and RSUs were awarded and the award agreements governing such awards, which would generally have resulted in forfeiture of unvested stock options and pro-rated vesting of the RSUs that were scheduled to vest on the next vesting date and forfeiture of the remainder unless such employees satisfy the requirements for retirement treatment under such equity compensation plan or award agreements, in which case more favorable vesting conditions would have applied. Following the Spin-Off, we expect to grant Time Inc. RSUs to our active employees (with the exception of certain employees outside of the United States) with a value intended to be equal to the intrinsic value of the Time Warner stock options and RSUs that the respective employee forfeited upon the Spin-Off. The Time Inc. RSUs will generally be subject to the same vesting schedule that applied to the Time Warner stock options or RSUs that the Time Inc. RSUs are intended to replace.

Retirement

Because each of Messrs. Ripp and Pearlstine was previously employed by us and our affiliates, each was retirement eligible as of December 31, 2013, however, neither would have received any additional benefits or payments following a retirement on December 31, 2013. None of Messrs. Bairstow and Larsen and Ms. Webster was retirement eligible as of December 31, 2013.

Disability

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow.   In the event that Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow becomes disabled during the term of his employment agreement such that he is prevented from performing the material functions of his position for periods aggregating six months in any twelve month period, we have the right to terminate his employment (the effective date of a termination due to disability, as applicable, the “Ripp Disability Termination Date” or the “Bairstow Disability Termination Date”), in which case he would receive his Accrued Obligations and disability benefits equal to the following:

Salary and Bonus Continuation.   Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow would receive his base salary and an amount equal to the Ripp Average Annual Bonus or Bairstow Average Annual Bonus, as applicable, for a period equal to the longer of (i) the remainder of the term of employment and (ii) 12 months following the Ripp Disability Termination Date or the Bairstow Disability Termination Date (such period, as applicable, the “Ripp Disability Period” or the “Bairstow Disability Period”). Any such payments would be reduced by amounts received from workers’ compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by us, and would cease upon the earlier of (A) Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow, as applicable, commencing substantially full-time employment and (B) Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow, as applicable, becoming ineligible for long-term disability benefits under our long-term disability plan or becoming eligible for partial benefits of less than 50% under such plan.

Group Benefits Continuation.   During the Ripp Disability Period or the Bairstow Disability Period, Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow, as applicable, would continue to be eligible to participate in our health and welfare programs (other than disability programs).

Ripp Make Whole Awards and Bairstow Make Whole Awards.   The Ripp Make Whole Awards or Bairstow Make Whole Awards that Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow holds as of the Ripp Disability Termination Date or Bairstow Disability Termination Date, as applicable, would become immediately vested on the Ripp Disability Termination Date or Bairstow Disability Termination Date, any Ripp Make Whole RSUs or Bairstow Make Whole RSUs would be settled within 60 days, and any Ripp Make Whole Stock Options or Bairstow Make Whole Stock Options would remain exercisable for a period of three years following such date.

Because each of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow were employed by us for less than six months in 2013, December 31, 2013 could not have qualified as a “Ripp Disability Termination Date” or “Bairstow Disability Termination Date” under the terms of their respective employment agreements.

 

110


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster.   In the event that Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster became disabled during the term of his or her employment agreement such that he or she is prevented from performing the material functions of his or her position for periods aggregating six months in any twelve month period, we have the right to terminate his or her employment (the effective date of such termination, as applicable, the “Pearlstine Disability Termination Date,” the “Larsen Disability Termination Date” or the “Webster Disability Termination Date”), in which case he or she would receive his or her Accrued Obligations and would also receive the following additional payments and benefits:

Salary and Bonus Continuation .  Mr. Pearlstine or Mr. Larsen would continue to receive his base salary and target bonus for a period equal to, in the case of Mr. Pearlstine, the longer of (i) the remainder of the term of employment and (ii) 12 months following the Pearlstine Disability Termination Date and, in the case of Mr. Larsen, 12 months following the Larsen Disability Termination Date. Ms. Webster would receive her base salary and the Webster Average Annual Bonus for 24 months following the Webster Disability Termination Date. Any such payments made to each of Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster would be reduced by amounts received from workers’ compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by us, and would cease upon the earlier of (A) Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, as applicable, commencing substantially full-time employment and (B) Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, as applicable, becoming ineligible for long-term disability benefits under our long-term disability plan or becoming eligible for partial benefits of less than 50% under such plan.

2013 AIP.   Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 AIP, in the event that the employment of Mr. Larsen or Ms. Webster had been terminated due to disability on December 31, 2013, he or she would have already earned a bonus for the year of termination, and would have received it no later than March 31st of the following year. Mr. Pearlstine did not participate in the 2013 AIP.

Equity-Based Award Agreements.   Under the terms of the agreements governing awards of Time Warner stock options and RSUs, stock options and RSUs held by each of Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster would have vested upon his or her disability. Stock options would have remained exercisable for three years following the date of disability (but not beyond the term of such stock options). Mr. Pearlstine held no Time Warner equity-based awards as of December 31, 2013.

Because Mr. Pearlstine was employed by us for less than six months in 2013, December 31, 2013 could not have qualified as a “Pearlstine Disability Termination Date” under the terms of his employment agreement.

Death

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow.   In the event of Mr. Ripp’s or Mr. Bairstow’s death, his estate or designated beneficiary would have received his base salary until the last day of the month in which his death occurred and a pro-rated bonus for the year in which his death occurred (which will be paid at the time bonuses are normally paid and would have been calculated based on the Ripp Average Annual Bonus or Bairstow Average Annual Bonus, as applicable).

Ripp Make Whole Awards and Bairstow Make Whole Awards .  In the event of Mr. Ripp’s or Mr. Bairstow’s death, the Ripp Make Whole Awards or Bairstow Make Whole Awards, as applicable, would have been treated in a manner consistent with the treatment described under “—Disability.”

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster . In the event of the death of Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, his or her estate or designated beneficiary would receive his or her Accrued Obligations.

2013 AIP.   Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 AIP, in the event that the employment of Mr. Larsen or Ms. Webster had been terminated due to death on December 31, 2013, he or she would have already earned a bonus for the year of termination, and would have received it no later than March 31st of the following year. Mr. Pearlstine did not participate in the 2013 AIP.

 

111


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Award Agreements.   Under the terms of the agreements governing awards of Time Warner stock options and RSUs, stock options and RSUs held by each of Mr. Larsen and Ms. Webster, would have vested upon his or her death. Stock options would have remained exercisable for three years following the date of death (but not beyond the term of such stock options). Mr. Pearlstine held no Time Warner equity-based awards as of December 31, 2013.

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE, IN CONNECTION WITH CHANGE IN CONTROL OR

DUE TO DEATH OR DISABILITY

 

Name

  Base Salary
Continuation (1)
    Bonus
Continuation (2)
    Group Benefits
Continuation (3)
    Equity
Awards:
Stock Options
and RSUs (4)
    Other
Benefits
 

Joseph A. Ripp

         

Termination without Cause

  $ 2,000,000      $ 3,000,000      $ 13,736      $ 4,306,024      $ 100,000 (5)  

Change in Control of Time Warner

                       $ 4,306,024          

Change in Control of Time Warner and Termination without Cause

  $ 2,000,000      $ 3,000,000      $ 13,736      $ 4,306,024      $ 100,000 (5)  

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

                                  

Retirement

                                  

Disability

  $ 4,675,000      $ 7,012,500             $ 4,306,024          

Death

                       $ 4,306,024          

Jeffrey J. Bairstow

         

Termination without Cause

  $ 1,600,000      $ 1,600,000      $ 24,483      $ 574,128      $ 12,576 (5)  

Change in Control of Time Warner

                       $ 574,128          

Change in Control of Time Warner and Termination without Cause

  $ 1,600,000      $ 1,600,000      $ 24,483      $ 574,128      $ 12,576 (5)  

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

                                  

Disability

  $ 2,940,000      $ 2,940,000             $ 574,128          

Death

                       $ 574,128          

Norman Pearlstine

         

Termination without Cause

  $ 1,350,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 10,302                 

Change in Control of Time Warner

                                  

Change in Control of Time Warner and Termination without Cause

  $ 1,350,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 10,302                 

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

                                  

Retirement

                                  

Disability

  $ 2,550,000      $ 2,550,000                        

Death

                                  

Todd Larsen

         

Termination without Cause

  $ 750,000      $ 500,000      $ 10,443      $ 127,588          

Change in Control of Time Warner

                       $ 346,160          

Change in Control of Time Warner and Termination without Cause

  $ 750,000      $ 500,000      $ 10,443      $ 346,160          

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

                       $ 69,999          

Disability

  $ 750,000      $ 500,000             $ 346,160          

Death

                       $ 346,160          

Evelyn Webster

         

Termination without Cause

  $ 1,485,000      $ 1,098,389      $ 6,791      $ 2,542,053          

Change in Control of Time Warner

                       $ 2,710,838          

Change in Control of Time Warner and Termination without Cause

  $ 1,485,000      $ 1,098,389      $ 6,791      $ 2,710,838          

Change in Control or Spin-Off of Time Inc.

                       $ 936,200          

Disability

  $ 1,485,000      $ 1,098,389             $ 2,710,838          

Death

                       $ 2,710,838          

 

(1)

Reflects the payment by us of (i) in the case of termination without Cause, 100% of base salary in effect immediately prior to the termination of employment during the applicable NEO’s severance period (24 months for Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow and Ms. Webster, 18 months for Mr. Pearlstine and 12 months for Mr. Larsen) and (ii) in the case of termination due to disability, 100% of base salary during the applicable NEO’s disability period (through September 3, 2018 for Mr. Ripp, through September 3, 2017 for Mr. Bairstow, through

 

112


Table of Contents
 

October 31, 2016 for Mr. Pearlstine, through December 31, 2014 for Mr. Larsen and through December 31, 2015 for Ms. Webster). The amounts shown for disability do not reflect any reductions for other sources of disability payments received by the applicable NEOs.

(2) Reflects the payment by us of the Ripp Average Annual Bonus, the Bairstow Average Annual Bonus, Mr. Pearlstine’s target bonus, Mr. Larsen’s target bonus, the Webster Annual Bonus, as applicable, during the applicable NEO’s severance period or disability period.
(3) In the case of termination without Cause, reflects the cost to us of the applicable NEO’s continued participation in our group benefit plans (consisting of medical and dental insurance coverage, $50,000 of basic life insurance coverage, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance coverage) during his or her severance period. The table excludes the cost of providing these group benefits during the applicable NEO’s disability period, because these benefits are available generally to all of our salaried employees during a disability period under our benefit programs.
(4) Reflects the value of accelerated Time Warner stock options calculated based on the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the closing sale price of Time Warner common stock reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on December 31, 2013 and the value of accelerated Time Warner RSUs calculated based on the closing sale price of Time Warner common stock reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on December 31, 2013.
(5) In the case of termination without Cause, reflects cash payments to (i) Mr. Ripp pursuant to his employment agreement equal to $50,000 per year and (ii) Mr. Bairstow pursuant to his employment agreement equal to two times the premiums he would have been required to pay under a group universal life insurance program to obtain a specified amount of life insurance coverage.

Restrictive Covenants

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow.   The employment agreements with Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow provide that each is subject to restrictive covenants that obligate him not to disclose any of Time Inc.’s, Time Warner’s or their respective subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ confidential matters at any time. During their respective terms of employment (including during the notice period applicable in the case of non-renewal of the employment agreement), each is not permitted to compete with us by directly or indirectly rendering services to, or owning or acquiring certain interests in, any person or entity that engages, directly or indirectly, in any line of business that is substantially the same as any line of business that we engage in, conduct or, to his knowledge, have definitive plans to engage in or conduct. In addition, each of Messrs. Ripp and Bairstow is subject to the same competition restrictions that apply during his term of employment (i) for two years following the effective date of termination, if his employment is terminated (A) by us for cause or (B) prior to the initial expiration date of his employment agreement, as applicable, by us without cause or by him due to our material breach of his employment agreement, or (ii) for one year following (A) the Ripp Disability Termination Date or Bairstow Disability Termination Date, as applicable, if Mr. Ripp’s or Mr. Bairstow’s employment is terminated due to disability or (B) the effective date of termination, if Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow resigns prior to the initial expiration date of the employment agreement other than due to our material breach of his employment agreement. Finally, for two years following termination of his employment for any reason, Mr. Ripp or Mr. Bairstow, as applicable, is not permitted to, directly or indirectly, solicit the employment of, employ, or cause any other person to take such actions with respect to any person who was our employee or an employee of our affiliates on, or within six months prior to, the effective date of termination.

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster.   The employment agreements with Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster provide that each is subject to restrictive covenants that obligate him or her not to disclose any of Time Inc.’s confidential matters at any time. During their respective terms of employment, each is prohibited from competing with us by directly or indirectly rendering services to, or owning or acquiring certain interests in, any person or entity that engages, directly or indirectly, in any line of business that is substantially the same as any line of business that we engage in, conduct or, to his or her knowledge, have definitive plans to engage in or conduct. In addition, Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster are each subject to the same competition restrictions that apply during his or her term of employment (i) for one year following the effective date of termination or the Pearlstine Disability Termination Date or Larsen Disability Termination Date, as applicable, if his or her employment is terminated (A) by us for cause or, other than with respect to Ms. Webster, due to disability or (B) due to his or her resignation or retirement and (ii) in the case of Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen, through the Pearlstine Severance Term Date and Larsen Severance Term Date, as applicable, and, in the case of Ms. Webster, for two years, following termination by us without cause, by him or her due to our material breach of his or her employment agreement, or, in the case of Ms. Webster, due to disability. In addition, each of Messrs. Pearlstine and Larsen and Ms. Webster is not permitted to, directly or indirectly, solicit the employment of, employ, or cause any other person to take such

 

113


Table of Contents

actions with respect to any person who was our employee or an employee of our affiliates on, or within six months prior to, the effective date of termination, for, in the case of Mr. Pearlstine, (i) one year following the effective date of termination or the Pearlstine Disability Termination Date, as applicable, if his employment is terminated (A) by us for cause or (B) due to his disability, resignation or retirement and (ii) through the Pearlstine Severance Term Date following termination by us without cause or by him due to our material breach of his employment agreement, in the case of Mr. Larsen, 18 months, and, in the case of Ms. Webster, two years, following the effective termination date or the Larsen Disability Termination Date or Webster Disability Termination Date, as applicable. Such non-competition and non-solicitations restrictions will lapse if, following the first year of such period and upon 30 days written notice to us, Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, as applicable, waive the right to any payments or benefits to which he or she is entitled following such date. Pursuant to Mr. Larsen’s and Ms. Webster’s employment agreements, each is additionally not permitted to make any statements, in a professional or personal capacity, disparaging our business or Time Inc. Finally, for one year following termination of his or her employment for any reason, Messrs. Pearlstine or Larsen or Ms. Webster, as applicable, is not permitted to, directly or indirectly, solicit the business of any client with whom he or she provided services to or had access to information about during his or her employment with us.

 

114


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As of the date of this Information Statement, Time Warner beneficially owns all the outstanding shares of our common stock. After the Spin-Off, Time Warner will not own any shares of our common stock. The following table provides information regarding the anticipated beneficial ownership of our common stock at the time of the Distribution by:

 

    each of our stockholders who we believe (based on the assumptions described below) will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

    each of our directors following the Spin-Off;

 

    each officer named in the Summary Compensation Table; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers following the Spin-Off as a group.

Except as otherwise noted below, we based the share amounts on each person’s beneficial ownership of Time Warner common stock on                     , 2014, giving effect to a distribution ratio of one share of our common stock for every              shares of Time Warner common stock he, she or it held.

To the extent our directors and executive officers own Time Warner common stock at the Record Date of the Spin-Off, they will participate in the Distribution on the same terms as other holders of Time Warner common stock.

Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities he, she or it holds.

Immediately following the Spin-Off, we estimate that              million shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding, based on the approximately              shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on                     , 2014. The actual number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the Spin-Off will be determined on                     , 2014, the Record Date.

 

Name

  Amount and Nature of
    Beneficial Ownership    
      Percentage of Class    

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

   

Mr. Joseph A. Ripp (a)

   

Mr. Jeffrey J. Bairstow (a)

   

Mr. Norman Pearlstine (a)

   

Mr. Todd Larsen (a)

   

Ms. Evelyn Webster (a)

   

Ms. Laura Lang (a)

   

Mr. Howard M. Averill (a)

   

Mr. Maurice F. Edelson (a)

   

Ms. Martha Nelson (a)

   

All directors and executive officers as a group (            persons) (b)

   

Principal Stockholders:

   

BlackRock, Inc. (c)

    40 East 52nd Street

    New York, NY 10022

    5.8%

 

 

(a) These officers were our NEOs in 2013. As described further in the section titled “Executive Compensation,” Ms. Lang separated from service with us on November 2, 2013, Mr. Averill became an employee of Time Warner on September 3, 2013, Mr. Edelson became an employee of Time Warner on November 4, 2013 and Ms. Nelson separated from service with us on December 31, 2013. Messrs. Ripp, Bairstow and Pearlstine joined us in 2013. For more information regarding our executive management team following the Spin-Off, see “Management.”
(b) Includes only the persons listed in the tables of our directors and executive officers following the Spin-Off in the section titled “Management” in this Information Statement.
(c) Based solely on a Schedule 13G/A filed by BlackRock, Inc. with the SEC on February 4, 2014.

 

115


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Time Warner

Following the Spin-Off, we and Time Warner will operate independently, and neither will have any ownership interest in the other. In order to govern the ongoing relationships between us and Time Warner after the Spin-Off and to facilitate an orderly transition, we and Time Warner intend to enter into agreements providing for various services and rights following the Spin-Off, and under which we and Time Warner will agree to indemnify each other against certain liabilities arising from our respective businesses. The following summarizes the terms of the material agreements we expect to enter into with Time Warner. You are encouraged to read the forms of the material agreements, which have been filed as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, for greater detail with respect to the terms of these agreements.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

We intend to enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with Time Warner before the Distribution. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will set forth our agreements with Time Warner regarding the principal actions to be taken in connection with the Spin-Off. It will also set forth other agreements that govern aspects of our relationship with Time Warner following the Spin-Off.

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities .  The Separation and Distribution Agreement will identify certain transfers of assets and assumptions of liabilities that are necessary in advance of our separation from Time Warner so that we and Time Warner retain the assets of, and the liabilities associated with, our respective businesses. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will also provide for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between us and Time Warner. In particular, the Separation and Distribution Agreement will generally provide that:

 

    all of the assets of the Publishing Business not already owned by us and owned by Time Warner prior to the Distribution will be transferred to us;

 

    all of the assets of the businesses and operations conducted by Time Warner other than the Publishing Business not already owned by Time Warner and owned by us prior to the Distribution will be transferred to Time Warner;

 

    all of the liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) of the Publishing Business that are obligations of Time Warner prior to the Distribution will be assumed by us; and

 

    all of the liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) of the business and operations conducted by Time Warner other than the Publishing Business that are our obligations prior to the Distribution will be assumed by Time Warner.

Internal Reorganization.   The Separation and Distribution Agreement will describe certain actions related to our separation from Time Warner that have occurred or will occur prior to the Distribution, including the following:

 

    the distribution of cash by Time Atlantic Europe Holdings Limited (“Time Atlantic”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”), to Historic TW;

 

    the contribution by Historic TW to us, as its wholly owned subsidiary, of certain of our trademarks, tradenames and service marks owned by it and of all the outstanding equity interests of certain of its other wholly owned subsidiaries that comprise part of the Publishing Business, including Time Atlantic;

 

    the exchange by Historic TW, a direct subsidiary of Time Warner, with Time Warner of all of our outstanding shares of common stock in redemption of shares of Historic TW owned by Time Warner, such that we become a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner;

 

116


Table of Contents
    the series of transactions that will be undertaken to prepare our U.K. publishing business to be transferred to us from Time Warner Limited, an indirect subsidiary of Time Warner;

 

    the acquisition by Time Atlantic of our U.K. publishing business from Time Warner Limited in exchange for a note (the “IPC Note”);

 

    the issuance of debt securities by us to third-party investors;

 

    the establishment by us of a term loan and revolving commitments, in each case with a syndicate of third-party lenders;

 

    the repayment in cash of the IPC Note by Time Atlantic;

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock by us to Time Warner so that the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is equal to the number of shares that will be distributed in the Distribution; and

 

    the declaration and distribution of a special cash dividend by us to Time Warner in the amount of $             (the “Special Dividend”).

Intercompany Arrangements.   All agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings, including most intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable, between us, on the one hand, and Time Warner, on the other hand, will terminate effective as of the Distribution, except specified agreements and arrangements that are intended to survive the Distribution.

Shared Contracts .  We and Time Warner will use reasonable best efforts, prior to the Distribution, to work together in an effort to divide, partially assign, modify and/or replicate any contract or agreement of ours, Time Warner’s or any of our or their respective affiliates, if such contract or agreement relates in any material respect to both the Publishing Business and the businesses and operations conducted by Time Warner and its subsidiaries other than the Publishing Business.

Credit Support.   We will agree to use reasonable best efforts to arrange, prior to the Distribution, for the replacement of all guarantees, covenants, indemnities, surety bonds, letters of credit or similar assurances of credit support currently provided by or through Time Warner or any of its affiliates for the benefit of Time Inc. or any of its affiliates.

Representations and Warranties.   In general, neither we nor Time Warner will make any representations or warranties regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with these transfers or assumptions, the value or freedom from any lien or other security interest of any assets transferred, the absence of any defenses relating to any claim of either party or the legal sufficiency of any conveyance documents. Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis.

Further Assurances.   The parties will use reasonable best efforts to effect any transfers contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement that have not been consummated prior to the Distribution as promptly as practicable following the Distribution Date. In addition, the parties will use reasonable best efforts to effect any transfer or re-transfer of any asset or liability that was improperly transferred or retained as promptly as practicable following the Distribution.

The Distribution.   The Separation and Distribution Agreement will govern Time Warner’s and our respective rights and obligations regarding the proposed Distribution. Prior to the Distribution, Time Warner will deliver all the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock to the distribution agent. Following the Distribution Date, the distribution agent will electronically deliver the shares of our common stock to Time Warner stockholders based on the distribution ratio. The Time Warner Board will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the Distribution.

 

117


Table of Contents

Conditions.   The Separation and Distribution Agreement will also provide that several conditions must be satisfied or waived by Time Warner in its sole and absolute discretion before the Distribution can occur. For further information about these conditions, see “The Spin-Off—Conditions to the Spin-Off.” The Time Warner Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the Record Date, the Distribution Date and the terms of the Spin-Off and may at any time prior to the completion of the Spin-Off decide to abandon or modify the Spin-Off.

Exchange of Information.   We and Time Warner will agree to provide each other with information reasonably necessary to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements of any national securities exchange or governmental authority, for use in judicial, regulatory, administrative and other proceedings and to satisfy audit, accounting, litigation and other similar requests. We and Time Warner will also agree to use reasonable best efforts to retain such information in accordance with our respective record retention policies as in effect on the date of the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Until the end of the first full fiscal year following the Distribution, each party will also agree to use its reasonable best efforts to assist the other with its financial reporting and audit obligations.

Termination.   The Time Warner Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, may terminate the Separation and Distribution Agreement at any time prior to the Distribution.

Release of Claims.   We and Time Warner will each agree to release the other and its affiliates, successors and assigns, and all persons that prior to the Distribution have been the other’s stockholders, directors, officers, members, agents and employees, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from any claims against any of them that arise out of or relate to events, circumstances or actions occurring or failing to occur or any conditions existing at or prior to the time of the Distribution. These releases will be subject to exceptions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

Indemnification .  We and Time Warner will each agree to indemnify the other and each of the other’s current, former and future directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns of any of them, against certain liabilities incurred in connection with the Spin-Off and our and Time Warner’s respective businesses. The amount of either Time Warner’s or our indemnification obligations will be reduced by any insurance proceeds the party being indemnified receives. The Separation and Distribution Agreement will also specify procedures regarding claims subject to indemnification.

Intellectual Property .  We and Time Warner will each consent to, and agree to cooperate with respect to, the use and registration by the other of certain trademarks and domain names in connection with our respective businesses.

Transition Services Agreement

We intend to enter into a Transition Services Agreement pursuant to which Time Warner will provide us, and we will provide Time Warner, with specified services for a limited time to help ensure an orderly transition following the Distribution. The Transition Services Agreement will specify the calculation of our costs for these services. The cost of these services will be negotiated between us and Time Warner and may not necessarily be reflective of prices that we could have obtained for similar services from an independent third party.

We anticipate that Time Warner will provide certain administrative services, information technology systems and infrastructure support, including administrative support services related to benefit plans, human resources, tax and treasury matters, for a transitional period after the Spin-Off. Similarly, we anticipate that we will provide certain limited transition services to certain Time Warner subsidiaries, including services relating to payroll taxes and data center hosting. The cost of the services to be provided by each party is not expected to be material.

Given the short-term nature of the Transition Services Agreement, we are in the process of increasing our internal capabilities to eliminate reliance on Time Warner for the transition services it will provide us as quickly as possible following the Spin-Off.

 

118


Table of Contents

Tax Matters Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with Time Warner that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of Time Warner and us after the Spin-Off with respect to all tax matters (including tax liabilities, tax attributes, tax returns and tax contests).

With respect to taxes other than those incurred in connection with the Spin-Off (which are discussed below), the Tax Matters Agreement will provide that we will indemnify Time Warner for (1) any taxes of Time Inc. and its subsidiaries for all periods after the Distribution and (2) any taxes of the Time Warner group for periods prior to the Distribution to the extent attributable to Time Inc. or its subsidiaries. For purposes of the indemnification described in clause (2), however, we will generally be required to indemnify Time Warner only for any such taxes that are paid in connection with a tax return filed after the Distribution or that result from an adjustment made by any tax authority after the Distribution. In these cases, our indemnification obligations are generally computed based on the amount by which the tax liability of the Time Warner group is greater than it would have been absent our inclusion in its tax returns (or absent the applicable adjustment).

The Tax Matters Agreement generally will provide that we will be required to indemnify Time Warner for any taxes (and reasonable expenses) resulting from the failure of any step of the Spin-Off to qualify for its intended tax treatment under U.S. federal income tax and U.K. tax laws, where such taxes result from (1) untrue representations and breaches of covenants that we will make and agree to in connection with the Spin-Off (including representations we will make in connection with a tax opinion to be received by Time Warner and covenants containing the restrictions described below that are designed to preserve the tax-free nature of the Distribution), (2) the application of certain provisions of U.S. federal income tax law to the Spin-Off or (3) any other actions that we know or reasonably should expect would give rise to such taxes. We and Time Warner will generally have joint control over any audit or other proceeding relating to the Spin-Off.

As a member of Time Warner’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax group, we have (and will continue to have following the Spin-Off) joint and several liability with Time Warner to the IRS for the consolidated U.S. federal income taxes of the Time Warner group relating to the taxable periods in which we were part of the group.

The Tax Matters Agreement will impose certain restrictions on us and our subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that will be designed to preserve the tax-free nature of the Distribution. These restrictions will apply for the two-year period after the Distribution. Although we will be able to engage in an otherwise restricted action if we obtain appropriate advice from counsel (or a ruling from the IRS), as described above under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Spin-Off—We intend to agree to numerous restrictions to preserve the non-recognition treatment of the Distribution, which may reduce our strategic and operating flexibility,” these restrictions may limit our ability to pursue strategic transactions or discourage or delay others from pursuing strategic transactions that our stockholders may consider favorable.

Employee Matters Agreement

We intend to enter into an Employee Matters Agreement with Time Warner that will address employment, compensation and benefits matters. The Employee Matters Agreement will address the allocation and treatment of assets and liabilities relating to employees and compensation and benefit plans and programs in which our employees participated. The treatment of certain benefit plans and programs, including retirement plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and stock options and RSUs granted or awarded to our employees under Time Warner’s equity incentive plans, will be treated as described in “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The Employee Matters Agreement will also govern the transfer of employees between Time Warner and us in connection with the Distribution, and also sets forth certain obligations for reimbursements and indemnities between Time Warner and us.

 

119


Table of Contents

Ongoing Commercial Agreements

In addition to the above agreements, we are also currently party to various other agreements with Time Warner and its subsidiaries that are intended to continue post-Distribution subject to their existing terms or terms and conditions to be negotiated and agreed to. We do not consider these agreements to be material.

Other Arrangements

Prior to the Spin-Off, we have had various other arrangements with Time Warner, including arrangements whereby Time Warner provides cash management and treasury services to us as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Financial Condition and Liquidity.”

As described in more detail in “—Separation and Distribution Agreement” above, these arrangements, other than those contemplated pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, will generally be terminated in connection with the Spin-Off. We do not consider these arrangements with Time Warner to be material.

Related Party Transactions

Brendan Ripp is the son of Joseph A. Ripp, who became our Chief Executive Officer in September 2013. Brendan Ripp has been an employee of ours since September 2000. He has served as the publisher of Sports Illustrated and the related SI.com website since January 2014, having previously served as the Vice President Sales and Marketing of Fortune and, before that, as publisher of Money and Time . For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, Brendan Ripp received compensation (excluding equity awards) of approximately $620,000, $640,000, and $602,000, respectively, which includes base salary, bonus and all other cash compensation and perquisites. Brendan Ripp also received equity awards from Time Warner consisting of 4,800 stock options and 3,360 RSUs in 2011 and 5,250 RSUs in 2012. The terms of these grants are substantially the same as the equity grants made to our NEOs in 2011 and 2012 (other than the Lang Make Whole Award) and described in “Executive Compensation” above. During 2013, equity awards were generally not granted to our employees (other than Joseph A. Ripp and Jeffrey J. Bairstow).

Our Board intends to adopt a written policy for the review and approval of transactions involving related persons, which consist of directors, director nominees, executive officers, persons or entities known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any outstanding class of the voting securities of Time Inc., or immediate family members or certain affiliated entities of any of the foregoing persons. Under authority delegated by our Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee (or its chair, under certain circumstances) will be responsible for applying the policy with the assistance of the General Counsel or his or her designee (if any). Transactions covered by the policy will consist of any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which: the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year; Time Inc. is, will or may be expected to be a participant; and any related person has or will have a direct material interest or an indirect material interest.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

General

Prior to the Distribution Date, Time Warner, as our sole stockholder, will approve and adopt our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and our Board will approve and adopt our Amended and Restated By-laws. The following summarizes information concerning our capital stock, including material provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated By-laws and certain provisions of Delaware law. You are encouraged to read our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-laws, which have been filed as exhibits to our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is part, for greater detail with respect to these provisions.

Distribution of Securities

During the past three years, we have not sold any securities, including sales of reacquired securities, new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

Authorized Capital Stock

Immediately following the Spin-Off, our authorized capital stock will consist of             million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and              million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

Shares Outstanding .   Immediately following the Spin-Off, we estimate that approximately              million shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding, based on approximately              shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding as of                     , 2014 . The actual number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the Spin-Off will depend on the actual number of shares of Time Warner common stock outstanding on the Record Date, and will reflect any issuance of new shares or exercise of outstanding options pursuant to Time Warner’s equity plans and any repurchases of Time Warner shares by Time Warner pursuant to its common stock repurchase program, in each case on or prior to the Record Date.

Dividends .   Holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our Board at its discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding . The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends will depend on our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements and debt service obligations, as well as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant . Our Board will make all decisions regarding our payment of dividends from time to time in accordance with applicable law . See “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market—We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.”

Voting Rights .   The holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

Other Rights .   Subject to the preferential liquidation rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders.

Fully Paid .   The issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable . Any additional shares of common stock that we may issue in the future will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

121


Table of Contents

The holders of our common stock will not have preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock.

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our Board to designate and issue from time to time one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Our Board may fix and determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each series of preferred stock. There are no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws

Certain provisions in our proposed Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our proposed Amended and Restated By-laws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board and in the policies formulated by our Board and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control.

Blank Check Preferred Stock.   Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will permit us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to              million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of the series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of such series . The ability to issue such preferred stock could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.   Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will expressly exclude the right of our stockholders to act by written consent . Stockholder action must take place at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of our stockholders.

Special Stockholder Meetings .  Under our proposed Amended and Restated By-laws, only our Chief Executive Officer, Board of Directors or any record holders of shares representing at least 25% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of all classes and series of our capital stock entitled generally to vote in the election of directors, voting as a single class, will be able to call a special meeting of stockholders. For a stockholder to call a special meeting, the stockholder must comply with the requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated By-laws, including giving notice to our secretary, which notice must include the information described in “—Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals” below.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.   Under our proposed Amended and Restated By-laws, stockholders of record will be able to nominate persons for election to our Board or bring other business constituting a proper matter for stockholder action only by providing proper notice to our secretary . Proper notice must be timely, generally between 90 and 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting, and must include, among other information, the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of our common stock as of the date of the notice, certain information regarding such stockholder’s beneficial ownership of our securities and any derivative instruments based on or linked to the value of or return on our securities as of the date of the notice, certain information relating to each

 

122


Table of Contents

person whom such stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, a brief description of any other business such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting and the reason for conducting such business and a representation as to whether such stockholder intends to solicit proxies.

Delaware Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” (as defined below) with any “interested stockholder” (as defined below) for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law defines “business combination” to include: (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (2) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (5) the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify any individual made a party or threatened to be made a party to any type of proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, because he or she is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or entity against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such proceeding if (1) he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or (2) in the case of a criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A corporation may indemnify any individual made a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit brought by or in the right of the corporation because he or she was an officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, provided that such indemnification will be denied if the individual is found liable to the corporation unless, in such a case, the court determines the person is nonetheless entitled to indemnification for such expenses. A corporation must indemnify a present or former director or officer who successfully defends himself or herself in a proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she was a director or officer of the corporation against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her. Expenses incurred by an officer or director, or any

 

123


Table of Contents

employees or agents as deemed appropriate by the board of directors, in defending civil or criminal proceedings may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. The Delaware law regarding indemnification and expense advancement is not exclusive of any other rights which may be granted by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated By-laws, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, agreement or otherwise.

Under Delaware law, termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent does not, of itself, create a presumption that such person is prohibited from being indemnified.

Delaware law permits a corporation to adopt a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, but not an officer, in his or her capacity as such, to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that such provision may not limit the liability of a director for (1) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, no Time Inc. director shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

Our Amended and Restated By-laws will require indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, of any person who is or was a director or officer of Time Inc. or any of its direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries and who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or was or is otherwise directly involved in (including as a witness), any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Time Inc. or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Time Inc., or is or was serving at the request of Time Inc. as a director, officer, employee, partner, member or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity or in any other capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to a director or officer with respect to a proceeding that was commenced by such director or officer except under certain circumstances.

In addition, our Amended and Restated By-laws will provide that expenses incurred by or on behalf of a current or former director or officer in connection with defending any action, suit or proceeding will be advanced to the director or officer by us upon the request of the director or officer, which request, if required by law, will include an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amounts advanced if ultimately it is determined that the director or officer was not entitled to be indemnified against the expenses.

The indemnification rights to be provided in our Amended and Restated By-laws will not be exclusive of any other right to which persons seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled.

As permitted by Delaware law, our Amended and Restated By-laws will authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance to protect any director, officer, employee or agent against claims and liabilities that such persons may incur in such capacities.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We intend to list our common stock on              under the symbol “            .”

 

124


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the shares of our common stock that Time Warner’s stockholders will receive in the Distribution as contemplated by this Information Statement. This Information Statement is a part of, and does not contain all the information set forth in, the Registration Statement and the other exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, please refer to the Registration Statement, including its other exhibits and schedules. Statements we make in this Information Statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the Registration Statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference room. Information contained on any website we refer to in this Information Statement does not and will not constitute a part of this Information Statement or the Registration Statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.

As a result of the Spin-Off, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

You may request a copy of any of our filings with the SEC at no cost by writing us at the following address:

Investor Relations

Time Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual reports containing combined financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

125


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

 

    Page  

Combined Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2   

Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

    F-3   

Combined Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-4   

Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-5   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-6   

Combined Statement of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-7   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

    F-8   

Schedule

 

Financial Statement Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    S-1   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Time Warner Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Publishing Business, representing the Time Inc. segment, as described in Time Warner Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the Financial Statement Schedule II listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the management of the Publishing Business. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Publishing Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Publishing Business’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Publishing Business at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related Financial Statement Schedule II, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, NY

March 7, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(millions)

 

    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

   

Current assets

   

Cash and equivalents

    $ 46       $ 81  

Receivables, less allowances of $281 and $350

    489       588  

Inventories, net of reserves

    56       83  

Deferred income taxes

    75       82  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    97       52  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    763       886  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    534       576  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    582       638  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

    586       637  

Goodwill

    3,162       3,150  

Other assets

    47       48  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    $         5,674       $         5,935  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    $ 534       $ 531  

Deferred revenue

    449       485  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    983       1,016  

Long-term debt

    38       36  

Deferred income taxes

    313       313  

Deferred revenue

    135       137  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    163       149  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

   

Equity

   

Divisional equity

    4,158       4,429  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

    (116     (145
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    4,042       4,284  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

    $ 5,674       $ 5,935  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31,

(millions)

 

    2013     2012     2011  

Revenues:

     

Advertising

    $          1,807        $          1,819        $          1,923   

Circulation

    1,129        1,210        1,271   

Other

    418        407        483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    3,354        3,436        3,677   

Costs of revenues

    (1,337     (1,357     (1,393

Selling, general and administrative

    (1,516     (1,554     (1,644

Amortization of intangible assets

    (42     (36     (42

Restructuring and severance costs

    (63     (27     (18

Asset impairments

    (79     (6     (17

Gain (loss) on operating assets, net

    13        (36       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    330        420        563   

Interest expense, net

    (3     (3     (4

Other income (loss), net

    (1     (3     6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    326        414        565   

Income tax provision

    (125     (151     (197
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    $             201        $             263        $             368   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year Ended December 31,

(millions)

 

    2013     2012     2011  

Net income

    $             201        $             263        $             368   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    31        43        (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligations:

     

Unrealized gains (losses) occurring during the period

    (4     (26)        (29

Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income

    2        1        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net benefit obligations

    (2     (25     (28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    29        18        (49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

    $             230        $             281        $             319   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31,

(millions)

 

    2013     2012     2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

Net income

    $             201        $             263        $             368   

Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    127        127        142   

Asset impairments

    79        6        17   

Loss on investments and other assets, net

           36        1   

Equity in (gains) losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions

    2        4        (6

Equity-based compensation

    18        39        41   

Deferred income taxes

    28        32        18   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

     

Receivables

    145        79        37   

Inventories

    32        (2     1   

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    (162     (130     (109

Other changes

    (52     7        (36)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operations

    418        461        474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     

Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    10        (8     (2

Capital expenditures

    (34     (34     (48

Other investment proceeds

    1        16        4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by investing activities

    (23     (26     (46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

Excess tax benefit from equity instruments

    34        16        6   

Net transfers to Time Warner

    (464     (465     (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by financing activities

    (430     (449     (405
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

    (35     (14)        23   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

    81        95        72   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

    $               46        $               81        $               95   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF EQUITY

(millions)

 

    Divisional
Equity
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, Net
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

    $          4,707        $              (114     $          4,593   

Net income

    368               368   

Other comprehensive loss

           (49     (49

Net transactions with Time Warner parent

    (464            (464
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

    $       4,611        $         (163     $ 4,448   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    263               263   

Other comprehensive income

           18        18   

Net transactions with Time Warner parent

    (445            (445
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

    $          4,429        $            (145     $          4,284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    201               201  

Other comprehensive income

           29        29  

Net transactions with Time Warner parent

    (472 )              (472
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

    $          4,158        $              (116     $          4,042  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

On March 6, 2013, Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner”) announced plans for the complete legal and structural separation (the “Spin-Off”) of its Time Inc. segment as described in Time Warner’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Publishing Business”) from Time Warner. To effect the Spin-Off, Time Warner will first undertake a series of internal transactions, following which Time Inc., Time Warner’s wholly owned subsidiary, will hold the Publishing Business. The Spin-Off will be completed by way of a pro rata dividend of Time Inc. shares held by Time Warner to its stockholders as of the record date. Following the Spin-Off, Time Warner stockholders will own 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Time Inc. and Time Inc. will operate as an independent publicly-traded company.

We are the largest magazine publisher in the United States based on both readership and print advertising revenues and the largest magazine publisher in the U.K. based on print newsstand revenues. As of December 31, 2013, we published 23 magazines in print in the United States, including People , Sports Illustrated , InStyle , Time , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune and over 70 magazines outside the United States, primarily through IPC Magazines Group Limited (“IPC”) in the U.K. and Grupo Editorial Expansión (“GEX”) in Mexico. Our U.S. and U.K. print magazines are also available as tablet editions on multiple digital devices and platforms. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we operated over 45 websites that collectively have millions of average unique visitors around the world. We also operate an integrated publishing business that provides content marketing, targeted local print and digital advertising programs, branded book publishing and marketing and support services, including magazine subscription sales services, retail distribution and marketing services and customer service and fulfillment services, to us and/or other third-party clients, including other magazine publishers.

Basis of Presentation

The combined financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and were derived from Time Warner’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records. The combined financial statements include our assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows. Intercompany accounts and transactions between the combined businesses have been eliminated. For each of the periods presented, the entities that are part of the Publishing Business were each separate indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Time Warner. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the future or what our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had we been an independent, publicly-traded company during the periods presented.

In connection with the Spin-Off, we will enter into agreements with Time Warner that either have not existed historically or are on different terms than the terms of arrangements or agreements that existed prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, our historical financial information does not reflect changes that we expect to experience in the future as a result of the separation from Time Warner, including changes in the financing, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business. Further, the historical financial statements include allocations of certain Time Warner corporate expenses. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of these expenses are reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that would have been incurred by us if we had operated as an independent publicly-traded company or of the costs expected to be incurred in the future. These allocated expenses relate to various services that have historically been provided to us by Time Warner, including cash management and other treasury services, administrative services (such as tax, human resources and employee benefit administration) and certain global marketing and IT services. The expense related to charges for services performed by Time Warner was $17 million in each of 2013, 2012 and 2011. See Note 14 for further information regarding the allocation of Time Warner corporate expenses.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

In addition, the combined financial statements include amounts related to international defined benefit pension plans, primarily in the U.K., that are sponsored by entities that are part of the Publishing Business. Following the Spin-Off, we expect to be responsible for certain pension liabilities associated with certain of our employees related to benefit plans sponsored or managed by Time Warner. The amount of such liabilities has not yet been determined and, accordingly, the combined financial statements do not reflect such liabilities. We expect these liabilities would have been less than $50 million as of December 31, 2013.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the combined financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates and judgments inherent in the preparation of the combined financial statements include accounting for asset impairments, allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, magazine and product returns, pension and other postretirement benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, contingencies, litigation matters, and reporting revenue for certain transactions on a gross versus net basis.

Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2013

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

On January 1, 2013, we adopted on a retrospective basis guidance requiring disclosure of the line item in the Combined Statement of Operations that is affected by reclassification adjustments out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements. For more information, see Note 8.

Accounting for Cumulative Translation Adjustments

On January 1, 2013, we early adopted on a prospective basis guidance that requires the cumulative translation adjustment (“CTA”) related to a subsidiary of or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity to be released into earnings when (i) the foreign entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in that subsidiary or group of assets and (ii) the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For the sale of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment will be recognized in earnings upon the sale of the investment. CTA will also be recognized in earnings in a step acquisition transaction. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

In July 2013, guidance was issued that requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations in which a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of a jurisdiction or the tax law of a jurisdiction does not require it, and we do not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance became effective on a prospective basis for us on January 1, 2014 and is not expected to have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

Summary of Critical and Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a discussion of each of our critical accounting policies, including information and analysis of estimates and assumptions involved in their application, and other significant accounting policies.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by management. Due to the significant judgment involved in selecting certain of the assumptions used in these areas, it is possible that different parties could choose different assumptions and reach different conclusions. We consider the policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:

 

    Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition (see pages F-15 to F-16);

 

    Sales Returns (see page F-10);

 

    Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets (see pages F-12 to F-13); and

 

    Income Taxes (see pages F-16 to F-17).

Cash and Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Sales Returns

Management’s estimate of magazine and product sales that will be returned is an area of judgment affecting Revenues and Net income. In estimating magazine and product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of our magazines and products, historical return trends, economic conditions, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of any magazine and product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The provision for such sales returns is reflected as a reduction in the revenues from the related sale. Total sales returns reserves for magazines and product sales as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $211 million and $275 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, a 10% increase in the level of sales returns reserves would have decreased revenues by approximately $11 million.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We monitor customers’ accounts receivable aging, and a provision for estimated uncollectible amounts is maintained based on customer payment levels, historical experience and management’s views on trends in the overall receivable aging. In addition, for larger accounts, we perform analyses of risks on a customer-specific basis. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, total reserves for doubtful accounts were approximately $70 million and $75 million, respectively. Bad debt expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $13 million, $19 million and $19 million, respectively. In general, we do not require collateral with respect to our trade receivable arrangements.

Investments

Investments in companies in which we have significant influence, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of a voting interest in the investee, hold substantial management rights or hold an interest of less than 20% in an investee that is a limited liability partnership or limited liability corporation that is treated

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

as a flow-through entity. Under the equity method of accounting, only our investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the Combined Balance Sheet; only our share of the investee’s earnings (losses) is included in the Combined Statement of Operations; and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows. Additionally, the carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is adjusted downward to reflect any other-than-temporary declines in value (see “Asset Impairments” below). At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, investments accounted for using the equity method were $11 million and classified in Other assets on the Combined Balance Sheet.

Investments in companies in which we do not have a controlling interest or over which we are unable to exert significant influence are generally accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded. If the investment or security is not publicly traded, the investment is accounted for at cost. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported, net of tax, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, until the investment is sold or considered impaired (see “Asset Impairments” below), at which time the realized gain or loss is included in Other income (loss), net. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market-value investments and investments accounted for at cost are included in Other income (loss), net, when declared. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investments accounted for at market value and at cost were not material.

Foreign Currency Translation

Financial statements of subsidiaries operating outside the United States whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and at average rates of exchange for revenues and expenses during the period. Translation gains or losses on assets and liabilities are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor and overhead. We also capitalize certain costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements incurred for the development of internal use software. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives as follows: 30 years for buildings, 3 to 5 years for capitalized software costs and 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and other equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the term of the applicable lease. We periodically evaluate the depreciation periods of property, plant and equipment to determine whether a revision to its estimates of useful lives is warranted. We recorded depreciation expense of $85 million in 2013, $91 million in 2012 and $100 million in 2011. Property, plant and equipment consist of (millions):

 

     December 31,  
               2013                         2012            

Land

     $ 75        $ 74  

Buildings and improvements

     631        622  

Capitalized software costs

     354        347  

Furniture, fixtures and other equipment

     352        358  

Construction in progress (a)

     12        15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
             1,424                1,416  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (890     (840
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     $ 534        $ 576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)   Primarily relates to capitalized software costs.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Intangible Assets

We have a significant number of intangible assets, including tradenames and customer lists. We do not recognize the fair value of internally generated intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded at the acquisition date fair value in the Combined Balance Sheet. For more information, see Note 2.

Asset Impairments

Investments

We regularly review our investments for impairment, including when the carrying value of an investment exceeds its related market value. If it has been determined that an investment has sustained an other-than-temporary decline in its value, the investment is written down to its fair value by a charge to earnings. Factors we consider in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred include (i) the market value of the security in relation to its cost basis, (ii) the financial condition of the investee and (iii) our intent and ability to retain the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery in the market value of the investment.

For investments accounted for using the cost or equity method of accounting, we evaluate information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements, etc.) in addition to quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults and subsequent rounds of financing at an amount below the cost basis of our investment.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist of certain tradenames, are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is either the “operating segment level” or one level below, which is referred to as a “component.” The level at which the impairment test is performed requires judgment as to whether the operations below the operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business or whether the operations are similar such that they should be aggregated for purposes of the impairment test. We have one operating segment. For purposes of the goodwill impairment test, management has concluded that we have one reporting unit.

In assessing Goodwill for impairment, we have the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are not required to perform any additional tests in assessing Goodwill for impairment. However, if we conclude otherwise or elect not to perform the qualitative assessment, then we are required to perform the first step of a two-step impairment review process. The first step of the two-step process involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of our reporting unit to its carrying amount. In performing the first step, we determine the fair value of our reporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and a market-based approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about appropriate discount rates and perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable public company earnings multiples. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on our most recent budgets and long range plans and, when applicable, various growth rates are assumed for years beyond the current long range plan period. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of market rates as well as

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

the risk inherent in the future cash flows included in the budgets and long range plans. The second step, if necessary, involves a comparison of the implied fair value of our reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying value of that goodwill.

In 2013, we elected not to perform a qualitative assessment of Goodwill and instead proceeded to perform a quantitative impairment test. The results of the quantitative test did not result in any impairment of Goodwill because the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 3%. Had the fair value of our reporting unit been hypothetically lower by 10% as of December 31, 2013, the carrying value would have exceeded its fair value. If this were to occur, the second step of the impairment review process would need to be performed to determine the amount of impairment loss to record. The significant assumptions utilized in the 2013 DCF analysis were a discount rate of 10.5% and a terminal growth rate of 1.0%. The significant assumption utilized in the market-based approach was a multiple of 7.5x.

In assessing intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment, we also have the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, then we are not required to perform any additional tests for assessing intangible assets for impairment. However, if we conclude otherwise or elect not to perform the qualitative assessment, then we are required to perform a quantitative impairment test that involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

In 2013, we elected not to perform a qualitative assessment for intangible assets not subject to amortization. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF valuation analysis. Common among such approaches is the “relief from royalty” methodology, which is used in estimating the fair value of our tradenames. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets. Also subject to judgment are assumptions about royalty rates, which are based on the estimated rates at which similar tradenames are being licensed in the marketplace.

The performance of our 2013 annual impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization resulted in the impairment of a tradename. As a result, we wrote down this tradename from its carrying value of $539 million to its fair value of $489 million. No other tradename’s fair value was within 20% of its carrying value. The significant assumptions utilized in the 2013 DCF analysis of other intangible assets not subject to amortization were a discount rate of 11.0% and a terminal growth rate of 1.0%.

Because of the Spin-Off, we will perform interim impairment reviews of our goodwill during 2014 for the periods prior to the Spin-Off. Market conditions in the publishing industry remain challenging including declines in print advertising revenues and newsstand sales. During the fourth quarter, our senior management prepared a new long-range plan that served as the basis for the DCF analysis used in the 2013 annual impairment review. If market conditions worsen as compared to the assumptions incorporated in that long-range plan, if market conditions associated with valuation multiples of comparable companies decline, or if our performance fails to meet current expectations, it is possible that the carrying value of Time Inc. will exceed its fair value, which could result in the recognition of a noncash impairment of goodwill that could be material.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets (e.g., tradenames, customer lists, and property, plant and equipment), do not require that an annual impairment test be performed; instead, long-lived assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Triggering events include the more likely than not disposal of a portion of such assets or the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

business employing the related assets. Once a triggering event has occurred, the impairment test is based on whether the intent is to hold the asset for continued use or to hold the asset for sale. The impairment test for assets held for continued use requires a comparison of cash flows expected to be generated over the useful life of an asset or group of assets (“asset group”) against the carrying value of the asset group. An asset group is established by identifying the lowest level of cash flows generated by the asset or group of assets that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. If the intent is to hold the asset group for continued use, the impairment test first requires a comparison of estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset group against its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment would be measured as the difference between the estimated fair value of the asset group and its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the future cash flows associated with that asset group. If the intent is to hold the asset group for sale and certain other criteria are met (e.g., the asset can be disposed of currently, appropriate levels of authority have approved the sale and there is an active program to locate a buyer), the impairment test involves comparing the asset group’s carrying value to its estimated fair value. To the extent the carrying value is greater than the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. Significant judgments in this area involve determining the appropriate asset group level at which to test, determining whether a triggering event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. During the fourth quarter of 2013, certain tradenames with finite lives experienced a triggering event and were evaluated for impairment. As a result of our evaluation, we wrote down the value of those tradenames from their combined carrying value of $28 million to zero. For more information, see Note 2.

Accounting for Pension Plans

Our employees have historically participated in various funded and unfunded non-contributory defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans administered by Time Warner (the “Pension Plans”). Effective January 1, 2014, we adopted a defined contribution savings plan and deferred compensation plan for our employees in the U.S. In addition, we have our own defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans covering certain international employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the participating employees’ years of service and compensation. We use a December 31 measurement date for our plans. For more information, see Note 10.

Equity-Based Compensation

Until consummation of the Spin-Off, our employees are eligible to participate in Time Warner’s stock-based incentive compensation plan, and we will record compensation expense based on the equity awards granted to our employees. We measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized in Costs of revenues or Selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the job function of the grantee on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. Also, excess tax benefits realized are reported as a financing cash inflow. The total grant-date fair value of an equity award granted to an employee who has reached a specified age and years of service as of the grant date is recognized as compensation expense immediately upon grant as there is no required service period.

The grant-date fair value of a restricted stock unit (“RSU”) is determined based on the closing sale price of Time Warner’s common stock on the NYSE Composite Tape on the date of grant.

The grant date fair value of a stock option is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Because the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. Time Warner determines the volatility assumption for these stock

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

options using implied volatilities data from its traded options. The expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, is estimated based on the historical exercise behavior of Time Warner’s employees. Groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate assumed in valuing the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option. Time Warner determines the expected dividend yield percentage by dividing the expected annual dividend of Time Warner by the market price of Time Warner common stock at the date of grant. For more information, see Note 9.

Revenues

Advertising Revenues

Advertising revenues are recognized at the magazine cover date, net of agency commissions. Advertising revenues from websites are recognized as impressions are delivered or as the services are performed. Customer payments received in advance of the performance of advertising services are recorded as Deferred revenue in the Combined Balance Sheet.

Circulation Revenues

Circulation revenues include revenues from subscription sales and revenues generated from single-copy sales of magazines through retail outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, convenience stores and drugstores and on certain digital devices and platforms, which may or may not result in future subscription sales. Circulation revenues are recognized at the magazine cover date, net of estimated returns. The unearned portion of magazine subscriptions is deferred until the later of the magazine cover date or when a trial subscription period ends, at which time a proportionate share of the gross subscription price is included in revenues, net of any commissions paid to subscription agents.

In addition, incentive payments are made to wholesalers and retailers primarily related to favorable placement of our magazines. Depending on the incentive program, these payments can vary based on the number of copies sold or be fixed, and are presented in the financial statements as a reduction of revenue. For both the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, incentive payments made to wholesalers and retailers primarily related to favorable placement of our magazines were $85 million.

Other Revenues

Other revenues principally include amounts related to marketing and support services provided to third-party magazine publishers as well as branded book and “bookazine” publishing. Other revenues are recognized as performance occurs.

Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition

In the normal course of business, we act as or use an intermediary or agent in executing transactions with third parties. In connection with these arrangements, we must determine whether to report revenue based on the gross amount billed to the ultimate customer or on the net amount received from the customer after commissions and other payments to third parties. To the extent revenues are recorded on a gross basis, any commissions or other payments to third parties are recorded as expense so that the net amount (gross revenues less expense) is reflected in Operating income. Accordingly, the impact on Operating income is the same whether we record revenue on a gross or net basis.

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. If we are acting as a principal in a

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

transaction, we report revenue on a gross basis. If we are acting as an agent in a transaction, we report revenue on a net basis. The determination of whether we are acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of an arrangement. We serve as the principal in transactions in which we have substantial risks and rewards of ownership.

For example, as a way to generate magazine subscribers, we sometimes use third-party marketing partners to secure subscribers and, in exchange, the marketing partners receive a percentage of the Circulation revenues generated. We record revenues from subscriptions generated by the marketing partner, net of the fees paid to the marketing partner, primarily because the marketing partner (i) has the primary contact with the customer including ongoing customer service, (ii) performs all of the billing and collection activities, and (iii) passes the proceeds from the subscription to us after deducting its commission.

Inventories

Inventories mainly consist of paper, books and other merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method for books and the average cost method for paper and other merchandise. Returned merchandise included in Inventory is valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost.

Costs of Revenues

Costs of revenues primarily relate to production (e.g., paper, printing and distribution) and editorial costs. Production costs directly related to publications are expensed in the period that revenue is recognized for a publication (e.g., on the cover date of a magazine). Staff costs recognized as Costs of revenues are expensed as incurred.

Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements

Our collaborative arrangements primarily relate to an arrangement entered into with Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”), a subsidiary of Time Warner Inc., to jointly operate CNNMoney.com, a financial news and information website. The primary source of revenue for this arrangement is advertising revenue earned by the website. In accounting for this arrangement, we record Advertising revenues for the advertisements sold on the website and record a charge in Selling, general and administrative expenses to reflect Turner’s share of the net profits. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues recognized related to this arrangement were $49 million, $46 million and $54 million, respectively, and amounts recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses related to Turner’s share of the net profits were $9 million, $9 million and $12 million, respectively. In connection with the Spin-Off, we plan to terminate this arrangement.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs principally relate to subscriber acquisition costs, including direct mail costs, and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense to third parties was $143 million in 2013, $159 million in 2012 and $161 million in 2011.

Income Taxes

Time Warner and its domestic subsidiaries, including Time Inc. prior to the Spin-Off, file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Income taxes as presented in the combined financial statements attribute current and deferred income taxes of Time Warner to us in a manner that is systematic, rational and consistent with the asset and liability method prescribed by the accounting guidance for income taxes. Our income tax provision is

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

prepared using the separate return method. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the standalone financial statements as if we were a separate taxpayer and a standalone enterprise.

Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method, such that income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable/refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the results of any difference between GAAP and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating losses, capital losses and tax credit carry-forwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Significant judgment is required with respect to the determination of whether or not a valuation allowance is required for certain deferred tax assets. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. The subsequent realization of net operating loss and general business credit carry-forwards acquired in acquisitions accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting is recognized in the Combined Statement of Operations.

Our domestic operations are included in the Time Warner domestic consolidated tax returns and payments to all domestic tax authorities are made by Time Warner on our behalf. We generally file our own foreign tax returns and make our own foreign tax payments. Time Warner does not maintain a tax sharing agreement with us and generally does not charge us for any tax payments it makes, and it does not reimburse us for the utilization of our tax attributes. Because our tax liabilities computed under the separate return method are in most instances not settled with Time Warner, the difference between any settled amounts and the computed liability under the separate return method is treated as either a dividend or capital contribution.

From time to time, Time Warner and its subsidiaries, including Time Inc. prior to the Spin-Off, engage in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such transactions include business acquisitions and dispositions, including dispositions designed to be tax free, and certain financing transactions. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. Time Warner prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, these tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the tax provision for financial reporting purposes, Time Warner establishes a reserve for uncertain tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on Time Warner’s tax returns are more likely than not of being sustained.

The tax reserve estimates are adjusted periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, the various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. Our policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. For further information, see Note 7.

 

2. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

We have a significant number of intangible assets, including copyrighted products and tradenames. Certain intangible assets are deemed to have finite lives and, accordingly, are amortized, generally on a straight-line basis, over their estimated useful lives, while others are deemed to be indefinite-lived and therefore are not amortized. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, including certain tradenames, are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Goodwill

The performance of our annual impairment analysis did not result in any impairments of Goodwill in 2013, 2012 or 2011. Refer to Note 1 for a discussion of the 2013 annual impairment test. The following is a summary of changes in our Goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (millions):

 

     Gross
Goodwill
    Impairments (a)     Net
Goodwill
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     $ 18,421        $ (15,288     $ 3,133   

Acquisitions, Dispositions and Adjustments

     (7            (7

Translation Adjustments

     24               24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     18,438        (15,288     3,150   

Translation Adjustments

     12               12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     $ 18,450        $ (15,288     $ 3,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Since the adoption of certain accounting guidance related to Goodwill in 2002, we have recorded aggregate impairment charges of $15.3 billion to reduce the carrying value of our Goodwill. Upon adoption of that accounting guidance, $9.3 billion was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. In addition, $6.0 billion of impairment charges were recognized in connection with Time Warner’s 2008 annual impairment analyses.

Intangible Assets

In connection with the performance of Time Warner’s annual impairment analyses in 2013, we recorded an impairment of intangible assets of $50 million related to an indefinite-lived tradename. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2013, certain tradenames with finite lives experienced a triggering event and were evaluated for impairment. As a result of this evaluation, we recorded impairments of $28 million related to these tradenames.

In addition, we recorded noncash impairments of $13 million in 2011, of which $11 million related to an indefinite-lived tradename and $2 million related to other definite-lived intangibles. There were no impairments of intangible assets recorded in 2012.

Our intangible assets subject to amortization and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following (millions):

 

                                                                                                                                         
    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    Gross     Accumulated
 Amortization  
    Net     Gross     Accumulated
 Amortization  
    Net  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

           

Tradenames

    $ 904        $ (336     $ 568        $ 955        $ (326     $ 629   

Customer lists and other intangible assets

    566        (552     14        571        (562     9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 1,470        $ (888     $ 582        $ 1,526        $ (888     $ 638   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective January 1, 2014, certain tradenames with a carrying value totaling approximately $586 million that were previously assigned indefinite lives have been assigned finite lives of 17 years and will begin to be amortized starting in January 2014.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

We recorded amortization expense of $42 million in 2013, $36 million in 2012 and $42 million in 2011. Our estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five years ended December 31 is as follows (millions):

 

                                                                          
    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018  

Estimated amortization expense

    $       77        $       75        $       69        $       69        $       68   

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

AEP

On October 1, 2013, we acquired American Express Publishing Corporation (“AEP”) including Travel+Leisure and Food & Wine magazines and their related websites. We also entered into a multi-year agreement to publish Departures magazine on behalf of American Express Company. In connection with the purchase, we recognized a pretax gain of $13 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 resulting from the settlement of the pre-existing contractual arrangement with AEP pursuant to which we previously provided management services to its publishing business. The purchase price was not material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, and the acquisition did not have a material impact on our financial results.

QSP

In the first quarter of 2012, we sold, in exchange for contingent consideration, our school fundraising business, QSP, and recognized a $36 million pretax loss in connection with the sale. The contingent consideration arrangement provides for us to receive a royalty from the purchaser based on a percentage of net sales of certain products sold during the period subsequent to the sale through December 31, 2021.

 

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

A fair value measurement is determined based on the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. A three-tiered hierarchy distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on (i) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets (Level 1), (ii) inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2) and (iii) unobservable inputs that require us to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (Level 3).

We primarily apply the market approach for recurring fair value measurements. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis were immaterial.

Other Financial Instruments

Our other financial instruments, including debt, are not required to be carried at fair value. The carrying value for the majority of our other financial instruments approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the financial instruments or because the financial instruments are of a longer-term nature and are recorded on a discounted basis. For the remainder of our other financial instruments, differences between the carrying value and fair value were not significant at December 31, 2013. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to the market value of the instrument as quoted on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market. In cases where a quoted market value is not available, fair value is based on an estimate using present value or other valuation techniques.

Non-Financial Instruments

The majority of our non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories and property, plant and equipment, are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain triggering events occur (or at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) such that a

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

non-financial instrument is required to be evaluated for impairment, a resulting asset impairment would require that the non-financial instrument be recorded at the lower of cost or its fair value.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, certain tradenames and capitalized software costs were written down to $489 million from their carrying value of $568 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, certain capitalized software costs and fixed assets were completely written off from their carrying value of $6 million. The tradenames were recorded as intangible assets in the Combined Balance Sheet. The resulting fair value measurements were considered to be Level 3 measurements and were determined primarily using a DCF methodology. The capitalized software costs and fixed assets were recorded as Property, plant and equipment in the Combined Balance Sheet.

 

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of (millions):

 

     December 31,  
             2013                      2012          

Inventories:

     

Raw materials - paper

     $ 40         $ 42   

Work in process

     1         4   

Finished goods

     15         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

     $ 56         $ 83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Work in process primarily relates to books in production that have not yet been completed. Finished goods primarily relates to books and other merchandise.

 

6. LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Long-term debt was $38 million and $36 million, respectively. Our Long-term debt consists of a non-recourse promissory note issued in connection with the acquisition of certain brand assets in 2001. Of the original principal amount of approximately $120 million, $45 million of principal, representing the final installment payment, remained to be paid as of December 31, 2013. The final payment is due on December 31, 2017. While the note has a zero coupon stated interest rate, for accounting purposes we have accreted interest of approximately $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Our obligations under this promissory note are guaranteed by Time Warner.

 

7. INCOME TAXES

We have historically been included in Time Warner’s consolidated income tax return filings. Our income taxes are computed and reported in the combined financial statements under the separate return method. The separate return method applies the accounting guidance for income taxes to the combined financial statements as if we were a separate taxpayer and an independent enterprise. Domestic and foreign income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting changes are as follows (millions):

 

                                
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013              2012              2011      

Domestic

     $ 312         $ 347         $ 460   

Foreign

     14         67         105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $             326         $                 414         $             565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Current and Deferred income taxes (tax benefits) provided on Income from continuing operations are as follows (millions):

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012              2011      

Federal:

       

Current

     $ 79        $ 86         $ 129   

Deferred

     25        26         15   

Foreign:

       

Current (a)

     3        14         24   

Deferred

     (1     2         1   

State and Local:

       

Current

     15        18         26   

Deferred

     4        5         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (b)

     $             125        $             151         $             197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
(b) Excludes excess tax benefits from equity awards allocated directly to contributed capital of $34 million in 2013, $16 million in 2012, and $6 million in 2011.

The differences between income taxes (tax benefits) expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and income taxes (tax benefits) provided are as set forth below (millions):

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      

Taxes on income at U.S. federal statutory rate

     $ 114        $ 145        $ 198   

State and local taxes, net of federal tax effects

     12        15        22   

Domestic production activities deduction

     (6     (7     (12

Other

     5        (2     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     $             125        $             151        $             197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of our net deferred tax liabilities are as follows (millions):

 

                             
     December 31,  
         2013             2012      

Deferred tax assets:

    

Tax attribute carryforwards (a)

     $ 17        $ 16   

Receivable allowances and return reserves

     28        46   

Equity-based compensation (b)

     28        47   

Amortization and depreciation

            16   

Other

     101        118   

Valuation allowances (a)

     (18     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     $             156        $             227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Assets acquired in business combinations

     $ 394        $ 458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     394        458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

     $ 238        $ 231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

We have recorded valuation allowances for certain tax attribute carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to uncertainty that exists regarding future realizability. The tax attribute carryforwards at December 31, 2013 consist of $2 million of tax credits, $1 million of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

capital losses and $14 million of net operating losses that expire in varying amounts from 2014 through 2033. If, in the future, we believe that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax benefits will be realized, all of the valuation allowances will be recognized in the Combined Statement of Operations.

(b) Following the Spin-Off, the majority of the deferred tax assets associated with equity-based compensation will be retained by Time Warner.

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recorded on permanently reinvested earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $1 million at December 31, 2013. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. federal income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable.

Our domestic operations are included in the Time Warner domestic consolidated tax returns, and payments to all domestic tax authorities are made by Time Warner on our behalf. We generally file our own foreign tax returns and make our own foreign tax payments. Time Warner does not maintain a tax sharing agreement with us and generally does not charge us for any tax payments it makes. In addition, it does not reimburse us for the utilization of our tax attributes. Because our tax liabilities computed under the separate return method are in most instances not settled with Time Warner, the difference between any settled amounts and the computed liability under the separate return method is treated as either a dividend or capital contribution.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

We recognize income tax benefits for tax positions determined more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the positions.

Changes in our uncertain income tax positions, excluding the related accrual for interest and penalties, from January 1 through December 31 are set forth below (millions):

 

                                            
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012             2011      

Beginning balance

     $ 39        $ 41        $ 39   

Additions for prior year tax positions

     5                 

Additions for current year tax positions

     4        5        9   

Reductions for prior year tax positions

     (5     (7     (3

Settlements

                     

Lapses in statute of limitations

                   (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     $             43        $             39        $             41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Should our position with respect to these uncertain tax positions be upheld, the significant majority of the effect would be recorded in the Combined Statement of Operations as part of the Income tax provision.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an increase to interest reserves through the Combined Statement of Operations of approximately $1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a decrease to interest reserves through the Combined Statement of Operations of approximately $1 million. The amount accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $7 million and $6 million, respectively. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense.

In our judgment, uncertainties related to certain tax matters are reasonably possible of being resolved during the next twelve months. The effect of the resolutions of these matters, a portion of which could vary based on the final terms and timing of actual settlements with taxing authorities, is estimated to be a reduction of recorded

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

unrecognized tax benefits ranging from $0 to $8 million, which would lower our effective tax rate. We do not otherwise currently anticipate that our reserves related to uncertain income tax positions as of December 31, 2013 will significantly increase or decrease during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014; however, various events could cause our current expectations to change in the future.

Time Warner files income tax returns in the United States and various state and local and foreign jurisdictions. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently conducting an examination of Time Warner’s U.S. income tax returns for the 2005 through 2007 period.

As of December 31, 2013, our tax years that remain subject to examination by significant jurisdiction are as follows:

 

U.S. Federal

    2002 through the current period   

United Kingdom

    2011 through the current period   

New York State

    2009 through the current period   

New York City

    2009 through the current period   

 

8. EQUITY

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is reported in the Combined Statement of Comprehensive Income and consists of Net income and other gains and losses affecting equity that, under GAAP, are excluded from Net income. For us, such items consist primarily of foreign currency translation gains (losses) and changes in certain benefit plan obligations.

The following summary sets forth the activity within Other comprehensive income (loss) (millions):

 

    Pretax     Tax
(provision)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     

Unrealized losses on foreign currency translation

    $ (21     $        $ (21

Unrealized losses on benefit obligation

    (38     9        (29

Reclassification adjustment for losses on benefit obligation realized in net income

    1               1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

    $ (58     $ 9        $ (49
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

     

Unrealized gains on foreign currency translation

    $ 43        $        $ 43   

Unrealized losses on benefit obligation

    (34     8        (26

Reclassification adjustment for losses on benefit obligation realized in net income

    2        (1     1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    $ 11        $ 7        $ 18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

     

Unrealized gains on foreign currency translation

    $ 31        $        $ 31   

Unrealized gains (losses) on benefit obligation

    (6     2        (4

Reclassification adjustment for losses on benefit obligation realized in net income

    3        (1     2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    $             28        $             1        $             29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following summary sets forth the components of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (millions):

 

    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Foreign currency translation gains (losses)

    $ 17        $ (14

Net unfunded/underfunded benefit obligation

    (133     (131
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

    $          (116     $          (145
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity Plans

Until the consummation of the Spin-Off, our employees are eligible to participate in Time Warner’s equity plans. As of December 31, 2013, Time Warner had one active equity plan (the “2013 Stock Incentive Plan”), which was approved by Time Warner’s stockholders on May 23, 2013. Under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, Time Warner is authorized to grant Time Warner equity awards to employees and non-employee directors of Time Warner and its subsidiaries covering an aggregate of approximately 35 million shares of common stock of Time Warner. Time Warner stock options and RSUs have been granted to our employees by Time Warner. Generally, stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, vest in four equal annual installments and expire ten years from the date of grant. RSUs granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan generally vest in four equal annual installments while RSUs granted under Time Warner’s prior stock incentive plans generally vest 50% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. Time Warner also has a performance stock unit (“PSU”) program for certain senior level executives, in which our executives last received grants in 2008. Such grants vested in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, no amounts related to PSUs were recognized, and, for the year ended December 31, 2011, amounts recognized related to PSUs were not material.

Holders of RSUs are generally entitled to receive cash dividend equivalents based on the regular quarterly dividends declared and paid by Time Warner during the period that the RSUs are outstanding. Holders of stock options do not receive dividends or dividend equivalent payments.

Other information pertaining to each category of equity-based compensation appears below.

Stock Options

The table below summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used to value Time Warner stock options at their grant date and the weighted-average grant date fair value per share:

 

                                                                                   
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Expected volatility

    29.0%        31.2%        29.5%   

Expected term to exercise from grant date

            6.09 years                6.43 years                6.18 years   

Risk-free rate

    1.8%        1.3%        2.8%   

Expected dividend yield

    1.7%        2.8%        2.6%   

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

    17.13        8.64        8.92   

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about Time Warner stock options awarded to our employees that were outstanding as of December 31, 2013:

 

    Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
    (thousands)           (in years)     (thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

              8,369        $         33.12       

Granted

    240        67.64       

Exercised

    (4,032     33.38       

Forfeited or expired

    (228     31.00       

Transfers (a)

    (148     32.20       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

    4,201        34.99        4.48        $     145,914   
 

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2013

    2,910                32.65        3.10        $       107,876   
 

 

 

       

 

 

(a) Relates to former Time Inc. employees who transferred to another Time Warner Inc. division during the year ended December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, the weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average remaining contractual term of Time Warner stock options vested and expected to vest approximate amounts for options outstanding. The number of options and aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding were 4.2 million and $146 million, respectively, while the number of options and aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest were 3.8 million and $132 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about Time Warner stock options exercised by our employees (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Total intrinsic value

    $ 92        $ 68        $ 18   

Cash received by Time Warner

              135                    222                    51   

Tax benefits realized

    33        25        7   

Restricted Stock Units and Target Performance Stock Units

The following table sets forth the weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs awarded to our employees:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

RSUs

    $           67.64        $           37.49        $           36.05   

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about unvested Time Warner RSUs awarded to our employees as of December 31, 2013:

 

    Number of
Shares/Units
    Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
    (thousands)           (thousands)  

Unvested as of December 31, 2012

    3,701        $         31.21     

Granted

    63        67.64     

Vested

                 (1,243     23.96     

Forfeited

    (212     35.12     

Transfers (a)

    (124     28.84     
 

 

 

     

Unvested as of December 31, 2013

    2,185        36.14        $       152,338   
 

 

 

     

 

 

(a) Relates to former Time Inc. employees who transferred to another Time Warner Inc. division during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table sets forth the total intrinsic value of RSUs and target PSUs awarded to our employees that vested during the following years (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

RSUs

    $             67        $             38        $             40   

PSUs

                  3   

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

Compensation expense that we recognized for our participation in Time Warner’s equity-based compensation plans is as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Stock options

    $ 4        $ 7        $ 12   

RSUs

    14        32        29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impact on Operating income

    $             18        $             39        $             41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax benefit recognized

    $ 6        $ 14        $ 17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treatment Following Spin-Off

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs and stock option awards as of December 31, 2013, without taking into account expected forfeitures, is $37 million. As of December 31, 2013, there were no outstanding PSUs. Upon the completion of the Spin-Off, our employees will no longer participate in the Time Warner equity plans. Employees who hold Time Warner equity awards at the time of the Spin-Off will be treated as if their employment with Time Warner was terminated without cause. For most of our employees, this treatment will result in the forfeiture of unvested stock options and shortened exercise periods for vested stock options and pro rata vesting of the next installment of (and forfeiture of the remainder of) the RSUs. As a result, the majority of the unrecognized compensation cost will not be recognized, because stock options and RSUs that were originally expected to vest subsequent to the Spin-Off are no longer expected to vest under the terms of Time Warner’s equity plans. Pursuant to the terms of the original award agreements and their

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

employment agreements, Time Warner equity awards held by Time Inc.’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer at the time of the separation will be converted into Time Inc. equity awards with the same general terms and conditions.

 

10. BENEFIT PLANS

Our employees participate in funded and unfunded defined benefit pension and other domestic postretirement plans sponsored by Time Warner, which include participants from Time Warner’s other businesses. In connection with the Spin-Off, such plans are accounted for as though they are multiemployer benefit plans. As a result, we did not record an asset or liability in the Combined Balance Sheet to recognize the funded status of these plans. We recorded net expense of $12 million, $16 million and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for Time Warner’s allocation of pension and other postretirement benefit costs related to our employees.

Our employees also participate in international defined benefit pension plans, primarily in the U.K., that are sponsored by entities that are part of the Publishing Business. The financial impact of these plans has been reflected in the combined financial statements. Information for our major defined benefit pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Benefit Obligation (millions)

 

    December 31,  
    2013     2012  

Change in benefit obligation:

   

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year

    $             594        $             517   

Interest cost

    26        26   

Actuarial loss

    46        47   

Benefits paid

    (15     (15

Foreign currency exchange rates

    17        19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

    $ 668        $ 594   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year

    $ 661        $ 589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan Assets (millions)

 

    December 31,  
    2013     2012  

Change in plan assets:

   

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

    $             571        $             507   

Actual return on plan assets

    81        60   

Employer contributions

    9          

Benefits paid

    (15     (15

Foreign currency exchange rates

    17        19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

    $ 663        $ 571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans recognized in the Combined Balance Sheet reflected a net noncurrent liability position of $5 million and $23

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, amounts included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net were $177 million and $171 million, respectively, primarily consisting of net actuarial losses.

As of December 31, 2013, both the projected benefit obligation and the accumulated benefit obligation for an unfunded defined benefit pension plan was $6 million. As of December 31, 2012, both the projected benefit obligation and the accumulated benefit obligation for an unfunded defined benefit pension plan was $5 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the assets of a funded defined benefit pension plan exceeded the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation by $1 million and $8 million, respectively.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Income (millions)

 

    December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Service cost

    $        $        $ 2   

Interest cost

    26        26        29   

Expected return on plan assets

                    (39                     (37                     (40

Amortization of net loss

    3        2        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit income

    $ (10     $ (9     $ (8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31:

 

    Benefit Obligations     Net Periodic Benefit Costs  
    2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

        4.48%            4.52%            4.98%            4.52%            4.98%            5.57%   

Rate of compensation increase

        3.86%            3.35%            3.50%            3.35%            3.50%            4.50%   

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

    n/a        n/a        n/a            7.01%            7.33%            7.58%   

The discount rates were determined by matching the plans’ liability cash flows to rates derived from high-quality corporate bonds available at the measurement date.

In developing the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, we considered long-term historical rates of return, our plan asset allocations as well as the opinions and outlooks of investment professionals and consulting firms.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The following table sets forth the fair values of assets held by our defined benefit pension plan as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (millions). All of these assets were categorized as Level 2 investments within the fair value hierarchy described in Note 4.

 

    December 31,  
    2013     2012  
             

Pooled Investments:

   

Equity

    $             430        $             393   

Fixed Income

    223        153   

Other

    10        25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $             663        $             571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

We primarily utilize the market approach for determining recurring fair value measurements.

The investment policy for our defined benefit pension plans is to minimize the volatility of the plans’ funded status and to achieve and maintain fully funded status in order to pay current and future participant benefits from plan assets. We determine and periodically review asset allocation policies consistent with our investment policy. In addition, we continuously monitor the performance of the pension investment portfolios, and the performance of the investment advisers, sub-advisers and asset managers thereof, and make adjustments and changes as required. We do not manage any pension assets internally.

Under our investment policy, the target asset allocations for the international defined benefit pension plans in the U.K. as of December 31, 2013 were approximately 65% equity investments and 35% fixed income investments.

At both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, our defined benefit pension plan’s assets did not include any securities issued by Time Warner.

Expected Cash Flows

After considering the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, we may choose to make contributions to our pension plans in any given year. We did not make any discretionary cash contributions to our funded defined benefit pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2013. For our unfunded plans, contributions will continue to be made to the extent benefits are paid. At December 31, 2013 we are obligated to make contributions to certain international defined benefit pension plans of $13 million in 2014, pursuant to U.K. regulatory funding requirements. In connection with the Spin-Off, we may agree to increase such contribution by approximately $5 million.

Information about the expected benefit payments for our defined benefit pension plans is as follows (millions):

 

    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     2019-2023  

Expected benefit payments

    $         15          $         16        $         17        $         19        $         21        $         125   

Defined Contribution Plans

Through December 31, 2013, many of our employees participated in defined contribution plans, including savings and profit sharing plans sponsored by Time Warner. The contributions to these plans are primarily based on a percentage of the employees’ elected contributions and are subject to plan provisions. Effective January 1,

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

2014, we adopted a defined contribution savings plan and deferred compensation plan for our employees in the U.S. The costs related to our employees’ participation, including amounts allocated to us related to our employees’ participation in plans sponsored by Time Warner, are recognized in the Combined Statement of Operations and amounted to $42 million in 2013, $44 million in 2012 and $44 million in 2011.

 

11. RESTRUCTURING AND SEVERANCE COSTS

Restructuring and severance costs primarily related to employee termination costs, ranging from senior executives to line personnel, and other exit costs, including lease terminations. Restructuring and severance costs expensed as incurred for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (millions):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

2013 activity

    $               69        $               —        $               —   

2012 activity

           22          

2011 and prior activity

    (6     5        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and severance costs

    $               63        $               27        $               18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected information relating to accrued restructuring and severance costs is as follows (millions):

 

    Employee
Terminations
    Other Exit Costs     Total  

Remaining liability as of December 31, 2010

  $ 54      $ 74      $ 128   

Net accruals

    16        2        18   

Noncash reductions (a)

    (4            (4

Cash paid

    (34     (24     (58
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining liability as of December 31, 2011

    32        52        84   

Net accruals

    20        7        27   

Cash paid

    (27     (17     (44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining liability as of December 31, 2012

    25        42        67   

Net accruals

    67        (4     63   

Noncash reductions (a)

    (2            (2

Cash paid

    (62     (8     (70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining liability as of December 31, 2013

    $                  28        $                  30        $                  58   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Noncash reductions relate to the settlement of certain employee-related liabilities with equity instruments.

As of December 31, 2013, of the remaining liability of $58 million, $29 million was classified as a current liability in the Combined Balance Sheet, with the remaining $29 million classified as a long-term liability. Amounts classified as long-term liabilities are expected to be paid through 2020.

We initiated a significant restructuring plan in the first quarter of 2014, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and certain lease exit costs. We expect to incur charges of approximately $150 million during the first half of 2014 in connection with this restructuring as well as the integration of AEP and certain real estate consolidations. About $100 million of these charges are expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2014. We anticipate additional headcount reductions and real estate consolidations in the future.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and that has discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision-maker for the periods presented was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner. The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and makes operating decisions about allocating resources based on financial data presented for us on a combined basis. Accordingly, our management has determined that we have one operating segment.

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

We have commitments for office space and operating equipment. Net rent expense was $82 million in 2013 and $79 million in each of 2012 and 2011. Included in such amounts was sublease income of $24 million for 2013, $22 million for 2012 and $23 million for 2011.

The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable long-term operating leases (“Operating Leases”) payable during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (millions):

 

    2014     2015     2016     2017     2018     Thereafter  

Operating Leases

    $       117        $       115        $       103        $       101        $         11        $         17   

Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, we have future sublease income arrangements of $108 million, which are not included in minimum rental commitments under noncancelable long-term operating leases in the table above.

See Note 10, “Benefit Plans,” for further information regarding our expected benefit payments for our defined benefit pension plans.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are defendants in or parties to various legal claims, actions and proceedings. These claims, actions and proceedings are at varying stages of investigation, arbitration or adjudication, and involve a variety of areas of law.

On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing Inc. (“TWR”). Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Specifically, plaintiffs allege that defendants conspired to reduce competition in the wholesale market for single-copy magazines by rejecting the magazine distribution surcharge proposed by Anderson News and another magazine wholesaler and refusing to distribute magazines to them. Plaintiffs are seeking (among other things) an unspecified award of treble monetary damages against defendants, jointly and severally. On August 2, 2010, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaint with prejudice and, on October 25, 2010, the court denied Anderson News’ motion for reconsideration of that dismissal. On November 8, 2010, Anderson News appealed and, on April 3, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the district court’s

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

dismissal of the complaint and remanded the case to the district court. On January 7, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court denied defendants’ petition for writ of certiorari to review the judgment of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacating the district court’s dismissal of the complaint. In February 2014, Time Inc. and several other defendants amended their answers to assert antitrust counterclaims against plaintiffs.

On November 14, 2011, TWR and several other magazine publishers and distributors filed a complaint in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware against Anderson Media Corporation, the parent company of Anderson News, and several Anderson News affiliates. Plaintiffs, acting on behalf of the Anderson News bankruptcy estate, seek to avoid and recover in excess of $70 million that they allege Anderson News transferred to the Anderson News-affiliated insider defendants in violation of the United States Bankruptcy Code and Delaware state law prior to the involuntary bankruptcy petition filed against Anderson News by certain of its creditors. On December 28, 2011, the defendants moved to dismiss the complaint. On June 5, 2012, the court denied defendants’ motion. On November 6, 2013, the bankruptcy court lifted the automatic stay barring claims against the debtor, allowing Time Inc. and others to pursue an antitrust counterclaim against Anderson News in the antitrust action brought by Anderson News in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (described above).

On October 26, 2010, the Canadian Minister of National Revenue denied the claims by TWR for input tax credits in respect of goods and services tax that TWR had paid on magazines it imported into, and had displayed at retail locations in, Canada during the years 2006 to 2008, on the basis that TWR did not own those magazines, and issued Notices of Reassessment in the amount of approximately C$52 million. On January 21, 2011, TWR filed an objection to the Notices of Reassessment with the Chief of Appeals of the Canada Revenue Agency, arguing that TWR claimed input tax credits only in respect of goods and services tax it actually paid and, regardless of whether its payment of the goods and services tax was appropriate or in error, it is entitled to a rebate for such payments. On September 13, 2013, TWR received Notices of Reassessment in the amount of C$26.9 million relating to the disallowance of input tax credits claimed by TWR for goods and services tax that TWR had paid on magazines it imported into, and had displayed at retail locations in, Canada during the years 2009 to 2010. On October 22, 2013, TWR filed an objection to the Notices of Reassessment received on September 13, 2013 with the Chief of Appeals of the Canada Revenue Agency, asserting the same arguments made in the objection TWR filed on January 21, 2011. Including interest accrued on both reassessments, the total reassessment by the Canada Revenue Agency for the years 2006 to 2010 was C$81.3 million as of September 13, 2013.

We intend to vigorously defend against or prosecute the matters described above.

We establish an accrued liability for specific matters, such as a legal claim, when we determine that a loss is both probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, accruals are adjusted from time to time, as appropriate, in light of additional information. The amount of any loss ultimately incurred in relation to matters for which an accrual has been established may be higher or lower than the amounts accrued for such matters.

For the matters disclosed above, we do not believe that any reasonably possible losses in excess of accrued liabilities would be material to the combined financial statements as a whole. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of litigation, claims and other matters, we often cannot predict what the eventual outcome of a pending matter will be, what the timing or results of the ultimate resolution of a matter will be.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions with Time Warner

Until the consummation of the Spin-Off, we will continue to have certain related party relationships with Time Warner and its subsidiaries, as discussed further below.

(a) Administrative Services

Until the consummation of the Spin-Off, Time Warner will continue to perform certain administrative functions on our behalf. Costs of these services that are allocated or charged to us are based on either the actual costs incurred or Time Warner’s estimate of expenses relative to the services provided to other subsidiaries of Time Warner. We believe that receiving these services from Time Warner creates cost efficiencies. These services and transactions include the following:

 

    cash management and other treasury services;
    administrative services such as tax, human resources and employee benefit administration services; and
    certain IT services.

The expense related to charges for services performed by Time Warner was $17 million in each of 2013, 2012 and 2011. We recorded these expenses as operating expenses as incurred.

(b) Banking and Treasury Functions

Until the consummation of the Spin-Off, Time Warner will continue to provide cash management and treasury services to us. As part of these services, we transfer the majority of our cash balances to Time Warner on a daily basis and receive funding from Time Warner for our operating and investing cash needs.

(c) Other

Transactions with Time Warner’s Affiliates and Subsidiaries

In the normal course of conducting our business, we have entered into various transactions with Time Warner’s affiliates and subsidiaries. A summary of the revenues and expenses related to these transactions is as follows (millions):

 

                                                  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Revenues

    $         10        $         21        $         49   

Expenses

    (10     (11     (18

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Net Transactions with Time Warner Parent

The components of Net transactions with Time Warner parent are as follows (millions):

 

                                                  
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Cash pooling and other financing activities

    $     (527     $     (497     $     (591

Other (a)

    55        52        127   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net transactions with Time Warner parent

    $ (472     $ (445     $ (464
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Other primarily includes rebills for services performed by, or on behalf of, Time Warner such as payroll processing, travel and expense reimbursement and expense allocations for certain benefit plans sponsored by Time Warner.

Other Related Party Transactions

We have entered into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business with unconsolidated investees accounted for under the equity method of accounting. These transactions have been executed on terms comparable to the terms of transactions with unrelated third parties. Revenues resulting from transactions with related parties were $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

15. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Additional financial information with respect to Other income (loss), net, Accounts payable and accrued liabilities and Other noncurrent liabilities is as follows (millions):

 

                                                              
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Other Income (Loss), Net

     

Investment losses, net

    $         —        $         —        $         (1

Income (loss) on equity method investees

    (2     (3     6   

Other

    1               1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (loss), net

    $ (1     $ (3     $ 6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                         
     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

     $ 192        $ 212   

Accrued compensation

     177        120   

Distribution expenses

     46        47   

Rebates and allowances

     28        62   

Restructuring and severance

     29        34   

Accrued income and other taxes

     19        20   

Other expenses

     43        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     $       534        $       531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

                                         
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Other Noncurrent Liabilities

   

Noncurrent pension and post retirement liabilities

    $ 11        $ 29   

Restructuring and severance

    29        33   

Noncurrent income tax and interest reserves

    50        45   

Noncurrent deferred compensation

    31          

Other noncurrent liabilities

    42        42   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noncurrent liabilities

    $       163        $       149   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign Operations

Long-lived hard assets located outside the United States, which represent approximately 6% of total assets at December 31, 2013, are primarily located in the U.K. Revenues in different geographical areas are as follows (millions):

 

                                                                          
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  

Revenues (a)

     

United States

    $ 2,789        $ 2,822        $ 3,007   

United Kingdom

    403        444        471   

Other international

    162        170        199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    $     3,354        $     3,436        $     3,677   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PUBLISHING BUSINESS OF TIME WARNER INC.

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(millions)

 

Description

  Balance at
    Beginning of    
Period
      Additions Charged  
to Costs
and Expenses
        Deductions             Balance at    
End of
Period
 

2013

       

Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 75        $ 13        $ (18)        $ 70   

Reserves for sales returns and allowances

    275        595        (659)        211   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $                 350        $                 608        $         (677)        $         281   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012

       

Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 74        $ 19        $ (18)        $ 75   

Reserves for sales returns and allowances

    296        628        (649)        275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 370        $ 647        $ (667)        $ 350   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

       

Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 88        $ 19        $ (33)        $ 74   

Reserves for sales returns and allowances

    405        721        (830)        296   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 493        $ 740        $ (863)        $ 370   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

S-1


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

“Adjusted Divisional Pre-Tax Income” or “ADPTI” is calculated as Operating Income (Loss), adjusted to exclude (a) the impact of noncash impairments of goodwill, intangible and fixed assets; (b) gains and losses on operating assets; (c) gains and losses recognized in connection with pension and other postretirement benefit plan curtailments or settlements; (d) external costs related to mergers, acquisitions or dispositions, as well as contingent consideration related to such transactions, to the extent such costs are expensed; and (e) amounts related to securities litigation and government investigations plus income (loss) from investments in unconsolidated joint ventures.

“Free Cash Flow” or “FCF” is calculated as Cash Provided by Operations from Continuing Operations plus (a) payments related to securities litigation and government investigations (net of any insurance recoveries), (b) external costs related to mergers, acquisitions, investments or dispositions, to the extent such costs are expensed, (c) contingent consideration payments made in connection with acquisitions, and (d) excess tax benefits from equity instruments, less capital expenditures, principal payments on capital leases and partnership distributions, if any.